Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 10250T Pushbuttons 1.1 Toggle Switches--E10 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 1.7 1.10 V7-T1-32 V7-T1-48 V7-T1-53 V7-T1-139 V7-T1-141 V7-T1-164 V7-T1-166 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-182 V7-T1-186 1 1 V7-T1-254 V7-T1-260 V7-T1-296 V7-T1-298 1 1 1 1 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11 V7-T1-31 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9 V7-T1-16 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 V7-T1-14 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 V7-T1-9 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 M22 Modular Pushbuttons 1 1 V7-T1-8 Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 V7-T1-4 Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3 V7-T1-2 V7-T1-321 V7-T1-324 1 1 Learn Online 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-1 1.1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Toggle Switches--E10 Contents Toggle Switches--E10 Description 1 Page Toggle Switches--E10 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Toggle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hesitation Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Circuit Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-3 V7-T1-3 V7-T1-4 V7-T1-5 V7-T1-5 V7-T1-5 V7-T1-6 V7-T1-6 V7-T1-7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description Features The E10 switches from Eaton's Electrical Sector are intended for general purpose light industrial use. Designed for retrofit and OEM applications. General Purpose Toggles 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Various circuit functions include maintained and momentary Poles include from singlepole single-throw to fourpole double-throw Spade, screw, and solder terminations available Numerous ratings Short 11/32 in and tall 15/32 in bat lever available Standard 15/32-32 thd. Hardware furnished assembled Heavy-Duty Hesitation Switches One-hole panel mount Three position switch offers unique positive center stop feature to assure lever cannot be thrown from one side through the center OFF position without stopping Design feature is a major acceptance for motor reversing and speed control applications Prevents motor damage resulting from high current generation by counter EMF of the armature at the time of reversing Known as anti-plugging, hesitation, positive stop or positive off switch Non-Illuminated AC Rated Pushbuttons One-hole panel mount Medium-duty Spade and screw terminations available Various bushing lengths and button extensions Numerous ampere ratings with horsepower ratings 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-2 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Toggle Switches--E10 1.1 Standards and Certifications 1 UL Recognized CSA--File No. LR40068 1 1 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Toggle Switches--E10 Series Not to be used for ordering purposes 1 E10 T 1 06 A S = E10T106AS Series Lever Length T = 0.563 in (14.3 mm) lever E = 0.688 in (17.5 mm) lever Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Ratings--125V 06 = 6 Amperes 15 = 15 Amperes 20 = 20 Amperes A B D E F G H Function = ON--None--OFF = OFF--None--(ON) = ON--OFF--ON = ON--None--ON = ON--OFF--(ON) = (ON)--OFF--(ON) = ON--None--(ON) Termination S = Screw L = Solder lug P = Spade 1 1 Complete Cat. No. 0.563 in (14.3 mm) Single-pole 6 Amperes ON--None--OFF Screw terminal 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-3 1.1 1 Toggle Switches--E10 Product Selection Toggle Switches 1 E10 Series--AC Rated--Minimum Order Quantity 10 Pieces 1 Nominal AC Ratings Amperes 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 125V Single-Pole 50V UP Position CENTER Position DOWN Position-- Keyway Screw Terminal Catalog Number 0.250 in (6.4 mm) Spade Terminal Catalog Number Solder Lug Catalog Number 1 P.S.T. ON None OFF hp 250V Function--Circuit with Lever In Poles and Throw 1 Single-Pole 6 3 -- E10T106AS E10T106AP E10T106AL 15 10 3/4 E10T115AS E10T115AP E10T115AL 1 20 10 3/4 E10E120AS E10E120AP E10E120AL 6 3 -- E10T106DS E10T106DP -- 1 15 10 3/4 E10T115DS E10T115DP E10T115DL 20 10 3/4 E10E120DS -- -- -- 1 1 1 1 Two-Pole 1 P.D.T. ON ON OFF None ON 6 3 -- E10T106ES -- 15 10 3/4 E10T115ES E10T115EP E10T115EL 20 10 3/4 E10E120ES -- -- -- 10 1/2 1 1 1 P.D.T. ON 1 P.S.T. OFF None (ON) E10T115BS E10T115BP -- 1 P.D.T. ON OFF (ON) E10T115FS E10T115FP -- 1 P.D.T. ON None (ON) E10T115HS E10T115HP -- 1 P.D.T. (ON) OFF (ON) E10T115GS E10T115GP -- 2 P.S.T. ON None OFF Two-Pole 6 3 -- E10T206AS E10T206AP -- 15 10 3/4 E10T215AS E10T215AP E10T215AL 1 20 10 3/4 E10E220AS E10E220AP E10E220AL 6 3 -- E10T206DS E10T206DP -- 1 15 10 3/4 E10T215DS E10T215DP E10T215DL 20 10 3/4 6 3 -- 1 15 10 3/4 E10T215ES E10T215EP E10T215EL 20 10 3/4 E10E220ES -- -- 1 15 10 1/2 1 1 1 1 Three-Pole 2. P.D.T. 2 P.D.T. ON ON OFF None ON ON E10E220DS E10E220DP -- E10T206ES -- -- 2 P.S.T. OFF None (ON) E10T215BS -- -- 2 P.D.T. ON None (ON) E10T215HS E10T215HP -- 2 P.D.T. (ON) OFF (ON) E10T215GS E10T215GP -- -- Three-Pole 15 10 3/4 1 3 P.S.T. ON None OFF E10E315AS E10E315AP 3 P.D.T. ON OFF ON E10E315DS E10E315DP E10E315DL 3 P.D.T. ON None ON E10E315ES E10E315EP E10E315EL E10E415AL 1 1 1 Four-Pole Four-Pole 15 1 1 10 3/4 4 P.S.T. ON None OFF E10E415AS -- 4 P.D.T. ON OFF ON E10E415DS -- E10E415DL 4 P.D.T. ON None ON E10E415ES -- E10E415EL 1 1 Note 1 See Circuit Diagrams on Page V7-T1-6. 1 V7-T1-4 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Toggle Switches--E10 Hesitation Switches Heavy-Duty Hesitation Switch 1 E10 Series--Special Purpose--Minimum Order Quantity 10 Pieces Nominal Ratings 1 Function--Circuit with Lever In... Amperes hp 28 Vdc 125 Vac 250 Vac 250 Vac 15 15 10 3/4 Operation UP Position CENTER Position DOWN Position-- Keyway Poles and Throw 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number Maintained ON OFF ON 2 P.D.T. E10E215SS 3 P.D.T. E10E315SS 4 P.D.T. E10E415SS 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons One-Hole Mounted Medium-Duty, Mom. Contact 1 E10 Series--Minimum Order Quantity 10 Pieces Nominal Ratings Amperes hp 125 Vac 250 Vac NO NC NO NC 125- 250V 6 -- 3 -- -- 15 15 -- 10 10 10 -- 5 1/3 1/4 2 Poles and Throw 1 1 P.S.T. 1 P.S.T. 1 P.D.T. Contacts Bushing Length in (mm) Dim. "A" Button Extension in (mm) Dim. "B" Typical Maximum Operating Force Screw Terminal Catalog Number Spade Terminal 0.250 in (6.4 mm) Catalog Number NO 0.69 (17.5) 0.53 (13.5) 0.9 lbs E10P106RS E10P106RP 0.34 (8.6) 0.25 (6.4) E10P106JS -- NO NO, NC 0.69 (17.5) 0.53 (13.5) 0.34 (8.6) 0.25 (6.4) 0.69 (17.5) 0.53 (13.5) 0.9 lbs 1.0 lbs E10P115RS E10P115RP E10P115JS -- E10P115LS -- 1 1 1 1 1 Accessories 1 Toggle Switches Accessories--Minimum Order Quantity 100 Pieces E10TA104 1 Description Material/Notes Catalog Number Hexagon locknut Zinc-chromate treated steel E10TA101 Knurled face nut Zinc-chromate treated steel E10TA102 Internal tooth lockwasher Cadmium plated steel E10TA103 Terminal screws #6-32 x 3/16 in binding head E10TA201 Spade terminal adapter--0.250 in (6.4 mm) Assembles to screw terminals E10TA202 ON-OFF indicating plate--vertical orientation Burnished nickel finish steel E10TA301 OFF-ON indicating plate--horizontal orientation Burnished nickel finish steel E10TA302 Flip-up guard for toggle switches 1 1 1 1 1 E10TA104 1 1 1 E10TA105 Fixed shroud for toggle switches E10TA105 1 1 1 Notes Interlock mechanism prevents operation of lever through the center position until pressure is momentarily relieved. Designed for control and protection of reversing motors. 1 2 1 1 See Circuit Diagrams on Page V7-T1-6. Rated 1/4 hp at 125V, 1/2 hp at 250V. 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-5 1.1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Toggle Switches--E10 1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Toggle Switches Description Specification 1 AC ratings 6-20A, 125 Vac 3-10A, 250 Vac Max. 3/4 hp at 250 Vac DC ratings 6-20A, 28 Vdc 1 1 1 Electrical life 6,000 cycles make/break at switch ampere rating Operation Slow make/slow break mechanism with butt action for AC and low voltage DC applications Maintained and momentary contacts Poles/throws 1 through 4, single and double throw 1 Mounting One hole with threaded 0.468 in-32 bushing and 0.068 x 0.035 in (1.7 x 0.9 mm) deep keyway that serves as anti-rotational feature 1 Lever lengths 0.563 in (14.3 mm) or 0.688 in (17.5 mm), bright nickel plated Terminals Screw, 0.250 in (6.4 mm) spade and solder lug 1 1 1 1 Hesitation Switches Description Specification Operation Slow make/slow break mechanism with butt action for AC and low voltage DC applications; maintained contacts; ideal for reversing motor applications; interlock mechanism prevents operation of lever through center position until manual pressure is momentarily relieved AC ratings 15A, 125 Vac 10A, 250 Vac Max. 3/4 hp at 250 Vac 1 1 1 1 DC ratings 15A, 28 Vdc Poles/throws 2, 3 and 4, double throw only Mounting Single-pole with threaded 0.468 in-32 bushing and 0.068 x 0.049 in (1.7 x 1.2 mm) deep keyway Lever length 0.687 in (17.4 mm), stainless steel Terminals Screw 1 1 Pushbutton Actuators Description Specification AC ratings 1 6-15A, 125 Vac (NO) 3-10A, 250 Vac (NO) Max. 1/3 hp at 125/250 Vac Operation 1 Slow make/slow break mechanism Normally open contacts Poles/throws Single, single and double throw Mounting One hole with 0.468 in-32 threaded bushing and 0.068 x 0.035 in (1.7 x 0.9 mm) deep keyway Two bushing heights: 11/16 in (17.5 mm) and 11/32 in (8.7 mm) Button extensions 17/32 in (13.5 mm) and 1/4 in (6.4 mm), bright nickel plated Terminals Screw 1 1 1 1 1 Circuit Diagrams 1 SPST 1 DPST 3PST 3PDT 4PST 4PDT SPDT DPDT 1 1 1 V7-T1-6 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Toggle Switches--E10 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Toggle Switch Dimensions 1 Lever Length B Screw Terminals Operation Bushing Length A C D E C1 D E C D E 1 Momentary and maintained 0.47 (11.9) 0.56 (14.2) 1.00 (25.4) 1.17 (29.7) 0.63 (16.0) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 0.63 (16.0) 1.00 (25.4) 1.13 (28.7) 0.63 (16.0) 2 Maintained 0.47 (11.9) 0.56 (14.2) 1.06 (26.9) 1.31 (33.3) 0.75 (19.1) 1.19 (30.2) 1.31 (33.3) 0.75 (19.1) 1.06 (26.9) 1.31 (33.3) 0.75 (19.1) Momentary 0.47 (11.9) 0.56 (14.2) 1.25 (31.8) 1.31 (33.3) 0.75 (19.1) 1.31 (33.3) 1.31 (33.3) 0.75 (19.1) 1.25 (31.8) 1.31 (33.3) 0.75 (19.1) 1 3 Maintained 0.47 (11.9) 0.69 (17.5) 1.27 (32.3) 1.34 (34.0) 1.44 (36.6) 1.37 (34.8) 1.34 (34.0) 1.44 (36.6) 1.23 (31.2) 1.34 (34.0) 1.44 (36.6) 1 4 Maintained 0.47 (11.9) 0.69 (17.5) 1.20 (30.5) 1.30 (33.0) 1.40 (35.6) 1.30 (33.0) 1.34 (34.0) 1.40 (35.6) 1.23 (31.2) 1.34 (34.0) 1.44 (36.6) 1 No. of Poles Spade Terminals 1 Solder Lug 1 1 1 Toggle Switch Hesitation Switch 0.47 (11.9) 0.07 (1.8) x 0.05 (1.3) Keyway 0.63 (16) C 1.34 (34) B 1 A 1 1 1.13 (28.7) E 1.47 (37.3) 1 0.47-32 Thread 1.25 (31.8) A D 1 0.04 (1) x 0.07 (1.8) Keyway 0.69 (17.5) 0.47-32 Thread B Pushbutton Actuator 1 1.13 (28.7) 1 Accessories 1 E10TA101 Hexagon Locknut E10TA102 Knurled Face Nut E10TA301 ON-OFF Indicating Plate-- Vertical Orientation 0.63 (16) 0.63 (16) 0.07 (1.8) 1.0 (25.4) 0.06 (1.5) 1 1 ON 0.08 (2) E10TA302 ON-OFF Indicating Plate-- Horizontal Orientation OFF 0.63 (16) O F F O N 1 1 0.03 (.8) 1 Note 1 Spade terminal adapters are used on 6 ampere and momentary screw terminal switches, adding 0.42 in (10.7 mm) to dimension C. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-7 1.2 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E Contents Toggle Switches--E10E Description 1 Page Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E Product Selection Molded-In Screw Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . Econoswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Switch Guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 V7-T1-9 V7-T1-9 V7-T1-9 V7-T1-10 V7-T1-11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description Features Designed for general purpose and OEM applications, this line of toggle switches provides a high IP68 rating for demanding environments. Molded-In Screw Terminal 1 1 1 1 1 Completely sealed against dust, moisture and other contaminants One-hole mounted bushing for easy installation Multi-circuits offered Two- and three-position with maintained and momentary action Molded-in terminal inserts and terminals numbers Single- and two-pole circuitry Standards and Certifications Switch Guard Econoswitch 1 1 1 1 1 1 Environmentally sealed Single- and two-pole circuitry One-hole mounting for easy installation Multi-circuits Two- and three-position with maintained and momentary action Three types of termination offered as standard Catalog Number 125 Vac 250 Vac E10E118xx 18 9 E10E218xx 18 9 Amperes E10E118xx 1/4 1/2 Note: Contact your local Eaton Sales Representative for more information. E10E218xx 1/2 1 E10E118xx -- -- E10E218xx -- -- 1 1 1 V7-T1-8 UL and CSA Nominal Ratings Options 1 UL--File number E15346; Guide card number is WOYR2 CSA--LR40068, class number 6241 Single-Phase hp 1 For use with two-position switch Cover closure transfers switch toggle lever to OFF position One-hole mounted mounting style Cover is molded out of red thermoset molding material Guard cover is springloaded to either close or lock in open position Prevents accidental operation at switches Non-UL Recognized devices Alternate toggle levers Locking toggle levers Rocker buttons Three-Phase hp Special mounting hardware Mounting hardware furnished assembled Terminal screws furnished assembled Special circuits Panel seal, part number 32-341 Spade terminal adapters available Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E 1.2 Product Selection 1 Molded-In Screw Terminal 1 E10E Series--Molded-In Screw Terminal Circuit with Lever Position Nominal AC Ratings Amperes 125V Single-Pole Up Single-Phase hp Three-Phase hp 250V 125V 250V 125/250V 9 1/4 1/2 -- Center 1 Down (Keyway) 1 Catalog Number Single-Pole 18 ON OFF ON E10E118DM ON NONE OFF E10E118AM ON NONE ON E10E118EM 1 1 1 1 Two-Pole 1 Two-Pole 18 9 1/2 1 -- ON OFF ON E10E218DM ON NONE OFF E10E218AM ON NONE ON E10E218EM 1 1 1 1 Econoswitch 1 E10E Series--Econoswitch 1 Circuit with Lever Position Current Ratings--Amperes 28 Vdc Type of Operation Single-Pole 115 Vac, 60 or 400 Hz Up Down Center (Keyway) Lamp Resistive Inductive Lamp Resistive Inductive Load Load Load Load Load Load Screw Terminal Catalog Number Solder Lug Terminal Catalog Number Spade Terminal Catalog Number Single-Pole Two-Pole Maintained 5 20 15 3 15 10 ON OFF ON E10E118DS E10E118DL E10E118DP Maintained 5 20 15 3 15 10 ON NONE OFF E10E118AS E10E118AL E10E118AP Maintained 5 20 15 3 15 10 ON NONE ON E10E118ES E10E118EL E10E118EP Momentary 4 15 10 2 15 7 ON 1 OFF ON 1 E10E118GS E10E118GL E10E118GP Momentary 4 15 10 2 15 7 OFF NONE ON 1 E10E118BS E10E118BL E10E118BP 1 1 1 1 1 1 Two-Pole Maintained 7 20 15 4 15 15 ON OFF ON E10E218DS E10E218DL E10E218DP Maintained 7 20 15 4 15 15 ON NONE OFF E10E218AS E10E218AL E10E218AP Maintained 7 20 15 4 15 15 ON NONE ON E10E218ES E10E218EL E10E218EP Momentary 5 18 10 2 11 8 ON 1 OFF ON 1 E10E218GS E10E218GL E10E218GP Momentary 5 18 10 2 11 8 OFF NONE ON 1 E10E218BS E10E218BL E10E218BP 1 1 1 1 Switch Guard Switch Guard 1 E10E Series--Switch Guard 1 Catalog Number Switch Guard E10TA104 1 1 Note 1 Momentary contact. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-9 1.2 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E 1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 E10E Series--Molded-In Screw Terminal Description Specification 1 Watertight seal Per MIL-STD-108E and designed to meet IP68 Thermoset molding materials Meet flame retardant requirements 1 1 1 1 Temperature range -50 to 150F (-46 to 66C) Life 20,000 operations at rated load; 40,000 operations mechanical life; 6,000 operations at hp ratings per UL and CSA requirements Bushings 15/32 in-32 thread E10E Series--Econoswitch 1 Description Specification Watertight seal Per MIL-STD-108E and designed to meet IP68 1 Type of terminal Screws--6-32 UNC-22A Solder lug--0.125 in (3.17 mm) dia. hole Spade--0.250 in (6.35 mm) x 0.032 in (0.81 mm) thick Life 50,000 operations at rated load; 100,000 operations mechanical life Temperature range -50 to 150F (-46 to 66C) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-10 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.2 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E Dimensions 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Single-Pole Molded-In Screw Terminal E10E Series 0.432 (10.97) 1 Two-Pole Molded-In Screw Terminal E10E Series 1 0.432 (10.97) 0.076 (1.93) 1 0.076 (1.93) 1 Keyway 1 Keyway 1 33 16.5 33 16.5 0.240 (6.10) Dia. 0.690 (17.53) 1 0.240 (6.10) Dia. 0.470 (11.94) 15/32-32 UN-2A Thread to Within 0.060 (1.52) of Shoulder 1.18 (29.9) Max. 0.250 (6.35) #6-32 Terminal Screw with Internal Tooth Lockwasher (SEMS) 2 3 15/32-32 UN-2A Thread to Within 0.060 (1.52) of Shoulder 1 1 1.100 0.130 (27.94) 1.370 (3.30) Max. (34.80) Max. 0.250 (6.35) #6-32 Terminal Screw with Internal Tooth Lockwasher (SEMS) 0.130 (3.30) 0.380 0.910 (9.65) (23.11) Max. 0.375 (9.52) 0.130 (3.30) Locking Ring 1 1 1 1 2 3 0.380 (9.65) Typ. 1.340 (34.04) Max. 1 1 1 15/32 Dia. Bushing 0.445 (11.30) 1 1 Toggle Switch Panel Cutout 0.480 (12.19) Dia. Hole 1 1 5 6 0.635 (16.13) Max. 0.380 (9.65) Typ. 1.270 (32.26) Max. 1 0.470 (11.94) 4 1 1 0.690 (17.53) 1 0.480 (12.19) Dia. Hole 1 1 0.062 (1.57) Keyway 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-11 1.2 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Single-Pole Econoswitch E10E Series 0.432 (10.97) 1 Keyway 0.076 (1.93) 1 1 33 16.5 0.240 (6.10) Dia. 1 0.690 (17.53) 1 1 1 0.470 (11.94) 15/32-32 UN-2A Thread to Within 0.060 (1.52) of Shoulder 1 1.51 (38.4) Max. 1.28 (32.5) Max. 1.30 (33.0) Max. 1 1 #6-32 UNC-2A Terminal Screw, SEMS 1 0.594 (15.09) 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 Solder Lug Screw Terminal 1 1 0.250 x 0.032 (6.35) x (0.81) Thick 0.125 (3.17) Dia. Hole 1.25 (31.75) 2 3 Spade Terminal Two-Pole Econoswitch E10E Series 0.432 (10.97) 1 Keyway 1 0.076 (1.93) 1 1 0.240 (6.10) Dia. 33 16.5 1 0.690 (17.53) 1 1 1 0.468 (11.89) 15/32-32 UN-2A Thread to Within 0.060 (1.52) of Shoulder 1.34 (34.1) Max. 1 1.55 (39.4) Max. 1.32 (33.5) Max. 1 1 #6-32 UNC-2A Terminal Screw, SEMS 1 0.250 x 0.032 (6.35) x (0.81) Thick 0.125 (3.17) Dia. Hole 1.32 (33.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1 1 Screw Terminal V7-T1-12 Solder Lug Spade Terminal Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Environmentally Sealed Toggle Switches--E10E 1.2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Switch Guard 1 33 0.240 (6.10) Dia. 1 0.688 (17.48) 0.840 (21.34) 1 0.468 (11.89) 15/32-32 UN-2A Thread to Within 0.060 (1.52) of Shoulder Rivet 1 1 0.475 (12.07) Dia. 1 1 0.031 0.062 (0.79) (1.57) 0.750 (19.05) Max. 1 0.688 (17.48) Max. 1 1 1.062 (26.97) 1.635 (41.53) Max. 1.830 (46.48) Max. 1 1 1.547 (39.29) Rad. Open 1 Closed Red-Molded Plastic 1 1 1.093 (27.76) Max. Switch (Ref.) Steel 1 1 0.032 (0.81) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-13 1.3 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Contents Pushbutton Control Stations Description 1 Page Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection M22 Assembled Control Stations . . . . . . . . Commercial Control Stations . . . . . . . . . . . General Purpose Control Stations . . . . . . . . Special Purpose Control Stations . . . . . . . . 10250H Series Heavy-Duty Control Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10250T Series Heavy-Duty 30.5 mm Control Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class I Division 2 10250T Series Heavy-Duty 30.5 mm Control Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . Class I Division 2 E34 Series Corrosion Resistant 30.5 mm Control Stations . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Custom Assembled Stations Specification Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-15 V7-T1-16 V7-T1-17 V7-T1-18 V7-T1-19 V7-T1-20 V7-T1-21 V7-T1-22 V7-T1-23 V7-T1-23 V7-T1-24 V7-T1-26 V7-T1-28 V7-T1-28 1 1 Product Description 1 M22 Assembled Control Stations 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Commercial Control Stations 1 1 1 1 1 M22 series operators Available in horizontal and vertical configurations Impact resistant polycarbonate enclosures Optional yellow covers Base mounting contact blocks and light units for quick wiring and vibration resistance 10250T series operators Full front label Specific function labels on front of enclosure General Purpose Control Stations Construction grade General purpose wall mount Popular with contractors UL (NEMA) Type 1 Special Purpose Control Stations Standard grade Polyester enclosure UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 13 10250H Series Heavy-Duty Control Stations 10250H Series operators Dark brown polyester enclosure Protective rubber gaskets provide NEMA 3S rating on pushbuttons Top and bottom 3/4 in NPT conduit entrances Includes alternate legend plates and spare mounting screws 10250T Series Heavy-Duty 30.5 mm Control Stations 10250T Series operators ASA 61 gray die-cast zinc enclosures Surface or flush mounting Single 3/4 in NPT conduit entrance on one and two element stations Single 1 in NPT conduit entrance on three element stations Class I Division 2 10250T Series Heavy-Duty 30.5 mm Control Stations Class I Division 2 E34 Series Corrosion Resistant 30.5 mm Control Stations E34 Series operators Factory sealed contact blocks Die-cast, polyester or stainless steel enclosures Approved for NEC Class I Division 2 Groups B, C and D or Class I Zone 2 Group IIB plus Hydrogen type hazardous locations 10250T Series operators Factory sealed contact blocks Die-cast, polyester or stainless steel enclosures Approved for NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D or Class I Zone 2 Group IIB plus Hydrogen type hazardous locations 1 1 1 V7-T1-14 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled 1.3 Features M22 Assembled Control Stations IP66, UL (NEMA) Type 4X, 13 Impact resistant polycarbonate enclosures Optional yellow cover 25% smaller depth than most competitor enclosures Base mounting contact blocks and light units for faster wiring and vibration resistance Commercial Control Stations ASA 61 gray die-cast zinc enclosures Pre-assembled and labeled for functions such as "Fuel Shut-Off" Great for commercial applications General Purpose Control Stations Construction grade General purpose wall mount Popular with contractors UL (NEMA) Type 1 Special Purpose Control Stations Standard grade Polyester enclosure UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 13 Industrial grade Extra heavy-duty Polyester enclosure Booted buttons Outdoor installation UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 30.5 mm operators Industrial grade Zinc die cast enclosure Popular with industrial end users UL (NEMA) Type 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 1 1 Class I Division 2 Control Stations 10250H Series Heavy-Duty Control Stations 1 10250T Series Heavy-Duty 30.5 mm Control Stations 1 Available with 10250T or E34 30.5 mm operators Zinc die cast, polyester or stainless steel enclosures Factory-sealed contact blocks Popular with industrial end users UL (NEMA) Type 4, 4X, 12, 13 NEC Class I Division 2 Groups B, C and D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-15 1.3 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Product Selection M22 Assembled Control Stations 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 One Element Control Stations 1 Orientation Description Color Horizontal 40 mm mushroom head push-pull emergency stop operator 1 Horizontal 40 mm illuminated mushroom head push-pull emergency stop operator, 85-264 Vac 1 Horizontal Horizontal 1 Inscription Enclosure Cover Color Catalog Number Red NC -- Yellow M22-C1-M1H Red NO-NC -- Yellow M22-C1-M2H 40 mm mushroom head twist-to-release emergency stop operator Red NC -- Yellow M22-C1-M3H 40 mm mushroom head key-release emergency stop operator Red NC -- Yellow M22-C1-M4H Horizontal Flush pushbutton Green NO Gray M22-C1-M5H Horizontal Flush pushbutton Green NO Gray M22-C1-M6H Horizontal Extended pushbutton Red NC Gray M22-C1-M7H 1 Horizontal Extended pushbutton Red NC STOP Gray M22-C1-M8H Horizontal Key-operated selector switch, two-position maintained -- NO OFF-ON Gray M22-C1-M9H 1 Horizontal Knob type selector switch, three-position maintained -- 2NO HAND 0 AUTO Gray M22-C1-M10H Horizontal Double pushbutton Green NO START Gray M22-C1-M11H Red NC STOP 1 1 1 1 Two Element Control Stations 1 Orientation Element 1 Description Color 1 Horizontal Extended pushbutton Red NC Vertical Flush pushbutton Green NO 1 Vertical Flush pushbutton Black NO 1 Three Element Control Stations 1 Orientation 1 Element 1 Description Color 1 START Element 2 Description Color 1 Flush pushbutton Green NO START Extended pushbutton Red NC FORWARD Flush pushbutton Black NO Inscription Element 2 Inscription Description Enclosure Cover Color Catalog Number Gray M22-C2-M1H STOP Gray M22-C2-M2V REVERSE Gray M22-C2-M3V Inscription Element 3 Inscription Description Color 1 85-264 Vac -- Flush pushbutton Green NO Green NO START Extended pushbutton Red NC Extended pushbutton Red NC Flush pushbutton Green NO Color 1 Indicating light White Flush pushbutton Horizontal Red NC 1 Extended pushbutton Vertical Indicating light White 1 85-264 Vac Horizontal Green NO 1 Flush pushbutton Vertical Black NO OPEN Extended pushbutton Red NC STOP Flush pushbutton Black NO 1 Flush pushbutton Vertical Black NO FORWARD Flush pushbutton Red NC STOP Flush pushbutton Black 1 Flush pushbutton Vertical Flush pushbutton Black NO UP Flush pushbutton Red NC STOP Flush pushbutton Black 1 1 1 -- Enclosure Inscription Cover Color Catalog Number Gray M22-C3-M1H Gray M22-C3-M2V Gray M22-C3-M3H CLOSE Gray M22-C3-M4V NO REVERSE Gray M22-C3-M5V NO DOWN Gray M22-C3-M6V STOP Notes For assembled control stations not found in this selection, please contact the Eaton Technical Resource Center at 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273) or TRC@eaton.com. 1 Contact block configuration. V7-T1-16 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled 1.3 Commercial Control Stations 1 Available Catalog Numbers Key Specifications 30.5 mm (10250T series) operators ASA 61 gray die-cast zinc enclosures Industrial grade UL(R) Type 4, 4X, 12, 13 Single 3/4 in NPT conduit entrance Dimensions--in (mm) Enclosure: 3.88 W x 4.00 H x 3.00 D (98.6 x 101.6 x 76.3) Operator: 1.63 D (to enclosure) x 1.50 diameter (41.4 x 38.1) What is included? Eaton's pre-assembled, enclosed emergency stop pushbutton stations include an operator, an enclosure, contact blocks and a variety of unique labels. Each label has white lettering on a red background indicating the function and red lettering on a white background indicating the operator type. 1 Catalog Number 1 Operator Enclosure Color Label 10250T5B62-S101 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY STOP 10250T5B62-S102 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF 10250T5B62-S103 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY GENERATOR STOP 10250T5B62-S104 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY HVAC SHUT-DOWN 10250T5B62-S105 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL DISCONNECT 10250T5B62-S106 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY BOILER SHUT-DOWN 10250T5B62-S107 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY CHILLER STOP 10250T5B62-S108 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY FUEL SHUT-OFF 10250T5B62-S109 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY REFRIGERATION STOP 10250T5B62-S110 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY POWER OFF 10250T5B62-S111 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY GAS SHUT-OFF 10250T5B62-S112 Push-Pull Gray EMERGENCY VENTILATION SHUT-DOWN 10250T5B62-S113 Push-Pull Gray GENERATOR 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Additional Contact Blocks (Sold Separately) 1 Catalog Number Circuit Configuration 1 10250T51 1NC 10250T53 1NO 1 10250T1 NO-NC 10250T3 2NC 10250T2 2NO 1 1 1 Note 1 Includes 1NO-1NC contact block. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-17 1.3 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled General Purpose Control Stations Type N Control Stations--UL (NEMA) Type 1 1 Contact Symbol Legends Catalog Number Flush/green START 10250H5100 1 Flush/red STOP 10250H5101 1 Extended/red STOP 10250H5104 Palm operated/black None 10250H89 2 Three-position selector switch/black knob RUN/OFF/AUTO 10250H289 2 Flush/red START/STOP 10250H5200 Flush/green extended/red START/STOP 10250H5207 1 1 Single Button Station for Padlock Attachment 1 1 Button Type/Color One Element Enclosure Type 1 1 Selector Switch 1 1 1 Two Button Station Two Element Enclosure Type 1 1 1 Flush/black (all) RAISE/LOWER 10250H5201 FOR/REV 10250H5202 OPEN/CLOSE 10250H5203 1 UP/DOWN 10250H5204 HIGH/LOW 10250H5205 1 FAST/SLOW 10250H5208 1 Three Button Station 1 Three Element Enclosure Type FOR/REV/STOP 10250H5300 1 UP/DOWN/STOP 10250H5301 RAISE/LOWER/STOP 10250H5302 1 OPEN/CLOSE/STOP 10250H5303 FAST/SLOW/STOP 10250H5304 1 Flush/black (all) Three Button Station with Indicating Light 1 1 110/220V neon indicating light START/STOP Clear--flush/green; flush/red 10250H5310 Red--flush/green; flush/red 10250ED853 Amber--flush/green; flush/red 10250ED853-2 1 1 Notes 1 Padlock attachment (10250H5110) must be purchased separately. 2 Round button. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-18 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled 1.3 Type N Control Stations--Open Type Construction (No Cover) Contact Symbol Selector Switch Button Type/Color Legends Catalog Number RUN/OFF/AUTO 10250H2538 1 1 One Element Enclosure Type Three-position selector switch/black knob 1 1 1 Two Button Station Two Element Enclosure Type Flush/green START/STOP 1 10250H2747 1 1 Mechanically Interlocked Pushbuttons Flush/black (all) mech. interlocked None 1 1 10250H2544 1 1 1 1 1 Special Purpose Control Stations 1 Special Purpose Control Stations--UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 13 Contact Symbol 10250H_ Feature Legends Catalog Number START 10250H2738 STOP 10250H658 STOP 10250H665 1 One Element Pushbutton Type Flush With lock hasp 1 1 1 1 10250H_ Two Element Pushbutton Type Flush START/STOP 10250H364 1 With lock hasp START/STOP 10250H671 1 1 Buttons interlocked FAST/SLOW 10250ED664 FOR/REV 10250H2740 UP/DOWN 10250H2741 OPEN/CLOSE 10250H2742 1 1 Note 1 No legend on buttons. Specify any standard legend. 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-19 1.3 1 Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled 10250H Series Heavy-Duty Control Stations Type H Control Stations--UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Element Type 10250H_ Feature Circuit Assembled Legend Plate Without padlock hasp 1NO-1NC JOG Pushbuttons START 10250H1881 STOP RUN 1 Knob selector switch 1 10250H_ With padlock hasp 1NC STOP -- 10250H4239 Two-position 1NO-1NC OFF/ON -- 10250H4526 Three-position 1NO-1NC MAN/OFF/AUTO -- 10250H4527 Standard 1NO-2NC START/STOP -- 10250H1884 2NO-2NC RAISE/LOWER FORWARD 10250H1885 Two Element Pushbuttons 1 REVERSE 1 OPEN CLOSE 1 1 Catalog Number One Element 1 1 Unassembled Alternate Legend Plate 10250H_ 1 Standard and standard with padlock hasp 1NO-2NC START/STOP -- Standard 2NO-3NC FOR/REV/STOP START OPEN 10250H1890 JOG CLOSE 10250H4241 RAISE FAST LOWER SLOW Three Element Pushbuttons Two standard and standard with padlock hasp 1 1 Indicating light and pushbuttons 1 10250H4240 120V Light-red lens and two plain 1NO-2NC MOTOR RUNNING START/STOP -- 10250H1913 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-20 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.3 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled 10250T Series Heavy-Duty 30.5 mm Control Stations 1 Complete Assembled Stations--UL (NEMA) Type 4, 4X, 12, 13 Element Type Break Glass Station 1 Features Contact Block(s) Gray enclosure NC (logic level) Legend Surface Mounting Catalog Number Flush Mounting 2 Catalog Number EMERG. OFF 10250TGS -- 10250TGR -- Break Glass Station Break glass station 3 Red enclosure 1 1 1 1 1 One Element One Element Pushbutton Standard Mushroom head Selector switch Push-pull three-position Two Element START 10250T3516 10250T3573 NC STOP 10250T3518 10250T3575 NO-NC None 10250T3540 10250T3597 NO-NC START 10250T3517 10250T3574 NC STOP 10250T3519 10250T3576 Indicating light (transformer type) and pushbuttons 1 1 1 NC STOP 10250T3520 10250T3577 Two-position black knob NO-NC OFF/ON 10250T3523 10250T3580 Three-position black knob 2NO MAN/OFF/AUTO 10250T3524 10250T3581 1 Momentary red button 2NC START/STOP 10250T3545 10250T3602 1 Standard 1NO-2NC START/STOP 10250T3525 10250T3582 2NO-2NC RAISE/LOWER 10250T3672 10250T3673 1 2NO-2NC None 10250T3541 10250T3598 With lock hasp 4 1NO-2NC START/STOP 10250T3542 10250T3599 Standard and mushroom head 1NO-2NC START/STOP 10250T3526 10250T3583 Standard with maintained contact 5 NO-NC START/STOP 10250T3528 10250T3585 Standard 2NO-3NC FOR, REV, STOP 10250T3532 10250T3589 2NO-3NC UP, DOWN, STOP 10250T3615 -- 2NO-3NC OPEN, CLOSE, STOP 10250T3614 -- 2NO-3NC None, None, STOP 10250T3543 10250T3600 1 1 1 1 Two standard and with lock hasp 2NO-3NC None, None, STOP 10250T3544 10250T3601 Red lens -- 120V 1NO-2NC MOTOR RUN, START/STOP 10250T3536 10250T3593 Red lens -- 240V 1 1 Plus NC Three Element Pushbuttons 1 With lock hasp 4 Two Element Pushbuttons Three Element NO-NC 10250T3537 10250T3594 Red lens -- 480V 10250T3538 10250T3595 Red lens -- 600V 10250T3539 10250T3596 1 1 1 1 Break Glass Operator 6 Break Glass Kit Description Catalog Number Operator with hammer and five glass discs 10250TBG Glass discs only (5) 10250TGL 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Stop buttons are red--all others are black. 2 NEMA 4-13, if properly mounted on a flat surface. Consists of front plate, legend, operator and contact blocks. 3 Break glass stations will not function with Normally Open contact blocks. 4 Lock is 10250TA2. 5 Uses deep cover instead of shallow cover. Switch component is 10250TA67--mechanically interlocked operators. 6 Shown assembled to contact block (contact block supplied separately). Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 1 V7-T1-21 1.3 1 Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Class I Division 2 10250T Series Heavy-Duty 30.5 mm Control Stations Complete Assembled Stations-- UL (NEMA) Type 4, 4X, 12, 13; NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Contact Symbol 10250T7007 1 1NO 1NC 10250T7023P 1 Die Cast Enclosure Catalog Number Polyester Molded Enclosure Catalog Number Stainless Steel Enclosure Catalog Number Flush/green START 10250T7003 10250T7003P 10250T7003S Extended/red STOP 10250T7005 10250T7005P 10250T7005S Alum. jumbo mushroom/red EMER. STOP (engraved button) 10250T7007 10250T7007P 10250T7007S Flush/black No legend 10250T7009 10250T7009P 10250T7009S 10250T7023 10250T7023P 10250T7023S 10250T7025 10250T7025P 10250T7025S 10250T7033 10250T7033P 10250T7033S Two Pushbuttons 1NO 1NC Each Button 1 Legend Marking Single Pushbutton 1 1 Button Type/Color 1 Flush/green START Extended/red STOP Flush/black No legend Flush/black No legend 1 1 10250T7033S Single Pilot Light--Two Pushbuttons 1NO 1 1NC Each Button 1 120 Vac red No legend Flush/green START Extended/red STOP 120 Vac red No legend 10250T7035 10250T7035P 10250T7035S Maintained knob/black HAND/OFF/AUTO 10250T7011 10250T7011P 10250T7011S Maintained knob/black No legend 10250T7013 10250T7013P 10250T7013S EMER. STOP (engraved button) 10250T7019 10250T7019P 10250T7019S Flush/black 1 Flush/black 1 Three-Position Selector Switch 1 2NO 2NC 1 1 1 Single Pushbutton Maintained Push-pull with jumbo mushroom/red 1 1 Pull Push X 1NO O O 1NC X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-22 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled 1.3 Class I Division 2 E34 Series Corrosion Resistant 30.5 mm Control Stations 1 Complete Assembled Stations-- UL (NEMA) Type 4, 4X, 12, 13; NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D E34EX_ Contact Symbol 1 Button Type/Color Legend Marking Die Cast Enclosure Catalog Number Polyester Molded Enclosure Catalog Number Stainless Steel Enclosure Catalog Number Flush/green START E34EX7003 E34EX7003P E34EX7003S Extended/red STOP E34EX7005 E34EX7005P E34EX7005S Alum. jumbo mushroom/red EMER. STOP (engraved button) E34EX7007 E34EX7007P E34EX7007S 1 Flush/black No legend E34EX7009 E34EX7009P E34EX7009S 1 Flush/green START E34EX7023 E34EX7023P E34EX7023S 1 Extended/red STOP Flush/black No legend E34EX7025 E34EX7025P E34EX7025S 1 Flush/black No legend 1 Single Pushbutton 1NO 1NC 1 Two Pushbuttons 1NO 1NC Each Button 1 1 1 1 Three-Position Selector Switch 2NO 2NC Maintained knob/black HAND/OFF/AUTO E34EX7011 E34EX7011P E34EX7011S Maintained knob/black No legend E34EX7013 E34EX7013P E34EX7013S 1 1 1 Single Pushbutton Maintained Push-pull with jumbo mushroom/red EMER. STOP (engraved button) E34EX7019 E34EX7019P 1 E34EX7019S 1 Pull Push X 1NO O O 1NC X 1 1 1 Accessories Padlock Attachment 1 Type N Control Stations Description Catalog Number Padlock attachment--For field assembly on square button type (except extended button types) 10250H5110 1 1 1 Note Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Page V7-T1-22. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-23 1.3 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Custom Assembled Stations Specification Form Ordering Instructions Step 1 Copy this ordering guide from catalog. Step 2 Specify 10250T or E34 pushbutton lines in the corresponding box on the following page. 10250T Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253 1 E34 Pages V7-T1-254 to V7-T1-295 1 10250T and Pages E34 V7-T1-321 to V7-T1-361 Class I Div. 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Position 1 Position 1 Position 2 Within a few days you will receive a confirmation fax with the custom station part number and price. Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 1 1 Step 7 Fax Sheet 2 of this form to Eaton's TRC, Technical Resource Center, at 828-6510549 to the attention of-- Custom Stations Order or email to TRC@eaton.com. Step 3 Check back of panel dimensions--specify single or double depth enclosure in the corresponding box on the following page. Step 4 Specify enclosure catalog number and price in the corresponding box on the following page. Enclosures can be found on Pages V7-T1-116, V7-T1-233 and V7-T1-283. For pricing, reference the most recent PAD or VISTA-line. Step 5 Specify catalog numbers for desired operator, legend plate, light unit, accessory and contact block(s) for each location in the enclosure in the corresponding box on the following page. (See position locations on this page.) Step 8 Place your order over the VISTA System. Position 1 Position 2 For Selector and Roto-Push Operators Position 3 Position 4 Position Locations Step 6 For non-standard legends, specify legend desired, letter size and location on the layout sketches on the following page. For limitations see Page V7-T1-232. For pricing, use the blank legend catalog number and "STAMP" Suffix (Ex.: 10250TS36STAMP) and reference the most recent PAD or VISTA-line. 10250T or E34 For single contact blocks or 1NO-1NC contact blocks, the mounting position of contacts must be specified. For example: If a 1NO-1NC contact block is required, specify if NO is to be mounted in Top A position or Bottom B position. Example: 10250TS36 Special Legend for Position #_______ LETTER SIZE 3/32 in 1/8 in 3/16 in 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-24 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.3 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled To -- Eaton's TRC, Custom Station Order (828) 651-0549 FAX, or email to TRC@eaton.com 1 FACTORY USE ONLY Part Number 1 Product Code From -- Customer Name ___________________________________________ Customer Contact __________________________________________ Suffix Phone Number_____________________________________________ Date 1 1 Engineer Fax Number _______________________________________________ 1 Email Address _____________________________________________ Step 3) Step 2) 10250T STD Class I Division 2 E34 STD Class I Division 2 1 Step 4) Enclosure Catalog Number Single Depth Enclosure Price Double Depth Enclosure 1 1 Step 5) Position Operator Price U.S. $ Light Unit Price U.S. $ Contact Block Price U.S. $ A/L B/R Contact Block Price U.S. $ A/L B/R Total Price 1 1 1 2 1 3 4 Position 1 1 Price U.S. $ Legend Plate Lens or Caps Price U.S. $ Accessory Price U.S. $ Total Price 1 1 1 2 3 1 4 1 Total: 1 10% Adder for Assembled Stations Step 6) Non-standard Legends Special Legend for Position #_______ 1 1 Special Legend for Position #_______ Special Legend for Position #_______ 1 1 1 1 1 1 LETTER SIZE 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) LETTER SIZE LETTER SIZE 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-25 1.3 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Renewal Parts Type N Renewal Parts 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Assembled Stations--Type N Item No. Description No. Req. Part Number Type N--Square Buttons 1 1 Cover Item No. Description No. Req. Part Number Type N--Square Buttons, continued 1 9 Pushbutton element 1 Two element 49-3524 1NO-1NC 86-2588 One element--top button 49-3524-2 2NO 86-2588-2 One element--bottom button 49-3524-3 1NO 86-2588-3 1NC 1 2 Cover screw 2 11-2168 3 Pushbutton support bracket 1 79-6649 10 Cover 1 49-3464 1 4 Pushbutton support bracket screw 1 11-2090 11 Pushbutton support bracket 1 79-6650 1 5 Pushbutton spring 2 69-2571 12 Pushbutton--top position 1 6 Disc (when used--two element assembly) 2 16-1960 1 7 Pushbutton--top position 1 1 1 1 1 8 53-1170-7 UP/black 53-1170-4 53-1169-3 RAISE/black 53-1170-5 RAISE/black 53-1169-66 OPEN/black 53-1170-9 FORWARD/black 53-1169-7 FAST/black OPEN/black 53-1169-9 UP/blank 53-1169-11 REVERSE/black 53-1169-15 Blank/green 53-1169 DOWN/black 53-1169-18 LOWER/black 53-1169-16 CLOSE/black 53-1169-17 Pushbutton--bottom position 13 1 53-1202-2 Extended STOP/red 53-1202-5 REVERSE/black 53-1169-8 CLOSE/black 53-1169-10 1 DOWN/black 53-1169-12 LOWER/black 53-1169-6 1 Blank/red 53-1202 1 FORWARD/black START/green STOP/red 1 86-2588-4 Pushbutton middle position 53-1170-6 1 SLOW/black 14 Pushbutton--bottom position 15 Pushbutton element 16 Cover 53-1169-13 1 STOP/red 53-1201-2 1 2NO-3NC 86-2593 1 1 1 V7-T1-26 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 49-3524-4 1.3 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Assembled Stations--Type N, continued Item No. No. Req. Description Part Number Type N--Square Buttons, continued 17 Item No. Description 1 No. Req. Part Number 1 10250H2538 Type N--Round Buttons Lens 1 Similar Pushbutton assembly and element for: to 27 10250H289 Clear 28-494 Red 28-887-2 10250H364 1 86-353 Amber 28-887-3 10250H685 1 86-353-8 18 Shield 1 73-1337 10250H665 1 86-353-8 19 Shield screws 4 11-2012 10250H671 1 86-353 20 Lamp (neon NE48) 1 28-494 10250H2738 1 86-353-3 21 Lamp receptacle 1 28-902 10250H2740 1 86-356 22 Lamp receptacle screw 1 911-330F1 10250H2741 1 86-356 23 Pilot light terminal base 1 86-2586 10250H2742 1 86-356 24 Lens 1 28-887 Red 28-887-2 Amber 28-887-3 Pushbutton support bracket 1 26 Pushbutton element 1 1NO-1NC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Clear 25 1 1 79-6650-2 1 86-2594 1 1 Type H Renewal Parts 7 1 7 7 8 1 6 9 10 12 10 1 5 5 4 1 4 1 5 4 1 3 3 1 11 1 1 Pushbutton 2 1 2 Indicating Light 2 1 Selector Switch 1 1 Assembled Stations--Type H Item No. Description No. Req. Part Number Type H--Assembled Stations Item No. Description 1 No. Req. Part Number Type H--Assembled Stations 1 Screw 2 11-4654 7 Screw 4 11-953 2 Screw 2 11-5719 8 Diaphragm 1 32-253-2 3 Base 1 17-16560 9 Mounting plate 1 17-19522 4 Contact blocks See Page V7-T1-235 10 Gasket 1 32-254 5 10250T operator See Pages V7-T1-188 to V7-T1-225 11 Base 1 17-16561 12 Mounting plate 1 17-19523 6 Mounting plate 1 17-19524 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-27 1.3 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled Technical Data and Specifications Ratings Maximum Ampere Ratings for Type N Control Stations Volts AC Volts DC 1 Description 110 220 440 550 120 240 600 Make and emergency interrupt capacity 30 15 7.5 6 1.0 0.5 0.1 1 Normal load break 3 1.5 0.75 0.6 1.0 0.5 0.1 Continuous current 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Maximum Ampere Ratings for Type H Control Stations Volts AC 50/60 Hz Volts DC Description 120 240 480 600 125 250 Make and emergency interrupt capacity 60 30 15 12 1.1 0.55 Normal load break 6 3 1.5 1.2 1.1 0.55 Continuous amperes 10 10 10 10 10 10 Voltamperes -- Make and emergency interrupt capacity 7200 7200 7200 7200 138 138 Normal load break 720 720 720 720 138 138 Dimensions 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Type N Control Stations 4.00 (101.6) 1 1 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 5.00 (127.0) 1 1 1 1 1 1.50 (38.1) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 a (57.2) 2.25 a (57.2) 1.50 (38.1) 2.25 (57.2) Single Button Station Two Button Station 1.50 (38.1) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 a (57.2) Three Button Station Special Purpose Control Stations 1 1 5.50 (139.7) 6.25 (158.8) 1 1 1 1 1 2.25 (57.2) 3.13 (79.5) 3.38 (85.9) 0.75 (19.1) Pipe Tap Ship Wt. 2.5 Lb (1.1 kg) Note 1 2.38 (60.5) for neon indicating light. 1 V7-T1-28 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Pushbutton Control Stations--Assembled 1.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Type H Control Stations 1 NEMA Type 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 13 1 No. of Elements Dimensions Wide High Deep 1 and 2 4.50 (114.3) 8.25 (209.6) 4.50 (114.3) 3 4.50 (114.3) 10.75 (273.1) 4.25 (108.0) 1 1 1 10250T and E34 Approximate Enclosure Dimensions Surface Mounting Number of Elements Dimensions in In (mm) 1 4 Mtg. Holes -- 10-32 Screw Size for 1 - 4 Element Die Cast/ Stainless Steel Enclosure 7/32 Screw Size for Polyester 1 Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E 1 3.88 (98.6) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 3.25 (82.6) 3/4 2 3.88 (98.6) 5.88 (149.4) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 5.13 (130.3) 3/4 1 3 3.88 (98.6) 7.75 (196.9) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 7.00 (177.8) 1 1 4 33.88 (98.6) 9.63 (244.6) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 8.88 (225.6) 1 1 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 1 1 2 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 1 1 3 3.81 (96.8) 8.88 (225.6) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 7.13 (181.1) 1 Conduit Entrance 1 1 Cast E B D A 1 C Surface 1 Polyester 4 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 1 1 1 Stainless Steel 1 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 4.25 (108.0) 1 1 2 3.50 (88.9) 6.75 (171.5) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 7.50 (190.5) 1 1 3 3.50 (88.9) 9.00 (228.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 9.00 (228.6) 1 1 4 3.50 (88.9) 11.25 (285.8) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 12.00 (304.8) 1 1 1 Note 1 No conduit entrance holes provided. Drill as required. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-29 1.4 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Contents 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Description 1 Page 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switches--Non-Illuminated, Illuminated and Keyed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-31 V7-T1-32 V7-T1-34 V7-T1-35 V7-T1-36 V7-T1-40 V7-T1-43 V7-T1-45 1 1 1 1 Product Overview 1 Product Description Features The RMQ-16 pushbutton line offers a wide array of functional and attractively designed illuminated and non-illuminated pushbuttons, selector switches, emergency stops and indicating lights. The illuminated line is offered with either incandescent or LED. RMQ-16 devices are designed with two front-ofpanel operator sizes. The 18 x 18 mm or 25 x 25 mm square operators can help the user achieve over three times the information density compared with 22 mm ranges. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Wide product breadth: RMQ-16 offers illuminated and non-illuminated pushbuttons, keyed, non-keyed, and illuminated selector switches, emergency stops, and a large variety of accessories Custom laser etching: Hundreds of standard markings available in addition to infinite possible custom images with laser etching High durability: Pushbuttons and selector switches rated for 3 million mechanical operations High information density: Square operators (18 mm or 25 mm) allow for sideby-side mounting and achieve over three times the information density of typical 22 mm installations Standards and Certifications Laser etched operators Heavy-duty construction with IP65 on front of panel operators LED or incandescent illumination available Front-of-panel operators available in either 18 x 18 mm or 25 x 25 mm sizes Safety rated emergency stops (IEC 60947-5, positively driven contacts) Mounting diameter 16.2 mm to EN 50007 UL Listed CSA Certified IEC/EN 60947-5 VDE-0660 IP65 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-30 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1.4 Product Selection Guide 1 Pushbuttons 1 1 1 1 Description Non-Illuminated Illuminated Product Selection Page V7-T1-32 Page V7-T1-33 1 1 Indicating Lights 1 1 1 Description Flush Extended Product Selection Page V7-T1-34 Page V7-T1-34 1 1 1 Emergency Stops 1 1 Description Non-Illuminated Illuminated Product Selection Page V7-T1-35 Page V7-T1-35 1 1 1 Selector Switches 1 1 1 Description Non-Illuminated Illuminated Keyed Product Selection Page V7-T1-36 Page V7-T1-37 Page V7-T1-38 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-31 1.4 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1 Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 1 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Catalog Number Selection Q 18 - DR - BL / WB 1 1 1 Face Plate 18 = 18 x 18 mm 25 = 25 x 25 mm D= DR = LT = LTR = 1 Operator Type Non-illuminated momentary Non-illuminated maintained Illuminated momentary Illuminated maintained GN = RT = SW = WS = Button Plate Green BL = Blue Red GE = Yellow Black X = Without White Bulb WB = With incandescent bulb 24V 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Selection Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Momentary or maintained Customizable laser etched pushbutton operators 18 mm or 25 mm square operator 3 million mechanical operations IEC/EN 60947-5 IP65 Q18-D-GN Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons Type 1 Momentary Button Color Catalog Number 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm Green Q18D-GN Q25D-GN 1 Red Q18D-RT Q25D-RT Black Q18D-SW Q25D-SW 1 White Q18D-WS Q25D-WS Blue Q18D-BL Q25D-BL Yellow Q18D-GE Q25D-GE Without Q18D-X 1 Q25D-X 1 Q25DR-GN 1 1 Maintained Green Q18DR-GN 1 Red Q18DR-RT Q25DR-RT Black Q18DR-SW Q25DR-SW 1 White Q18DR-WS Q25DR-WS Blue Q18DR-BL Q25DR-BL Yellow Q18DR-GE Q25DR-GE Without Q18DR-X 1 Q25DR-X 1 1 1 Note 1 To order separate button plates, see Page V7-T1-42. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-32 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1.4 Illuminated Pushbuttons Momentary or maintained LED or incandescent 18 mm or 25 mm square operator 3 million mechanical operations IEC/EN 60947-5 IP65 Q18-LT-GE 1 1 1 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons Without Bulb 1 1 Catalog Number 2 Type Button Color 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm Momentary Green Q18LT-GN Q25LT-GN Red Q18LT-RT Q25LT-RT Black Q18LT-SW Q25LT-SW White Q18LT-WS Q25LT-WS Blue Q18LT-BL Q25LT-BL Yellow Q18LT-GE Q25LT-GE Maintained Green Q18LTR-GN Q25LTR-GN Red Q18LTR-RT Q25LTR-RT Black Q18LTR-SW Q25LTR-SW White Q18LTR-WS Q25LTR-WS Blue Q18LTR-BL Q25LTR-BL Yellow Q18LTR-GE Q25LTR-GE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 To order with incandescent 24V bulb, insert a /WB at the end of the catalog number. Example, Q18LT-GN/WB. 2 For a complete selection of incandescent 24V bulbs and LEDs, see Page V7-T1-40. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-33 1.4 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1 Indicating Lights 1 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Indicating Lights--Flush and Extended Catalog Number Selection Q 18 - LF - WS / WB 1 1 Face Plate 18 = 18 x 18 mm 25 = 25 x 25 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bezel LF = Flush indicator light LH = Extended indicator light Button Plate GN = Green BL = Blue RT = Red GE = Yellow WS = White Product Selection Indicating Lights LED or incandescent Flush and extended lenses 18 mm or 25 mm square operator 3 million mechanical operations IEC/EN 60947-5 IP65 1 Indicating Lights Without Bulb 1 1 Type Button Color 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm Flush Green Q18LF-GN Q25LF-GN Red Q18LF-RT Q25LF-RT White Q18LF-WS Q25LF-WS Blue Q18LF-BL Q25LF-BL Yellow Q18LF-GE Q25LF-GE Green Q18LH-GN Q25LH-GN Red Q18LH-RT Q25LH-RT 1 White Q18LH-WS Q25LH-WS Blue Q18LH-BL Q25LH-BL 1 Yellow Q18LH-GE Q25LH-GE 1 Q18-LF-GE 1 1 1 Bulb WB = With incandescent bulb 24V Q18-LH-BL Extended. Catalog Number 2 Notes 1 To order with incandescent 24V bulb, insert a /WB at the end of the catalog number. Example, Q18-LF-GN/WB. 2 For a complete selection of incandescent 24V bulbs and LEDs, see Page V7-T1-40. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-34 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1.4 Emergency Stops 1 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Emergency Stops--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 1 Q 25 - LPV - S Face Plate 25 = 25 x 25 mm Operator Type PV = Emergency stop LPV = Emergency stop (illuminated) 1 1 Color Blank = Red S = Black 1 1 Product Selection 1 Emergency Stops Push/pull operation Illuminated or non-illuminated Emergency stop (red) or Machine stop (black) available Suitable for use in safety applications IEC/EN 60947-5 IP65 1 Q25PV Emergency Stops--Non-Illuminated 1 1 1 Q25LPV 1 Emergency Stops--Illuminated 1 Button Color Catalog Number 25 x 25 mm Button Color Catalog Number Red Q25PV Red Q25LPV Black Q25PV-S Black Q25LPV-S 1 25 x 25 mm 1 1 1 Note 1 Includes built-in multiple LED 24 Vdc. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-35 1.4 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1 Selector Switches--Non-Illuminated, Illuminated and Keyed 1 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Selector Switches--Non-Illuminated Catalog Number Selection Q 18 - WK1R 1 1 Face Plate 18 = 18 x 18 mm 25 = 25 x 25 mm 1 WK1 = WK3 = WK1R = WK3R = WK3R1 = WK3R2 = 1 Selector Positions Two positions momentary Three positions momentary Two positions maintained Three positions maintained Three positions maintained/momentary Three positions momentary/maintained 1 1 Product Selection 1 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches Momentary or maintained 18 mm or 25 mm square operator VS Anti-rotation feature 3 million mechanical operations IP65 1 Q18WK1 1 1 1 1 1 Selector Switches--Non-Illuminated Function Position Momentary 2 Switch Position Catalog Number 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm Q18WK1 Q25WK1 Q18WK1R Q25WK1R Q18WK3 Q25WK3 Maintained Q18WK3R Q25WK3R Maintained/momentary Q18WK3R1 Q25WK3R1 Momentary/maintained Q18WK3R2 Q25WK3R2 Maintained 1 Momentary 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-36 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1.4 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Selector Switches--Illuminated 1 Q 18 - LWK1 - WS / WB Face Plate 18 = 18 x 18 mm 25 = 25 x 25 mm LWK1 = LWK3 = LWK1R = LWK3R = LWK3R1 = LWK3R2 = Switch Positions Two positions momentary Three positions momentary Two positions maintained Three positions maintained Three positions maintained/momentary Three positions momentary/maintained Button Plate GN = Green WS = White RT = Red 1 Bulb WB = With incandescent bulb 24V 1 1 1 1 Product Selection 1 Illuminated Selector Switches LED or incandescent Momentary or maintained 18 mm or 25 mm square operator VS Anti-rotation feature 3 million mechanical operations IP65 Q18LWK1-GN 1 1 1 1 1 Selector Switches--Illuminated without Bulb 1 Function Position Momentary 2 Maintained Momentary Maintained Maintained/ momentary Momentary/ maintained 3 Button Color Switch Position Catalog Number 2 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm Green Q18LWK1-GN Q25LWK1-GN Red Q18LWK1-RT Q25LWK1-RT White Q18LWK1-WS Q25LWK1-WS Green Q18LWK1R-GN Q25LWK1R-GN Red Q18LWK1R-RT Q25LWK1R-RT White Q18LWK1R-WS Q25LWK1R-WS Green Q18LWK3-GN Q25LWK3-GN Red Q18LWK3-RT Q25LWK3-RT White Q18LWK3-WS Q25LWK3-WS Green Q18LWK3R-GN Q25LWK3R-GN Red Q18LWK3R-RT Q25LWK3R-RT White Q18LWK3R-WS Q25LWK3R-WS Green Q18LWK3R1-GN Q25LWK3R1-GN Red Q18LWK3R1-RT Q25LWK3R1-RT White Q18LWK3R1-WS Q25LWK3R1-WS Green Q18LWK3R2-GN Q25LWK3R2-GN Red Q18LWK3R2-RT Q25LWK3R2-RT White Q18LWK3R2-WS Q25LWK3R2-WS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 To order with incandescent 24V bulb, insert a /WB at the end of the catalog number. Example, Q18LWK1-GN/WB. 2 For a complete selection of incandescent 24V bulbs and LEDs, see Page V7-T1-40. 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-37 1.4 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Keyed Selector Switches--Two- and Three-Position Q 18 - S1 - A1 - WS 1 1 Face Plate 18 = 18 x 18 mm 25 = 25 x 25 mm 1 S1 = S1R = S3 = S3R = 1 Switch Positions Two positions momentary Two positions maintained Three positions momentary Three positions maintained Key Code A1-A7 = Switch and key removal positions (detailed below) GN = Green RT = Red SW = Black Color WS = White BL = Blue 1 1 Product Selection 1 Keyed Selector Switches 5 color options Momentary or maintained 18 mm or 25 mm square operator VS Anti-rotation feature 3 million mechanical operations IP65 1 1 1 1 Q18S1 Keyed Selector Switches--Two-Position Key Removal Position 1 Catalog Number 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm Black O Q18S1 Q25S1 Maintained Black O Q18S1R Q25S1R Maintained Black O Q18S1R-A1 Q25S1R-A1 Key Removal Position 1 Catalog Number 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm O Q18S3 Q25S3 O, II Q18S3R Q25S3R Function Button Color 1 Momentary 1 1 1 Switch Position 1 1 Keyed Selector Switches--Three-Position 1 Function Button Color Momentary Black 1 1 Maintained 1 Maintained O Q18S3R-A1 Q25S3R-A1 I, O Q18S3R-A2 Q25S3R-A2 O, II Q18S3R-A3 Q25S3R-A3 Maintained/ momentary I, O Q18S3R-A4 Q25S3R-A4 O Q18S3R-A5 Q25S3R-A5 Momentary/ maintained O, II Q18S3R-A6 Q25S3R-A6 O Q18S3R-A7 Q25S3R-A7 1 1 1 1 Switch Position Note 1 I = Key is removed at the left. O = Key is removed at the center. II = Key is removed at the right. 1 1 1 V7-T1-38 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Q18S1-BL 1.4 Keyed Selector Switches, Multicolor--Two-Position Catalog Number 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm 0 Q18S1-GN Q25S1-GN Red Q18S1-RT Q25S1-RT White Q18S1-WS Q25S1-WS Function Momentary Green Switch Position Blue Maintained 1 Key Removal Position 1 Button Color Q18S1-BL Q25S1-BL Q18S1R-GN Q25S1R-GN Red Q18S1R-RT Q25S1R-RT White Q18S1R-WS Q25S1R-WS Blue Q18S1R-BL Q25S1R-BL Green 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 Q18S3-RT Keyed Selector Switches, Multicolor--Three-Position Catalog Number 18 x 18 mm 25 x 25 mm 0 Q18S3-GN Q25S3-GN Red Q18S3-RT Q25S3-RT White Q18S3-WS Q25S3-WS Button Color Momentary Green Switch Position Blue Maintained 1 Key Removal Position 1 Function Q18S3-BL Q25S3-BL Q18S3R-GN Q25S3R-GN Red Q18S3R-RT Q25S3R-RT White Q18S3R-WS Q25S3R-WS Blue Q18S3R-BL Q25S3R-BL Green 0, II 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 I = Key is removed at the left. O = Key is removed at the center. II = Key is removed at the right. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-39 1.4 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Accessories E10 1 Contact Elements ISH2,8 Feature Description Catalog Number Normally open (N/O) E10 Insulated ferrule ISH2,8 Normally closed (N/C) E01 1 1 R16-MS E01 1 1 VS 1 1 SRA10 1 1 Screw Adapter Feature Catalog Number Normally open (N/O) SRA10 Normally closed (N/C) SRA01 Lamp sockets SRAL E8-SW 1 WBGL6 1 1 1 1 WBLED-GN6 Description Catalog Number Mounting ring tool 16-MS Anti-Rotation Tab Description Catalog Number Guard ring VS Housing Color Catalog Number Surface mount enclosure White I8 Flush mount panel White E8 Black E8-SW Incandescent 24V Bulbs Voltage Current Color Catalog Number 6V 1W White WBGL6 Q18BS Blanking Plug 12V WBGL12 Size Catalog Number 24-28V WBGL24 18 x 18 mm Q18BS 25 x 25 mm Q25BS LEDs (AC/DC) Voltage 1 Combination Box Spanner Description 1 1 Insulated Ferrule Catalog Number Current Color Catalog Number Q25AGR Cover Plate Multiple Chip LED 1 6V 45 mA 12V 24 mA 1 6V 12V 24 mA 1 6V 45 mA 12V 24 mA 1 45 mA Green WBLED-GN6 WBLED-GN12 Red WBLED-RT6 18-30V 7-12.5 mA Color Catalog Number 25 x 38 mm Black Q25AS Gray Q25AGR WBLED-RT12 Yellow WBGLED-GE6 WBGLED-GE12 Single Chip LED 1 Green LEDWB-G Red LEDWB-R 1 White LEDWB-W Blue LEDWB-B 1 Yellow LEDWB-Y 1 Size Note 1 Positive pole to X1. Integral suppressor circuit up to 1000V. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-40 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 02SQ25 Insert Plate SQT11 Size 10 x 22 mm Q25TS-X BLANK 1.4 Emergency Stop Labels 1 Catalog Number Type Feature Catalog Number 02SQ25 Square 4 Languages SQT11 Blank SQT-GE 1 4 Languages SRT11 Blank SRT-GE 1 Legend Plate SRT11 Size Color Catalog Number 25 x 38 mm Black Q25TS-X Gray Q25TGR-X Circle 1 1 1 1 Extra Keys Q25TS_ ES16 Legend Plate--Complete Color Catalog Number Size Etching Catalog Number Green ES16-GN 25 x 38 START Q25TS-111 Red ES16-RT STOP Q25TS-110 Black ES16 FAULT Q25TS-250 White ES16-WS Blue ES16-BL HAND 0 AUTO Q25TS-197 MAN 0 AUTO Q25TS-397 0 1 1 1 1 1 Q25TS-10 I I 1 Codes for Extra Keys Q25TS-11 0 I Q25TS-90 0 II Q25TS-93 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-41 1.4 1 Button Plates 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Button Plates Type Color 18 x 18 mm Black 1 Etching Catalog Number Type Color -- 01TQ18 25 x 25 mm Black CUSTOM 01TQ18-ETCH Etching Catalog Number -- 01TQ25 CUSTOM 21TQ18 1 19TQ18 White 1 Green 1 02TQ18 "STOP" CUSTOM 02TQ18-ETCH "ON" 221TQ25 -- 02TQ25 CUSTOM 02TQ25-ETCH -- 03TQ18 CUSTOM 03TQ18-ETCH 11TQ18 1 Red 1 19TQ25 -- 20TQ18 1 White Yellow 1 Blue -- 03TQ25 03TQ25-ETCH -- 04TQ18 CUSTOM CUSTOM 04TQ18-ETCH "START" 111TQ25 11TQ25 -- 05TQ18 -- 04TQ25 CUSTOM 05TQ18-ETCH Red CUSTOM 04TQ25-ETCH -- 06TQ18 "STOP" 110TQ25 CUSTOM 06TQ18-ETCH 10TQ25 1 1 Yellow 1 Blue 1 112TQ25 20TQ25 Green 10TQ18 1 01TQ25-ETCH 21TQ25 "OFF" 217TQ25 -- 05TQ25 CUSTOM 05TQ25-ETCH -- 06TQ25 CUSTOM 06TQ25-ETCH Instructions for Ordering Laser Inscriptions 1 1. Identify part number to be inscribed. 1 2. Pick symbol from library and identify suffix code associated with the symbol. 3. Order part number already listed in the catalog with -ETCH suffix. 1 4. When placing an order by fax or Vistaline on the web, reference order item number and indicate appropriate symbol code or desired text. 1 Example To order a 25 mm green flush button plate with the inscription AUTO HAND: 1 1 Order Catalog Number 03TQ25-ETCH. AUTO HAND inscription is found on Page V7-T1-133 in the M22 Symbols Library, suffix code is X91. In the order notes, reference item number and suffix X91. 1 Note: For a complete list of available symbols, see Pages V7-T1-130 to V7-T1-136, M22 Symbols Library. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-42 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.4 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Technical Data and Specifications 1 RMQ-16 Specification Description Unit Illuminated Pushbutton Operators (Maintained) Contact Elements Illuminated Selector Switches 1 Indicating Lights 1 General Technical Data Standards UL, CSA, IEC/EN 60 947, VDE 0660, CE Lifespan, mechanical (operations) x 105 100 30 (3) 3 -- Maximum operating frequency Ops/h 3600 3600 (1800) 1800 -- Operating force N 3 4 -- Operating torque Nm Degree of protection to IEC/EN 60 529 -- IP20 with ISH2,8 0.2 IP65 Climatic proofing IP65 1 1 -- -- 1 IP65 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60 068-2-3/Damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60 068-2-30 Ambient temperature Open Enclosed C C Mounting position -25 to 60 -25 to 60 -25 to 60 1 -25 to 60 1 -25 to 40 -25 to 40 -25 to 40 -25 to 40 As required As required As required As required 40 40 1 0.5/1.0 0.5/1.0 1 Mechanical shock resistance to IEC 60 068-2-27 (half-sinusoidal shock, duration 11 ms) g 40 40 Terminal capacity (min./max.) mm2 0.5/1.0 0.5/1.0 Blade terminal 2.8 mm x 0.8 mm to DIN 46 244 Ferrule 1 2.8 mm x 0.8 mm to DIN 46 247 and IEC 60 760 Dimensions See Page V7-T1-45 See Page V7-T1-45 See Page V7-T1-45 See Page V7-T1-45 4000 800 800 800 250 250 250 250 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 1 Contacts Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp V Rated insulation voltage U i V Overvoltage category/pollution degree Rated operational voltage U e (max.) V 250 24 24 24 Rated operational current I e (max.) A 4 -- -- -- Control circuit reliability at 24 Vdc/5 mA (Fault probability Hr) <10-7, <1 fault in 107 operations 5 Vdc/1 mA (Fault probability Hr) <5 x 10-6, < fault in 5 x 106 operations Use of insulated ferrule ISH 2.8 From U e >24 Vac/dc recommended From U e >24 Vac/dc recommended >24 Vac/dc recommended 1 1 1 1 >24 Vac/dc recommended >50 Vac or 120 Vdc is mandatory, even on unused blade terminals Maximum short-circuit protective device Fuseless Fuse Type FAZ-B6 -- -- -- A gG/gL 10 -- -- -- 1 1 Switching Capacity Rated operational current I e AC-15 24V 1 A 4 -- -- -- 48V A 4 -- -- -- 110V A 4 -- -- -- 230V A 4 -- -- -- DC-13 24V A 3 -- -- -- 42V A 1.0 -- -- -- 60V A 0.8 -- -- -- 110V A 0.5 -- -- -- 220V A 0.2 -- -- -- UL/CSA Data 1 1 1 1 1 1 UL listed File No. E 29 184, Guide No. NKCR/CSA certified File No. 46 552 Class No. 321103 Blade terminal 0.110 x 0.032 in 0.110 x 0.032 in 300 24 Fast-on connector 0.110 x 0.032 in 0.110 x 0.032 in 1 0.110 x 0.032 in AMP #60 197-1, 62 050-1 or equivalent Rated voltage maximum AC 1 Vac 24 24 Contact rating code AC E10/E01 C300/Q300 -- -- -- Thermal continuous test current A 2.5 -- -- -- Rated voltage maximum DC Vdc 300 -- -- -- Contact rating code DC E10/E01 C300/R300 -- -- -- Thermal continuous test current A 2.5 -- -- -- Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 1 V7-T1-43 1.4 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 RMQ-16, continued Specification Description Unit Pushbutton Operators (Maintained) Selector Switches Key-Released Operators Emergency Stop Operators Emergency Stop Operators (Illuminated) 1 1 General Technical Data 1 Lifespan, mechanical (operations) x 105 30 (3) 3 3 0.5 0.5 Maximum operating frequency Ops/h 3600 (1800) 1800 1800 600 600 -- -- Standards UL, CSA, IEC/EN 60 947, VDE 0660, CE 1 Operating force N 4 Operating torque Nm -- 1 Degree of protection to IEC/EN 60 529 1 1 1 1 0.2 IP65 IP65 Climatic proofing 0.4 IP65 25 25 -- -- IP65 IP65 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60 068-2-3 Damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60 068-2-30 Ambient temperature Open Enclosed C -25 to 60 -25 to 60 -25 to 60 -25 to 60 -25 to 60 C -25 to 40 -25 to 40 -25 to 40 -25 to 40 -25 to 40 As required As required As required As required As required Mounting position Mechanical shock resistance to IEC 60 068-2-27 (half-sinusoidal shock, duration 11 ms) g 40 40 40 40 40 Terminal capacity (min./max.) mm2 0.5/1.0 -- -- -- -- 1 Blade terminal -- -- -- -- 2.8 x 0.8 mm Ferrule -- -- -- -- 2.8 x 0.8 mm 1 Dimensions See Page V7-T1-45 See Page V7-T1-45 See Page V7-T1-45 See Page V7-T1-45 See Page V7-T1-45 1 Lifespan, Electrical AC-15 to IEC/EN 60 947-5-1 at 230V 1 1 l e = Rated operational current Operations 5.0 x 10 6 4.0 1 E01 2.0 1 1 1 E10 3.0 0.9 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 1 0.4 0.3 1 0.2 1 1 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 2.0 0.6 0.8 1.0 3.0 4.0 l e [A] Note 1 See illuminated selector switches on Page V7-T1-37 for contact values. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-44 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 1.4 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Actuating and Indicator Elements 1 Square Style Q...BS M16 x 1 1 18.0 [0.71] 1 1 1 39.0 [1.54] O25.0 [0.98] O18.0 [0.71] 4.0 [0.16] Q...D-_, Q...DR-_ 1 24.0 [0.94] Q...S_ 1 Q...WK_ 1 1 1 39.0 [1.54] 39.0 [1.54] 11.0 [0.43] 39.0 [1.54] 17.0 [0.67] 1 26.0 [1.02] 1 13.0 [0.51] 1 Q...LT-_, Q...LTR-_, Q...LF-_ Q...LH-_ Q...LWK_ 1 1 1 49.0 [1.93] 49.0 [1.93] 11.0 [0.43] 16.0 [0.63] 1 49.0 [1.93] 1 26.0 [1.02] 1 Q25PV_, Q25LPV_ 1 1 O 28.0 [1.10] O 25.0 [0.98] 1 37.0 [1.46] 1 39.0 [1.54] 1 49.0 [1.93] 28.0 [1.10] 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-45 1.4 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 16.2 mm Pushbuttons--RMQ-16 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Front Fixing Q18, Q25, E89, SRA, VS, M16 18.0 [0.71] E01, E10 ISH 2.8 [0.11] 1 1 1 49.0 [1.93] 6.0 [0.24] 58.0 [2.28] 1 1 1 Drilling Dimensions Grid Dimension to IEC/EN 60947 Minimum Grid Spacing Dimension Mounting Distance Drilling Q25 Q18 Mounting 18.0 [0.71] 1 25.0 [0.98] 1 1 16.2 [0.64] + 0.2 0 1 1 18.0 [0.71] 25.0 [0.98] RMQ Screw Adapter Anti-Rotation Feature RMQ-16 Label Mount SRA_ VS Q25TS-_ 1 14.9 [0.59] 1 12.0 [0.47] 22.0 [0.87] 1 17.8 [0.70] 38.0 [1.50] 1 1 17.8 [0.70] 18.5 [0.73] 13.0 [0.51] 1 5.6 [0.22] 1 1 1 25.0 [0.98] Blanking Plates Q25AS 1 4.0 [0.16] 1 1 38.0 [1.50] 1 13.0 [0.51] 1 1 12.0 [0.47] 25.0 [0.98] 1 V7-T1-46 Note 1 Exposed conductive part (metal). Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Contents 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Description Page 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coding Adapter Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Symbols Library. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-48 V7-T1-111 V7-T1-118 V7-T1-119 V7-T1-123 V7-T1-129 1 1 1 1 1 1 Drawings Online 1 1 1 1 Product Description Eaton's M22 industrial heavyduty pushbutton line offers a wide array of functional, attractive and ergonomically designed illuminated and nonilluminated pushbuttons, selector switches, push-pulls, alternate action and twist-torelease operators. The complete illuminated line is only offered in LED light units to ensure high-quality brightness and up to 100,000 hours of LED illumination. M22 operators are available with either a silver or black nylon colored or chrome metal bezel. The spacesaving modular construction of the M22 line makes onthe-job assembly fast and simplifies the stocking of both components and complete devices. Highly Modular and Versatile Line Field convertible functions (pushbuttons and selector switches), maintained to momentary Customizable laser engraving capabilities LED Indicators All operators and components are IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660. All operators carry an IP66 rating with some rated for washdown environment with IP67 and IP69K. All pushbuttons, emergencystops, indicating lights, potentiometers and selector switches carry NEMA 4X, 13. 1 Marine classification societies: Bureau Veritas (BV), Germanischer Lloyd (GL), and Lloyd's Register of Shipping (LR) approved. 1 100,000 hours of life in high-vibration environments Lenses specifically designed for LED illumination 1 1 1 1 1 Most pushbutton operators and contact blocks exceed 5 million mechanical operations All components have IP66 rating, and some carry IP67 and IP69K for washdown environment; see Page V7-T1-119 for further technical data 1 1 1 1 Innovative Technologies 1 1 Rugged Design NEW Eaton has expanded M22 pilot devices with a metal bezel option. The new M22M pushbutton is an elegant chrome metal bezel that is attractive, durable and rugged for heavy-duty environments. M22M devices are configurable and complement components within the M22 line. 1 Standards and Certifications 1 ASi communicating devices Palm switches 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-47 1.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Features 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Benefits Field convertible pushbuttons and mushroom operators from maintained to momentary status Field convertible selector switches from momentary to maintained operation and vice versa LED offering only for all illuminated operators Laser engraved pushbuttons, lenses and enclosures Heavy-duty construction with a minimum of IP66 and UL NEMA(R) type 4X / 13 on front of panel operators. Many operators even carry IP67 and IP69K, for the toughest applications Silver, black or chrome metal bezel now available Snap-lock contact blocks and light units for front or base mounting Notched hole mounting with anti-rotation tab and central nut mounting on each operator Over 5 million mechanical operations and 1.6 million electrical (reference specification sheet) Direct opening action normally closed contacts Unique and innovative offerings, such as four-way pushbuttons and USB/ RJ45 bulkhead interfaces Screw or spring-cage terminals 1 Modular construction makes assembly fast and simplifies stocking of components and complete devices Field convertibility of operator status for pushbuttons and selector switches helps distributors and customers reduce inventory and increase functionality LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation Plastic construction is corrosion resistant. Operators are designed for rugged environments, ideal for washdown applications (reference each operator's IP ratings and IEC/EN 60529 for ingress protection definition) Anti-rotation tab saves installation time and prevents operator rotation High mechanical and electrical life allows for use in tough and challenging applications Laser inscription capabilities allow for highquality, wear-resistant markings All normally closed (NC) contacts are direct opening action, i.e., NC contacts are physically forced open by direct linkage with the pushbutton operator in the unlikely event of contact weld Some M22 operators are capable of communication via ASi protocol M22 offers USB and RJ45 connections 1 1 Product Selection Guide 1 Pushbuttons 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Non-illuminated, flush Operator Momentary Product Selection Pages V7-T1-53 to Pages V7-T1-56, V7-T1-55 V7-T1-57 Maintained Non-illuminated, extended Illuminated, flush Illuminated, extended Momentary Maintained Momentary Pages V7-T1-58, V7-T1-59 Pages V7-T1-60, V7-T1-61 Pages V7-T1-63 to Pages V7-T1-66, V7-T1-65 V7-T1-67 Maintained Momentary Maintained Pages V7-T1-68, V7-T1-69 Pages V7-T1-70, V7-T1-71 Indicating Lights 1 1 1 1 1 Description Flat Conical Product Selection Pages V7-T1-72, V7-T1-73 Pages V7-T1-72, V7-T1-73 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-48 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Emergency Stops 1 1 1 Description Non-illuminated Illuminated Key release Mechanical indication Product Selection Page V7-T1-75 Page V7-T1-75 Page V7-T1-76 Page V7-T1-76 1 1 1 Selector Switches 1 1 1 Non-illuminated knob type Non-illuminated rotary type Illuminated Key-operated Description 1 Product Selection Pages V7-T1-80, V7-T1-81 Pages V7-T1-82, V7-T1-83 Pages V7-T1-85 to V7-T1-87 Pages V7-T1-88 to V7-T1-91 1 1 Mushroom Head Pushbuttons 1 1 1 Description Non-illuminated Non-illuminated Operator Momentary Maintained Product Selection Pages V7-T1-94, V7-T1-95 Pages V7-T1-96, V7-T1-97 1 1 1 1 Double Pushbuttons 1 1 1 Description Extended pushbuttons and center light Flush top and center light, extended bottom Flush pushbuttons and center light Operator Momentary Momentary -- Product Selection Page V7-T1-99 Page V7-T1-100 Page V7-T1-100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-49 1.5 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Four-Way Pushbuttons Bulkhead Interfaces 1 1 1 1 1 Description Non-interlocked Interlocked Description Bulkhead interfaces Operator Momentary Maintained Product Selection Page V7-T1-107 Product Selection Page V7-T1-103 Page V7-T1-103 1 1 ASi Adapter Modules Joysticks 1 1 1 1 1 Description Joysticks Description ASi adapter modules Product Selection Page V7-T1-104 Product Selection Page V7-T1-108 Palm Switches Potentiometers 1 1 1 1 Description Potentiometers Description Palm switches 1 Product Selection Page V7-T1-106 Product Selection Page V7-T1-109 1 Acoustic Devices Assembled Control Stations 1 1 1 Description Acoustic devices Description Assembled control stations 1 Product Selection Page V7-T1-106 Product Selection Page V7-T1-16 1 Through-the-Door Operators 1 1 1 1 Description Through-the-door operators Product Selection Page V7-T1-107 1 1 V7-T1-50 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 M22-_ 1.5 Point-of-Purchase Units 1 Color Type Contact Configuration 1 Catalog Number Black Flush momentary NO/NC M22-D-S-K11-P Red Extended momentary NO/NC M22-DH-R-K11-P Green Flush momentary NO/NC M22-D-G-K11-P Red Ext. illuminated (12-30V) momentary NO/NC M22-DLH-R-K11-R-P Red Ext. illuminated (85-264V) momentary NO/NC M22-DLH-R-K11-230R-P White Flush illuminated (12-30V) maintained NO/NC M22-DRL-W-K11-W-P White Flush illuminated (85-264V) maintained NO/NC M22-DRL-W-K11-230W-P Red Indicating light (12-30V) -- M22-L-R-R-P Green Indicating light (12-30V) -- M22-L-G-G-P Red Indicting light (85-264V) -- M22-L-R-230R-P Green Indicating light (85-264 Vac) -- M22-L-G-230G-P Red Twist-to-release E-stop 1NO/2NC M22-PVT-K12-P Red Illuminated (12-30V) push-pull E-stop 1NO/2NC M22-PVL-K12-R-P Red Illuminated (85-264V) push-pull E-stop 1NO/2NC M22-PVL-K12-230R-P -- Two-position maintained V selector switch NO/NC M22-WKV-K11-P -- Three-position momentary selector switch NO/NC M22-WK3-K22-P 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-51 1.5 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Contents Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Description 1 Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Non-Illuminated, Flush, Momentary . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Flush, Maintained . . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Extended, Momentary . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Extended, Maintained . . . . . . Illuminated, Flush, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated, Flush, Maintained . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated, Extended, Momentary . . . . . . . . . Illuminated, Extended, Maintained . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 1 Product Description Features Eaton's M22 pushbutton line is a complete, modular and versatile offering. From field-convertible maintained operators to customizable laser engraved buttons, the M22 pushbutton line provides endless opportunity for flexibility and reduced inventory. Each operator type provides options for ordering as complete or component parts allowing for a perfect fit for each application. All of this flexibility comes in a very rugged design. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Field convertible from maintained to momentary (available on maintained pushbuttons only) Customizable laser engraving on all buttons LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation More than five million mechanical operations on momentary and 1 million on maintained pushbuttons Modular construction makes assembly fast and simplifies stocking of components and complete devices Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Protection Type IP67, IP69K NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-52 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Page V7-T1-53 V7-T1-56 V7-T1-58 V7-T1-60 V7-T1-63 V7-T1-66 V7-T1-68 V7-T1-70 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 1 M22 - D - S - X0 - K10 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black M22M = Metal D= DH = DG = DR = DGH = DRH = 1 Operator Type Flush momentary Extended momentary Flush with guard 1 Flush maintained Extended momentary with guard 1 Extended maintained Button Plate Color G = Green S = Black Y = Yellow R = Red B = Blue W = White GB0 = GB1 = GB2 = GB3 = GB4 = GB5 = GB6 = GB14 = GB15 = GB16 = Inscription STOP START CLOSE UP DOWN OFF ON RESET FORWARD REVERSE X0 = X1 = X4 = X5 = X6 = X7 = X8 = K10 = K01 = K20 = K02 = K11 = Contact Blocks 1NO K30 = 3NO 1NC K03 = 3NC 2NO K21 = 2NO-1NC 2NC K12 = 1NO-2NC 1NO-1NC 1 1 1 1 1 Silver bezel only. 1 Product Selection 1 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary M22-D-G-K10 1 Complete Devices Button Color Contact Block Configuration 1 Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Black NO M22-D-S-K10 M22S-D-S-K10 M22M-D-S-K10 1 NC M22-D-S-K01 M22S-D-S-K01 M22M-D-S-K01 2NO M22-D-S-K20 M22S-D-S-K20 M22M-D-S-K20 2NC M22-D-S-K02 M22S-D-S-K02 M22M-D-S-K02 1NO-1NC M22-D-S-K11 M22S-D-S-K11 M22M-D-S-K11 NO M22-D-R-K10 M22S-D-R-K10 M22M-D-R-K10 NC M22-D-R-K01 M22S-D-R-K01 M22M-D-R-K01 2NO M22-D-R-K20 M22S-D-R-K20 M22M-D-R-K20 2NC M22-D-R-K02 M22S-D-R-K02 M22M-D-R-K02 1NO-1NC M22-D-R-K11 M22S-D-R-K11 M22M-D-R-K11 M22S-D-G-K10 Red M22M-D-G-K10 Green NO M22-D-G-K10 M22S-D-G-K10 M22M-D-G-K10 NC M22-D-G-K01 M22S-D-G-K01 M22M-D-G-K01 2NO M22-D-G-K20 M22S-D-G-K20 M22M-D-G-K20 2NC M22-D-G-K02 M22S-D-G-K02 M22M-D-G-K02 1NO-1NC M22-D-G-K11 M22S-D-G-K11 M22M-D-G-K11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-53 1.5 1 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary M22-D-G 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights M22S-D-G Operators Only 1 Button Color Inscription Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Black -- M22-D-S M22S-D-S M22M-D-S Red -- M22-D-R M22S-D-R M22M-D-R STOP M22-D-R-GB0 M22S-D-R-GB0 -- M22M-D-R-X0 Green 1 1 1 1 M22M-D-G M22-D-R-X0 M22S-D-R-X0 -- M22-D-G M22S-D-G M22M-D-G START M22-D-G-GB1 M22S-D-G-GB1 M22M-D-G-GB1 M22-D-G-X1 M22S-D-G-X1 M22M-D-G-X1 White -- M22-D-W M22S-D-W M22M-D-W Blue -- M22-D-B M22S-D-B M22M-D-B Yellow -- M22-D-Y M22S-D-Y M22M-D-Y -- -- M22-D-X-SRG 2 M22S-D-X-SRG 2 M22M-D-X-SRG 2 -- M22-D-X-SWRGYB 3 M22S-D-X-SWRGYB 3 M22M-D-X-SWRGYB 3 1 1 1 1 M22-DG-G Silver Guarded Button Color Inscription Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black -- M22-DG-S 1 Red -- M22-DG-R Green -- M22-DG-G 1 White -- M22-DG-W Blue -- M22-DG-B 1 Yellow -- M22-DG-Y 1 -- -- M22-DG-X-SRG 2 -- M22-DG-X-SWRGYB 3 1 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 Buttonless operator comes with three color buttons (black, red, green). 3 Buttonless operator comes with all six color buttons (black, white, red, green, yellow, blue). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-54 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XD-G Button Plates 1 M22-D-X Color Inscription Catalog Number Black -- Custom STOP START CLOSE UP DOWN OFF ON TEST FORWARD REVERSE RAISE LOWER M22-XD-S 2 M22-XD-S-ETCH 3 M22-XD-S-GB0 M22-XD-S-GB1 M22-XD-S-GB2 M22-XD-S-GB3 M22-XD-S-GB4 M22-XD-S-GB5 M22-XD-S-GB6 M22-XD-S-GB9 M22-XD-S-GB15 M22-XD-S-GB16 M22-XD-S-GB17 M22-XD-S-GB18 M22-XD-S-X0 M22-XD-S-X1 M22-XD-S-X2 M22-XD-S-X4 M22-XD-S-X5 M22-XD-S-X7 M22-XD-R 2 M22-XD-R-ETCH 3 M22-XD-R-GB0 M22-XD-R-GB5 M22-XD-R-X0 M22-XD-G 2 M22-XD-G-ETCH 3 M22-XD-G-GB1 M22-XD-G-GB6 M22-XD-G-X1 M22-XD-B 2 M22-XD-B-ETCH 3 M22-XD-B-GB14 M22-XD-B-X6 M22-XD-W 2 M22-XD-W-ETCH 3 M22-XD-W-GB1 M22-XD-W-X1 M22-XD-Y 2 M22-XD-Y-ETCH 3 M22-XD-SRG M22-XD-SWRGYB Red Green -- Custom STOP OFF -- Custom START ON Blue -- Custom RESET White -- Custom START Yellow -- Custom Black, red, green -- Black, white, -- red, green, yellow, blue 1 Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 Black Bezel Catalog Number 4 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 4 1 M22-D-X M22S-D-X M22M-D-X 1 M22S-D-X 1 1 1 M22M-D-X 1 1 M22-DG-X 1 Silver Guarded Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 1 M22-DG-X M22-K10 1 1 Contact Blocks 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 5 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage Notes 1 For complete listing of available button plates and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 Minimum order quantity of (10). 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XD-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 4 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 5 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-55 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Maintained 1 M22-DR-S Operators Only 2 1 Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Black M22-DR-S M22S-DR-S M22M-DR-S 1 Red M22-DR-R M22S-DR-R M22M-DR-R Green M22-DR-G M22S-DR-G M22M-DR-G White M22-DR-W M22S-DR-W M22M-DR-W Blue M22-DR-B M22S-DR-B M22M-DR-B Yellow M22-DR-Y M22S-DR-Y M22M-DR-Y 3 M22-DR-X-SRG M22S-DR-X-SRG M22M-DR-X-SRG 4 M22-DR-X-SWRGYB M22S-DR-X-SWRGYB M22M-DR-X-SWRGYB 1 M22S-DR-S 1 1 1 1 M22M-DR-S 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 2 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 3 Buttonless operator comes with three color buttons (black, red, green). 4 Buttonless operator comes with all six color buttons (black, white, red, green, yellow, blue). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: This pilot device features a selectable function switch that enables the device to be set to either maintained or momentary operation. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-56 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Maintained 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XD-S Button Plates 2 M22-DR-X Color Inscription Catalog Number Black -- Custom M22-XD-S 3 M22-XD-S-ETCH 4 STOP START CLOSE UP DOWN OFF ON TEST FORWARD REVERSE RAISE LOWER M22-XD-S-GB0 M22-XD-S-GB1 M22-XD-S-GB2 M22-XD-S-GB3 M22-XD-S-GB4 M22-XD-S-GB5 M22-XD-S-GB6 M22-XD-S-GB9 M22-XD-S-GB15 M22-XD-S-GB16 M22-XD-S-GB17 M22-XD-S-GB18 M22-XD-S-X0 M22-XD-S-X1 M22-XD-S-X2 M22-XD-S-X4 M22-XD-S-X5 M22-XD-S-X7 M22-XD-R 3 M22-XD-R-ETCH 4 Red -- Custom STOP OFF Green Blue -- Custom START ON -- Custom RESET White -- Custom START Yellow -- Custom -- -- Black, red, green Black, white, red, green, yellow, blue M22-XD-R-GB0 M22-XD-R-GB5 M22-XD-R-X0 M22-XD-G 3 M22-XD-G-ETCH 4 M22-XD-G-GB1 M22-XD-G-GB6 M22-XD-G-X1 M22-XD-B 3 M22-XD-B-ETCH 4 M22-XD-B-GB14 M22-XD-B-X6 M22-XD-W 3 M22-XD-W-ETCH 4 M22-XD-W-GB1 M22-XD-W-X1 M22-XD-Y 3 M22-XD-Y-ETCH 4 M22-XD-SRG M22-XD-SWRGYB 1 Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 5 Black Bezel Catalog Number 5 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 5 1 M22-DR-X M22S-DR-X M22M-DR-X 1 1 M22S-DR-X 1 1 M22M-DR-X 1 1 1 M22-K10 1 Contact Blocks 2 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 6 Catalog Number Screw NO M22-K10 NO, early-make M22-K10P NC M22-K01 NC, late-break M22-K01D Spring-cage NO M22-CK10 NC M22-CK01 NC, late-break M22-CK01D 2NO M22-CK20 2NC M22-CK02 NO-NC M22-CK11 Notes 1 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 2 For complete listing of available button plates and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 3 Minimum order quantity of (10). 4 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XD-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 5 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 6 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-57 1.5 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Momentary M22-DH-R-K10 Complete Devices 1 Button Color Contact Block Configuration 1 Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Red NO M22-DH-R-K10 M22S-DH-R-K10 M22M-DH-R-K10 NC M22-DH-R-K01 M22S-DH-R-K01 M22M-DH-R-K01 2NO M22-DH-R-K20 M22S-DH-R-K20 M22M-DH-R-K20 2NC M22-DH-R-K02 M22S-DH-R-K02 M22M-DH-R-K02 1NO-1NC M22-DH-R-K11 M22S-DH-R-K11 M22M-DH-R-K11 1 M22S-DH-R-K10 1 1 1 M22M-DH-R-K10 1 1 1 M22-DGH-R-K10 Silver Guarded Button Color Contact Block Configuration 1 Silver Bezel Catalog Number Red NO M22-DGH-R-K10 1 NC M22-DGH-R-K01 2NO M22-DGH-R-K20 1 2NC M22-DGH-R-K02 1NO-1NC M22-DGH-R-K11 1 1 M22-DH-R Operators Only 2 1 Button Color Inscription Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Black -- M22-DH-S M22S-DH-S M22M-DH-S Red -- M22-DH-R M22S-DH-R M22M-DH-R STOP M22-DH-R-GB0 M22S-DH-R-GB0 M22M-DH-R-GB0 M22-DH-R-X0 M22S-DH-R-X0 M22M-DH-R-X0 M22M-DH-G 1 M22S-DH-R 1 1 1 M22M-DH-R 1 1 1 M22-DGH-R-K10 1 1 Green -- M22-DH-G M22S-DH-G White -- M22-DH-W M22S-DH-W M22M-DH-W Blue -- M22-DH-B M22S-DH-B M22M-DH-B Yellow -- M22-DH-Y M22S-DH-Y M22M-DH-Y 3 -- M22-DH-X-SRG M22S-DH-X-SRG M22M-DH-X-SRG 4 -- M22-DH-X-SWRGYB M22S-DH-X-SWRGYB M22M-DH-X-SWRGYB Silver Guarded Button Color Inscription Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black -- M22-DGH-S Red -- M22-DGH-R STOP M22-DGH-R-GB0 M22-DGH-R-X0 1 Green -- M22-DGH-G 1 White -- M22-DGH-W Blue -- M22-DGH-B 1 Yellow -- M22-DGH-Y Notes 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 2 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 3 Buttonless operator comes with three color buttons (black, red, green). 4 Buttonless operator comes with all six color buttons (black, white, red, green, yellow, blue). 1 1 V7-T1-58 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Momentary 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XDH-R Button Plates 1 M22-D-X Color Inscription Catalog Number Black -- Custom STOP START CLOSE UP DOWN OFF ON TEST FORWARD REVERSE RAISE LOWER M22-XDH-S 2 M22-XDH-S-ETCH 3 M22-XDH-S-GB0 M22-XDH-S-GB1 M22-XDH-S-GB2 M22-XDH-S-GB3 M22-XDH-S-GB4 M22-XDH-S-GB5 M22-XDH-S-GB6 M22-XDH-S-GB9 M22-XDH-S-GB15 M22-XDH-S-GB16 M22-XDH-S-GB17 M22-XDH-S-GB18 M22-XDH-S-X0 M22-XDH-S-X1 M22-XDH-S-X2 M22-XDH-S-X4 M22-XDH-S-X5 M22-XDH-S-X7 M22-XDH-R 2 M22-XDH-R-ETCH 3 M22-XDH-R-GB0 M22-XDH-R-GB5 M22-XDH-R-X0 M22-XDH-G 2 M22-XDH-G-ETCH 3 M22-XDH-G-GB1 M22-XDH-G-GB6 M22-XDH-G-X1 M22-XDH-B 2 M22-XDH-B-ETCH 3 M22-XDH-B-GB14 M22-XDH-B-X6 M22-XDH-W 2 M22-XDH-W-ETCH 3 M22-XDH-W-GB1 M22-XDH-W-X1 M22-XDH-Y 2 M22-XDH-Y-ETCH 3 M22-XDH-SRG M22-XDH-SWRGYB Red Green -- Custom STOP OFF -- Custom START ON Blue -- Custom RESET White -- Custom START Yellow Black, red, green Black, white, red, green, yellow, blue -- Custom -- -- 1 Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 Black Bezel Catalog Number 4 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 4 1 M22-D-X M22S-D-X M22M-D-X 1 M22S-D-X 1 1 1 M22M-D-X 1 1 M22-DG-X 1 Silver Guarded Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 1 M22-DG-X M22-K10 1 1 Contact Blocks 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 5 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage Notes 1 For complete listing of available button plates and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 Minimum order quantity of (10). 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDH-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 4 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 5 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-59 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Maintained 1 M22-DRH-W Operators Only 2 Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Black M22-DRH-S M22S-DRH-S M22M-DRH-S Red M22-DRH-R M22S-DRH-R M22M-DRH-R Green M22-DRH-G M22S-DRH-G M22M-DRH-G White M22-DRH-W M22S-DRH-W M22M-DRH-W Blue M22-DRH-B M22S-DRH-B M22M-DRH-B 1 Yellow M22-DRH-Y M22S-DRH-Y M22M-DRH-Y 3 M22-DRH-X-SRG M22S-DRH-X-SRG M22M-DRH-X-SRG 1 4 M22-DRH-X-SWRGYB M22S-DRH-X-SWRGYB M22M-DRH-X-SWRGYB 1 1 1 1 M22S-DRH-W M22M-DRH-W 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 2 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 3 Buttonless operator comes with three color buttons (black, red, green). 4 Buttonless operator comes with all six color buttons (black, white, red, green, yellow, blue). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: This pilot device features a selectable function switch that enables the device to be set to either maintained or momentary operation. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-60 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Maintained 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XDH-W Button Plates 2 M22-DR-X Color Inscription Catalog Number Black -- Custom M22-XDH-S 3 M22-XDH-S-ETCH 4 STOP START CLOSE UP DOWN OFF ON TEST FORWARD REVERSE RAISE LOWER M22-XDH-S-GB0 M22-XDH-S-GB1 M22-XDH-S-GB2 M22-XDH-S-GB3 M22-XDH-S-GB4 M22-XDH-S-GB5 M22-XDH-S-GB6 M22-XDH-S-GB9 M22-XDH-S-GB15 M22-XDH-S-GB16 M22-XDH-S-GB17 M22-XDH-S-GB18 M22-XDH-S-X0 M22-XDH-S-X1 M22-XDH-S-X2 M22-XDH-S-X4 M22-XDH-S-X5 M22-XDH-S-X7 M22-XDH-R 3 M22-XDH-R-ETCH 4 Red -- Custom STOP OFF Green -- Custom START ON Blue -- Custom RESET White -- Custom START Yellow -- Custom -- -- Black, red, green Black, white, red, green, yellow, blue M22-XDH-R-GB0 M22-XDH-R-GB5 M22-XDH-R-X0 M22-XDH-G 3 M22-XDH-G-ETCH 4 M22-XDH-G-GB1 M22-XDH-G-GB6 M22-XDH-G-X1 M22-XDH-B 3 M22-XDH-B-ETCH 4 M22-XDH-B-GB14 M22-XDH-B-X6 M22-XDH-W 3 M22-XDH-W-ETCH 4 M22-XDH-W-GB1 M22-XDH-W-X1 M22-XDH-Y 3 M22-XDH-Y-ETCH 4 M22-XDH-SRG M22-XDH-SWRGYB 1 Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 5 Black Bezel Catalog Number 5 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 5 1 M22-DR-X M22S-DR-X M22M-DR-X 1 1 M22S-DR-X 1 1 M22M-DR-X 1 1 1 M22-K10 1 Contact Blocks 2 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 6 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage Notes 1 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 2 For complete listing of available button plates and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 3 Minimum order quantity of (10). 4 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDH-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 5 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 6 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-61 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 M22 - DRL - R - GB0 - K10 - 230R 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black M22M = Metal 1 1 1 DL = DLH = DGL = DRL = DGLH = DRLH = 1 1 1 1 Operator Type Illuminated flush momentary Illuminated extended momentary Illuminated flush momentary with guard 1 Illuminated flush maintained Illuminated extended momentary with guard 1 Illuminated extended maintained W= R= G= Y= B= A= Lens Color White Red Green Yellow Blue Amber K10 = K01 = K20 = K02 = K11 = Contact Blocks 1NO K30 = 3NO 1NC K03 = 3NC 2NO K21 = 2NO-1NC 2NC K12 = 1NO-2NC 1NO-1NC Light Units 12-30 Vac/Vdc W = White R = Red G = Green B = Blue 85-264 Vac 230W = White 230R = Red 230G = Green 230B = Blue Silver bezel only. Inscription GB0 = STOP GB1 = START GB2 = CLOSE GB3 = UP GB4 = DOWN GB5 = OFF GB6 = ON GB14 = RESET GB15 = FORWARD GB16 = REVERSE X0 = X1 = X4 = X5 = X6 = 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-62 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Product Selection 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary 1 Complete Devices M22-DL-G-K01-G Button Color Contact Block Configuration 1 Light Unit Voltage Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Red NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-R-K01-R M22S-DL-R-K01-R M22M-DL-R-K01-R NC 85-264 Vac M22-DL-R-K01-230R M22S-DL-R-K01-230R M22M-DL-R-K01-230R 1 2NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-R-K02-R M22S-DL-R-K02-R M22M-DL-R-K02-R 2NC 85-264 Vac M22-DL-R-K02-230R M22S-DL-R-K02-230R M22M-DL-R-K02-230R 1NO/1NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-R-K11-R M22S-DL-R-K11-R M22M-DL-R-K11-R 1NO/1NC 85-264 Vac M22-DL-R-K11-230R M22S-DL-R-K11-230R M22M-DL-R-K11-230R NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-G-K10-G M22S-DL-G-K10-G M22M-DL-G-K10-G NO 85-264 Vac M22-DL-G-K10-230G M22S-DL-G-K10-230G M22M-DL-G-K10-230G 2NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-G-K20-G M22S-DL-G-K20-G M22M-DL-G-K20-G 2NO 85-264 Vac M22-DL-G-K20-230G M22S-DL-G-K20-230G M22M-DL-G-K20-230G 1NO/1NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-G-K11-G M22S-DL-G-K11-G M22M-DL-G-K11-G 1NO/1NC 85-264 Vac M22-DL-G-K11-230G M22S-DL-G-K11-230G M22M-DL-G-K11-230G NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-W-K10-W M22S-DL-W-K10-W -- NO 85-264 Vac M22-DL-W-K10-230W M22S-DL-W-K10-230W M22M-DL-W-K10-230W 2NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-W-K20-W M22S-DL-W-K20-W -- 2NO 85-264 Vac M22-DL-W-K20-230W M22S-DL-W-K20-230W M22M-DL-W-K20-230W 1NO/1NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DL-W-K11-W M22S-DL-W-K11-W -- 1NO/1NC 85-264 Vac M22-DL-W-K11-230W M22S-DL-W-K11-230W M22M-DL-W-K11-230W M22S-DL-G-K01-G Green M22M-DL-G-K01-G White 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-63 1.5 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary M22-DL-G 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights M22S-DL-G 1 Operators Only 1 Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Red M22-DL-R M22S-DL-R M22M-DL-R Green M22-DL-G M22S-DL-G M22M-DL-G White M22-DL-W M22S-DL-W M22M-DL-W Blue M22-DL-B M22S-DL-B M22M-DL-B Yellow M22-DL-Y M22S-DL-Y M22M-DL-Y Amber M22-DL-A M22S-DL-A M22M-DL-A 1 1 M22M-DL-G 1 1 1 M22-DGL-G 1 1 1 1 Silver Guarded Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Red M22-DGL-R Green M22-DGL-G White M22-DGL-W Blue M22-DGL-B Yellow M22-DGL-Y Note 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-64 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XDL-G Button Lenses 1 Color Inscription Catalog Number Red -- Custom STOP OFF M22-XDL-R 2 M22-XDL-R-ETCH 3 M22-XDL-R-GB0 M22-XDL-R-GB5 M22-XDL-R-X0 M22-XDL-G 2 M22-XDL-G-ETCH 3 M22-XDL-G-GB1 M22-XDL-G-GB6 M22-XDL-G-X1 M22-XDL-B 2 M22-XDL-B-ETCH 3 M22-XDL-B-GB14 M22-XDL-B-X6 M22-XDL-W 2 M22-XDL-W-ETCH 3 M22-XDL-Y 2 M22-XDL-Y-ETCH 3 M22-XDL-A M22-XDL-A-ETCH Green Blue White Yellow Amber M22-DL-X M22-LED-W -- Custom START ON -- Custom RESET -- Custom -- Custom -- Custom Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 Black Bezel Catalog Number 4 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 4 M22-DL-X M22S-DL-X M22M-DL-X M22S-DL-X Terminal Type LED Color Light Unit Voltage Screw White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue 12-30 Vac/Vdc Screw M22-K10 1 Light Units 1 85-264 Vac Catalog Number M22-LED-W M22-LED-R M22-LED-G M22-LED-B M22-LED230-W M22-LED230-R M22-LED230-G M22-LED230-B 1 1 1 1 1 Contact Blocks 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 5 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available button lenses, light units and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 Minimum order quantity of (10). 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDL-R-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 4 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 5 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22M-DL-X 1 1 M22-DGL-X Silver Guarded 1 Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 1 M22-DGL-X 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-65 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Maintained 2 M22-DRL-W-K10-W Complete Devices Button Color 1 White 1 1 M22S-DRL-W-K10-W 1 1 1 M22M-DRL-W-K10-W Contact Block Configuration 1 Light Unit Voltage Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number M22M-DRL-W-K10-W NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DRL-W-K10-W M22S-DRL-W-K10-W NO 85-264 Vac M22-DRL-W-K10-230W M22S-DRL-W-K10-230W M22M-DRL-W-K10-230W NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DRL-W-K01-W M22S-DRL-W-K01-W M22M-DRL-W-K01-W NC 85-264 Vac M22-DRL-W-K01-230W M22S-DRL-W-K01-230W M22M-DRL-W-K01-230W 2NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DRL-W-K20-W M22S-DRL-W-K20-W M22M-DRL-W-K20-W 2NO 85-264 Vac M22-DRL-W-K20-230W M22S-DRL-W-K20-230W M22M-DRL-W-K20-230W 2NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DRL-W-K02-W M22S-DRL-W-K02-W M22M-DRL-W-K02-W 2NC 85-264 Vac M22-DRL-W-K02-230W M22S-DRL-W-K02-230W M22M-DRL-W-K02-230W 1NO/1NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DRL-W-K11-W M22S-DRL-W-K11-W M22M-DRL-W-K11-W 1NO/1NC 85-264 Vac M22-DRL-W-K11-230W M22S-DRL-W-K11-230W M22M-DRL-W-K11-230W 1 1 1 1 M22-DRL-W Operators Only 3 1 Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Red M22-DRL-R M22S-DRL-R M22M-DRL-R 1 Green M22-DRL-G M22S-DRL-G M22M-DRL-G White M22-DRL-W M22S-DRL-W M22M-DRL-W Blue M22-DRL-B M22S-DRL-B M22M-DRL-B Yellow M22-DRL-Y M22S-DRL-Y M22M-DRL-Y Amber M22-DRL-A M22S-DRL-A M22M-DRL-A 1 M22S-DRL-W 1 1 1 1 M22M-DRL-W 1 1 1 Notes 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 2 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 3 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: This pilot device features a selectable function switch that enables the device to be set to either maintained or momentary operation. 1 V7-T1-66 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Maintained 1 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 1 Components M22-XDL-W Button Lenses 2 Color Inscription Catalog Number Red -- M22-XDL-R 3 Custom STOP OFF White -- Custom M22-XDL-R-ETCH 4 M22-XDL-R-GB0 M22-XDL-R-GB5 M22-XDL-R-X0 M22-XDL-G 3 M22-XDL-G-ETCH 4 M22-XDL-G-GB1 M22-XDL-G-GB6 M22-XDL-G-X1 M22-XDL-B 3 M22-XDL-B-ETCH 4 M22-XDL-B-GB14 M22-XDL-B-X6 M22-XDL-W 3 M22-XDL-W-ETCH 4 Yellow -- Custom -- Custom M22-XDL-Y 3 M22-XDL-Y-ETCH 4 M22-XDL-A M22-XDL-A-ETCH Green Blue Amber M22-DRL-X M22S-DRL-X M22-LED-W -- Custom START ON -- Custom RESET Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 5 Black Bezel Catalog Number 5 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 5 M22-DRL-X M22S-DRL-X M22M-DRL-X Light Units 2 Terminal Type LED Color Light Unit Voltage Screw White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue 12-30 Vac/Vdc Screw 85-264 Vac Catalog Number M22-LED-W M22-LED-R M22-LED-G M22-LED-B M22-LED230-W M22-LED230-R M22-LED230-G M22-LED230-B 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-K10 Contact Blocks 2 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 6 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage Notes 1 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 2 For complete listing of available button lenses, light units and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 3 Minimum order quantity of (10). 4 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDL-R-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 5 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 6 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22M-DRL-X 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-67 1.5 1 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Momentary M22-DLH-R-K11-R Complete Devices Button Color 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Red M22S-DLH-R-K11-R 1 Green White 1 Contact Block Configuration 1 Light Unit Voltage Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number M22M-DLH-R-K11-R 1NO/1NC 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DLH-R-K11-R M22S-DLH-R-K11-R 1NO/1NC 85-264 Vac M22-DLH-R-K11-230R M22S-DLH-R-K11-230R M22M-DLH-R-K11-230R 2NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DLH-G-K20-G M22S-DLH-G-K20-G M22M-DLH-G-K20-G 2NO 85-264 Vac M22-DLH-G-K20-230G M22S-DLH-G-K20-230G M22M-DLH-G-K20-230G 2NO 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-DLH-W-K20-W M22S-DLH-W-K20-W M22M-DLH-W-K20-W 2NO 85-264 Vac M22-DLH-W-K20-230W M22S-DLH-W-K20-230W M22M-DLH-W-K20-230W 1 1 Complete Press-to-Test Units 1 Button Color Light Unit Voltage Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Red 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-T-R-R M22S-T-R-R 1 Blue M22-T-B-B M22S-T-B-B Yellow M22-T-Y-W M22S-T-Y-W Green M22-T-G-G M22S-T-G-G 1 White M22-T-W-W M22S-T-W-W M22-T-R-230R M22S-T-R-230R 1 Blue M22-T-R-230B M22S-T-B-230B Yellow M22-T-Y-230W M22S-T-Y-230W 1 Green M22-T-G-230G M22S-T-G-230G White M22-T-W-230W M22S-T-W-230W 1 Red 1 1 M22-DLH-R 85-264 Vac Operators Only 2 Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Red M22-DLH-R M22S-DLH-R M22M-DLH-R Green M22-DLH-G M22S-DLH-G M22M-DLH-G White M22-DLH-W M22S-DLH-W M22M-DLH-W 1 Blue M22-DLH-B M22S-DLH-B M22M-DLH-B Yellow M22-DLH-Y M22S-DLH-Y M22M-DLH-Y 1 Amber M22-DLH-A M22S-DLH-A M22M-DLH-A 1 1 1 M22S-DLH-R M22M-DLH-R 1 1 1 1 M22-DGLH-R Silver Guarded Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number 1 Red M22-DGLH-R Green M22-DGLH-G 1 White M22-DGLH-W Blue M22-DGLH-B Yellow M22-DGLH-Y 1 1 Notes 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 2 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 V7-T1-68 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Momentary 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XDH-R Button Lenses 1 Color Inscription Catalog Number Red -- Custom STOP OFF M22-XDLH-R 2 M22-XDLH-R-ETCH 3 M22-XDLH-R-GB0 M22-XDLH-R-GB5 M22-XDLH-R-X0 M22-XDLH-G 2 M22-XDLH-G-ETCH 3 M22-XDLH-G-GB1 M22-XDLH-G-GB6 M22-XDLH-G-X1 M22-XDLH-B 2 M22-XDLH-B-ETCH 3 M22-XDLH-B-GB14 M22-XDLH-B-X6 M22-XDLH-W 2 M22-XDLH-W-ETCH 3 M22-XDLH-Y 2 M22-XDLH-Y-ETCH 3 M22-XDLH-A M22-XDLH-A-ETCH Green Blue White Yellow Amber M22-DL-X M22-LED-W -- Custom START ON -- Custom RESET -- Custom -- Custom -- Custom Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 Black Bezel Catalog Number 4 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 4 M22-DL-X M22S-DL-X M22M-DL-X M22S-DL-X 1 Light Units 1 Terminal Type LED Color Light Unit Voltage Screw White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue 12-30 Vac/Vdc Screw 85-264 Vac Catalog Number M22-LED-W M22-LED-R M22-LED-G M22-LED-B M22-LED230-W M22-LED230-R M22-LED230-G M22-LED230-B 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-K10 Contact Blocks 1 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 5 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage Notes 1 For complete listing of available button lenses, light units and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 Minimum order quantity of (10). 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDH-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 4 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 5 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. M22M-DL-X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-DGL-X 1 Silver Guarded Silver Bezel Catalog Number 4 1 1 M22-DGL-X Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-69 1.5 1 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Maintained 1 M22-DRLH-W 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights M22S-DRLH-W 1 Operators Only 2 Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Red M22-DRLH-R M22S-DRLH-R M22M-DRLH-R Green M22-DRLH-G M22S-DRLH-G M22M-DRLH-G White M22-DRLH-W M22S-DRLH-W M22M-DRLH-W Blue M22-DRLH-B M22S-DRLH-B M22M-DRLH-B Yellow M22-DRLH-Y M22S-DRLH-Y M22M-DRLH-Y Amber M22-DRLH-A M22S-DRLH-A M22M-DRLH-A 1 1 M22M-DRLH-W 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 2 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: This pilot device features a selectable function switch that enables the device to be set to either maintained or momentary operation. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-70 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Maintained 1 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XDLH-W Button Lenses 2 Color Inscription Catalog Number Red -- Custom STOP OFF M22-XDLH-R 3 M22-XDLH-R-ETCH 4 M22-XDLH-R-GB0 M22-XDLH-R-GB5 M22-XDLH-R-X0 M22-XDLH-G 3 M22-XDLH-G-ETCH 4 M22-XDLH-G-GB1 M22-XDLH-G-GB6 M22-XDLH-G-X1 M22-XDLH-B 3 M22-XDLH-B-ETCH 4 M22-XDLH-B-GB14 M22-XDLH-B-X6 M22-XDLH-W 3 M22-XDLH-W-ETCH 4 M22-XDLH-Y 3 M22-XDLH-Y-ETCH 4 M22-XDLH-A M22-XDLH-A-ETCH Green Blue White Yellow Amber M22-DRL-X M22S-DRL-X M22-LED-W -- Custom START ON -- Custom RESET -- Custom -- Custom -- Custom Buttonless Operator Silver Bezel Catalog Number 5 Black Bezel Catalog Number 5 Metal Bezel Catalog Number 5 M22-DRL-X M22S-DRL-X M22M-DRL-X 1 Light Units 2 Terminal Type LED Color Light Unit Voltage Screw White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue 12-30 Vac/Vdc Screw 85-264 Vac Catalog Number M22-LED-W M22-LED-R M22-LED-G M22-LED-B M22-LED230-W M22-LED230-R M22-LED230-G M22-LED230-B 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-K10 Contact Blocks 2 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 6 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage Notes 1 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 2 For complete listing of available button lenses, light units and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 3 Minimum order quantity of (10). 4 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDLH-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 5 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 6 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. M22M-DRL-X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-71 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 Indicating Lights 1 Eaton's M22 indicating lights use the combination of a durable, bright LED unit and modern lenses designed specifically for this type of LED to create a bright and visible indicating light. 1 1 1 Product Description Features As with the pushbuttons, the indicating light lenses can be laser engraved. Indicating lights can be ordered as complete devices, including lens and LED unit, or as modular components. 1 Customizable laser engraving on all lenses LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation Lenses designed specifically for LED illumination 1 1 1 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Indicating Lights M22 - L - B - GB8 - B 1 Operator Type M22-L = Flush indicating light 1 W= R= G= Y= B= 1 1 Plate Inscription ETCH = GB5 = GB6 = GB8 = GB15 = GB16 = Note: Light unit should match color of lens. Use white light unit with yellow lens. Custom 1 OFF ON FAULT FORWARD REVERSE 12-30 Vac/Vdc W = White R = Red G = Green B = Blue Light Units 85-264 Vac 230W = White 230R = Red 230G = Green 230B = Blue When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-L-B-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. Product Selection 1 Indicating Lights, Flush 1 M22-L-R-R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Complete Devices Lens Color Light Color Light Unit Voltage Catalog Number White Red Green Yellow Blue Amber White Red Green Yellow Blue Amber White Red Green White Blue White White Red Green White Blue White 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-L-W-W M22-L-R-R M22-L-G-G M22-L-Y-W M22-L-B-B M22-L-A-W M22-L-W-230W M22-L-R-230R M22-L-G-230G M22-L-Y-230W M22-L-B-230B M22-L-A-230W 85-264 Vac Operators Only 1 1 1 Lens Color White Red Green Yellow Blue 1 1 1 Modular construction makes assembly fast and simplifies stocking of components and complete devices Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Protection Type IP67, IP69K NEMA 4X, 13 Lens Color M22-L-R 1 1 1 Flat White Red Green Yellow Blue Amber Catalog Number Lens Color Catalog Number M22-L-W M22-L-R M22-L-G M22-L-Y M22-L-B M22-L-A Conical White Red Green Yellow Blue Amber M22-LH-W M22-LH-R M22-LH-G M22-LH-Y M22-LH-B M22-LH-A M22-LH-R Note 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 V7-T1-72 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Indicating Lights, Flush 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XL-R Lenses 1 Color M22-LED-W Inscription Catalog Number Flat -- Custom OFF -- Custom ON REVERSE -- Custom M22-XL-R 2 M22-XL-R-ETCH 3 M22-XL-R-GB5 M22-XL-G 2 M22-XL-G-ETCH 3 M22-XL-G-GB6 M22-XL-G-GB16 M22-XL-B 2 M22-XL-B-ETCH 3 FAULT -- Custom M22-XL-B-GB8 M22-XL-W 2 M22-XL-W-ETCH 3 OFF ON FAULT FORWARD -- Custom -- Custom M22-XL-W-GB5 M22-XL-W-GB6 M22-XL-W-GB8 M22-XL-W-GB15 M22-XL-Y 2 M22-XL-Y-ETCH 3 M22-XL-A 2 M22-XL-A-ETCH 3 Conical Red Green -- -- M22-XLH-R M22-XLH-G Blue White Yellow Amber -- -- -- -- M22-XLH-B M22-XLH-W M22-XLH-Y M22-XLH-A Red Green Blue White Yellow Amber M22-L-X Light Units 14 Terminal Type LED Color Light Unit Voltage Screw White Red Green 12-30 Vac/Vdc Screw Blue White Red Green Blue 85-264 Vac Catalog Number M22-LED-W M22-LED-R M22-LED-G M22-LED-B M22-LED230-W M22-LED230-R M22-LED230-G M22-LED230-B 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available lenses and light units, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 Minimum order quantity of (10). 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XL-R-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 4 Select the same color LED element as lens color; for yellow and amber lenses, choose a white LED. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Lensless Indicating Light Catalog Number 1 M22-L-X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-73 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 Emergency Stops Product Description Features 1 Eaton's M22 emergency stops are a durable and reliable solution to a variety of e-stop applications. With standard push-pull, as well as twist-to-release and keyrelease, illuminated options and red or black operators, the M22 e-stop is a robust solution. As with all operators, they can be ordered as a ready to install complete device or as modular components for the perfect fit. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Push-pull and twist to release options available as well as illuminated and keyed release LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation More than 100,000 mechanical operations Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Suitable for use in safety applications up to Category-4 or Sil-3 Protection Type IP67, IP69K (IP66 key-release) NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Emergency Stops M22 - PVT - MS2 - K10 - 230R 1 1 Operator Color M22 = Silver M22S = Black 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PV = PV45P = PV60P = PV45P-MPI = PV60P-MPI = PVT = PVT45P = PVT60P = PVT45P-MPI = PVT60P-MPI = PVS = PVS45P = PVS60P = PVL = PVLT = PVLT45P = PVLT60P = Operator Type Non-illuminated push-pull emergency stop Non-illuminated 45 mm emergency stop Non-illuminated 60 mm emergency stop Non-illuminated mechanical indication, 45 mm Non-illuminated mechanical indication, 60 mm Non-illuminated twist-to-release emergency stop Non-illuminated twist-to-release 45 mm emergency stop Non-illuminated twist-to-release 60 mm emergency stop Non-illuminated twist-to-release with mechanical indication, 45 mm Non-illuminated twist-to-release with mechanical indication, 60 mm Non-illuminated keyed release (red operator only) Non-illuminated keyed release 45 mm (red only) Non-illuminated keyed release 60 mm (red only) Illuminated push-pull emergency stop Illuminated twist-to-release emergency stop Illuminated twist-to-release 45 mm emergency stop Illuminated twist-to-release 60 mm emergency stop Key Release Code Blank = MS1 MS2 = MS2 MS3 = MS3 MS4 = MS4 MS5 = MS5 MS6 = MS6 MS7 = MS7 MS8 = MS8 RS = Ronis (45 and 60 mm only) Contact Blocks K10 = NO K10P = NO, early-make K01 = NC K01D = NC, late-break CK10 = NO CK01 = NC CK01D = NC, late-break Ck20 = 2NO CK02 = 2NC CK11 = NO-NC Light Units 12-30 Vac/Vdc W = White R = Red G = Green B = Blue 85-264 Vac 230W = White 230R = Red 230G = Green 230B = Blue 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-74 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Product Selection 1 Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Emergency Stops 1 Complete Devices Type M22-PV-K01 LED Color Contact Block Configuration 1 Light Unit Voltage Catalog Number -- NC -- M22-PV-K01 1 1 Non-Illuminated Push-pull Twist-to-release Key release M22-PVL-K01-R Button Color Red Red Red -- -- 2NC M22-PV-K02 1NO-2NC M22-PV-K12 NC -- M22-PVT-K02 1NO-2NC M22-PVT-K12 -- 1 M22-PVT-K01 2NC NC 1 1 1 M22-PVS-K01 2NC M22-PVS-K02 1NO-2NC M22-PVS-K12 1 M22-PVL-K01-R 1 Illuminated Push-pull Red Red NC 2NC M22-PVL-K02-R 1NO-2NC M22-PVL-K12-R NC Twist-to-release Red Red 12-30 Vac/Vdc 85-264 Vac M22-PVL-K02-230R 1NO-2NC M22-PVL-K12-230R 12-30 Vac/Vdc 2NC 1 M22-PVLT-K01-R 1 M22-PVLT-K02-R 1NO-2NC NC 1 M22-PVL-K01-230R 2NC NC 1 1 M22-PVLT-K12-R 85-264 Vac M22-PVLT-K01-230R 2NC M22-PVLT-K02-230R 1NO-2NC M22-PVLT-K12-230R 1 1 Note 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-75 1.5 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Emergency Stops 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 1 1 Components M22-PVL 1 Push-Pull Emergency Stops Actuator Size Catalog Number Actuator Size Key Code Catalog Number None 35 mm M22-PV 35 mm MS1 M22-PVS 3 45 mm M22-PV45P MS2 M22-PVS-MS2 60 mm M22-PV60P MS3 M22-PVS-MS3 35 mm M22-PVL MS4 M22-PVS-MS4 45 mm M22-PVL45P MS5 M22-PVS-MS5 60 mm M22-PVL60P MS6 M22-PVS-MS6 45 mm M22-PV45P-MPI MS7 M22-PVS-MS7 60 mm M22-PV60P-MPI MS8 M22-PVS-MS8 MS1 M22-PVS45P MS2 M22-PVS45P-MS2 MS3 M22-PVS45P-MS3 MS4 M22-PVS45P-MS4 MS5 M22-PVS45P-MS5 MS6 M22-PVS45P-MS6 MS7 M22-PVS45P-MS7 MS8 M22-PVS45P-MS8 Ronis M22-PVS45P-RS MS1 M22-PVS60P MS2 M22-PVS60P-MS2 MS3 M22-PVS60P-MS3 MS4 M22-PVS60P-MS4 MS5 M22-PVS60P-MS5 MS6 M22-PVS60P-MS6 MS7 M22-PVS60P-MS7 MS8 M22-PVS60P-MS8 Ronis M22-PVS60P-RS LED illumination 1 Mechanical indication 1 1 1 45 mm M22-PVT45P-MPI Twist-to-Release Emergency Stops Illumination/Indication 1 None 1 Actuator Size 35 mm 45 mm 60 mm 1 LED illumination 35 mm 1 1 Mechanical indication M22S-PVLT 1 1 1 M22-PVT M22-PVT45P M22-PVT60P M22-PVLT M22-PVLT45P 60 mm M22-PVLT60P 45 mm M22-PVT45P-MPI M22-PVT60P-MPI Machine Stop Operators (Black) 1 Illumination Type Actuator Size Catalog Number Non-illuminated Push-pull 35 mm M22S-PV Twist-torelease 35 mm M22S-PVT Push-pull 35 mm M22S-PVL Twist-torelease 35 mm M22S-PVLT LED illumination 1 Catalog Number 45 mm 60 mm 1 1 Key Release Emergency Stops 2 Illumination/Indication 1 1 M22-PVS60P-MS1 60 mm Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 Key included. For identical locks and keys, use the same key code. One key is included with actuator; additional keys are available as accessories. 3 Includes Key Code MS1. 1 1 V7-T1-76 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 M22-K10 Contact Blocks 1 Accessories Terminal Type Mounting Contact Location 2 Configuration 3 Catalog Number Description Voltage Catalog Number Yellow guard ring -- M22-XGPV Screw Front Base Springcage Front NO M22-K10 NO, early-make M22-K10P NC M22-K01 NC, late-break M22-K01D SMCB, NC M22-K01SMC10 SMCB, 2NC M22-K02SMC10 SMCB, NC M22-KC01SMC10 SMCB, 2NC M22-KC02SMC10 NO M22-CK10 NC M22-CK01 NC, late-break M22-CK01D 2NO M22-CK20 2NC M22-CK02 NO-NC M22-CK11 M22-XGPV M22G-XGPV Screw Screw Screw M22-ES-MS1 Gray guard ring -- M22G-XGPV LED Color Light Unit Voltage Catalog Number White 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-LED-W Red 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-LED-R White 85-264 Vac M22-LED230-W Red 85-264 Vac M22-LED230-R White 207-264 Vac M22-LED230H-W Red 207-264 Vac M22-LED230H-R Extra Keys 4 For Key Code Catalog Number MS1 M22-ES-MS1 MS2 M22-ES-MS2 MS3 M22-ES-MS3 MS4 M22-ES-MS4 MS5 M22-ES-MS5 MS6 M22-ES-MS6 MS7 M22-ES-MS7 MS8 M22-ES-MS8 1 1 1 M22-MGTA Rectangular guard -- M22-MGTA 1 1 1 1 Sealing shroud -- M22-PL-PV Light Units 1 Terminal Type 1 1 M22-PL-PV M22-LED-W 1.5 1 1 M22-XPV60-Y-120 Illuminated ring 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac M22-XPV60-Y-24 M22-XPV60-Y-120 M22-XPV60-Y-230 1 1 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 Self-monitoring contact blocks (SMCB type) cannot be used with illuminated emergency stops. 3 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 4 For use with key release operators only. One key included with operator. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-77 1.5 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Contents Selector Switches Description 1 Selector Switches Non-Illuminated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Selector Switches 1 Product Description Features Eaton's M22 selector switch line offers an almost endless variety of options in maintained/momentary, keyremoval and illuminated devices. The coding adapters used for maintained/ momentary and key removal positions make the M22 stand out from competitive devices. By simply adding or removing a coding adapter from inside the operator, the end-user can change the function of the button. Operator options include standard knob, rotary head, illuminated and keyed versions. As with all operators, they can be ordered as a ready to install complete device or as modular components to meet application specific requirements. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Adding or removing coding adapters allows for field convertibility of maintained/momentary and key removal positions LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation More than 100,000 mechanical operations Coding adapter options make assembly fast and simplify stocking of different configurations of selector switches Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Protection Type IP66 NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-78 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Page V7-T1-79 V7-T1-84 V7-T1-88 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches 1 1 M22 - WRK - - X91 - K10 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black M22M = Metal Inscription 2 X91 = AUTO-HAND X92 = II-I 2 W= WK = WKV = WR = WRK = 1 Handle Type 1 Momentary rotary Momentary knob Maintained V-position knob Maintained rotary Maintained knob Number of Positions Blank = Two-position 3 = Three-position 4 = Four-position Contact Blocks K10 = NO K10P = NO, early-make Rotary type only. K11 = K22 = K20 = K02 = 1 1 Options NO-NC 2NO-2NC 2NO 2NC 1 1 1 All momentary selector switches can be converted in the field to maintained operation with the removal of a colorcoded adapter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-79 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Product Selection Non-Illuminated Selector Switches M22-WKV-K10 1 1 Complete Devices, Knob Type 1 Type Switching Position Two-position Maintained 40 1 1 Contact Block Configuration 2 Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number NO M22-WRK-K10 M22S-WRK-K10 M22M-WRK-K10 1NO-1NC M22-WRK-K11 M22S-WRK-K11 M22M-WRK-K11 2NO-2NC M22-WRK-K22 M22S-WRK-K22 M22M-WRK-K22 M22M-WKV-K10 Maintained V 60 1 1 Three-position 1 Maintained 60 1 NO M22-WKV-K10 M22S-WKV-K10 M22M-WKV-K10 1NO-1NC M22-WKV-K11 M22S-WKV-K11 M22M-WKV-K11 2NO-2NC M22-WKV-K22 M22S-WKV-K22 M22M-WKV-K22 2NO M22-WRK3-K20 M22S-WRK3-K20 M22M-WRK3-K20 2NO-2NC M22-WRK3-K22 M22S-WRK3-K22 M22M-WRK3-K22 60 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-80 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches 1 Components M22-WK 1 Operators Only, Knob Type 1 Type Switching Position Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Two-position Momentary 2 M22-WK M22S-WK M22M-WK 1 M22-WRK M22S-WRK M22M-WRK M22-WKV M22S-WKV M22M-WKV 40 1 Maintained 1 40 M22M-WK Maintained V 1 1 60 Three-position Momentary 40 2 Four-position Maintained M22-WRK3 M22S-WRK3 M22M-WRK3 M22-WRK3-2 M22S-WRK3-2 M22M-WRK3-2 M22-WRK3-1 M22S-WRK3-1 M22M-WRK3-1 1 1 60 1 40 60 40 60 1 60 Maintained, return from right 40 M22M-WK3 1 Maintained, return from left 40 M22S-WK3 40 Maintained 60 M22-WK3 1 1 60 M22-WRK4 M22S-WRK4 1 M22M-WRK4 1 1 1 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 Momentary selector switches can be converted in the field to maintained operation with the removal of a color coded adapter. See Page V7-T1-118. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-81 1.5 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches Components 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights M22S-WR3-X94 1 Operators Only, Rotary Type 1 Type Switching Position Inscription Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Two-position Momentary 2 I-O M22-W M22S-W M22M-W I-O M22-WR M22S-WR M22M-WR Custom M22-WR-ETCH 3 M22S-WR-ETCH 3 M22M-WR-ETCH 3 AUTO-HAND M22-WR-X91 M22S-WR-X91 M22M-WR-X91 II-I M22-WR-X92 M22S-WR-X92 M22M-WR-X92 I-O-II M22-W3 M22S-W3 M22M-W3 I-O-II M22-WR3 M22S-WR3 M22M-WR3 Custom M22-WR3-ETCH 3 M22S-WR3-ETCH 3 M22M-WR3-ETCH 3 AUTO-O-MAN M22-WR3-X94 M22S-WR3-X94 M22M-WR3-X94 0-1-0-2-0-3-0-4 M22-WR4 M22S-WR4 M22M-WR4 40 1 1 Maintained 40 1 1 Three-position Momentary 2 1 40 1 Maintained 1 60 1 Four-position Maintained 40 60 1 1 1 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 Momentary selector switches can be converted in the field to maintained operation with the removal of a color coded adapter. See Page V7-T1-118. 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-WR3-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X88, Line item #_. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-82 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-K10 Contact Blocks 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 2 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage 1 Accessories M22-XW Description Catalog Number Plunger bridge 3 M22-XW 1 1 1 M22-XWS Key cover M22-XWS 1 1 M22-XC-R Key withdraw adapter 4 M22-XC-R 1 1 M22-XC-Y Coding adapter M22-XC-Y 1 1 1 M22-XGWK Guard ring M22-XGWK 1 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 3 Plunger needed to actuate center-mounted contact blocks. Used for non-illuminated three-position selector switches only. 4 Enables a keyed selector switch to be set to user-selected key withdraw position. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-83 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Illuminated Selector Switches 1 M22 - WLK - R - K10 - R 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black M22M = Metal 1 1 1 Handle Type WLK = Illuminated knob type momentary, two-position WLKV = Illuminated Knob type momentary, V-position WLK3 = Illuminated knob type momentary, three-position 1 1 Handle Color W = White R = Red G = Green Y = Yellow B = Blue K10 = K01 = K20 = K02 = K11 = Contact Blocks 1NO K30 = 3NO 1NC K03 = 3NC 2NO K21 = 2NO-1NC 2NC K12 = 1NO-2NC 1NO-1NC Light Units 12-30 Vac/Vdc W = White R = Red G = Green B = Blue 85-264 Vac 230W = White 230R = Red 230G = Green 230B = Blue 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-84 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Product Selection 1 Illuminated Selector Switches 1 Components M22-WLK-W 1 Operators Only, Knob Type 1 Type Switching Position Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Two-position Momentary 2 White M22-WLK-W M22S-WLK-W M22M-WLK-W Red M22-WLK-R M22S-WLK-R M22M-WLK-R 1 Green M22-WLK-G M22S-WLK-G M22M-WLK-G Yellow M22-WLK-Y M22S-WLK-Y M22M-WLK-Y Blue M22-WLK-B M22S-WLK-B M22M-WLK-B White M22-WRLK-W M22S-WRLK-W M22M-WRLK-W Red M22-WRLK-R M22S-WRLK-R M22M-WRLK-R Green M22-WRLK-G M22S-WRLK-G M22M-WRLK-G Yellow M22-WRLK-Y M22S-WRLK-Y M22M-WRLK-Y 40 Maintained 40 Maintained V 60 1 1 Blue M22-WRLK-B M22S-WRLK-B M22M-WRLK-B White M22-WLKV-W M22S-WLKV-W M22M-WLKV-W Red M22-WLKV-R M22S-WLKV-R M22M-WLKV-R Green M22-WLKV-G M22S-WLKV-G M22M-WLKV-G Yellow M22-WLKV-Y M22S-WLKV-Y M22M-WLKV-Y Blue M22-WLKV-B M22S-WLKV-B M22M-WLKV-B Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 Momentary selector switches can be converted in the field to maintained operation with the removal of a color coded adapter. See Page V7-T1-118. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-85 1.5 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Illuminated Selector Switches Components 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights M22-WLK3-W 1 1 Operators Only, Knob Type 1 Type Switching Position Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Three-position Momentary 2 White M22-WLK3-W M22S-WLK3-W M22M-WLK3-W Red M22-WLK3-R M22S-WLK3-R M22M-WLK3-R Green M22-WLK3-G M22S-WLK3-G M22M-WLK3-G Yellow M22-WLK3-Y M22S-WLK3-Y M22M-WLK3-Y Blue M22-WLK3-B M22S-WLK3-B M22M-WLK3-B White M22-WRLK3-W M22S-WRLK3-W M22M-WRLK3-W Red M22-WRLK3-R M22S-WRLK3-R M22M-WRLK3-R Green M22-WRLK3-G M22S-WRLK3-G M22M-WRLK3-G Yellow M22-WRLK3-Y M22S-WRLK3-Y M22M-WRLK3-Y Blue M22-WRLK3-B M22S-WRLK3-B M22M-WRLK3-B M22M-WRLK3-1-W 40 40 1 1 Maintained 1 60 60 1 1 Maintained, return from right 1 40 40 60 60 1 1 Maintained, return from left 1 40 1 40 60 60 White M22-WRLK3-1-W M22S-WRLK3-1-W Red M22-WRLK3-1-R M22S-WRLK3-1-R M22M-WRLK3-1-R Green M22-WRLK3-1-G M22S-WRLK3-1-G M22M-WRLK3-1-G Yellow M22-WRLK3-1-Y M22S-WRLK3-1-Y M22M-WRLK3-1-Y Blue M22-WRLK3-1-B M22S-WRLK3-1-B M22M-WRLK3-1-B White M22-WRLK3-2-W M22S-WRLK3-2-W M22M-WRLK3-2-W Red M22-WRLK3-2-R M22S-WRLK3-2-R M22M-WRLK3-2-R Green M22-WRLK3-2-G M22S-WRLK3-2-G M22M-WRLK3-2-G Yellow M22-WRLK3-2-Y M22S-WRLK3-2-Y M22M-WRLK3-2-Y Blue M22-WRLK3-2-B M22S-WRLK3-2-B M22M-WRLK3-2-B Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 Momentary selector switches can be converted in the field to maintained operation with the removal of a color coded adapter. See Page V7-T1-118. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-86 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Illuminated Selector Switches 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. M22-LED-W Light Units 1 5 LED Color Light Unit Voltage Screw White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue 12-30 Vac/Vdc 85-264 Vac Catalog Number M22-LED-W M22-LED-R M22-LED-G M22-LED-B M22-LED230-W M22-LED230-R M22-LED230-G M22-LED230-B M22-XW Description Catalog Number Plunger bridge 2 M22-XW 1 M22-XWS Key cover M22-XWS Contact Configuration Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC Spring-cage 3 Key withdraw adapter 4 M22-XC-R 1 1 Catalog Number M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 1 1 Contact Blocks 1 Terminal Type 1 1 M22-XC-R M22-K10 1 Accessories Terminal Type Screw 1 M22-XC-Y Coding adapter M22-XC-Y 1 1 M22-XGWK Guard ring M22-XGWK 1 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available light units and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 Plunger needed to actuate center-mounted contact blocks. Used for non-illuminated three-position selector switches only. 3 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 4 Enables a keyed selector switch to be set to user-selected key withdraw position. 5 Select the same color LED element as lens color; for yellow lens, choose a white LED. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-87 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Key-Operated Selector Switches 1 M22 - WS - MS2 - A1 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black M22M = Metal 1 1 WS = WS3 = WRS = WRS3 = Handle Type Two-position, momentary Three-position, momentary Two-position, maintained Three-position, maintained 1 1 1 1 1 Key Code Blank = MS1 MS2 = MS2 MS3 = MS3 MS4 = MS4 MS5 = MS5 MS6 = MS6 MS7 = MS7 MS8 = MS8 Key Removal Position Refer to coding adapter assembly and functional test guide on Page V7-T1-118. Product Selection Key-Operated Selector Switches 12 Components M22-WS 1 Operators Only 3 Type Switching Position Key Removal Position Key Code Silver Bezel Catalog Number Two-position Momentary 4 Return from right, key removable left MS1 M22-WS M22S-WS M22M-WS MS2 M22-WS-MS2 M22S-WS-MS2 M22M-WS-MS2 MS3 M22-WS-MS3 M22S-WS-MS3 M22M-WS-MS3 MS4 M22-WS-MS4 M22S-WS-MS4 M22M-WS-MS4 MS5 M22-WS-MS5 M22S-WS-MS5 M22M-WS-MS5 1 MS6 M22-WS-MS6 M22S-WS-MS6 M22M-WS-MS6 MS7 M22-WS-MS7 M22S-WS-MS7 M22M-WS-MS7 1 MS8 M22-WS-MS8 M22S-WS-MS8 M22M-WS-MS8 MS1 M22-WRS-A1 M22S-WRS-A1 M22M-WRS-A1 MS2 M22-WRS-MS2-A1 M22S-WRS-MS2-A1 M22M-WRS-MS2-A1 1 MS3 M22-WRS-MS3-A1 M22S-WRS-MS3-A1 M22M-WRS-MS3-A1 MS4 M22-WRS-MS4-A1 M22S-WRS-MS4-A1 M22M-WRS-MS4-A1 1 MS5 M22-WRS-MS5-A1 M22S-WRS-MS5-A1 M22M-WRS-MS5-A1 MS6 M22-WRS-MS6-A1 M22S-WRS-MS6-A1 M22M-WRS-MS6-A1 1 MS7 M22-WRS-MS7-A1 M22S-WRS-MS7-A1 M22M-WRS-MS7-A1 MS8 M22-WRS-MS8-A1 M22S-WRS-MS8-A1 M22M-WRS-MS8-A1 MS1 M22-WRS M22S-WRS M22M-WRS 1 MS2 M22-WRS-MS2 M22S-WRS-MS2 M22M-WRS-MS2 MS3 M22-WRS-MS3 M22S-WRS-MS3 M22M-WRS-MS3 1 MS4 M22-WRS-MS4 M22S-WRS-MS4 M22M-WRS-MS4 MS5 M22-WRS-MS5 M22S-WRS-MS5 M22M-WRS-MS5 1 MS6 M22-WRS-MS6 M22S-WRS-MS6 M22M-WRS-MS6 MS7 M22-WRS-MS7 M22S-WRS-MS7 M22M-WRS-MS7 MS8 M22-WRS-MS8 M22S-WRS-MS8 M22M-WRS-MS8 1 40 1 1 M22S-WRS Two-position 1 Maintained Key removable left 40 1 Key removable left/right 1 1 Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Notes 1 Includes one key. 2 Key removal positions can be modified in the field using coding adapters; see chart on Page V7-T1-118. 3 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 4 Momentary selector switches can be converted in the field to maintained operation with the removal of a color coded adapter. See Page V7-T1-118. 1 1 1 V7-T1-88 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Key-Operated Selector Switches 12 Components M22-WS3-X93 1 Operators Only, continued 3 Type Switching Position Key Removal Position Key Code Silver Bezel Catalog Number Three-position Momentary 4 Return from left/right, key removable center MS1 M22-WS3 M22S-WS3 M22M-WS3 MS2 M22-WS3-MS2 M22S-WS3-MS2 M22M-WS3-MS2 MS3 M22-WS3-MS3 M22S-WS3-MS3 M22M-WS3-MS3 MS4 M22-WS3-MS4 M22S-WS3-MS4 M22M-WS3-MS4 MS5 M22-WS3-MS5 M22S-WS3-MS5 M22M-WS3-MS5 MS6 M22-WS3-MS6 M22S-WS3-MS6 M22M-WS3-MS6 MS7 M22-WS3-MS7 M22S-WS3-MS7 M22M-WS3-MS7 MS8 M22-WS3-MS8 M22S-WS3-MS8 M22M-WS3-MS8 MS1 M22-WRS3-A1 M22S-WRS3-A1 M22M-WRS3-A1 MS2 M22-WRS3-MS2-A1 M22S-WRS3-MS2-A1 M22M-WRS3-MS2-A1 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3-A1 M22S-WRS3-MS3-A1 M22M-WRS3-MS3-A1 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4-A1 M22S-WRS3-MS4-A1 M22M-WRS3-MS4-A1 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5-A1 M22S-WRS3-MS5-A1 M22M-WRS3-MS5-A1 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6-A1 M22S-WRS3-MS6-A1 M22M-WRS3-MS6-A1 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7-A1 M22S-WRS3-MS7-A1 M22M-WRS3-MS7-A1 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8-A1 M22S-WRS3-MS8-A1 M22M-WRS3-MS8-A1 MS1 M22-WRS3-A2 M22S-WRS3-A2 MS2 M22-WRS3-MS2-A2 M22S-WRS3-MS2-A2 M22M-WRS3-MS2-A2 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3-A2 M22S-WRS3-MS3-A2 M22M-WRS3-MS3-A2 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4-A2 M22S-WRS3-MS4-A2 M22M-WRS3-MS4-A2 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5-A2 M22S-WRS3-MS5-A2 M22M-WRS3-MS5-A2 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6-A2 M22S-WRS3-MS6-A2 M22M-WRS3-MS6-A2 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7-A2 M22S-WRS3-MS7-A2 M22M-WRS3-MS7-A2 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8-A2 M22S-WRS3-MS8-A2 M22M-WRS3-MS8-A2 MS1 M22-WRS3-A3 M22S-WRS3-A3 MS2 M22-WRS3-MS2-A3 M22S-WRS3-MS2-A3 M22M-WRS3-MS2-A3 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3-A3 M22S-WRS3-MS3-A3 M22M-WRS3-MS3-A3 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4-A3 M22S-WRS3-MS4-A3 M22M-WRS3-MS4-A3 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5-A3 M22S-WRS3-MS5-A3 M22M-WRS3-MS5-A3 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6-A3 M22S-WRS3-MS6-A3 M22M-WRS3-MS6-A3 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7-A3 M22S-WRS3-MS7-A3 M22M-WRS3-MS7-A3 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8-A3 M22S-WRS3-MS8-A3 M22M-WRS3-MS8-A3 MS1 M22-WRS3 M22S-WRS3 M22M-WRS3 MS2 M22-WRS3-MS2 M22S-WRS3-MS2 M22M-WRS3-MS2 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3 M22S-WRS3-MS3 M22M-WRS3-MS3 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4 M22S-WRS3-MS4 M22M-WRS3-MS4 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5 M22S-WRS3-MS5 M22M-WRS3-MS5 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6 M22S-WRS3-MS6 M22M-WRS3-MS6 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7 M22S-WRS3-MS7 M22M-WRS3-MS7 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8 M22S-WRS3-MS8 M22M-WRS3-MS8 40 40 M22M-WS3-X93 Three-position Maintained 60 Key removable left/center/right 60 Key removable center/left Key removable center/right Key removable left/right Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number M22M-WRS3-A2 M22M-WRS3-A3 Notes Includes one key. 2 Key removal positions can be modified in the field using coding adapters; see chart on Page V7-T1-118. 3 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 4 Momentary selector switches can be converted in the field to maintained operation with the removal of a color coded adapter. See Page V7-T1-118. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-89 1.5 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Key-Operated Selector Switches 12 Components M22-WS3-X93 1 Operators Only, continued 3 Type Switching Position Three-position Maintained Key Removal Position Key Code Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number M22-WRS3-A7 M22S-WRS3-A7 M22M-WRS3-A7 M22-WRS3-MS2-A7 M22S-WRS3-MS2-A7 M22M-WRS3-MS2-A7 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3-A7 M22S-WRS3-MS3-A7 M22M-WRS3-MS3-A7 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4-A7 M22S-WRS3-MS4-A7 M22M-WRS3-MS4-A7 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5-A7 M22S-WRS3-MS5-A7 M22M-WRS3-MS5-A7 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6-A7 M22S-WRS3-MS6-A7 M22M-WRS3-MS6-A7 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7-A7 M22S-WRS3-MS7-A7 M22M-WRS3-MS7-A7 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8-A7 M22S-WRS3-MS8-A7 M22M-WRS3-MS8-A7 MS1 M22-WRS3-A6 M22S-WRS3-A6 M22M-WRS3-A6 MS2 M22-WRS3-MS2-A6 M22S-WRS3-MS2-A6 M22M-WRS3-MS2-A6 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3-A6 M22S-WRS3-MS3-A6 M22M-WRS3-MS3-A6 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4-A6 M22S-WRS3-MS4-A6 M22M-WRS3-MS4-A6 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5-A6 M22S-WRS3-MS5-A6 M22M-WRS3-MS5-A6 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6-A6 M22S-WRS3-MS6-A6 M22M-WRS3-MS6-A6 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7-A6 M22S-WRS3-MS7-A6 M22M-WRS3-MS7-A6 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8-A6 M22S-WRS3-MS8-A6 M22M-WRS3-MS8-A6 MS1 M22-WRS3-A4 M22S-WRS3-A4 M22M-WRS3-A4 MS2 M22-WRS3-MS2-A4 M22S-WRS3-MS2-A4 M22M-WRS3-MS2-A4 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3-A4 M22S-WRS3-MS3-A4 M22M-WRS3-MS3-A4 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4-A4 M22S-WRS3-MS4-A4 M22M-WRS3-MS4-A4 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5-A4 M22S-WRS3-MS5-A4 M22M-WRS3-MS5-A4 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6-A4 M22S-WRS3-MS6-A4 M22M-WRS3-MS6-A4 1 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7-A4 M22S-WRS3-MS7-A4 M22M-WRS3-MS7-A4 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8-A4 M22S-WRS3-MS8-A4 M22M-WRS3-MS8-A4 1 Return from right, MS1 key removable center MS2 M22-WRS3-A5 M22S-WRS3-A5 M22M-WRS3-A5 M22-WRS3-MS2-A5 M22S-WRS3-MS2-A5 M22M-WRS3-MS2-A5 MS3 M22-WRS3-MS3-A5 M22S-WRS3-MS3-A5 M22M-WRS3-MS3-A5 1 MS4 M22-WRS3-MS4-A5 M22S-WRS3-MS4-A5 M22M-WRS3-MS4-A5 MS5 M22-WRS3-MS5-A5 M22S-WRS3-MS5-A5 M22M-WRS3-MS5-A5 1 MS6 M22-WRS3-MS6-A5 M22S-WRS3-MS6-A5 M22M-WRS3-MS6-A5 MS7 M22-WRS3-MS7-A5 M22S-WRS3-MS7-A5 M22M-WRS3-MS7-A5 MS8 M22-WRS3-MS8-A5 M22S-WRS3-MS8-A5 M22M-WRS3-MS8-A5 1 1 60 Return from left, MS1 key removable center MS2 Silver Bezel Catalog Number 60 M22M-WS3-X93 1 1 Return from left, key removable center/right 1 1 1 1 1 Three-position 1 Maintained 60 1 1 1 1 60 Return from right, key removable left/ center Notes 1 Includes one key. 2 Key removal positions can be modified in the field using coding adapters; see chart on Page V7-T1-118. 3 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-90 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Key-Operated Selector Switches 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-K10 1 Accessories Contact Blocks 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 2 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage Description M22-XW Plunger bridge Catalog Number 3 M22-XW 1 1 1 M22-XWS Key cover M22-XWS 1 1 M22-XC-R Key withdraw adapter 4 M22-XC-R 1 1 M22-ES-MS1 Extra Keys Key Code Catalog Number MS1 MS2 MS3 MS4 MS5 MS6 MS7 MS8 M22-ES-MS1 M22-ES-MS2 M22-ES-MS3 M22-ES-MS4 M22-ES-MS5 M22-ES-MS6 M22-ES-MS7 M22-ES-MS8 M22-XC-Y Coding adapter M22-XC-Y 1 1 1 M22-XGWK Guard ring M22-XGWK 1 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 3 Plunger needed to actuate center-mounted contact blocks. Used for non-illuminated three-position selector switches only. 4 Enables a keyed selector switch to be set to user-selected key withdraw position. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-91 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 Mushroom Head Pushbuttons Product Description Features 1 Eaton's M22 mushroom head operators are a durable and unique way to include standard pushbutton functionality. Like the standard pushbutton line, the maintained pushbuttons are field convertible to momentary. They also offer laser engraving and a robust five million mechanical operations on the standard momentary operator. As with all operators, they can be ordered as a ready to install complete device or as modular components. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Field convertible from maintained to momentary (available on maintained pushbuttons only) Customizable laser engraving on all buttons More than five million mechanical operations on momentary and one million on maintained pushbuttons Modular construction makes assembly fast and simplifies stocking of components and complete devices Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Protection Type IP67, IP69K NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-92 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Mushroom Head Pushbuttons 1 1 M22 - DP - R - GB4 - K01 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black M22M = Metal Operator Type DP = Non-illuminated momentary mushroom head pushbutton DRP = Non-illuminated maintained mushroom head pushbutton Plate Inscription Operator Color R = Red S = Black G = Green Y = Yellow ETCH = GB0 = GB1 = GB3 = GB4 = GB5 = GB6 = GB15 = GB16 = 1 Custom 1 STOP START UP DOWN OFF ON FORWARD REVERSE X0 = X1 = X4 = X5 = X6 = X7 = K01 = K10 = K11 = K12 = 1 Contact Blocks NC NO NO-NC 1NO-2NC 1 1 1 1 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-DP-R-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-93 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Product Selection Mushroom Head Pushbuttons, Momentary 1 M22-DP-R-K01 Complete Devices 1 Button Color Contact Block Configuration 2 Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Red NC M22-DP-R-K01 M22S-DP-R-K01 M22M-DP-R-K01 2NC M22-DP-R-K02 M22S-DP-R-K02 M22M-DP-R-K02 1NO-2NC M22-DP-R-K12 M22S-DP-R-K12 M22M-DP-R-K12 1NO-1NC M22-DP-R-K11 M22S-DP-R-K11 M22M-DP-R-K11 1 M22S-DP-R-K01 1 1 1 M22M-DP-R-K01 1 1 1 1 M22-DP-G 1 Operators Only 2 Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Black M22-DP-S M22S-DP-S M22M-DP-S Red M22-DP-R M22S-DP-R M22M-DP-R 1 Green M22-DP-G M22S-DP-G M22M-DP-G Yellow M22-DP-Y M22S-DP-Y M22M-DP-Y 1 M22S-DP-G 1 1 1 M22M-DP-G 1 1 1 Notes 1 35 mm diameter mushroom head button. 2 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-94 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons, Momentary 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XDP-G Mushroom Head Plates Color Black Red Green White Yellow Inscription M22-DP-G-X Catalog Number 2 --- M22-XDP-S Custom STOP START FORWARD REVERSE UP DOWN OFF ON M22-XDP-S-ETCH 3 M22-XDP-S-GB0 M22-XDP-S-GB1 M22-XDP-S-GB15 M22-XDP-S-GB16 M22-XDP-S-GB3 M22-XDP-S-GB4 M22-XDP-S-GB5 M22-XDP-S-GB6 M22-XDP-S-X0 M22-XDP-S-X1 M22-XDP-S-X4 M22-XDP-S-X5 M22-XDP-S-X7 M22-XDP-R 2 M22-XDP-R-ETCH 3 M22-XDP-R-GB0 M22-XDP-R-GB5 M22-XDP-R-X0 M22-XDP-G 2 M22-XDP-G-ETCH 3 M22-XDP-G-GB1 M22-XDP-G-GB6 M22-XDP-G-X0 M22-XDP-G-X1 M22-XDP-W 2 M22-XDP-W-ETCH 3 M22-XDP-Y 2 M22-XDP-Y-ETCH 3 -- Custom STOP OFF -- Custom START ON -- Custom -- Custom Insertless Mushroom Head Operators Bezel Color Catalog Number Silver Black Red Green Yellow Black Red Green Yellow Black Red Green Yellow M22-DP-S-X M22-DP-R-X M22-DP-G-X M22-DP-Y-X M22S-DP-S-X M22S-DP-R-X M22S-DP-G-X M22S-DP-Y-X M22M-DP-S-X M22M-DP-R-X M22M-DP-G-X M22M-DP-Y-X Black Metal M22-K10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Contact Blocks 4 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 5 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage 1 Notes 1 35 mm diameter mushroom head button. 2 Minimum order quantity of (10). 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDP-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 4 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 5 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-95 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Product Selection Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons, Maintained 1 2 M22-DRP-R-K01 Complete Devices 1 Button Color Contact Block Configuration 2 Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Red NC M22-DRP-R-K01 M22S-DRP-R-K01 M22M-DRP-R-K01 2NC M22-DRP-R-K02 M22S-DRP-R-K02 M22M-DRP-R-K02 1NO-2NC M22-DRP-R-K12 M22S-DRP-R-K12 M22M-DRP-R-K12 1NO-1NC M22-DRP-R-K11 M22S-DRP-R-K11 M22M-DRP-R-K11 1 M22S-DRP-R-K01 1 1 1 1 M22M-DRP-R-K01 1 1 1 1 M22-DRP-G 1 1 1 M22S-DRP-G Operators Only Button Color Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number Black M22-DRP-S M22S-DRP-S M22M-DRP-S Red M22-DRP-R M22S-DRP-R M22M-DRP-R Green M22-DRP-G M22S-DRP-G M22M-DRP-G Yellow M22-DRP-Y M22S-DRP-Y M22M-DRP-Y 1 1 1 M22M-DRP-G 1 1 1 Notes 1 35 mm diameter mushroom head button. 2 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 3 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: This pilot device features a selectable function switch that enables the device to be set to either maintained or momentary operation. 1 V7-T1-96 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons, Maintained 12 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 Components M22-XDP-G Mushroom Head Plates 5 Color Black Red Green White Yellow Inscription -- Custom STOP START FORWARD REVERSE UP DOWN OFF ON -- Custom STOP OFF -- Custom START ON -- Custom -- Custom M22-DRP-G-X Catalog Number 3 M22-XDP-S M22-XDP-S-ETCH 4 M22-XDP-S-GB0 M22-XDP-S-GB1 M22-XDP-S-GB15 M22-XDP-S-GB16 M22-XDP-S-GB3 M22-XDP-S-GB4 M22-XDP-S-GB5 M22-XDP-S-GB6 M22-XDP-S-X0 M22-XDP-S-X1 M22-XDP-S-X4 M22-XDP-S-X5 M22-XDP-S-X7 M22-XDP-R 3 M22-XDP-R-ETCH 4 M22-XDP-R-GB0 M22-XDP-R-GB5 M22-XDP-R-X0 M22-XDP-G 3 M22-XDP-G-ETCH 4 M22-XDP-G-GB1 M22-XDP-G-GB6 M22-XDP-G-X0 M22-XDP-G-X1 M22-XDP-W 3 M22-XDP-W-ETCH 4 M22-XDP-Y 3 M22-XDP-Y-ETCH 4 Insertless Mushroom Head Operators Bezel Color Catalog Number Silver Black Red Green Yellow Black Red Green Yellow Black Red Green Yellow M22-DRP-S-X M22-DRP-R-X M22-DRP-G-X M22-DRP-Y-X M22S-DRP-S-X M22S-DRP-R-X M22S-DRP-G-X M22S-DRP-Y-X M22M-DRP-S-X M22M-DRP-R-X M22M-DRP-G-X M22M-DRP-Y-X Black Metal M22-K10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Contact Blocks 5 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 6 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Spring-cage 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 35 mm diameter mushroom head button. 2 Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 3 Minimum order quantity of (10). 4 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XDP-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 5 For complete listing of available button plates and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 6 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-97 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 Double Pushbuttons Product Description Features 1 1 Eaton's M22 double pushbutton line is perfect for applications such as motor and pump starting, as well as anytime space is limited. In addition to the two buttons that fit in one 22 mm hole is the integrated white indicating light between them. These three operators allow for multiple functions to occur in a single space. Green/red, black/white and black/black color options along with laser engraving allow for further custom applications. 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flush and extended, as well as color options allow for the perfect combination button Integrated indicating light adds even more functionality in one standard 22 mm hole Customizable laser engraving on all buttons LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation More than 200,000 mechanical operations Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Protection Type IP66 NEMA 4X, 13 1 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Double Pushbuttons M22 - DDL - GR - GB5 - K10 - G 1 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black 1 1 1 1 Operator Type DDL = Extended buttons and light DDLF = Flush buttons and light DDLM = Extended bottom button 1 1 Button Plate Color Top Bottom GR = Green Red WS = White Black S = Black Black Inscription GB0 = STOP GB1 = START GB3 = UP GB4 = DOWN GB5 = OFF GB6 = ON GB14 = RESET GB15 = FORWARD GB16 = REVERSE X0 = X1 = X5 = X5 = X6 = X7 = X5 = K10 = K01 = K20 = K02 = K11 = Contact Blocks 1NO K30 = 3NO 1NC K03 = 3NC 2NO K21 = 2NO-1NC 2NC K12 = 1NO-2NC 1NO-1NC Light Units 12-30 Vac/Vdc W = White R = Red G = Green B = Blue 85-264 Vac 230W = White 230R = Red 230G = Green 230B = Blue 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-98 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Product Selection 1 Components 1 Double Pushbuttons, Extended Pushbuttons and Center Light, Momentary 1 Operators Only 1 M22-DDL-GR-GB1-GB0 Bezel Color Top Bottom Silver Green Red White Black M22S-DDL-GR-X1-X0 Black Green White Black Black Inscription Top Bottom Catalog Number -- Custom -- Custom START -- STOP -- M22-DDL-GR M22-DDL-GR-ETCH 2 M22-DDL-GR-X1-X0 M22-DDL-GR-GB1-GB0 M22-DDL-WS Custom Custom START STOP -- Custom -- -- Custom -- -- Custom -- Custom Black START -- Custom STOP -- Custom Black START -- Custom STOP -- Custom -- Black Red 1 1 1 1 M22-DDL-WS-ETCH 2 M22-DDL-WS-X1-X0 M22-DDL-WS-GB1-GB0 M22-DDL-S M22-DDL-S-ETCH 2 M22-DDL-S-X4-X5 M22-DDL-S-X7-X7 M22S-DDL-GR M22S-DDL-GR-ETCH 2 M22S-DDL-GR-X1-X0 M22S-DDL-GR-GB1-GB0 M22S-DDL-WS M22S-DDL-WS-ETCH 2 M22S-DDL-WS-X1-X0 M22S-DDL-WS-GB1-GB0 M22S-DDL-S M22S-DDL-S-ETCH 2 M22S-DDL-S-X4-X5 M22S-DDL-S-X7-X7 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-DDL-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-99 1.5 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Double Pushbuttons, Flush Top Pushbuttons and Center Light, Momentary Operators Only 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights M22-DDLF-GR Bezel Color Top Bottom Inscription Top Bottom Catalog Number Silver Green Red -- -- M22-DDLF-GR Custom Custom M22-DDLF-GR-ETCH 2 -- -- M22-DDLF-WS Custom Custom M22-DDLF-WS-ETCH 2 1 White Black 1 Green Red M22-DDLF-GR-X1-X0 White Black M22-DDLF-WS-X1-X0 Green Red 1 1 M22S-DDLF-GR-X1-X0 Black 1 White 1 1 1 Black -- -- M22S-DDLF-GR Custom Custom M22S-DDLF-GR-ETCH 2 -- -- M22S-DDLF-WS Custom Custom M22S-DDLF-WS-ETCH 2 Green Red M22S-DDLF-GR-X1-X0 White Black M22S-DDLF-WS-X1-X0 Double Pushbuttons, Flush Top Pushbutton and Center Light, Extended Bottom Pushbutton, Momentary 1 Operators Only 1 1 Bezel Color Top Bottom Silver Green Red M22-DDLM-GR 1 Bottom Catalog Number -- -- M22-DDLM-GR Custom Custom M22-DDLM-GR-ETCH 2 -- -- M22-DDLM-WS Custom Custom M22-DDLM-WS-ETCH 2 1 White 1 Green Red M22-DDLM-GR-X1-X0 White Black M22-DDLM-WS-X1-X0 Green Red 1 M22-DDLM-GR-X1-X0 Black Black Inscription Top 1 White 1 1 1 Black -- -- M22S-DDLM-GR Custom Custom M22S-DDLM-GR-ETCH 2 -- -- M22S-DDLM-WS Custom Custom M22S-DDLM-WS-ETCH 2 Green Red M22S-DDLM-GR-X1-X0 White Black M22S-DDLM-WS-X1-X0 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-DDLM-GR-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-100 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Double Pushbuttons 1 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 M22-LED-W Light Units 1 M22-K10 Terminal Type LED Color Light Unit Voltage Screw White Contact Blocks 1 1 Catalog Number Terminal Type Contact Configuration 2 Catalog Number 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-LED-W Screw NO NO, early-make M22-K10 M22-K10P NC M22-K01 85-264 Vac M22-LED230-W NC, late-break M22-K01D NO M22-CK10 NC M22-CK01 NC, late-break M22-CK01D 2NO M22-CK20 2NC M22-CK02 NO-NC M22-CK11 Spring-cage Notes 1 For complete listing of available light units and contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-101 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 Four-Way Pushbuttons Product Description Features 1 Eaton's M22 four-way pushbutton is a truly unique offering. A four-way pushbutton offers four different buttons mounted in a single 22 mm hole. This is ideal not only for an application with limited space, but also directional applications (when ordered with the four arrow engraving option). Another unique option is the interlocked version, which prevents two opposite buttons from being actuated at the same time. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Four buttons in one operator allows for increased functionality in limited space Optional interlocking option, which prevents two buttons from being actuated at the same time Customizable laser engraving on all buttons for directional or other applications Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Protection Type IP66 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Four-Way Pushbuttons 1 M22 - D4 - S - X7 - K01 1 1 Bezel M22 = Silver M22S = Black 1 1 1 1 Button Color S = Black Inscription ETCH = Custom 1 X7 = 1 Operator Type D4 = Four-way pushbutton, momentary, non-interlocked DI4 = Four-way pushbutton, momentary, interlocked When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-D4-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. K10 = K01 = K20 = K02 = K11 = Contact Blocks 1NO K30 =3NO 1NC K03 =3NC 2NO K21 =2NO-1NC 2NC K12 =1NO-2NC 1NO-1NC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-102 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Product Selection 1 Four-Way Pushbuttons, Momentary 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. 1 1 Components M22-D4-S-X7 Operators Only 1 Type Bezel Color Non-interlocked Silver Black Black Interlocked Silver Black M22-K10 Black Black Black Inscription Catalog Number -- M22-D4-S Custom M22-D4-S-ETCH 3 Directional arrows -- M22-D4-S-X7 M22S-D4-S Custom M22S-D4-S-ETCH 3 Directional arrows -- M22S-D4-S-X7 M22-DI4-S Custom M22-DI4-S-ETCH 3 Directional arrows -- M22-DI4-S-X7 M22S-DI4-S Custom M22S-DI4-S-ETCH 3 Directional arrows M22S-DI4-S-X7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Contact Blocks 2 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 4 Catalog Number 1 Screw NO NO, early-make M22-K10 M22-K10P 1 NC M22-K01 NC, late-break M22-K01D 1 Spring-cage NO M22-CK10 NC M22-CK01 NC, late-break M22-CK01D 2NO M22-CK20 2NC M22-CK02 NO-NC M22-CK11 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 3 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-D4-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 4 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-103 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 Joysticks Product Description Features 1 Eaton's M22 joystick line comes in a wide variety of options. From vertical and horizontal two-position switches to the maintained four-position, these operators fit a variety of applications. An additional option, two switch points, allows for eight isolated circuits to be actuated individually on a single operator. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Selection 1 Joysticks 1 Available in four-position and two-position Two switch point option allows for two contacts in each direction (up to eight total contacts in one operator) Capable of communicating via ASi protocol with ASi adapter modules Protection Type IP66 Components M22-WJ2H Operators 1 Number of Directions Switching Position Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Metal Bezel Catalog Number 1 Two-position horizontal Momentary M22-WJ2H M22S-WJ2H M22M-WJ2H M22-WJ2H-2P M22S-WJ2H-2P M22M-WJ2H-2P 1 Two-position horizontal Maintained M22-WRJ2H M22S-WRJ2H M22M-WRJ2H Two-position vertical Momentary M22-WJ2V M22S-WJ2V M22M-WJ2V M22-WJ2V-2P M22S-WJ2V-2P M22M-WJ2V-2P 1 Two switch points M22M-WJ2H 1 Two switch points 1 Two-position vertical Maintained M22-WRJ2V M22S-WRJ2V M22M-WRJ2V Four-position Momentary M22-WJ4 M22S-WJ4 M22M-WJ4 1 Two switch points M22-WJ4-2P M22S-WJ4-2P M22M-WJ4-2P M22-WRJ4 M22S-WRJ4 M22M-WRJ4 Four-position 1 Maintained Note Includes contact block mounting adapter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-104 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Joysticks 1 1 1 ma x thic . 5mm kne ss 1 1 1 Note: Included with operator. M22-K10 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 3 Catalog Number Screw NO NO, early-make NC NC, late-break NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2NC NO-NC M22-K10 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01D M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 Notes 1 Includes contact block mounting adapter. 2 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 3 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 Joystick with Double Contact Contact Blocks 12 Spring-cage 1 The joystick allows the control of up to four directions of movement on machines. Different variants of the joystick have two/fourpositions and other variants have two settings for each position. This allows, for example, two-speed settings for each direction. For this application, a standard normally open contact and an early-make contact are fitted in series. Momentary contact and latching contact versions are available. 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-105 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 Potentiometers Acoustic Devices Product Description Product Description 1 Eaton's M22 potentiometers allow for a ready to use operator in a conveniently sized package. M22 potentiometers include the resistive element, instead of just a knob, and a built in legend surrounding the knob. The slim design, with integrated contacts and the range of resistances available, allows for a quick install. Eaton's M22 acoustic devices are a simple and aesthetic way to add a buzzer or indicator to any application. Fitting in the same 22 mm hole, these devices can be ordered in continuous or pulsed tone and with or without the IP40 enclosure. Features Features 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Scale markings on the knob allows the operator to be used without an additional legend plate Oversized knob option available Slim design allows for space saving and simple wiring and installation Continuous or pulsed tone available 83 dB / 10 cm decibel rating Slim design allows for space saving and simple wiring and installation Protection Type IP66 NEMA 4X, 13 Protection Type IP40 NEMA 12 Product Selection Product Selection Potentiometers Acoustic Devices M22-R10K 1 Complete Devices Bezel Silver 1 1 M22M-R10K 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-106 Resistance Rk 1 4.7 10 47 100 470 Black 1 4.7 10 47 100 470 Metal 1 4.7 10 47 100 470 Oversized Knob Silver 1 4.7 10 47 100 470 Black 1 4.7 10 47 100 470 Metal 1 4.7 10 47 100 470 M22-AMC-XAM Complete Devices Catalog Number Description M22-R1K M22-R4K7 M22-R10K M22-R47K M22-R100K M22-R470K M22S-R1K M22S-R4K7 M22S-R10K M22S-R47K M22S-R100K M22S-R470K M22M-R1K M22M-R4K7 M22M-R10K M22M-R47K M22M-R100K M22M-R470K Indicator with buzzer, black continuous tone, 18-30 Vac/Vdc Indicator with buzzer, black pulsed tone, 18-30 Vac/Vdc M22-XAM Decibel Rating Catalog Number 83 dB/ 10 cm M22-AMC-XAM 83 dB/ 10 cm M22-AMC-XAMP Buzzers Description Indicator without buzzer, black Buzzer only, continuous tone, 18-30 Vac/Vdc Buzzer only, pulsed tone, 18-30 Vac/Vdc Decibel Rating Catalog Number 83 dB/ 10 cm 83 dB/ 10 cm M22-AMC 83 dB/ 10 cm M22-XAMP M22-XAM M22-R1K-RH M22-R4K7-RH M22-R10K-RH M22-R47K-RH M22-R100K-RH M22-R470K-RH M22S-R1K-RH M22S-R4K7-RH M22S-R10K-RH M22S-R47K-RH M22S-R100K-RH M22S-R470K-RH M22M-R1K-RH M22M-R4K7-RH M22M-R10K-RH M22M-R47K-RH M22M-R100K-RH M22M-R470K-RH Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Through-the-Door Operators Bulkhead Interfaces Product Description Product Description Eaton's M22 through-the-door operators use the same familiar flush pushbutton look with the addition of a cut-to-length rod that allows for a simple reset operator. Eaton's M22 bulkhead interfaces are another unique offering in the M22 line. This device allows for a secure connection to any USB or RJ45 connected device within an enclosure or panel. With an IP65 rating when closed, these devices are not only convenient, but robust and reliable. Features Features Customizable laser engraving on all buttons More than five million mechanical operations Pushrod can be cut to length 1 Convenient and safe way to make a data connection to inside of the panel without opening the panel door 1 1 1 1 1 1 Protection Type IP67, IP69K NEMA 4X, 13 Protection Type IP65 when closed, IP20 when connected Product Selection Product Selection 1 Through-the-Door Operators 1 Bulkhead Interfaces 1 M22-DZ-B-X6 Complete Devices M22-USB-SA Color Inscription Catalog Number Blue -- RESET M22-DZ-B M22-DZ-B-GB14 M22-DZ-B-X6 M22-DZ-R M22-DZ-R-X0 M22-DZ-R-GB0 Red -- STOP 1 USB Socket 45 Used for USB connection plug IP65 when closed, IP20 when connected. Bezel Catalog Number Silver M22-USB-SA 1 1 1 1 1 M22-DZ-X M22-XD-B Buttonless Operator Bezel Catalog Number Silver Metal M22-DZ-X M22M-DZ-X M22-RJ45-SA RJ45 Socket 6 Used for RJ45 Ethernet connection IP65 when closed, IP20 when connected. Bezel Catalog Number Silver M22-RJ45-SA 1 1 1 Button Plates 2 Color Inscription Catalog Number Blue -- RESET Red -- M22-XD-B 3 M22-XD-B-GB14 M22-XD-B-X6 M22-XD-R 3 M22-XD-R-X0 M22-XD-R-GB0 STOP 1 1 Notes 1 The pushrod is 3.24 in long and can be cut to length. 2 Any combination of plate color and inscription is available. 3 Minimum order quantity of (10). 4 USB interface is complete with 2-ft-long USB cable. 5 USB interface is UL Listed, CSA approved and USB 3.0. 6 RJ45 interface is an eight-wire connector. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-107 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1 ASi Adapter Modules 1 Eaton's M22 ASi adapter modules add functionality to every operator in the M22 line. These devices can be connected to any operator that uses contact blocks or LED units. The simple snapon design allows for a quick integration of an entire application of operators to a communicating network. 1 1 1 Product Description Features Allows compatible operators to communicate on an ASi network Not only can the status of a contact block be read, but LEDs can be illuminated by an ASi adapter ASi adapters simply clip on to the back of the contact blocks and LEDs Insulation displacement connectors allow for installation of adapters without any tools Two integrated LEDs indicate status of communications 1 1 1 1 1 Protection Type IP20 1 1 1 Product Selection ASi Adapter Modules M22-ASI 1 1 1 1 Complete Devices Description Catalog Number ASi adapter module ASi adapter module for base mounting ASi adapter module for E-stop ASi adapter module for E-stop base mounting M22-ASI M22-ASI-C M22-ASI-S M22-ASI-CS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-108 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Palm Switches Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Palm Switches, Type 4X/13 Enclosure Product Description Eaton's M22 palm switches are an oversized button that mount directly to an enclosure base. This allows for a standalone button that can be mounted anywhere. The enclosure uses basemounted contact blocks, which allows for quick wiring and mounting. The palm switches come in momentary or maintained versions. As with other M22 operators, the palm switches are available as complete devices, including the enclosure and contact blocks or as modular components. Operator Color S = Black R = Red Y = Yellow Oversized operator in black, red and yellow color options Button integrated directly into an enclosure Base mounting contact blocks allow for simple wiring and installation More than one million mechanical operations on momentary and 100,000 on maintained operators Enclosure Top Color I = Gray IY = Yellow 1 1 1 1 Product Selection 1 Complete Devices FAK-S-KC11-I Operator, Base and Contact Blocks 1 1 Button Color 1 Contact Block Configuration 2 Momentary Black 1NO-1NC Red 1NO-1NC Yellow 1NO-1NC Catalog Number FAK-S-KC11-I FAK-R-KC11-I FAK-Y-KC11-I 1 1 1 FAK-R-V-KC01-IY Protection Type IP67, IP69K NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 Features Contact Blocks KC10 = NO KC01 = NC CKC10 = NO CKC01 = NC 1 1 FAK - S - KC10 - I Operator Type FAK = Palm switch 1 Maintained Red NC 2NC 1NO-2NC 1NO-1NC FAK-R-V-KC01-IY FAK-R-V-KC02-IY FAK-R-V-KC12-IY FAK-R-V-KC11-IY 1 1 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-109 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Components FAK-S 1 1 Operators Only Type Button Color Catalog Number Momentary Black Red Yellow FAK-S FAK-R FAK-Y Maintained Red FAK-R-V-Y 1 1 FAK-IU Palm Switch Enclosure Base Catalog Number 1 FAK-IU 1 1 M22-KC10 Contact Blocks 1 1 Terminal Type Contact Configuration 2 Catalog Number 1 Screw 1 Spring-cage NO NC NO NC M22-KC10 M22-KC01 M22-CKC10 M22-CKC01 1 1 Notes 1 For complete listing of available contact blocks, see Accessories, Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-116. 2 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-110 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Accessories M22-XD-S M22-XDH-R M22-XDP-G 1 Button Plates Catalog Number Mushroom Head Button 1 M22-XDH-S M22-XDP-S M22-XDH-W M22-XDH-R M22-XDH-G M22-XDH-Y M22-XDH-B M22-XDH-SWRGYB M22-XDP-W M22-XDP-R M22-XDP-G M22-XDP-Y -- -- 1 Color Inscription Catalog Number Flush Pushbutton Black -- M22-XD-S White Red Green Yellow Blue Black, white, red, green, yellow, blue -- -- -- -- -- -- M22-XD-W M22-XD-R M22-XD-G M22-XD-Y M22-XD-B M22-XD-SWRGYB Black, red, green Black White -- Custom Custom M22-XD-SRG M22-XD-S-ETCH M22-XD-W-ETCH M22-XDH-SRG M22-XDH-S-ETCH M22-XDH-W-ETCH -- M22-XDP-S-ETCH M22-XDP-W-ETCH Red Green Yellow Custom Custom Custom M22-XD-R-ETCH M22-XD-G-ETCH M22-XD-Y-ETCH M22-XDH-R-ETCH M22-XDH-G-ETCH M22-XDH-Y-ETCH M22-XDP-R-ETCH M22-XDP-G-ETCH M22-XDP-Y-ETCH Blue Black Red Black White Green Custom STOP STOP START START START M22-XD-B-ETCH M22-XD-S-GB0 M22-XD-R-GB0 M22-XD-S-GB1 M22-XD-W-GB1 M22-XD-G-GB1 M22-XDH-B-ETCH M22-XDH-S-GB0 M22-XDH-R-GB0 M22-XDH-S-GB1 M22-XDH-W-GB1 M22-XDH-G-GB1 -- M22-XDP-S-GB0 M22-XDP-R-GB0 M22-XDP-S-GB1 -- M22-XDP-G-GB1 Black Black Black CLOSE UP DOWN M22-XD-S-GB2 M22-XD-S-GB3 M22-XD-S-GB4 M22-XDH-S-GB2 M22-XDH-S-GB3 M22-XDH-S-GB4 -- M22-XDP-S-GB3 M22-XDP-S-GB4 Black Red Black Green Black Blue Black Black Black Black Black Red Green Black White Green Black Green Black Black Blue Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black Black OFF OFF ON ON TEST RESET FORWARD REVERSE RAISE LOWER M22-XD-S-GB5 M22-XD-R-GB5 M22-XD-S-GB6 M22-XD-G-GB6 M22-XD-S-GB9 M22-XD-B-GB14 M22-XD-S-GB15 M22-XD-S-GB16 M22-XD-S-GB17 M22-XD-S-GB18 M22-XD-S-X0 M22-XD-R-X0 -- M22-XD-S-X1 M22-XD-W-X1 M22-XD-G-X1 M22-XD-S-X2 M22-XD-G-X2 M22-XD-S-X4 M22-XD-S-X5 M22-XD-B-X6 M22-XD-S-X7 M22-XD-S-X8 M22-XD-S-X9 M22-XD-S-X10 M22-XD-S-X11 M22-XD-S-X12 M22-XD-S-X13 M22-XD-S-X14 M22-XD-S-X15 M22-XD-S-X16 M22-XD-S-X17 M22-XDH-S-GB5 M22-XDH-R-GB5 M22-XDH-S-GB6 M22-XDH-G-GB6 M22-XDH-S-GB9 M22-XDH-B-GB14 M22-XDH-S-GB15 M22-XDH-S-GB16 M22-XDH-S-GB17 M22-XDH-S-GB18 M22-XDH-S-X0 M22-XDH-R-X0 -- M22-XDH-S-X1 M22-XDH-W-X1 M22-XDH-G-X1 M22-XDH-S-X2 M22-XDH-G-X2 M22-XDH-S-X4 M22-XDH-S-X5 M22-XDH-B-X6 M22-XDH-S-X7 M22-XDH-S-X8 M22-XDH-S-X9 M22-XDH-S-X10 M22-XDH-S-X11 M22-XDH-S-X12 M22-XDH-S-X13 M22-XDH-S-X14 M22-XDH-S-X15 M22-XDH-S-X16 M22-XDH-S-X17 M22-XDP-S-GB5 M22-XDP-R-GB5 M22-XDP-S-GB6 M22-XDP-G-GB6 -- -- M22-XDP-S-GB15 M22-XDP-S-GB16 -- -- M22-XDP-S-X0 M22-XDP-R-X0 M22-XDP-G-X0 M22-XDP-S-X1 -- M22-XDP-G-X1 -- -- M22-XDP-S-X4 M22-XDP-S-X5 -- M22-XDP-S-X7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- See 1 below See 1 below See 1 below See 1 below See 1 below See 1 below See 1 below See 1 below See 1 below Catalog Number Extended Pushbutton 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Refer to the Symbols Library, (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136), for symbol image. 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-111 1.5 1 M22-XDLH-W 1 1 M22-XDL-G 1 1 1 1 Button Lenses Color Inscription Catalog Number Flush Catalog Number Extended Color Inscription Catalog Number Flush Catalog Number Extended White Red -- -- M22-XDL-W M22-XDL-R M22-XDLH-W M22-XDLH-R Blue Red Custom STOP M22-XDL-B-ETCH M22-XDL-R-GB0 M22-XDLH-B-ETCH M22-XDLH-R-GB0 Green Yellow Blue -- -- -- M22-XDL-G M22-XDL-Y M22-XDL-B M22-XDLH-G M22-XDLH-Y M22-XDLH-B Green Red Green START OFF ON M22-XDL-G-GB1 M22-XDL-R-GB5 M22-XDL-G-GB6 M22-XDLH-G-GB1 M22-XDLH-R-GB5 M22-XDLH-G-GB6 White Red Green Yellow Custom Custom Custom Custom M22-XDL-W-ETCH M22-XDL-R-ETCH M22-XDL-G-ETCH M22-XDL-Y-ETCH M22-XDLH-W-ETCH M22-XDLH-R-ETCH M22-XDLH-G-ETCH M22-XDLH-Y-ETCH Blue Red Green Blue RESET M22-XDL-B-GB14 M22-XDL-R-X0 M22-XDL-G-X1 M22-XDL-B-X6 M22-XDLH-B-GB14 M22-XDLH-R-X0 M22-XDLH-G-X1 M22-XDLH-B-X6 Description Catalog Number M22-A Contact block mounting adapter M22-A M22-A4 Contact block mounting adapter, four-position (for use with four-way pushbuttons, joysticks and four-position selector switches only). M22-A4 M22-LS Allows mounting of M22 pushbuttons to LS-Titan limit switch bodies (for the full LS-Titan catalog section, see PG08301004E). M22-LS 1 1 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Mounting Adapters 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 1 1 1 M22-K10 Contact Blocks 1 Mounting Location Terminal Type 1 Front Screw 1 1 1 1 Base 1 1 1 1 Front 1 1 1 Base 1 Spring-cage Contact Configuration 1 Package Qty. Catalog Number NO NO NO NO, early-make NC NC 1 25 100 1 1 25 M22-K10 M22-K10-B25 M22-K10-B100 M22-K10P M22-K01 M22-K01-B25 NC NC, late-break SMCB, NC SMCB, 2NC NO NO NO NC NC NC SMCB, NC SMCB, 2NC NO NC NC, late-break 2NO 2 2NC 2 NO-NC 2 NO NC 100 1 1 1 1 25 100 1 25 100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-K01-B100 M22-K01D M22-K01SMC10 M22-K02SMC10 M22-KC10 M22-KC10-B25 M22-KC10-B100 M22-KC01 M22-KC01-B25 M22-KC01-B100 M22-KC01SMC10 M22-KC02SMC10 M22-CK10 M22-CK01 M22-CK01D M22-CK20 M22-CK02 M22-CK11 M22-CKC10 M22-CKC01 Notes 1 All NC contact blocks are positively driven contact. 2 Not stackable. 1 V7-T1-112 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 M22-LED-W Light Units Terminal Type Mounting Location Screw Front 1 LED Color Light Unit Voltage Catalog Number White Red 12-30 Vac/Vdc M22-LED-W M22-LED-R Green Blue White Base Spring-cage Front Base M22-XLED60 1.5 Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue White Red Green Blue 85-264 Vac 207-264 Vac 12-30 Vac/Vdc 85-264 Vac 207-264 Vac 12-30 Vac/Vdc 85-264 Vac 12-30 Vac/Vdc 85-264 Vac 1 1 M22-LED-G M22-LED-B M22-LED230-W 1 M22-LED230-R M22-LED230-G M22-LED230-B M22-LED230H-W M22-LED230H-R M22-LED230H-G M22-LED230H-B M22-LEDC-W M22-LEDC-R 1 1 1 1 1 M22-LEDC-G M22-LEDC-B M22-LEDC230-W M22-LEDC230-R M22-LEDC230-G M22-LEDC230-B M22-LEDC230H-W M22-LEDC230H-R M22-LEDC230H-G M22-LEDC230H-B M22-CLED-W M22-CLED-R M22-CLED-G M22-CLED-B M22-CLED230-W M22-CLED230-R M22-CLED230-G M22-CLED230-B M22-CLEDC-W M22-CLEDC-R M22-CLEDC-G M22-CLEDC-B M22-CLEDC230-W M22-CLEDC230-R M22-CLEDC230-G M22-CLEDC230-B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 LED Resistor and Test Elements Terminal Type Mounting Location Element Type Screw Front Resistor 12 Test Voltage Catalog Number 42-60 Vac/Vdc 220 Vdc 12-240 Vac/Vdc 85-264 Vac M22-XLED60 M22-XLED220 M22-XLED-T M22-XLED230-T 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Resistor units to be used with 12-30V light units. 2 Refer to IL04716002E for use of resistor elements in series for higher DC voltage. 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-113 1.5 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Legend Plate Holders and Inserts, Pushbuttons and Double Pushbuttons 2 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights M22S-ST-X 1 Description Inscription Catalog Number Legend plate holder, without legend plate insert, for pushbuttons Legend plate holder, without legend plate insert, for double pushbuttons -- M22S-ST-X -- M22S-STDD-X Legend plate insert -- Custom STOP START M22-XST M22-XST-ETCH 1 M22-XST-GB0 M22-XST-GB1 OFF ON RUN M22-XST-GB5 M22-XST-GB6 M22-XST-GB7 FAULT OFF ON MAN. AUTO MAN. O AUTO HAND AUTO HAND O AUTO 1 2 OI O-I I O II M22-XST-GB8 M22-XST-GB10 M22-XST-GB11 M22-XST-GB12 M22-XST-D11 M22-XST-D12 M22-XST-X52 M22-XST-X53 M22-XST-X88 M22-XST-X89 M22-XST-X93 1 1 M22-XST-GB0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XD-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 2 Legend plates are IP66 and NEMA 4X/13. 1 1 1 1 Example To order a legend plate for a pushbutton with non-standard markings (FORWARD): 1. Select legend plate holder--M22S-ST-X. 1 2. Select legend plate insert--M22-XST-ETCH. 1 3. Select FORWARD from the Symbols Library, Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136, identified by GB15 suffix. 1 4. Indicate on the order form in the order notes--suffix GB15, line item # ___ . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-114 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Legend Plates, Complete 2 M22S-ST-GB0 For use with pushbuttons and indicating lights Selector switches M22-XZK Emergency-stop operators Description Inscription Catalog Number Legend plate holder with insert STOP START OFF M22S-ST-GB0 M22S-ST-GB1 M22S-ST-GB5 ON RUN FAULT 1 2 OFF ON MAN. AUTO MAN. O AUTO HAND AUTO HAND O AUTO OI O-I I O II -- Custom EMERGENCY-STOP M22S-ST-GB6 M22S-ST-GB7 M22S-ST-GB8 M22S-ST-X52 M22S-ST-X53 M22S-ST-GB10 M22S-ST-GB11 M22S-ST-GB12 M22S-ST-D11 M22S-ST-D12 M22S-ST-X88 M22S-ST-X89 M22S-ST-X93 M22-XZK M22-XZK-ETCH 1 M22-XZK-GB99 -- Rectangular yellow legend plate 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Square yellow legend plate M22-XYK Round yellow legend plate, 90 mm M22-XBK1 Round yellow legend plate, 60 mm -- -- EMERGENCY-STOP four-language EMERGENCY-STOP (top and bottom) -- Custom EMERGENCY-STOP four-language EMERGENCY-STOP (top and bottom) M22-XYK M22-XYK-ETCH 1 M22-XYK1 M22-XYK5 M22-XAK M22-XAK-ETCH 1 M22-XAK1 M22-XAK5 -- Custom EMERGENCY-STOP four-language EMERGENCY-STOP (top and bottom) M22-XBK M22-XBK-ETCH 1 M22-XBK1 M22-XBK5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-XCK1 Four-way pushbutton, joystick and four-position selector switches Silver square legend plate -- Custom Four directional arrows 0-1-0-2-0-3-0-4 Two directional arrows 1 M22-XCK M22-XCK-ETCH 1 M22-XCK1 M22-XCK2 M22-XCK3 1 1 1 Notes 1 When ordering, specify inscription per catalog number suffix from the Symbols Library (see Pages V7-T1-129 to V7-T1-136) into the Order Notes. For example, M22-XD-S-ETCH; Order Notes: Mark with symbol X91, Line item #_. 2 Legend plates are IP66 and NEMA 4X/13. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-115 1.5 1 1 M22-IY1-PG Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Surface Mounting Enclosures 1 Selector Switch Accessories Description Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Yellow top, black base for emergency-stop operators M22-IY1-PG M22-XW Plunger bridge 2 M22-XW M22-XWS Key cover M22-XWS M22-XC-R Key withdraw adapter 3 M22-XC-R M22-XC-Y Coding adapter M22-XC-Y M22-XGWK Guard ring M22-XGWK 1 1 1 M22-IY-PG 1 1 1 1 M22-EY1 Rating Catalog Number -- M22-EY1 IP65 M22-E1 IP65 M22-E2 IP65 M22-E3 IP65 M22-E4 IP65 M22-E5 IP40 M22-E6 Description Rating Catalog Number One-element Two-element Three-element Four-element Five-element Six-element Mounting plate Plaster keys for flush mounting IP55 IP55 IP55 IP40 IP40 IP40 -- -- M22-H1 M22-H2 M22-H3 M22-H4 M22-H5 M22-H6 M22-XE5 M22-UPE One Hole Yellow paint for emergency-stop operators Gray anodized Two Holes Gray anodized Three Holes Gray anodized Four Holes Gray anodized Five Holes Gray anodized Six Holes Anodized 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-H1 1 1 1 1 1 M22-I1-PG M22-I2-PG M22-I3-PG M22-I4-PG M22-I6-PG M22-XI V-M20 Flush Mounting Plates, Aluminum Finish 1 1 One-element enclosure Two-element enclosure Three-element enclosure Four-element enclosure Six-element enclosure M20 connecting screw M20 cord grip Notes 1 Requires use of base mounted contact blocks. 2 Plunger needed to actuate center-mounted contact blocks. Used for non-illuminated three-position selector switches only. 3 Enables a keyed selector switch to be set to user-selected key withdraw position. Shrouds, Plastic 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-116 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 M22-XGPV M22G-XGPV 1.5 Emergency Stop Operator Accessories Mounting Accessories Description Voltage Catalog Number Description Catalog Number Yellow guard ring -- M22-XGPV Telescopic clip with top-hat rail Telescopic clip Telescopic clip extension M22-TC M22-TA M22-TCV DIN rail mounting adapter M22-IVS Gray guard ring -- M22G-XGPV M22-TC and M22-TA M22-IVS 1 1 1 1 1 M22-MGTA Rectangular guard -- 1 M22-MGTA M22-GR Mounting ring 1 M22-GR 1 M22-PL-PV Sealing shroud -- M22-PL-PV M22-MS Mounting ring tool 1 M22-MS 1 1 M22-XPV60-Y-120 1 Illuminated ring 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac M22-XPV60-Y-24 M22-XPV60-Y-120 M22-XPV60-Y-230 1 M22S-R30 Adapter ring set for 30 mm holes M22S-R30 1 1 M22-B 1 Blanking Plugs Color Catalog Number Gray Black M22-B M22S-B M22-T-D and M22-T-DD M22-ADC4 Protective Diaphragm 1 For Use with ... Catalog Number Flush pushbuttons and indicating lights Double pushbuttons M22-T-D 1 M22-T-DD 1 1 Dust Covers Description Catalog Number Contact block dust cover Operator dust cover, max three contact blocks Operator dust cover, max four contact blocks M22-XKDP M22-ADC M22-ADC4 1 1 1 1 Kits Description Catalog Number Includes one each: M22-XW, M22-XC-R, M22-XC-Y, M22S-B, M22-A, M22-XD-SWRGYB M22-KT1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-117 1.5 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Coding Adapter Guide Selector Switches 1 1 Two-Position Selector Switch Top (B) Top (B) Bottom (A) 1 1 Bottom (A) 1 Catalog Number Function M22(S)-W(L)(K) Momentary M22(S)-WR(L)(K) Maintained Three-Position Selector Switch Catalog Number Function Left Right M22(S)-W(L)(K)3 Momentary Momentary 1 M22(S)-WR(L)(K)3 Maintained Maintained 1 M22(S)-WR(L)(K)3-1 Maintained Momentary 1 M22(S)-WR(L)(K)3-2 Momentary Maintained Top (B) 1 Bottom (A) 1 Two-Position Key-Operated Selector Switch 1 Top (B) Bottom (A) 1 1 Catalog Number Center Key Withdraw Right Function Key Withdraw M22(S)-WS Yes Momentary No M22(S)-WRS Yes Maintained Yes M22(S)-WRS-A1 Yes Maintained No 1 1 Three-Position Key-Operated Selector Switch 1 Top (B) Catalog Number Left Function Key Withdraw Center Key Withdraw Right Function Key Withdraw M22(S)-WS3 Momentary No Yes Momentary No 1 M22(S)-WRS3 Maintained Yes Yes Maintained Yes 1 M22(S)-WRS3-A1 Maintained No Yes Maintained No 1 M22(S)-WRS3-A2 Maintained Yes Yes Maintained No 1 M22(S)-WRS3-A3 Maintained No Yes Maintained Yes M22(S)-WRS3-A4 Maintained Yes Yes Momentary No M22(S)-WRS3-A5 Maintained No Yes Momentary No M22(S)-WRS3-A6 Momentary No Yes Maintained Yes M22(S)-WRS3-A7 Momentary No Yes Maintained No 1 1 1 Bottom (A) 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-118 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Pushbuttons, Indicating Lights, Selector Switches and Emergency-Stop Operators Description Momentary Pushbuttons Maintained Pushbuttons Indicating Lights, Buzzers and Potentiometers Emergency-Stop Selector Operators Switches Key-Operated Operators Double Pushbuttons IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #340491 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 >5 >3600 -- >0.1 >2000 >0.1 >100 -- >0.1 >600 >50 -- -- - >0.3 -- >0.5 >0.2 >3600 >5 General Standards x 10 6 Actuating force n >5 >1 >1800 >5 Operating torque (screw terminals) Nm -- -- Lifespan, mechanical Operations Operating frequency Operations/h -- 1 1 1 1 1 -- 1 Protection Type IP IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K Indicating lights: IP67, 69K IP67, IP69K Buzzers: IP40 Potentiometers: IP66 IP66 IP66 IP66 1 UL type 4X, 13 4X, 13 Indicating lights: 4X/13 Buzzers: 12 Potentiometers: 4X/13 4X, 13 4X, 13 4X, 13 1 Climatic proofing 4X, 13 1 Damp heat, constant, according to IEC 60068-2-78 Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30 Ambient temperature, operating F (C) Mounting position Mechanical shock resistance to IEC 60068-2-27 shock duration 11 ms, half-sinusoidal g -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) As required As required As required As required As required As required As required >30 >30 >30 >50 >30 >30 >30 1 AWG -- mm2 Stranded AWG -- mm2 -- 20-16 -- -- 0.5-1.5 -- -- 20-16 -- -- 0.5-1.5 -- -- -- -- 1 -- 1 -- -- -- -- 1 Contacts Rated impulse withstand Uimp voltage Vac -- -- 4000 -- -- -- -- Rated insulation voltage Ui V -- -- 2500 -- -- -- -- -- -- III/3 -- -- -- -- Overvoltage category/ pollution degree 1 1 Terminal Capacities Solid 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-119 1.5 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Contact Blocks and Light Units Contact Blocks LED Light Units IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 UL #E29184 x 10 6 >5 >3600 -- Description General Standards 1 Lifespan, mechanical Operations Operating frequency Operations/h 1 Actuating force n >5 -- Operating torque (screw terminals) Nm <0.8 -- 1 Protection Type IP IP20 IP20 UL type -- -- 1 Climatic proofing 1 Ambient temperature, operating 1 1 -- Damp heat, constant, according to IEC 60068-2-78 Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30 F (C) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) -13 to 158 (-25 to 70) As required As required g >30 >30 AWG 18-14 18-14 mm2 0.75-2.5 0.75-2.5 AWG 20-14 20-14 mm2 0.5-2.5 0.5-2.5 Mounting position Mechanical shock resistance to IEC 60068-2-27 shock duration 11 ms, half-sinusoidal Terminal Capacities 1 Solid 1 Stranded 1 Contacts Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Vac 6000 6000 1 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 500 500 Overvoltage category/ pollution degree III/3 III/3 NEMA contact ratings A600, Q300 -- Current draw -- 5-15 mA 1 1 1 Control Circuit Reliability at 24 Vdc/5 mA HF Fault probability <10-7, <1 fault in 107 operations -- at 5 Vdc/1 mA HF Fault probability <5 x 10 -6, <1 fault in 5 x 10 6 operations -- gG/gL A 10 -- 1 Max. Short-Circuit Protective Device 1 Switching Capacity Fuse Rated Operational Current 1 AC-15 115V Ie A 6 -- 1 230V Ie A 6 -- 400V Ie A 4 -- 1 500V Ie A 2 -- DC-13 1 24V Ie A 3 -- 42V Ie A 1.7 -- 1 60V Ie A 1.2 -- 110V Ie A 0.6 -- 1 220V Ie A 0.3 -- -- 1 1 1 1 Lifespan, Electrical AC-15 230V/0.5A Operations x 10 6 1.6 230V/1.0A Operations x 10 6 1 -- 230V/3.0A Operations x 10 6 0.7 -- Operations x 10 6 1.2 -- DV-13 12V/2.8A Contact Element Note: >200 Vac/60 Hz: -25/55C 1 V7-T1-120 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Palm Switches Description Momentary Maintained FAK-R-V-KC11-I IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 x 10 6 >1 >3600 >0.1 >600 >0.1 >600 Actuating force n 20-40 40-60 15-25 Operating torque Nm -- -- -- Degree of protection, IEC/EN 60529 IP IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP65 UL Type 4X, 13 4X, 13 4X, 13 1 General Standards Lifespan, mechanical Operations Operating frequency Operations/h Climatic proofing 1 1 1 1 1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78 Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30 Ambient temperature, operating F (C) -73 to 104 (-25 to 40) g >15 Mounting position -73 to 104 (-25 to 40) -73 to 104 (-25 to 40) 1 >15 >15 1 As required Mechanical shock resistance to IEC 60068-2-27 shock duration 11 ms, half-sinusoidal 1 ASi Adapter Modules Description M22-ASI M22-ASI-C Standards IEC/EN 60947, DIN EN 50295 IEC/EN 60947, DIN EN 50295 Radio interference suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 EN 55011, EN 55022 Limit value class -- -- Protection type IP20 IP00 Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30 1 1 General 1 1 1 Ambient temperature, operating F (C) -13 to 131 (-25 to 55) -13 to 131 (-25 to 55) Shock resistance shock duration 11 ms g >30 >30 Vibration to IEC 60068-2-27 (amplitude 1 mm) Hz -- -- 1 Dimensions mm -- -- Weight kg -- -- 1 1 Mounting Front mounting Front mounting Mounting position As required As required 1 26.5-31.6 26.5-31.6 1 Connection technique Yellow plug-in terminal as insulation piercing terminal Two cables onboard 1 Power supply Completely from the AS-interface cable Addressing Via connection to AS-interface cable >40 >40 1 1 Power Supply Rated voltage to AS-interface specification Total power consumption of the AS-interface Vdc mA AS-interface 1 -- -- Rated operational current at full load mA -- -- Rated operational current when idle (no I, O set) mA -- -- 1 POWER AS-interface cable: green LED on the rear side of the element POWER AS-interface cable: green LED on the board 1 Status LEDs 1 ERROR AS-interface, AS-interface master ERROR AS-interface, AS-interface master failure: red LED on the rear side of the element failure: red LED on the board 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-121 1.5 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 ASi-S Adapter Modules M22-ASI-S M22-ASI-CS Number Two (normally 22V/5 mA) Two (normally 22V/5 mA) Voltage range Vdc -- -- 1 Rated current per input mA -- -- High signal level V -- -- 1 Low signal mA -- -- Length of connecting cables cm -- -- 1 Outputs Outputs, protected against short-circuit Number One (normally 19V/8 mA) One (normally 19V/8 mA) Voltage range Vdc -- -- All outputs -- -- S three external outputs -- -- 1 1 1 1 1 Description Inputs Inputs, protected against short-circuit Max. Current Carrying Capacity Length of connecting cables 1 Profile 1 Addresses 1 1 1 cm Specification -- -- S-3.A.E S-3.A.E 2.1 2.1 62 62 Connection of the AS-interface line Yellow plug terminal with insulation piercing Two cables on the circuit board Power supply Complete from AS-interface, cable 26.5-31.6 Vdc Complete from AS-interface, cable 26.5-31.6 Vdc Fixing Front mounted Base mounted Addressing Via AS-interface cable Via AS-interface cable 45 mA 45 mA Number Emergency-Stop Circuits 1 Max. total current A Ambient temperature, operating F (C) -13 to 131 (-25 to 55) -13 to 131 (-25 to 55) 1 Shock resistance 30g/11 ms as per IEC 60068-2-27 30g/11 ms as per IEC 60068-2-27 Protection type IP20 IP00 1 Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30 Mounting position As required As required Standards EN 50178 EN 50 295 EN 50178 EN 50 295 Inputs 1 Two-channel input (22V/5 mA) (moduled by code sequence) (two break contact sets M22-K01) Two-channel input (22V/5 mA) (moduled by code sequence) (two break contact sets M22-K01) Outputs 1 One output, typically 19V/8 mA, short-circuit proof One output, typically 19V/8 mA, short-circuit proof Status Displays Power, AS-interface cable Green LED on the back Green LED on the back AS-interface error, AS-interface master failure Red LED on the back Red LED on the back Profile S-7.B.E S-7.B.E 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-122 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Operators and Indicating Lights 1 1 O 1.16 (29.5) O 1.17 (29.7) M22 x 0.06 (1.5) 1 1 1.17 (29.7) 1 0.04 (1)-0.24 (6) 1 0.39 (10) 0.75 (19) 1 Pushbuttons Selector Switches Operators M22...-D-_ M22...-DH-_ M22...-W-_ 1 M22...-WL-_ 1 1 1 1 0.39 (10) 0.65 (16.4) M22-DG(L)-_ 0.93 (23.7) 1.06 (26.9) 1 M22...-DD-_ 1 M22...-W(R)S-_ 0.65 (16.5) 1 1 O1.17 (29.7) 2.15 (54.7) O1.17 (29.7) Key-Operated Selector Switches 1 1 0.52 (13.2) 0.81 (20.6) 1 1.88 (47.75) M22-D, Base Mounted 1.47 (37.2) 1 >0.01 (0.3) Indicating Light 1 M22-L_ 1 1 0.04 (1) 1 1.78 (45.3) 1 1 0.45 (11.5) 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-123 1.5 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Illuminated Pushbuttons Contact Block Mounting Adapter M22...-DL-_ M22-A_ M22...-DLH_ M22S-A... 0.85 (21.5) 1.77 (45) 1 1 0.76 (19.3) 1 1.73 (44) 1 1 1 1 Mushroom Head Pushbutton Front Mounted Centering Adapter M22...-DP-_ M22-ZA 0.84 (21.4) 1 0.65 (16.4) O1.44 (36.5) 1 1.18 (30) 0.39 (10) 1 1 1 1 0.93 (23.6) 0.7 (17.8) Front Mounted Indicating Light Emergency-Stop Operators M22-PV_ M22S-PV_ M22-PVL_ M22-PVS_ 1.46 (37) 1 1.18 (30) 1.38 (35) 1 1 1 1.5 (38) 1 A 2.96 (75.1) 1 1 1.77 (45) 2.8 (71) 1.18 (30) 1 1 0.39 (10) M22(S)-R_ 0.39 (10) Potentiometer 0.39 (10) 1 Pushbutton, Complete Devices 1.89 (47.9) 1 1 1.77 (45) 1.18 (30) A 1.15 (29.2) 1 x M22-K_ 2 x M22-K_ 1 x M22-CK_ 2 x M22-CK_ 1.46 (37.2) 1.46 (37.2) 1.54 (39.0) 1.54 (39.0) 1.3 (32.9) 1 1 1 V7-T1-124 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.5 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DIN-Rail Mounting Adapter 1 Front Mounted Mounting Plate 1 M22-E_ M22-D... M22-L... M22-W... M22-P... 0.12 (3.1) M22-D_ M22-L_ M22-W_ M22-P_ M22-TCV 1 2.2 (56) 0.12 (3) 1 a1 0.18 (4.5 (M4)) M22-TC 1 0.1 (2.5) 1.3 (33) e Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights with M22-TC Telescopic Clip and M22-TVC Extension 1 1 1 1.39 (35.2) 2.23 (56.7) 1 4 x M4 x 16 2.83 (72) 2.15 (54.5) 0.88 (22.4) 2.54 (64.5) 1.42 (36) 0.88 (22.4) 1 Catalog Number a1 e Catalog Number a1 e M22-E(Y) 1 M22-E2 M22-E3 2.83 (72) 4.13 (105) 5.43 (138) 2.21 (56) 3.50 (89) 4.80 (122) M22-E4 M22-E5 M22-E6 6.73 (171) 8.03 (204) 9.33 (237) 6.10 (155) 7.40 (188) 8.70 (221) 1 M22-I_ A B G H F A B C D E F G H 1.77 (45) 2.36-3.94 (60-100) 0.79 (20) 0.79 (20) 0.18 (4.5) 0.39 (10) 154 (39) 0.39 (10) e 1.3 (33) b a M4 M20/M25 Palm Switches FAK_ M20 L-... 1.57 (40) 1.36 (34.5) M5 x 20 2.56 (65) 1.42 (36) M22-I(Y)1 1 M22-I2 2 M22-I3 3 M22-I4 4 M22-I6 6 0.26 (6.5) - 0.3 (7.5) 3.35 (85) 1 1 1 a b e Cable Entries 2.83 (72.0) 4.72 (120.0) 6.02 (153.0) 7.32 (186.0) 9.92 (252.0) 1.68 (42.6) 3.37 (85.6) 4.67 (118.6) 5.97 (151.6) 8.57 (217.6) 2.30 (58.5) 4.19 (106.5) 5.49 (139.5) 6.79 (172.5) 9.39 (238.5) 2 x M16 3 x M20 2 x M25 2 x M20 3 x M20 2 x M25 1 2 x M20 2 x M25 4 x M20 1 2 x M20 2 x M25 4 x M20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 x M20 2 x M25 4 x M20 0.71 (18) 3.98 (101) O94 1 1 1.89 (48) Mounting Locations 1 1 M20 Catalog Number 1 1 Top-hat rail to IEC/EN 60715. 0.7 (17.8) 2.2 (56) 1 M20 2.62 (66.5) M20 1.73 (44) 3.15 (80) D E 1 1 Base Mounted Surface Mounting Enclosure C 1 3 x M20 lateral, 1 x M16 in bottom. 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-125 1.5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Covers Legend Plates M22-H_ M22S-ST-_ 1 M20 2.32 (59) 1 M20 M20 0.59 (15) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.18 (30) Catalog Number a2 Cable Entry Style M22-H1 M22-H2 M22-H3 1.65 (42) 2.95 (75) 4.25 (108) 3 x M20 4 x M20 4 x M20 One-piece M22-H4 M22-H5 M22-HE6 5.55 (141) 6.85 (174) 8.15 (207) 4 x M20 5 x M20 6 x M20 Split 1.18 (30) Mounting Hole with Lug Slot 0.13 (3.2) Connecting Screw M22-XI 0.95 (24.1) 1 1 1 1 0.88 (22.3) 1 1 1 1.85 (47) 1 M22S-STDD-X 3.74 (95) a2 1.08 (27.5) 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.38 (35) 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 0.04 (1)-0.24 (6) 0.04 (1) 1 Gasket. USB Socket Shroud with Plaster Keys M22-UPE 1 a2 +1.65 (42) a2 +1.26 (32) 1 a2 M22-H... 1 e 1 e + 0.51 (13) 0.35 (9) 1 1 M22-H... 2 2 3 1 1.02 (26) 1 0.31 (8) 1 1 0.35 (9) 4 0.31 (8) 1 2.76 (70) 1 0.16 (4) 2.2 (56) 1 M22-UPE 3 Box for closing off when plastering. Plaster thickness less than 8 mm. Plaster thickness more than 8 mm. 1 V7-T1-126 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Grid Dimension to IEC/EN 60947 1 Grid Dimension for M22-DD_ 1 1 1 1.97 (50) 1 1 2.95 (75) 2.48 (63) 1 1 1 1.18 (30) 1 1 Grid Dimension for Various Combinations 1 1 B 1.18 (30) Grid Dimension for M22-DDL_ 1 a 1.18 (30) 1 1 Pushbutton Diaphragm M22-T-DD 1 B> M22(S)-_(IEC/EN 60947) RMQ-Titan min. M22-D_ + M22-T-D M22-D(R)P_ M22-PV_ M22-PV(L) + M22-PL-PV M22-PV(L)(S_) + M22-D_ M22-DDL_ M22-DDL_ + M22-T-DD M22-ST_ M22-STDD_ M22-CK_ M22-CLED_ M22-XAK_ M22-XZK_ M22-XBK_ M22-XYK_ M22-D4 M22-WR...4 M22-W...J4 1.18 (30.0) 1.18 (30.0) 1.30 (33.0) 1.50 (38.0) 1.50 (38.0) 1.89 (48.0) 1.30 (33.0) 1.18 (30.0) 1.30 (33.0) 1.18 (30.0) 1.18 (30.0) 1.18 (30.0) 1.18 (30.0) 3.54 (90.0) 1.30 (33.0) 2.36 (60.0) 1.97 (50.0) 2.17 (55.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.58 (40.0) 1.58 (40.0) 1.58 (40.0) 1.58 (40.0) 2.20 (56.0) 1.58 (40.0) 2.17 (55.0) 2.28 (58.0) 1.97 (50.0) 2.95 (75.0) 1.77 (45.0) 1.77 (45.0) 3.54 (90.0) 2.04 (52.0) 2.36 (60.0) 1.97 (50.0) 2.17 (55.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbutton diaphragm cannot be combined with label mount. 1 Emergency Stop Sealing Cover 1 M22-PL-PV 2.03 (51.6) Catalog Number A> 1 1 1 1 0.41 (10.4) 1.89 (48) Pushbutton diaphragm cannot be combined with label mount. b 1.73 (44) Pushbutton Diaphragm 1 b 2.28 (58) A 1 1 1 1.26 (32) Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-127 1.5 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Blanking Plugs Emergency Stop Legend Plate M22...B-_ M22-XAK_ M22-X(Y)ZK_ 1.16 (29.5) 1 d= 0.03 (0.8) 0.65 (16.5) 1 1 Pushbutton Diaphragm M22-T-D 3.54 (90) O 2.36 (60) M22-XGWK 0.98 (25) Joystick R35 R41 2.68 (68) 1 M22...W...J_ 1.97 (50) 3.07 (78) 2.95 (75) 1.18 (30) Key Cover Four-Way Pushbutton M22-XWS 0.2 (5) M22...-D...4-_ 0.79 (20) 1 1 M22-XGPV O 1.42 (36) 1 1 1.97 (50) Guard Ring 1 1 0.67 (17) 0.91 (23) 1 1 5) 0.49 (12.5) 1.3 (33) 1.3 (33) 1 1 2. O 1 1 M22-XYK-_ 0.13 (3.2) 0. 1 1 M22-XBK-_ (2 1 89 1 1.97 (50) M22-T-D 2.28 (58) 1 1.3 (33) 0.67 (17) 1 1.97 (50) 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 1 1 0.47 (12) O 0.98 (25) 2.17 (55) 0.45 (11.5) 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-128 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Symbols Library 1 Instructions for Ordering Laser Inscriptions 1. Identify part number to be inscribed. 1 2. Pick symbol from library and identify suffix code associated with the symbol. 1 3. Order part number already listed in the catalog with -ETCH suffix. 1 4. When placing an order by fax or Vistaline on the Web, reference order item number and indicate appropriate suffix code. 1 Example To order a green flush button plate with the inscription AUTO HAND: 1 Order Catalog Number: M22-XD-G-ETCH (see Page V7-T1-55). 1 AUTO HAND inscription is found on Page V7-T1-133 in the Symbols Library, suffix code is X91. 1 In the order notes, reference item number and suffix X91. 1 Letter height 3 mm: max. three lines, max. 12 characters per line. 1 Letter height 5 mm: max. two lines, max. eight characters per line. 1 Note: For symbols or text not found in the Symbols Library, please contact the Eaton Technical Resource Center at 1-877-ETN CARE (386-2273) or TRC@eaton.com. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-129 1.5 1 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Letter Height Specifications: < five characters; letter height = 0.197 in (5 mm). > five characters; letter height = 0.118 in (3 mm). Text--English 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Inscription Text--German Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix GB0 GB18 D0 D25 1 GB1 GB19 D1 D28 1 GB2 GB20 D2 D29 1 GB3 GB21 D3 D30 1 GB4 GB22 D4 D31 1 GB5 GB23 D5 D32 1 GB6 GB24 D6 D33 1 GB7 GB25 D7 D34 1 GB8 GB26 D8 D35 1 GB9 GB27 D9 D36 1 GB10 GB32 D10 D37 1 GB11 GB62 D11 D38 1 GB12 GB63 D12 D39 1 GB14 GB64 D13 D40 1 GB15 GB65 D14 D41 1 GB16 GB66 D15 D42 1 GB17 GB99 D16 D43 1 D17 D44 1 D18 D72 1 D19 D73 1 D20 D74 1 D21 D75 1 D22 D99 1 D23 D100 1 D24 1 1 1 Text Size: 3 mm--Max. eight characters in first line; 10 characters in second line; eight characters in third line. V7-T1-130 Text Size: 5 mm--Max. five characters per line. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 1.5 Letter Height Specifications: < five characters; letter height = 0.197 in (5 mm). > five characters; letter height = 0.118 in (3 mm). Text--French Inscription Text--Swedish Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Symbols Catalog Number Suffix F0 S0 F1 S1 F2 S2 F3 S3 F4 S4 F5 S5 F6 S6 F7 S7 F8 S8 F9 S9 F10 S10 F11 S11 F12 S12 F14 S14 F15 S15 F16 S16 F17 S17 F18 S18 F19 S19 F20 S20 F67 S21 F68 S22 F99 S23 Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription X0 Catalog Number Suffix 1 X13 1 1 X1 1 X14 1 X2 1 X15 1 X3 X16 1 1 X4 X17 1 1 X5 X18 1 1 X6 X19 X7 X20 X8 X21 X9 X22 X10 X23 X11 X24 X12 X25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 S32 S45 1 1 1 S46 1 S99 1 Text Size: 3 mm--Max. eight characters in first line; 10 characters in second line; eight characters in third line. Text Size: 5 mm--Max. five characters per line. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-131 1.5 1 Inscription 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix X26 X40 X54 X68 X27 X41 X55 X69 X28 X42 X56 X70 X29 X43 X57 X71 X30 X44 X58 X72 X31 X45 X59 X73 X32 X46 X60 X74 X33 X47 X61 X75 X34 X48 X62 X76 X35 X49 X63 X77 X36 X50 X64 X78 X37 X51 X65 X79 X38 X52 X66 X80 X39 X53 X67 X81 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Text Size: 3 mm--Max. eight characters in first line; 10 characters in second line; eight characters in third line. V7-T1-132 Text Size: 5 mm--Max. five characters per line. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription X82 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription X104 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription X118 1.5 Catalog Number Suffix 1 X132 1 1 X83 X105 X119 X133 1 1 X88 X106 X120 X134 1 1 X89 X107 X121 X135 1 1 X90 X108 X122 X136 1 1 X91 X109 X123 X137 X92 X110 X124 X138 X93 X111 X125 X139 1 1 1 1 1 1 X94 X112 X126 X140 X95 X113 X127 X141 X100 X114 X128 X142 X101 X115 X129 X143 X102 X116 X130 X144 X103 X117 X131 X145 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Text Size: 3 mm--Max. eight characters in first line; 10 characters in second line; eight characters in third line. Text Size: 5 mm--Max. five characters per line. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-133 1.5 1 Inscription 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix X146 X160 X174 X188 X147 X161 X175 X189 X148 X162 X176 X190 X149 X163 X177 X191 X150 X164 X178 X192 X151 X165 X179 X193 X152 X166 X180 X194 X153 X167 X181 X195 X154 X168 X182 X196 X155 X169 X183 X197 X156 X170 X184 X198 X157 X171 X185 X199 X158 X172 X186 X200 X159 X173 X187 X201 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Text Size: 3 mm--Max. eight characters in first line; 10 characters in second line; eight characters in third line. V7-T1-134 Text Size: 5 mm--Max. five characters per line. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription X202 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription X216 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription X230 1.5 Catalog Number Suffix 1 X244 1 1 X203 X217 X231 X245 1 1 X204 X218 X232 X246 1 1 X205 X219 X233 X247 1 1 X206 X220 X234 X248 1 1 X207 X221 X235 X249 X208 X222 X236 X250 X209 X223 X237 X251 1 1 1 1 1 1 X210 X224 X238 X252 X211 X225 X239 X253 X212 X226 X240 X254 X213 X227 X241 X255 X214 X228 X242 X256 X215 X229 X243 X257 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Text Size: 3 mm--Max. eight characters in first line; 10 characters in second line; eight characters in third line. Text Size: 5 mm--Max. five characters per line. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-135 1.5 1 Inscription 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix Inscription Catalog Number Suffix X258 X265 X272 X279 X259 X266 X273 X280 X260 X267 X274 X281 X261 X268 X275 X282 X262 X269 X276 X283 X263 X270 X277 X284 X264 X271 X278 X285 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Text Size: 3 mm--Max. eight characters in first line; 10 characters in second line; eight characters in third line. V7-T1-136 Text Size: 5 mm--Max. five characters per line. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1.6 Contents 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Description Page 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-139 V7-T1-140 V7-T1-149 V7-T1-151 V7-T1-154 V7-T1-159 V7-T1-161 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Overview Product Description Eaton's C22 compact pushbutton line offers an industry leading array of functional, attractive, and ergonomically designed "all-in-one" illuminated and non-illuminated pushbuttons, selector switches, emergency stops and indicating lights. The complete illuminated line is only offered in LED light units to ensure high-quality brightness and up to 100,000 hours of LED illumination. C22 operators are available with either a silver or black bezel and share the exact same front of the panel look and feel as Eaton's M22 line. The C22's compact, "all-in-one" design with the contact block(s) and operators integral provides the user with a simple solution. Standards and Certifications Wide Product Breadth In addition to the standard compact offering of indicating lights and pushbuttons, Eaton's C22 offers keyed and non-keyed operators and emergency stops Hundreds of styles with standard laser etch markings with the ability to use custom M22 laser etched buttons in conjunction with C22 buttonless operators LED Indicators 100,000 hours of life in high-vibration environments Lenses specifically designed for LED illumination All operators are IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660, UL Listed, and CSA Certified. All operators carry an IP65, IP66, IP67 or IP69K rating. All products carry ratings of NEMA 1, 3R, 4X, 12 and 13 Rugged Design Pushbuttons (momentary) rated for 5 million mechanical operations and selector switches (non-keyed) rated for 1 million mechanical operations All components have IP65 rating, and some carry IP67 and IP69K for washdown environment 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-137 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Features 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Benefits Field convertible maintained pushbuttons from maintained to momentary Field convertible selector switches from momentary to maintained operation and vice versa LED offering only for all illuminated operators Laser engraved pushbuttons and lenses Heavy-duty construction with a minimum of IP65 and UL NEMA(R) Type 4X/13 on front of panel operators. Many operators even carry IP67 and IP69K, for the toughest applications 1 Silver or black colored nylon bezels Notched hole mounting with anti-rotation tab and central nut mounting on each operator Pushbuttons (momentary) rated for 5 million mechanical operations and selector switches (non-keyed) rated for 1 million mechanical operations Unique compact offerings, including keyed and nonkeyed operators and emergency stops Compact, "all-in-one" operator and contact block design simplifies product selection, inventory, and installation Field convertibility of pushbuttons and selector switches helps distributors and customers reduce inventory and increase functionality LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation Plastic construction is corrosion resistant Operators are designed for rugged environments, ideal for wash-down applications (reference each operator's IP ratings for ingress protection definition) Anti-rotation tab saves installation time and prevents operator rotation High mechanical and electrical life allows for use in tough and challenging applications Laser inscription capabilities allow for high quality, wear-resistant markings By having a compact design emergency stop, the C22 design eliminates the need for self-monitoring contact blocks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-138 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Product Selection Guide 1 Pushbuttons 1 1 1 1 Description Non-illuminated, flush Non-illuminated, extended Illuminated, flush Illuminated, extended Operator Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained Momentary Maintained Product Selection Page V7-T1-141 Page V7-T1-142 Page V7-T1-143 Page V7-T1-144 Page V7-T1-145 Page V7-T1-146 Page V7-T1-147 Page V7-T1-148 1 1 1 Indicating Lights 1 1 1 1 Description Indicating lights Product Selection Page V7-T1-150 1 1 1 Emergency Stops 1 1 1 Description Twist release Keyed-release Product Selection Page V7-T1-152 Page V7-T1-152 1 1 1 Selector Switches 1 1 1 Description Non-illuminated, knob type Key-operated Product Selection Page V7-T1-155 Page V7-T1-156 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-139 1.6 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Contents Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Description 1 Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated Non-Illuminated, Flush, Momentary . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Flush, Maintained . . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Extended, Momentary . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Extended, Maintained . . . . . . Illuminated, Flush, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated, Flush, Maintained . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated, Extended, Momentary . . . . . . . . . Illuminated, Extended, Maintained . . . . . . . . . Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated 1 Product Description Features Eaton's C22 Compact Pushbuttons are a complete line of monoblock type pushbuttons with the contact blocks, mounting adapter, and operator all-in-one. The C22 pushbuttons offer the same look and feel as their modular counterpart, the M22. They also carry many of the same rugged ratings and options, such as laser etching, field convertibility, and LED technology. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Field convertible maintained pushbuttons from maintained to momentary LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation Laser engraved pushbuttons and lenses Pushbuttons (momentary) rated for 5 million mechanical operations Protection Type IP67/IP69K NEMA 4X, 13 Note: For additional accessories, please see Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-117, 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Accessories. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-140 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Page V7-T1-141 V7-T1-142 V7-T1-143 V7-T1-144 V7-T1-145 V7-T1-146 V7-T1-147 V7-T1-148 V7-T1-149 V7-T1-151 V7-T1-154 V7-T1-159 V7-T1-161 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1.6 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 C22 - D - G - X1 - K10 Bezel C22 = Silver C22S = Black D= DR = DH = DRH = Operator Type Flush, momentary Flush, maintained Extended, momentary Extended, maintained Button Plate Color G = Green R = Red S = Black W = White X = Buttonless 1 Button Etching X0 = X1 = 1 Contact Blocks K10 = 1NO K20 = 2NO K01 = 1NC K02 = 2NC K11 = 1NO/1NC 1 1 1 1 Product Selection 1 Non-Illuminated, Flush, Momentary C22(S)-D-_ 1 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary Button Color Button Etching Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Green -- 1NO C22-D-G-K10 C22S-D-G-K10 -- 2NO C22-D-G-K20 C22S-D-G-K20 -- 1NO/1NC C22-D-G-K11 C22S-D-G-K11 X1 1NO C22-D-G-X1-K10 C22S-D-G-X1-K10 X1 2NO C22-D-G-X1-K20 C22S-D-G-X1-K20 X1 1NO/1NC C22-D-G-X1-K11 C22S-D-G-X1-K11 Red Black White Buttonless -- 1NC C22-D-R-K01 C22S-D-R-K01 -- 2NC C22-D-R-K02 C22S-D-R-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-D-R-K11 C22S-D-R-K11 X0 1NC C22-D-R-X0-K01 C22S-D-R-X0-K01 X0 2NC C22-D-R-X0-K02 C22S-D-R-X0-K02 X0 1NO/1NC C22-D-R-X0-K11 C22S-D-R-X0-K11 -- 1NC C22-D-S-K01 C22S-D-S-K01 -- 2NC C22-D-S-K02 C22S-D-S-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-D-S-K11 C22S-D-S-K11 X0 1NC C22-D-S-X0-K01 C22S-D-S-X0-K01 X0 2NC C22-D-S-X0-K02 C22S-D-S-X0-K02 X0 1NO/1NC C22-D-S-X0-K11 C22S-D-S-X0-K11 -- 1NO C22-D-W-K10 C22S-D-W-K10 -- 2NO C22-D-W-K20 C22S-D-W-K20 -- 1NO/1NC C22-D-W-K11 C22S-D-W-K11 X1 1NO C22-D-W-X1-K10 C22S-D-W-X1-K10 X1 2NO C22-D-W-X1-K20 C22S-D-W-X1-K20 X1 1NO/1NC C22-D-W-X1-K11 C22S-D-W-X1-K11 -- 1NO C22-D-X-K10 C22S-D-X-K10 -- 2NO C22-D-X-K20 C22S-D-X-K20 -- 1NC C22-D-X-K01 C22S-D-X-K01 -- 2NC C22-D-X-K02 C22S-D-X-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-D-X-K11 C22S-D-X-K11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-141 1.6 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Non-Illuminated, Flush, Maintained C22(S)-DR-_ Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Maintained Button Color Button Etching Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Green -- 1NO C22-DR-G-K10 C22S-DR-G-K10 1 -- 2NO C22-DR-G-K20 C22S-DR-G-K20 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DR-G-K11 C22S-DR-G-K11 1 X1 1NO C22-DR-G-X1-K10 C22S-DR-G-X1-K10 X1 2NO C22-DR-G-X1-K20 C22S-DR-G-X1-K20 1 X1 1NO/1NC C22-DR-G-X1-K11 C22S-DR-G-X1-K11 -- 1NC C22-DR-R-K01 C22S-DR-R-K01 -- 2NC C22-DR-R-K02 C22S-DR-R-K02 1 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DR-R-K11 C22S-DR-R-K11 X0 1NC C22-DR-R-X0-K01 C22S-DR-R-X0-K01 1 X0 2NC C22-DR-R-X0-K02 C22S-DR-R-X0-K02 X0 1NO/1NC C22-DR-R-X0-K11 C22S-DR-R-X0-K11 -- 1NC C22-DR-S-K01 C22S-DR-S-K01 1 -- 2NC C22-DR-S-K02 C22S-DR-S-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DR-S-K11 C22S-DR-S-K11 1 X0 1NC C22-DR-S-X0-K01 C22S-DR-S-X0-K01 X0 2NC C22-DR-S-X0-K02 C22S-DR-S-X0-K02 1 Red 1 1 Black 1 X0 1NO/1NC C22-DR-S-X0-K11 C22S-DR-S-X0-K11 -- 1NO C22-DR-W-K10 C22S-DR-W-K10 -- 2NO C22-DR-W-K20 C22S-DR-W-K20 1 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DR-W-K11 C22S-DR-W-K11 X1 1NO C22-DR-W-X1-K10 C22S-DR-W-X1-K10 1 X1 2NO C22-DR-W-X1-K20 C22S-DR-W-X1-K20 X1 1NO/1NC C22-DR-W-X1-K11 C22S-DR-W-X1-K11 -- 1NO C22-DR-X-K10 C22S-DR-X-K10 -- 2NO C22-DR-X-K20 C22S-DR-X-K20 -- 1NC C22-DR-X-K01 C22S-DR-X-K01 -- 2NC C22-DR-X-K02 C22S-DR-X-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DR-X-K11 C22S-DR-X-K11 White 1 1 Buttonless 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-142 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1.6 Non-Illuminated, Extended, Momentary C22(S)-DH-_ 1 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Momentary Button Color Button Etching Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Green -- 1NO C22-DH-G-K10 C22S-DH-G-K10 -- 2NO C22-DH-G-K20 C22S-DH-G-K20 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DH-G-K11 C22S-DH-G-K11 X1 1NO C22-DH-G-X1-K10 C22S-DH-G-X1-K10 X1 2NO C22-DH-G-X1-K20 C22S-DH-G-X1-K20 X1 1NO/1NC C22-DH-G-X1-K11 C22S-DH-G-X1-K11 -- 1NC C22-DH-R-K01 C22S-DH-R-K01 -- 2NC C22-DH-R-K02 C22S-DH-R-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DH-R-K11 C22S-DH-R-K11 X0 1NC C22-DH-R-X0-K01 C22S-DH-R-X0-K01 X0 2NC C22-DH-R-X0-K02 C22S-DH-R-X0-K02 X0 1NO/1NC C22-DH-R-X0-K11 C22S-DH-R-X0-K11 Red Black White -- 1NC C22-DH-S-K01 C22S-DH-S-K01 -- 2NC C22-DH-S-K02 C22S-DH-S-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DH-S-K11 C22S-DH-S-K11 X0 1NC C22-DH-S-X0-K01 C22S-DH-S-X0-K01 X0 2NC C22-DH-S-X0-K02 C22S-DH-S-X0-K02 X0 1NO/1NC C22-DH-S-X0-K11 C22S-DH-S-X0-K11 -- 1NO C22-DH-W-K10 C22S-DH-W-K10 -- 2NO C22-DH-W-K20 C22S-DH-W-K20 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DH-W-K11 C22S-DH-W-K11 X1 1NO C22-DH-W-X1-K10 C22S-DH-W-X1-K10 X1 2NO C22-DH-W-X1-K20 C22S-DH-W-X1-K20 X1 1NO/1NC C22-DH-W-X1-K11 C22S-DH-W-X1-K11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-143 1.6 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Non-Illuminated, Extended, Maintained C22(S)-DRH-_ Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Maintained Button Color Button Etching Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Green -- 1NO C22-DRH-G-K10 C22S-DRH-G-K10 1 -- 2NO C22-DRH-G-K20 C22S-DRH-G-K20 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-G-K11 C22S-DRH-G-K11 1 X1 1NO C22-DRH-G-X1-K10 C22S-DRH-G-X1-K10 X1 2NO C22-DRH-G-X1-K20 C22S-DRH-G-X1-K20 1 X1 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-G-X1-K11 C22S-DRH-G-X1-K11 -- 1NC C22-DRH-R-K01 C22S-DRH-R-K01 -- 2NC C22-DRH-R-K02 C22S-DRH-R-K02 1 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-R-K11 C22S-DRH-R-K11 X0 1NC C22-DRH-R-X0-K01 C22S-DRH-R-X0-K01 1 X0 2NC C22-DRH-R-X0-K02 C22S-DRH-R-X0-K02 X0 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-R-X0-K11 C22S-DRH-R-X0-K11 -- 1NC C22-DRH-S-K01 C22S-DRH-S-K01 1 -- 2NC C22-DRH-S-K02 C22S-DRH-S-K02 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-S-K11 C22S-DRH-S-K11 1 X0 1NC C22-DRH-S-X0-K01 C22S-DRH-S-X0-K01 X0 2NC C22-DRH-S-X0-K02 C22S-DRH-S-X0-K02 1 Red 1 1 Black 1 X0 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-S-X0-K11 C22S-DRH-S-X0-K11 -- 1NO C22-DRH-W-K10 C22S-DRH-W-K10 -- 2NO C22-DRH-W-K20 C22S-DRH-W-K20 1 -- 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-W-K11 C22S-DRH-W-K11 X1 1NO C22-DRH-W-X1-K10 C22S-DRH-W-X1-K10 1 X1 2NO C22-DRH-W-X1-K20 C22S-DRH-W-X1-K20 X1 1NO/1NC C22-DRH-W-X1-K11 C22S-DRH-W-X1-K11 White 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-144 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 C22 - DL - G - X1 - K10 - 24 Bezel C22 = Silver C22S = Black DL = DRL = DLH = DRLH = Operator Type Illuminated, flush, momentary Illuminated, flush, maintained Illuminated, extended, momentary Illuminated, extended, maintained LED/Lens Color G = Green R = Red W = White B = Blue XG = Green without lens XR = Red without lens XW = White without lens XB = Blue without lens Lens Etching X0 = X1 = 1 Contact Blocks K10 = 1NO K01 = 1NC LED Voltage 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 120 = 120 Vac 230 = 230 Vac 1 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Momentary LED Color Button Color Green Green Buttonless Red Buttonless White White Buttonless Blue 1 1 Illuminated, Flush, Momentary Red 1 1 Product Selection C22(S)-DL-_ 1 Blue Buttonless Voltage Button Etching Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DL-G-K10-24 C22S-DL-G-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-G-K10-120 C22S-DL-G-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-G-K10-230 C22S-DL-G-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc X1 1NO C22-DL-G-X1-K10-24 C22S-DL-G-X1-K10-24 120 Vac X1 1NO C22-DL-G-X1-K10-120 C22S-DL-G-X1-K10-120 230 Vac X1 1NO C22-DL-G-X1-K10-230 C22S-DL-G-X1-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DL-XG-K10-24 C22S-DL-XG-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-XG-K10-120 C22S-DL-XG-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-XG-K10-230 C22S-DL-XG-K10-230 1 1 -- 1NC C22-DL-R-K01-24 C22S-DL-R-K01-24 -- 1NC C22-DL-R-K01-120 C22S-DL-R-K01-120 230 Vac -- 1NC C22-DL-R-K01-230 C22S-DL-R-K01-230 24 Vac/Vdc X0 1NC C22-DL-R-X0-K01-24 C22S-DL-R-X0-K01-24 120 Vac X0 1NC C22-DL-R-X0-K01-120 C22S-DL-R-X0-K01-120 1 230 Vac X0 1NC C22-DL-R-X0-K01-230 C22S-DL-R-X0-K01-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NC C22-DL-XR-K01-24 C22S-DL-XR-K01-24 120 Vac -- 1NC C22-DL-XR-K01-120 C22S-DL-XR-K01-120 230 Vac -- 1NC C22-DL-XR-K01-230 C22S-DL-XR-K01-230 -- 1NO C22-DL-W-K10-24 C22S-DL-W-K10-24 -- 1NO C22-DL-W-K10-120 C22S-DL-W-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-W-K10-230 C22S-DL-W-K10-230 1 1 1 1 1 24 Vac/Vdc X1 1NO C22-DL-W-X1-K10-24 C22S-DL-W-X1-K10-24 120 Vac X1 1NO C22-DL-W-X1-K10-120 C22S-DL-W-X1-K10-120 230 Vac X1 1NO C22-DL-W-X1-K10-230 C22S-DL-W-X1-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DL-XW-K10-24 C22S-DL-XW-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-XW-K10-120 C22S-DL-XW-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-XW-K10-230 C22S-DL-XW-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DL-B-K10-24 C22S-DL-B-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-B-K10-120 C22S-DL-B-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-B-K10-230 C22S-DL-B-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DL-XB-K10-24 C22S-DL-XB-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-XB-K10-120 C22S-DL-XB-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DL-XB-K10-230 C22S-DL-XB-K10-230 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 1 1 120 Vac 24 Vac/Vdc 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-145 1 1.6 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Illuminated, Flush, Maintained C22(S)-DRL-_ 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush, Maintained LED Color Button Color Voltage Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Green Green 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO C22-DRL-G-K10-24 C22S-DRL-G-K10-24 120 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-G-K10-120 C22S-DRL-G-K10-120 230 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-G-K10-230 C22S-DRL-G-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO C22-DRL-XG-K10-24 C22S-DRL-XG-K10-24 120 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-XG-K10-120 C22S-DRL-XG-K10-120 230 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-XG-K10-230 C22S-DRL-XG-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC C22-DRL-R-K01-24 C22S-DRL-R-K01-24 120 Vac 1NC C22-DRL-R-K01-120 C22S-DRL-R-K01-120 230 Vac 1NC C22-DRL-R-K01-230 C22S-DRL-R-K01-230 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC C22-DRL-XR-K01-24 C22S-DRL-XR-K01-24 120 Vac 1NC C22-DRL-XR-K01-120 C22S-DRL-XR-K01-120 C22S-DRL-XR-K01-230 1 1 Buttonless 1 Red 1 1 Red Buttonless 1 1 White White 1 1 Buttonless 1 Blue 1 1 Blue Buttonless 1 230 Vac 1NC C22-DRL-XR-K01-230 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO C22-DRL-W-K10-24 C22S-DRL-W-K10-24 120 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-W-K10-120 C22S-DRL-W-K10-120 230 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-W-K10-230 C22S-DRL-W-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO C22-DRL-XW-K10-24 C22S-DRL-XW-K10-24 120 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-XW-K10-120 C22S-DRL-XW-K10-120 230 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-XW-K10-230 C22S-DRL-XW-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO C22-DRL-B-K10-24 C22S-DRL-B-K10-24 120 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-B-K10-120 C22S-DRL-B-K10-120 230 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-B-K10-230 C22S-DRL-B-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO C22-DRL-XB-K10-24 C22S-DRL-XB-K10-24 120 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-XB-K10-120 C22S-DRL-XB-K10-120 230 Vac 1NO C22-DRL-XB-K10-230 C22S-DRL-XB-K10-230 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-146 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1.6 Illuminated, Extended, Momentary C22(S)-DLH-_ 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons, Extended, Momentary LED Color Button Color Voltage Green Green 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac -- Red White Blue Red White Blue Button Etching 1 Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number -- 1NO C22-DLH-G-K10-24 C22S-DLH-G-K10-24 -- 1NO C22-DLH-G-K10-120 C22S-DLH-G-K10-120 1NO C22-DLH-G-K10-230 C22S-DLH-G-K10-230 1 24 Vac/Vdc X1 1NO C22-DLH-G-X1-K10-24 C22S-DLH-G-X1-K10-24 120 Vac X1 1NO C22-DLH-G-X1-K10-120 C22S-DLH-G-X1-K10-12 230 Vac X1 1NO C22-DLH-G-X1-K10-230 C22S-DLH-G-X1-K10-23 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NC C22-DLH-R-K01-24 C22S-DLH-R-K01-24 120 Vac -- 1NC C22-DLH-R-K01-120 C22S-DLH-R-K01-120 230 Vac -- 1NC C22-DLH-R-K01-230 C22S-DLH-R-K01-230 24 Vac/Vdc X0 1NC C22-DLH-R-X0-K01-24 C22S-DLH-R-X0-K01-24 120 Vac X0 1NC C22-DLH-R-X0-K01-120 C22S-DLH-R-X0-K01-12 230 Vac X0 1NC C22-DLH-R-X0-K01-230 C22S-DLH-R-X0-K01-23 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DLH-W-K10-24 C22S-DLH-W-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DLH-W-K10-120 C22S-DLH-W-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DLH-W-K10-230 C22S-DLH-W-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc X1 1NO C22-DLH-W-X1-K10-24 C22S-DLH-W-X1-K10-24 120 Vac X1 1NO C22-DLH-W-X1-K10-120 C22S-DLH-W-X1-K10-12 230 Vac X1 1NO C22-DLH-W-X1-K10-230 C22S-DLH-W-X1-K10-23 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DLH-B-K10-24 C22S-DLH-B-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DLH-B-K10-120 C22S-DLH-B-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DLH-B-K10-230 C22S-DLH-B-K10-230 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-147 1.6 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Illuminated, Extended, Maintained C22(S)-DRLH-_ Illuminated Pushbuttons, Flush Extended, Maintained LED Color Button Color Voltage Button Etching Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Green Green 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DRLH-G-K10-24 C22S-DRLH-G-K10-24 1 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DRLH-G-K10-120 C22S-DRLH-G-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DRLH-G-K10-230 C22S-DRLH-G-K10-230 1 24 Vac/Vdc X1 1NO C22-DRLH-G-X1-K10-24 C22S-DRLH-G-X1-K10-24 120 Vac X1 1NO C22-DRLH-G-X1-K10-120 C22S-DRLH-G-X1-K10-120 1 230 Vac X1 1NO C22-DRLH-G-X1-K10-230 C22S-DRLH-G-X1-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NC C22-DRLH-R-K01-24 C22S-DRLH-R-K01-24 120 Vac -- 1NC C22-DRLH-R-K01-120 C22S-DRLH-R-K01-120 1 230 Vac -- 1NC C22-DRLH-R-K01-230 C22S-DRLH-R-K01-230 24 Vac/Vdc X0 1NC C22-DRLH-R-X0-K01-24 C22S-DRLH-R-X0-K01-24 1 120 Vac X0 1NC C22-DRLH-R-X0-K01-120 C22S-DRLH-R-X0-K01-120 1 Red 1 Red 230 Vac X0 1NC C22-DRLH-R-X0-K01-230 C22S-DRLH-R-X0-K01-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DRLH-W-K10-24 C22S-DRLH-W-K10-24 1 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DRLH-W-K10-120 C22S-DRLH-W-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DRLH-W-K10-230 C22S-DRLH-W-K10-230 1 24 Vac/Vdc X1 1NO C22-DRLH-W-X1-K10-24 C22S-DRLH-W-X1-K10-24 120 Vac X1 1NO C22-DRLH-W-X1-K10-120 C22S-DRLH-W-X1-K10-120 230 Vac X1 1NO C22-DRLH-W-X1-K10-230 C22S-DRLH-W-X1-K10-230 24 Vac/Vdc -- 1NO C22-DRLH-B-K10-24 C22S-DRLH-B-K10-24 120 Vac -- 1NO C22-DRLH-B-K10-120 C22S-DRLH-B-K10-120 230 Vac -- 1NO C22-DRLH-B-K10-230 C22S-DRLH-B-K10-230 1 White White 1 Blue 1 1 Blue 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Maintained pushbuttons can be converted in the field to momentary operation by switching the locking ring, which is accessible through the side of the operator body. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-148 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1.6 Contents Indicating Lights Description Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicating Lights Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V7-T1-140 V7-T1-150 V7-T1-150 V7-T1-151 V7-T1-154 V7-T1-159 V7-T1-161 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Indicating Lights Product Description Features C22 indicating lights use a combination of a durable, bright LED unit and modern lenses designed specifically for this type of LED to create a bright and visible indicating light. As with the pushbuttons, the indicating light lenses can be laser etched, simply order without lens and order M22/C22 custom etched lenses to attach. LED offering only for improved brightness quality and up to 100,000 hours of operation Lenses specifically designed for LED illumination Lenses capable of being laser etched for custom solutions that last 1 Protection Type IP67/IP69K NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: For additional accessories, please see Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-117, 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Accessories. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-149 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Indicating Lights Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. C22 - L - G - 24 1 1 Bezel C22-L = Flush indicating light 1 G= R= W= Y= B= XG = XR = XW = XB = 1 1 1 1 1 1 LED/Lens Color Green Red White Yellow Blue Green without lens Red without lens White without lens 1 Blue without lens LED Voltage 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 120 = 120 Vac 230 = 230 Vac Product Selection Indicating Lights C22-L-_ 1 Indicating Lights Lens Color LED Color Voltage Catalog Number Green Green 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-G-24 120 Vac C22-L-G-120 230 Vac C22-L-G-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-R-24 120 Vac C22-L-R-120 230 Vac C22-L-R-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-W-24 120 Vac C22-L-W-120 230 Vac C22-L-W-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-Y-24 120 Vac C22-L-Y-120 1 1 Red Red 1 1 White White 1 Yellow 1 1 Blue White Blue 1 1 Without Lens Green 1 Red 1 1 White 1 1 Blue 1 1 230 Vac C22-L-Y-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-B-24 120 Vac C22-L-B-120 230 Vac C22-L-B-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-XG-24 120 Vac C22-L-XG-120 230 Vac C22-L-XG-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-XR-24 120 Vac C22-L-XR-120 230 Vac C22-L-XR-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-XW-24 120 Vac C22-L-XW-120 230 Vac C22-L-XW-230 24 Vac/Vdc C22-L-XB-24 120 Vac C22-L-XB-120 230 Vac C22-L-XB-230 Note 1 Use white LED for both white and yellow lenses. 1 1 V7-T1-150 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1.6 Contents Emergency Stops Description Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency Stops Non-Illuminated, Twist-Release . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Keyed-Release . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V7-T1-140 V7-T1-149 V7-T1-152 V7-T1-152 V7-T1-154 V7-T1-159 V7-T1-161 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Emergency Stops Product Description Features C22 emergency stops are a durable and reliable solution to a variety of e-stop applications. This compact e-stop, available as twist-torelease and keyed-release, is a simple product that eliminates the need for selfmonitoring contact blocks, all while still meeting almost all of the industry safety standards. Available in both twistrelease and keyed-release with either 45 mm or 60 mm operators 1 Protection Type Twist-Release IP67/IP69K Keyed-Release IP66 NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: For additional accessories, please see Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-117, 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Accessories. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-151 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Emergency Stops Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. C22 - PVS45P - MS1 - K01 1 1 Operator Type PVT45P = Twist-release, 45 mm PVT60P = Twist-release, 60 mm PVS45P = Key-release, 45 mm PVS60P = Key-release, 60 mm 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MS1 = MS2 = MS3 = MS4 = MS5 = MS6 = MS7 = MS8 = RS = Key Code MS1 MS2 MS3 MS4 MS5 MS6 MS7 MS8 Ronis-445 Contact Blocks K02 = 2NC K11 = 1NO/1NC Product Selection Non-Illuminated, Twist-Release C22-PVT_ 1 Non-Illuminated Emergency Stops, Twist-Release Release Method Operator Size Contact Block Configuration Catalog Number Twist-release 45 mm 2NC C22-PVT45P-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVT45P-K11 2NC C22-PVT60P-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVT60P-K11 1 60 mm 1 1 Non-Illuminated, Keyed-Release 1 C22-PVS_ 1 1 1 Non-Illuminated Emergency Stops, Keyed-Release Release Method Operator Size Key Code Contact Block Configuration Catalog Number Keyed-release 45 mm MS1 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS1-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS1-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS2-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS2-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS3-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS3-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS4-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS4-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS5-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS5-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS6-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS6-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS7-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS7-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-MS8-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-MS8-K11 2NC C22-PVS45P-RS-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS45P-RS-K11 MS2 1 MS3 1 MS4 1 MS5 1 MS6 1 1 MS7 1 MS8 1 Ronis 1 1 1 V7-T1-152 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 C22-PVS_ 1.6 Non-Illuminated Emergency Stops, Keyed-Release, continued Release Method Operator Size Key Code Contact Block Configuration Catalog Number Keyed-release 60 mm MS1 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS1-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS1-K11 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS2-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS2-K11 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS3-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS3-K11 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS4-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS4-K11 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS5-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS5-K11 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS6-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS6-K11 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS7-K02 MS2 MS3 MS4 MS5 MS6 MS7 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS7-K11 MS8 2NC C22-PVS60P-MS8-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-MS8-K11 Ronis 2NC C22-PVS60P-RS-K02 1NO/1NC C22-PVS60P-RS-K11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-153 1.6 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Contents Selector Switches Description 1 Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated and Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switches Non-Illuminated, Knob Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated, Key Operated . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Selector Switches 1 Product Description Features With over 20 variations of operation and 8 varieties of key codes, the C22 line offers a very complete line of selector switches. 1 1 1 1 Note: For additional accessories, please see Pages V7-T1-111 to V7-T1-117, 22.5 mm Modular Pushbuttons--M22 Accessories. Selector switch (nonkeyed) rated for 1 million mechanical operations Momentary selector switches are field convertible from momentary to maintained Protection Type IP65 NEMA 4X, 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-154 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Page V7-T1-140 V7-T1-149 V7-T1-151 V7-T1-155 V7-T1-156 V7-T1-159 V7-T1-161 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1.6 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Selector Switches--Non-Keyed 1 C22 - WK - K10 Bezel C22 = Silver C22S = Black WK = WKV = WRK = WRKV = WK3 = WRK3 = 1 Operator Type 2-position, momentary 2-position, momentary, "V" position 2-position, maintained 2-position, maintained, "V" position 3-position, momentary 3-position, maintained 1 Contact Blocks K10 = 1NO K20 = 2NO K01 = 1NC K02 = 2NC K11 = 1NO/1NC 1 1 1 Product Selection 1 Non-Illuminated, Knob Type C22(S)-WK-_/ C22(S)-WRK_ 1 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches, Knob Type Type Switching Position Two-position Momentary 40 Momentary 60 Maintained 40 Maintained 60 Three-position Momentary 40 40 Maintained 60 60 Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number 1NO C22-WK-K10 C22S-WK-K10 2NO C22-WK-K20 C22S-WK-K20 1NC C22-WK-K01 C22S-WK-K01 2NC C22-WK-K02 C22S-WK-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WK-K11 C22S-WK-K11 1NO C22-WKV-K10 C22S-WKV-K10 2NO C22-WKV-K20 C22S-WKV-K20 1NC C22-WKV-K01 C22S-WKV-K01 2NC C22-WKV-K02 C22S-WKV-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WKV-K11 C22S-WKV-K11 1NO C22-WRK-K10 C22S-WRK-K10 2NO C22-WRK-K20 C22S-WRK-K20 1NC C22-WRK-K01 C22S-WRK-K01 2NC C22-WRK-K02 C22S-WRK-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRK-K11 C22S-WRK-K11 1NO C22-WRKV-K10 C22S-WRKV-K10 2NO C22-WRKV-K20 C22S-WRKV-K20 1NC C22-WRKV-K01 C22S-WRKV-K01 2NC C22-WRKV-K02 C22S-WRKV-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRKV-K11 C22S-WRKV-K11 2NO C22-WK3-K20 C22S-WK3-K20 2NC C22-WK3-K02 C22S-WK3-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WK3-K11 C22S-WK3-K11 2NO C22-WRK3-K20 C22S-WRK3-K20 2NC C22-WRK3-K02 C22S-WRK3-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRK3-K11 C22S-WRK3-K11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Momentary selector switches can be field converted to maintained. 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-155 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 Selector Switches--Keyed Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. C22 - WS - MS1 - A1 - K10 1 1 1 Bezel C22 = Silver C22S = Black 1 Operator Type WS = 2-position, momentary WRS = 2-position, maintained WRS-...-A1 = 2-position, maintained, 1 key removal left WS3 = 3-position, momentary WRS3 = 3-position, maintained 1 1 1 1 1 Key Code MS1 = MS1 MS2 = MS2 MS3 = MS3 MS4 = MS4 MS5 = MS5 MS6 = MS6 MS7 = MS7 MS8 = MS8 Contact Blocks K10 = 1NO K20 = 2NO K01 = 1NC K02 = 2NC K11 = 1NO/1NC Non-Illuminated, Key Operated C22(S)-WS-MS_ Non-Illuminated Selector Switches, Key Operated Position Type Key Code Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Two-position Momentary key removal left MS1 1NO C22-WS-MS1-K10 C22S-WS-MS1-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS1-K20 C22S-WS-MS1-K20 1NC C22-WS-MS1-K01 C22S-WS-MS1-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS1-K02 C22S-WS-MS1-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS1-K11 C22S-WS-MS1-K11 1NO C22-WS-MS2-K10 C22S-WS-MS2-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS2-K20 C22S-WS-MS2-K20 1NC C22-WS-MS2-K01 C22S-WS-MS2-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS2-K02 C22S-WS-MS2-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS2-K11 C22S-WS-MS2-K11 1NO C22-WS-MS3-K10 C22S-WS-MS3-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS3-K20 C22S-WS-MS3-K20 1NC C22-WS-MS3-K01 C22S-WS-MS3-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS3-K02 C22S-WS-MS3-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS3-K11 C22S-WS-MS3-K11 1NO C22-WS-MS4-K10 C22S-WS-MS4-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS4-K20 C22S-WS-MS4-K20 1NC C22-WS-MS4-K01 C22S-WS-MS4-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS4-K02 C22S-WS-MS4-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS4-K11 C22S-WS-MS4-K11 1NO C22-WS-MS5-K10 C22S-WS-MS5-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS5-K20 C22S-WS-MS5-K20 1 1NC C22-WS-MS5-K01 C22S-WS-MS5-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS5-K02 C22S-WS-MS5-K02 1 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS5-K11 C22S-WS-MS5-K11 1 1 40 1 1 MS2 1 1 MS3 1 1 1 MS4 1 1 1 MS5 1 Note: Momentary selector switches can be field converted to maintained. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-156 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 C22(S)-WRS-MS_ 1.6 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches, Key Operated, continued 1 Position Type Key Code Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Two-position, continued Momentary key removal left MS6 1NO C22-WS-MS6-K10 C22S-WS-MS6-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS6-K20 C22S-WS-MS6-K20 1NC C22-WS-MS6-K01 C22S-WS-MS6-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS6-K02 C22S-WS-MS6-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS6-K11 C22S-WS-MS6-K11 1NO C22-WS-MS7-K10 C22S-WS-MS7-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS7-K20 C22S-WS-MS7-K20 1NC C22-WS-MS7-K01 C22S-WS-MS7-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS7-K02 C22S-WS-MS7-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS7-K11 C22S-WS-MS7-K11 1NO C22-WS-MS8-K10 C22S-WS-MS8-K10 2NO C22-WS-MS8-K20 C22S-WS-MS8-K20 1NC C22-WS-MS8-K01 C22S-WS-MS8-K01 2NC C22-WS-MS8-K02 C22S-WS-MS8-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS-MS8-K11 C22S-WS-MS8-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS1-K10 C22S-WRS-MS1-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS1-K20 C22S-WRS-MS1-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS1-K01 C22S-WRS-MS1-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS1-K02 C22S-WRS-MS1-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS1-K11 C22S-WRS-MS1-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS2-K10 C22S-WRS-MS2-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS2-K20 C22S-WRS-MS2-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS2-K01 C22S-WRS-MS2-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS2-K02 C22S-WRS-MS2-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS2-K11 C22S-WRS-MS2-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS3-K10 C22S-WRS-MS3-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS3-K20 C22S-WRS-MS3-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS3-K01 C22S-WRS-MS3-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS3-K02 C22S-WRS-MS3-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS3-K11 C22S-WRS-MS3-K11 40 MS7 MS8 Two-position Maintained key removal left/right MS1 40 MS2 MS3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Momentary selector switches can be field converted to maintained. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-157 1.6 1 C22(S)-WRS...-MS1_ Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Non-Illuminated Selector Switches, Key Operated, continued Position Type Key Code Contact Block Configuration Silver Bezel Catalog Number Black Bezel Catalog Number Two-position, continued Maintained key removal left/right MS4 1NO C22-WRS-MS4-K10 C22S-WRS-MS4-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS4-K20 C22S-WRS-MS4-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS4-K01 C22S-WRS-MS4-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS4-K02 C22S-WRS-MS4-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS4-K11 C22S-WRS-MS4-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS5-K10 C22S-WRS-MS5-K10 1 2NO C22-WRS-MS5-K20 C22S-WRS-MS5-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS5-K01 C22S-WRS-MS5-K01 1 2NC C22-WRS-MS5-K02 C22S-WRS-MS5-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS5-K11 C22S-WRS-MS5-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS6-K10 C22S-WRS-MS6-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS6-K20 C22S-WRS-MS6-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS6-K01 C22S-WRS-MS6-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS6-K02 C22S-WRS-MS6-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS6-K11 C22S-WRS-MS6-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS7-K10 C22S-WRS-MS7-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS7-K20 C22S-WRS-MS7-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS7-K01 C22S-WRS-MS7-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS7-K02 C22S-WRS-MS7-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS7-K11 C22S-WRS-MS7-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS7-K10 C22S-WRS-MS7-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS7-K20 C22S-WRS-MS7-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS7-K01 C22S-WRS-MS7-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS7-K02 C22S-WRS-MS7-K02 1 1 40 1 1 MS5 1 MS6 1 1 1 MS7 1 1 1 MS8 1 1 Two-position 1 Maintained key removal left MS1 40 1 1 Three Position 1 Momentary Key Removal Center 40 MS1 40 1 Maintained MS1 Key Removal Left/Right 1 60 1 1 60 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS7-K11 C22S-WRS-MS7-K11 1NO C22-WRS-MS1-A1-K10 C22S-WRS-MS1-A1-K10 2NO C22-WRS-MS1-A1-K20 C22S-WRS-MS1-A1-K20 1NC C22-WRS-MS1-A1-K01 C22S-WRS-MS1-A1-K01 2NC C22-WRS-MS1-A1-K02 C22S-WRS-MS1-A1-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS-MS1-A1-K11 C22S-WRS-MS1-A1-K11 2NO C22-WS3-MS1-K20 C22S-WS3-MS1-K20 2NC C22-WS3-MS1-K02 C22S-WS3-MS1-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WS3-MS1-K11 C22S-WS3-MS1-K11 2NO C22-WRS3-MS1-K20 C22S-WRS3-MS1-K20 2NC C22-WRS3-MS1-K02 C22S-WRS3-MS1-K02 1NO/1NC C22-WRS3-MS1-K11 C22S-WRS3-MS1-K11 Note: Momentary selector switches can be field converted to maintained. 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-158 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Technical Data and Specifications 1 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Pushbutton Actuators Illuminated Pushbuttons C22 Description Unit Momentary Maintained Indicator Lights C22 Selector Switch Actuators C22 Key-Operated Buttons C22 Emergency Stop/ Emergency Switching OFF Pushbuttons C22 General Standards Operations Operating frequency Operations/h x 106 5 1 -- 1 0.1 0.05 >3600 >3600 -- >2000 >100 >300 Actuating force N >5 >5 -- -- -- >50 Operating torque Nm -- -- -- >0.3 >0.5 -- Terminal screw tightening torque Nm 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 Threaded ring tightening torque Nm 2 2 2 2 2 2 IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP67, IP69K IP65 IP66 IP67, IP69K Protection type Climatic proofing 1 1 IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660 Lifespan, mechanical 1 1 1 1 1 1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78 Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30 1 Ambient temperature Open C Storage C Mounting position Mechanical shock resistance to IEC 60068-2-27 Shock duration 11 ms, half-sinusoidal g -25 to 70 -25 to 70 -25 to 70 -25 to 70 -25 to 70 -25 to 70 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 -30 to 80 As required As required As required As required As required As required 30 30 30 30 30 30 1 1 1 Terminal capacities 1 Solid mm2 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 Flexible with ferrule mm2 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 2 x 0.5-1.5 1 1 Contacts Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Vac 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000 Rated insulation voltage Ui V 250 250 250 250 250 250 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 Values follow -- Values follow Values follow Values follow Overvoltage category/pollution degree 1 1 Control circuit reliability at 5 Vdc/1 mA HF Fault probability Values follow at 17 Vdc/7 mA HF Fault probability N/O contact: statistically determined -- 1 failure per 17 x 106 operations N/C contact: statistically determined 1 failure per 0.9 x 106 operations at 24 Vdc/5 mA HF Fault probability Values follow A 10 Values follow -- N/O contact: statistically determined 1 failure per 17 x 106 operations N/C contact: statistically determined 1 failure per 0.9 x 106 operations Values follow Values follow Values follow gG/gL 1 1 1 Max. short-circuit protective device Fuse 1 10 -- 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-159 1.6 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22, continued Push-button Actuators Illuminated Pushbuttons C22 Description Unit Momentary Maintained Indicator Lights C22 Selector Switch Actuators C22 Key-Operated Buttons C22 Emergency Stop/ Emergency Switching OFF Pushbuttons C22 4 Switching Capacity Rated operational current 1 AC-15 24V Ie A 4 4 -- 4 4 1 110V Ie A 2 2 -- 2 2 2 230V Ie A 1.5 1.5 -- 1.5 1.5 1.5 3 1 DC-13 1 24V Ie A 3 3 -- 3 3 60V Ie A 1 1 -- 1 1 1 1 110V Ie A 0.6 0.6 -- 0.6 0.6 0.6 220V Ie A 0.3 0.3 -- 0.3 0.3 0.3 Operations x 106 0.4 0.4 -- 0.4 0.4 0.4 x 106 0.6 0.6 -- 0.6 0.6 0.6 1 1 1 Lifespan, electrical AC-15 230V/0.5A 230V/1.0A 1 Contact Travel 1 Contact Travel Diagram 1 3 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 3.15 2.2 5.5 5.5 Contact closed Contact open 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-160 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 1 Flat Extended C22(S)-DRL_/C22(S)-DL_ C22(S)-DRLH_/C22(S)-DLH_ 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] O29.7 [1.17] 10.4 [0.41] 9.6 [0.38] 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] M22 x 1.5 20.2 [0.80] O29.5 [1.16] O29.7 [1.17] 16.7 [0.66] 54.6 [2.15] 1 9.6 [0.38] 1 1 M22 x 1.5 20.2 [0.80] O29.5 [1.16] 1 1 60.9 [2.40] 1 Pushbutton Actuators 1 Flat Extended C22(S)-DR_/C22(S)-D_ C22(S)-DRH_/C22(S)-DH_ 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 1 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] O29.7 [1.17] 9.6 [0.38] 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] M22 x 1.5 20.2 [0.80] O29.5 [1.16] 1 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] O29.7 [1.17] 1 9.6 [0.38] 1 M22 x 1.5 20.2 [0.80] 1 O29.5 [1.16] 1 1 10.4 [0.41] 16.7 [0.66] 54.6 [2.15] 1 60.9 [2.40] 1 Indicating Lights Flat 1 C22-L_ 1 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] 9.6 [0.38] 1 1 M22 x 1.5 1 O29.7 [1.17] O20.2 [0.80] O29.5 [1.16] 1 1 11.7 [0.46] 1 55.9 [2.20] 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-161 1.6 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Emergency Stop/Emergency Switching OFF Pushbuttons C22-PVT45P_ C22-PVT60P_ 1 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 1 1 1 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 45.0 [1.77] O20.4 [0.80] 48.0 [1.89] 9.3 [0.37] O29.5 [1.16] 48.0 [1.89] 75.0 [2.95] 120.0 [4.72] 45.0 [1.77] O20.4 [0.80] M22 x 1.5 O20.4 [0.80] 6.0 [0.24] 9.3 [0.37] 4.0 [0.16] O45.0 [1.77] O29.5 [1.16] 48.0 [1.89] M22 x 1.5 O20.4 [0.80] 45.0 [1.77] 71.0 [2.80] 116.0 [4.57] C22-PVT60P-MS_ 1 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 1 6.0 [0.24] 9.3 [0.37] 4.0 [0.16] 1 O29.5 [1.16] O60.0 [2.36] 1 1 48.0 [1.89] 1 1 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 4.0 [0.16] O45.0 [1.17] 1 45.0 [1.77] 92.0 [3.62] 6.0 [0.24] 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 1 O29.5 [1.16] C22-PVT45P-RS_ 1 1 4.0 [0.16] M22 x 1.5 C22-PVT45P-MS_ 1 9.3 [0.37] O60.0 [2.36] O29.5 [1.16] 93.0 [3.66] 1 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] 48.0 [1.89] 1 1 9.3 [0.37] O45.0 [1.77] 1 1 6.0 [0.24] 45.0 [1.77] O20.4 [0.80] M22 x 1.5 75.0 [2.95] 120.0 [4.72] C22-PVT60P-MS_ 1 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 1 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] 1 O60.0 [2.36] 1 1 O29.5 [1.16] 48.0 [1.89] 1 9.3 [0.37] 45.0 [1.77] O20.4 [0.80] M22 x 1.5 71.0 [2.80] 116.0 [4.57] 1 V7-T1-162 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com M22 x 1.5 1.6 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 22.5 mm Compact Pushbuttons--C22 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Selector Switch Actuators 1 Selector Switch Actuators/V Position C22(S)-W(R)K_ 1 C22(S)-W(R)KV_ 9.6 [0.38] 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 30 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] M22 x 1.5 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] 9.6 [0.38] 1 M22 x 1.5 1 1 O29.7 [1.17] 20.2 [0.80] O29.5 [1.16] O29.7 [1.17] 20.2 [0.80] O29.5 [1.16] 1 1 27.8 [1.09] 27.8 [1.09] 72.0 [2.83] 1 72.0 [2.83] 1 Key Operated Actuators 1 C22(S)-WS(3)-MS_/C22(S)-WRS(3)-MS_ 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] O29.7 [1.17] 1 9.6 [0.38] 1 M22 x 1.5 20.2 [0.80] 1 1 O29.5 [1.16] 1 20.8 [0.82] 44.2 [1.74] 1 47.9 [1.89] 1 92.1 [3.63] 1 C22(S)-WS(3)-RS_/C22(S)-WRS(3)-RS_ 1.0-6.0 [0.04-0.24] 6.0 [0.24] 4.0 [0.16] O29.7 [1.17] 1 M22 x 1.5 20.2 [0.80] 24.9 [0.98] 1 9.6 [0.38] 1 1 O29.5 [1.16] 1 44.2 [1.74] 1 47.9 [1.89] 1 92.1 [3.63] 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-163 1.7 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Contents Description 1 Page 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operator Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-165 V7-T1-166 V7-T1-169 V7-T1-175 V7-T1-176 V7-T1-179 V7-T1-180 V7-T1-181 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description Features The E30 industrial pushbutton and indicating light line from Eaton's Electrical Sector features a wide selection of square, multifunction operators which conveniently mount in a standard 30.5 mm (1-13/64 in) diameter panel hole. Up to six input and indicating functions can be grouped into a single operating head, saving valuable panel space. Attractive square operator styling, coupled with custom legending of colored buttons and lenses and many special function accessories, makes E30 components ideally suited for use on control consoles and for a variety of industrial OEM applications. Type E30 control units consist of a basic operator with one or more buttons and lenses and contact block selection dependent on the specific operator configuration. 1 1 Pushbutton operators will accommodate up to four single depth stackable contact blocks behind each operating button, up to eight circuits maximum. Indicating lights are supplied complete with either a transformer light unit up to 600 Vac supply line voltage or full voltage light unit up to 120 Vac/Vdc supply line voltage. Combination pushbutton with indicating light operators are supplied complete with a transformer or full voltage unit. Contact blocks must be ordered separately, up to four circuits maximum. Standards and Certifications Die Cast Construction Each operator has high pressure type seals to prevent the passage of oil and other contaminants through the operator into the contact structure or panel interior. Each operator uses a Buna N cork gasket between the mounting flange on the operator and the panel to maintain oiltightness. UL Listed--File No. E131568 CSA Certified--File No. LR68551 Ingress Protection Single and dual indicating lights UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 All other operators UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-164 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.7 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Product Identification 1 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight Multifunction Operator (see Pages V7-T1-166 to V7-T1-168) Upper Contact Block Operating Plunger 1 1 Quarter Turn Screw-- Mounts Locking Ring to Operator Gasket 1 Single Circuit Contact Block 1 1 Buttons and Lenses Supplied Blank or with Custom Legend(s) (see Pages V7-T1-169 to V7-T1-173) 1 Retaining Nut Secures Operator to Panel Lower Contact Block Operating Plunger Locking Ring--Supplied with Operator--Serves as Mount for Light Element and Contact Blocks 1 Transformer or Full Voltage Light Element--Supplied with Operator Two Circuit Contact Block 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-165 1.7 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Product Selection Operators When Ordering a Complete E30 Control Unit Specify Catalog Number of ... Ordering Example (E30AB) 1 Operator E30KB130 Button(s) E30KB231 "STOP" 1 Contact block(s) E30KLA1 1NO Accessories (if required) E30KLA2 1NC "START" 1 1 Square Multifunction Operators UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 Single Button Operator Single Button Operator/without Button (Order Button Separately) Button Type Required 1 1 Operation Special Features Catalog Number Momentary -- E30AA 1 1 1 Shown with Extended Button Two Button Operator 1 Two Button Operator/without Buttons (Order Buttons Separately) Button Types Required 1 1 1 1 Shown with Extended Buttons 1 1 Two Button Operator 1 1 1 Shown with Long Release Bar 1 1 Top Button Bottom Button Special Features Catalog Number Momentary Momentary -- E30AB Momentary Momentary With mechanical interlock E30AC Maintained (all contacts) Release (all contacts) -- E30AD 2 Maintained (all contacts) Release (all contacts) With mechanical interlock E30AP 23 Two Button Operator with Long (OFF) Release Bar--Includes OFF Bar/Button (Order Other Buttons Separately) Button Types Required 45 1 Operation Operation Top Button Bottom Button Special Features Catalog Number Maintained Maintained -- E30AF Maintained Maintained With mechanical interlock E30AG Maintained Momentary With mechanical interlock E30AH Maintained (all contacts) Maintained (bottom contacts only) Top button operates both top and bottom contacts E30AK 6 Notes 1 Order from table on Page V7-T1-169. 2 Limited to two single circuit, one double circuit 600V or two 120V (E30KLA9) contact blocks behind each button. 3 Buttons are interlocked so that one of the two is maintained at all times. Depressing the other button releases the maintained button and maintains the depressed button. 4 Operators are supplied as standard with red extended bar(s) marked "OFF" as shown in sketch. For other colors or markings, contact your nearest Eaton Distributor or call our Customer Service Center 1-800-356-1243. For replacement of standard red release bar, order E30KR100. 5 Order from table on Page V7-T1-170. 6 Limited to two single circuit, one double circuit 600V or two 120V (E30KLA9) contact blocks behind each button. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-166 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 1.7 Square Multifunction Operators and Indicating Lights UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 Two Button Operator with (OFF) Release--Includes OFF Bar/Button(s) (Order Other Buttons Separately) Button Types Required 12 Two Button Operator 1 Operation Top Button Bottom Button Special Features Catalog Number Maintained Momentary Release bar for top button E30AL 1 1 1 1 Shown with Release Bar for Top Button Two Button Operator Maintained Maintained Individual release bars for each button E30AN 1 Maintained with interlock Maintained with interlock Individual release bars for each button E30AM 1 1 1 Shown with Release Bars for Each Button 1 1 Single Indicating Light Unit/without Lens (Order Lens Separately) Single Indicating Light Unit Type of Light Element Transformer (60/50 Hertz AC) Lens Type Required 3 1 Full Voltage (60/50 Hertz AC or DC) Lamp Number 4 Catalog Number 24 24PSB E30BJ 120 120PSB E30BM Voltage Lamp Number 4 Catalog Number Voltage 120 #259 E30BA Shown with Lens 1 1 1 1 1 Dual Indicating Light Unit/without Lenses (Order Lenses Separately) Dual Indicating Light Unit Type of Light Element Transformer (60/50 Hertz AC) Lens Types Required 5 Shown with Lens 1 Full Voltage (60/50 Hertz AC or DC) Voltage Lamp Number 4 Catalog Number Voltage Lamp Number 4 Catalog Number 120 6PSB E30CA 24 24PSB E30CJ 120 120PSB E30CM 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Order from table on Page V7-T1-170. 2 Operators are supplied as standard with red extended release bar(s) marked "OFF" as shown in sketch. For other colors or markings, contact your nearest Eaton Distributor or call our Customer Service Center 1-800-356-1243. For replacement of standard red release bar, order E30KR101. 3 Order from table on Page V7-T1-171. 4 Light units will also accept LED lamps. For LED part numbers, see table on Page V7-T1-179. 5 Order from table on Page V7-T1-172. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-167 1.7 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Single Button Operator and Indicating Light Single Button Operator with Indicating Light/without Button or Lens (Order Button and Lens Separately) Type of Light Element 1 Button and Lens Types Required 1 1 1 Operation (Bottom Button) Transformer (60/50 Hertz AC) Voltage Momentary 120 Shown with Button and Lens Full Voltage (60/50 Hertz AC or DC) Lamp Number 2 Catalog Number Voltage Lamp Number 2 Catalog Number 6PSB 24 24PSB E30DX3 120 120PSB E30DF E30DA 1 1 1 1 Single Button Operator with Release Bar and Indicating Light 1 Type of Light Element Button and Lens Types Required 1 1 1 Single Button Operator with (OFF) Release Bar and Indicating Light-- Includes OFF Bar/Button (Order Other Button and Lens Separately) Operation (Bottom Button) Transformer (60/50 Hertz AC) Voltage Maintained 120 Full Voltage (60/50 Hertz AC or DC) Lamp Number 3 Catalog Number Voltage Lamp Number 2 Catalog Number 6PSB 24 24PSB E30DX13 120 120PSB E30DM E30DG Shown with Button and Lens 1 1 1 Two Button Operator with Indicating Light Type of Light Element 1 Button and Lens Types Required 4 1 1 Two Button Operator with Indicating Light/without Buttons or Lens (Order Buttons and Lens Separately) Two Button Operator with Dual Indicating Lights 1 1 Lamp Number 2 Catalog Number Voltage 6PSB 24 24PSB 120 120PSB E30EF 24 24PSB E30EX13 120 120PSB E30EM 6PSB E30EA E30EG Lamp Number 2 Catalog Number E30EX3 Type of Light Element Transformer (60/50 Hertz AC) Button Operation Voltage Momentary 120 Shown with Button and Lens Full Voltage (60/50 Hertz AC or DC) Two Button Operator with Dual Indicating Lights/without Buttons and Lens Button and Lens Types Required 1 1 1 Voltage Momentary 120 with interlock 1 1 Button Operation Momentary 120 Shown with Button and Lens 1 1 Transformer (60/50 Hertz AC) Full Voltage (60/50 Hertz AC or DC) Lamp Number 2 Catalog Number Voltage 6PSB 24 24PSB E30JX3 120 120PSB E30JF E30JA Lamp Number 2 Catalog Number Notes 1 Order from tables on Pages V7-T1-169 to V7-T1-173. 2 Light units will also accept LED lamps. For LED part numbers, see table on Page V7-T1-179. 3 Operators are supplied as standard with red extended release bar(s) marked "OFF" as shown in sketch. For other colors or markings, contact your nearest Eaton Distributor or call our Customer Service Center 1-800-356-1243. For replacement of standard red release bar, order E30KR101. 4 Order from tables on Pages V7-T1-171 and V7-T1-172. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-168 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.7 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Operator Components 1 Operating Buttons Only Type A Extended Button Button Application Color Marking Extended Button Catalog Number Short Button Catalog Number Color Marking Extended Button Catalog Number Short Button Catalog Number Black Blank E30KA100 E30KA150 Green START E30KA330 E30KA380 START -- E30KA180 Yellow Blank E30KA400 E30KA450 Red Blank E30KA200 E30KA250 White Blank E30KA500 E30KA550 EMERG. STOP E30KA204 -- Gray Blank E30KA600 E30KA650 OFF E30KA218 E30KA268 Brown Blank E30KA700 E30KA750 STOP E30KA231 E30KA281 Orange Blank E30KA800 E30KA950 Blank E30KA300 E30KA350 Blue Blank E30KA900 E30KA950 Short Button Catalog Number Green Type B Extended Button 1 Type A Buttons with Standard Markings 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type B Buttons with Standard Markings 2 Button Application 1 Color Marking Extended Button Catalog Number Short Button Catalog Number Color Marking Extended Button Catalog Number Black Blank E30KB100 E30KB150 Black REVERSE E30KB125 E30KB175 AUTO E30KB101 E30KB151 RUN E30KB126 E30KB176 CLOSE E30KB102 E30KB152 SLOW E30KB128 E30KB178 DOWN E30KB103 E30KB153 START E30KB130 E30KB180 FAST E30KB105 E30KB155 TEST E30KB132 E30KB182 FORWARD E30KB107 E30KB157 UP E30KB134 E30KB184 HIGH E30KB109 E30KB159 Blank E30KB200 E30KB250 Red IN E30KB110 E30KB160 EMERG. STOP E30KB204 -- INCH E30KB111 E30KB161 OFF E30KB218 E30KB268 JOG E30KB112 E30KB162 JOG FOR. E30KB113 E30KB163 Green STOP E30KB231 E30KB281 Blank E30KB300 E30KB350 START JOG REV. E30KB114 E30KB164 E30KB330 E30KB380 LOW E30KB115 E30KB165 Yellow Blank E30KB400 E30KB450 LOWER E30KB116 E30KB166 White E30KB500 E30KB550 Blank MAN E30KB117 E30KB167 AUTO E30KB501 -- ON E30KB119 E30KB169 HAND E30KB508 -- OPEN E30KB120 E30KB170 Gray Blank E30KB600 E30KB650 OUT E30KB121 E30KB171 Brown Blank E30KB700 E30KB750 RAISE E30KB122 E30KB172 Orange Blank E30KB800 E30KB850 RESET E30KB124 E30KB174 Blue E30KB900 E30KB950 Blank 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Use with operator E30AA, legend characters 3/16 in (4.8 mm) high. 2 Use with operators E30AB thru AE, AL and DA thru DF, legend characters 3/16 in (4.8 mm) high. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-169 1.7 1 Type C Extended Button 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Type C Buttons with Standard Markings 1 Button Application Color Marking Extended Button Catalog Number Short Button Catalog Number Color Black Blank E30KC100 E30KC150 Black RESET E30KC124 E30KC174 AUTO E30KC101 E30KC151 REVERSE E30KC125 E30KC175 CLOSE E30KC102 E30KC152 RUN E30KC126 E30KC176 DOWN E30KC103 E30KC153 SLOW E30KC128 E30KC178 FAST E30KC105 E30KC155 START E30KC130 E30KC180 FORWARD E30KC107 E30KC157 TEST E30KC132 E30KC182 HAND E30KC108 E30KC158 UP E30KC134 E30KC184 HIGH E30KC109 E30KC159 Blank E30KC200 E30KC250 Red Marking Extended Button Catalog Number Short Button Catalog Number IN E30KC110 E30KC160 OFF E30KC218 -- INCH E30KC111 E30KC161 STOP E30KC231 E30KC281 JOG E30KC112 E30KC162 Blank E30KC300 E30KC350 JOG FOR. E30KC113 E30KC163 START E30KC330 E30KC380 JOG REV. E30KC114 E30KC164 Yellow Blank E30KC400 E30KC450 1 LOW E30KC115 E30KC165 White Blank E30KC500 E30KC550 LOWER E30KC116 E30KC166 Gray Blank E30KC600 E30KC650 1 MAN E30KC117 E30KC167 Brown Blank E30KC700 E30KC750 ON E30KC119 E30KC169 Orange Blank E30KC800 E30KC850 OPEN E30KC120 E30KC170 Blue E30KC900 E30KC950 OUT E30KC121 E30KC171 RAISE E30KC122 E30KC172 1 1 1 1 1 Green Blank Note 1 Use with operators E30AF thru AK, AL thru AM and DG thru DM, legend characters 1/8 in (3.2 mm) high. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-170 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 1.7 Operating Buttons and Lens Only Standard Color Buttons and Lens Marking 1 1 Black lettering on -- White, Amber, Yellow and Clear. White lettering on -- Green, Red, Blue, Brown, Black, Orange and Gray. 1 Type E Button Button Application Type F Lens 1 Type E Buttons with Standard Markings 2 Marking Extended Button Catalog Number 1 RESET E30KE124 REVERSE E30KE125 1 Color Marking Extended Button Catalog Number Color Black Blank E30KE100 Black CLOSE E30KE102 DOWN E30KE103 RUN E30KE126 FAST E30KE105 SLOW E30KE128 FORWARD E30KE107 START E30KE130 HIGH E30KE109 TEST E30KE132 IN E30KE110 UP E30KE134 INCH E30KE111 JOG E30KE112 JOG FOR. E30KE113 JOG REV. E30KE114 LOW E30KE115 LOWER E30KE116 Yellow Blank E30KE400 ON E30KE119 White Blank E30KE500 OPEN E30KE120 Gray Blank E30KE600 OUT E30KE121 Brown Blank E30KE700 PHASE E30KE122 Orange Blank E30KE800 Blue E30KE900 Red Green Blank E30KE200 OFF E30KE218 STOP E30KE231 Blank E30KE300 START E30KE330 Blank 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Type F Lenses with Standard Markings 3 Button Application Color Marking Catalog Number Color Red Blank E30KF10 MOTOR RUN E30KF11 ON E30KF12 POWER ON E30KF13 Blank E30KF20 MOTOR STOP E30KF21 MOTOR RUN E30KF23 Green Marking Catalog Number Green OFF E30KF22 Amber Blank E30KF30 Blue Blank E30KF40 Clear Blank E30KF50 White Blank E30KF60 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 For lenses with special markings or with standard markings but in a different color, refer to instructions on Pages V7-T1-176 to V7-T1-178. 2 Use with operators E30EA thru EM, FA thru FM and JA thru JM, legend characters 1/8 in (3.2 mm) high. 3 Use with operators E30BA thru BY, legend characters 3/16 in (4.8 mm) high. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-171 1.7 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 1 Operating Lens Only Standard Color Buttons and Lens Marking 1 1 Black lettering on -- White, Amber, Yellow and Clear. White lettering on -- Green, Red, Blue, Brown, Black, Orange and Gray. 1 Type G Lens 1 Type G Lenses with Standard Markings 2 Lens Application 1 Color Marking Catalog Number Color Marking Catalog Number Red Blank E30KG10 Green OFF E30KG22 MOTOR RUN E30KG11 READY E30KG23 ON E30KG12 Amber Blank E30KG30 POWER ON E30KG13 Blue Blank E30KG40 Blank E30KG20 Clear Blank E30KG50 MOTOR RUN E30KG24 White Blank E30KG60 MOTOR STOP E30KG21 1 1 Green 1 1 1 Type J Lens Type J Lenses with Standard Markings 3 Lens Application 1 Color Marking Catalog Number Color Marking Catalog Number Red Blank E30KJ10 Green OFF E30KJ22 MOTOR RUN E30KJ11 ON E30KJ24 ON E30KJ12 Amber Blank E30KJ30 POWER ON E30KJ13 Blue Blank E30KJ40 MOTOR STOP E30KJ14 Clear Blank E30KJ50 Blank E30KJ20 White Blank E30KJ60 MOTOR STOP E30KJ21 MOTOR RUN E30KJ23 1 1 1 Green 1 1 1 Type K Lenses Type K Lenses with Standard Markings (Sold in Pairs Only) 4 Color 1 Lens Application 1 1 Marking Left Hand Lens Right Hand Lens Left Hand Lens Right Hand Lens Catalog Number Red Red ON ON E30KK12 Green ON OFF E30KK13 OFF OFF E30KK22 OFF ON E30KK23 Green 1 Red Notes 1 For lenses with special markings or with standard markings but in a different color, refer to instructions on Pages V7-T1-176 to V7-T1-178. 2 Use with operators E30CA thru CM and DA thru DM, legend characters 3/16 in (4.8 mm) high except MOTOR RUN, POWER ON and MOTOR STOP are 1/8 in (3.2 mm) high. 3 Use with operators E30EA thru EM, FA thru FM and GA thru GM, legend characters 1/8 in (3.2 mm) high. 4 Use with operators E30JA thru JW, legend characters 1/8 in (3.2 mm) high 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-172 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Type K Lenses 1.7 Type K Lenses--Blank (Sold in Pairs Only) Color Left Hand Lens Red Green Amber 1 Color Right Hand Lens Catalog Number Left Hand Lens Blue Right Hand Lens Catalog Number Red E30KK10 Red E30KK41 Green E30KK11 Green E30KK42 Amber E30KK17 Amber E30KK43 Blue E30KK14 Blue E30KK40 Clear E30KK15 Clear E30KK45 White E30KK16 White E30KK46 Red E30KK21 Red E30KK51 Green E30KK20 Green E30KK52 Amber E30KK27 Amber E30KK53 Blue E30KK24 Blue E30KK54 Clear E30KK25 Clear E30KK50 White E30KK26 White E30KK56 Red E30KK31 Red E30KK61 Green E30KK32 Green E30KK62 Amber E30KK30 Amber E30KK63 Blue E30KK34 Blue E30KK64 Clear E30KK35 Clear E30KK65 White E30KK36 White E30KK60 Clear White 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-173 1.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Contact Blocks Standard Contact Blocks--Molded, phenolic construction. Enclosed silver contacts with reliability "nibs" that improve the reliability of switching performance under dry circuit, corrosive atmosphere and fine dust conditions. For more extreme conditions, the logic level contact blocks described below are recommended. Logic Level Contact Blocks--Feature palladium contacts. Palladium, which is more inert than gold, is well suited for voltages and currents approaching zero. When mounted in an enclosure rated for highly corrosive environments, logic level contact blocks can be used where exposure to chemicals may cause failure to other types of materials. Mounting Limitations See the contact block mounting limitations for Type E30 pushbutton and combination pushbutton and light operators on this page. Mounting positions 1 thru 8 indicate single depth contact blocks. Each of these positions can represent either a single circuit 600 volt block or a two-circuit 120 volt block. The two-circuit 600 volt block requires two of the numbered positions shown. Mounting Positions Upper Contact Block Stack Operating Plunger 1 5 2 6 Upper Contact Block Stack 3 4 7 8 Contact Block Mounting Positions Lower Contact Block Stack Lower Contact Block Stack Operating Plunger Contact Blocks Can Be Mounted in Positions Listed Below Catalog Number of Operator Upper Stack E30AA thru E30AM 1 Lower Stack 1-2-3-4 5-6-7-8 E30BA thru E30CM None None E30DA thru E30DM None 5-6-7-8 E30EA thru E30GM 2-3-4 6-7-8 E30JA thru E30JM 3-4 7-8 1 1 Contact Block Type 2 1 Single Circuit, Screw Terminals Two Circuit, Screw Terminals 1 Standard Logic Level Standard Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 600 Vac, 250 Vdc--Single Circuit E30KLA1 E30KLAE1 E30KLB1 1NC E30KLA2 E30KLAE2 E30KLB2 1NO-1NC 600 Vac, 250 Vdc--Two Circuit E30KLA3 E30KLAE3 E30KLB3 2NO E30KLA4 E30KLAE4 E30KLB4 2NC E30KLA5 E30KLAE5 E30KLB5 1NO-1NC Overlapping E30KLA6 4 -- E30KLB6 4 2NO (One early closing) E30KLA7 4 -- E30KLB7 4 2NC (One late opening) E30KLA8 -- E30KLB8 1NO-1NC 120 Vac Only--Two Circuit -- E30KLB9 5 Two Circuit, Quick Connect Terminals 1 1 Circuit 1NO 1 1 Quick Connect Terminals 3 Pressure Terminals 1 1 Contact Block Selection Special Contact Operation 120 Vac Only-- Two Circuit 1 1 1 1 E30KLA9 5 1 Notes 1 Except operator E30AD, AJ or AK which will accommodate contact blocks 1, 2, 5 and 6 only. (See Mounting Positions above.) 2 Individually boxed contact blocks master packed 10 per carton. 3 Supplied with non-stacking screws. Limited to 2 contact blocks mounted in positions 1 and 5. 4 Do not use with maintained operators. 5 Contacts must be same polarity. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-174 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 1.7 Accessories 1 Accessories E30KR_ E30KT_ Description Color/Type Catalog Number Collar--Snap on mounting for assembly in the field. Permits color coding of operator heads. Size: 1-19/32 x 1-19/32 x 9/16 in. Black E30KR1 Red E30KR2 Green E30KR3 Yellow E30KR4 White E30KR5 Gray E30KR6 Orange E30KR8 Blue E30KR9 Brown E30KR10 Shroud--Similar to collar above except for extension above Full shroud (gray) the face of button to prevent accidental actuation of button. Half shroud with an extension on only half the collar may be positioned Half shroud Full to protect top or bottom button. Shroud (gray) 1 1 1 1 1 1 E30KT6 1 E30KT7 1 1 Half Shroud E30KR3_ 1 Guard--Two collars deep, removable slide prevents accidental operation. White slide can be marked with grease pencil. Red with white slide E30KR31 Red with clear slide E30KR32 1 1 1 E30KR30 Terminal Block--2 terminals, each will accommodate 2-wire terminations. E30KR30 1 1 E30KT_ E30KT3 E30KT_ Padlock Attachment for locking single button and bottom button of multi-function operators in the depressed position. Locks NC contacts open or early closing NO contacts closed. Cannot be used in conjunction with collar, shroud or boot. Transparent Boot--Guards against ingress of foreign material and freezing rain. Note: If this boot is used in conjunction with operator types AD or AE, an extended type button must be used in the top position and a short button in the lower position. Square Hole Plug-- Gray enameled Stainless steel Short button E30KT1 Extended button E30KT2 1 1 1 E30KT3 1 1 1 1 E30KT4 E30KT5 1 E30KV1 Lamp and Lens Removal Tool--Will not fit Cat. No. E30B light units listed on Page V7-T1-167. E30KV1 E22CW Octagonal Wrench for mounting operators to panel. E22CW 1 1 1 E30KV2 Button and Lens Removal Tool 1 E30KV2 1 1 Note 1 Color coordinating collars, padlock attachments or legend plates cannot be used with operators equipped with a transparent boot. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-175 1.7 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Options Markings and Legend Plates Buttons or Lenses with NonStandard Horizontal Markings Markings not listed as Standard Markings below are considered non-standard. If more than one marking is required on a button or lens, order non-standard markings. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Ordering Example Green Type B button to be marked with non-standard legend "ALL ELEVATORS DOWN." Ordering Instructions Specify catalog number of blank button or lens of desired color, plus suffix "STAMP" for non-standard or "STD" for standard markings in order notes. See Pages V7-T1-169 to V7-T1-173. Specify size, legend desired and location in order notes by alphas as shown in example. Do not exceed maximum number of legend characters per line. How to Use the Legend Location Figure No. of Characters per Line Lenses Buttons Line Position Catalog No.: E30KB300STAMP Letter Size: 1/8 in Pos. A--ALL Pos. C--ELEVATORS Pos. F--DOWN 7 A 8 9 7 C E 8 8 Legend Locations Type A buttons and Type F lenses 1/8 in (3 mm) High Char. G 9 9 E 8 9 J 8 8 9 D 8 9 G 8 K 9 1 9 B 8 9 E 8 9 J 8 9 M 8 8 9 A 8 9 D 8 9 G 8 9 K 8 9 N 8 Type F lens only 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3/16 in (5 mm) High Char. F 9 B 9 9 D 8 9 H 8 8 8 9 F 8 9 K 8 9 B 8 9 E 8 9 J 8 9 K 8 1 1 1 1 8 C 8 F 8 J 8 L 8 Type B buttons and Type G lenses 1/8 in (3 mm) High Char. C 9 8 9 B 8 9 D 8 7 9 7 3/16 in (5 mm) High Char. 8 8 8 A C F C 9 8 B 8 8 D 8 8 Type C buttons 1/8 in (3 mm) High Char. C 6 5 B 5 D 4 6 4 3/16 in (5 mm) High Char. A C E Type D buttons 1/8 in (3 mm) High Char. 5 B 5 D 6 C Type K buttons 5 5 B 6 3/16 in (5 mm) High Char. A C 6 B 1/8 in (3 mm) High Char. 1 1 A B 4 E 4 A 4 C 4 D 4 F 4 3/16 in (5 mm) High Char. B 4 Type E buttons and Type J lenses 1/8 in (3 mm) High Char. B 9 8 7 7 A C 8 8 3/16 in (5 mm) High Char. 9 B 8 Standard Markings AUTO CLOSE DOWN V7-T1-176 EMERG. STOP FAST FORWARD HAND HIGH IN INCH JOG JOG FOR. JOG REV. LOW LOWER MAN. OFF ON OPEN OUT RAISE RESET REVERSE RUN SLOW START STOP TEST UP MOTOR RUN MOTOR STOP POWER ON READY Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com E 4 1.7 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Legend Arrangements and Legend Locations Legend plates E30KM1 or KM11 Legend plates E30KM5 or KM15 1 Legend plates E30KM6 or KM16 B 1 H G Legend plates E30KM4 or KM14 1 H 1 K B A B D M A J B K 1 Legend plates E30KM3 or KM13 B F M C C L D M D A E B F Legend plates E30KM2 or KM12 B B F B F M A E L B F M 1 LINE B A C 1 1 Legend Plates E30KN76 or KN76B L I N E 1 1 F L I N E 1 1 G D C 1 1 Legend plates E30KN76 or KN76B 1/8 in character size only with a maximum of six characters. 1 1 1 1 Maximum Number and Size of Permissible Legend Characters of Custom Stamped Legend Plates 1 Size and Maximum Number of Characters Per Line One Span Two Span Three Span Type No.of Lines 3/32 in (2.5 mm) 1/8 in (3 mm) 3/16 in (5 mm) 3/32 in (2.5 mm) 1/8 in (3 mm) 3/16 in (5 mm) 3/32 in (2.5 mm) 1/8 in (3 mm) 3/16 in (5 mm) Standard 1 13 10 10 30 22 22 47 34 34 Large 1 13 10 10 30 23 23 47 36 36 2 13 10 10 30 23 23 47 36 36 1 1 1 Characters available for non-standard markings 3/32 in (2.5 mm)--1/8 in (3 mm)--3/16 in (5 mm) ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 1 ./--, 1 1234567890 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-177 1.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 Buttons or Lenses with Non-Standard Vertical Markings Ordering Instructions Specify catalog number of blank button or lens of desired color, selected from listings on Pages V7-T1-169 to V7-T1-173. Specify size, legend desired, location and state "vertically marked" in order notes. Note: Specify either 1/8 or 3/16 in (3.2 or 4.8 mm) character height. Do not exceed maximum number of characters as outlined in table below. Ordering Example: Green Type K button to be marked with "RUN" "ON." Legend Plates Legend plates for Type E30 compact pushbutton and indicating light operators hook directly onto the operator and are clamped in place when the operator locking nut behind the panel is secured. Two and three span plates are designed for use where two or more operators are mounted adjacent to each other on minimum horizontal mounting centers. These legend plates mount in the same manner as single span units. 1 1 Maximum Number of Characters 1 Description Type 1/8 in (3.2 mm) 3/16 in (4.8 mm) Buttons A 7 5 B 7 5 C 4 3 D 5 3 E 7 5 F 7 5 G 7 5 J 7 5 K 3 2 1 Catalog No.: E30KM3STAMP Letter Size: 1/8 in (3.2 mm) Pos. C--MASTER CONTROL Pos. B--STATION A Pos. F--STATION B Type One Span Catalog Number Black Standard-- One Span Standard E30KM1 Large--One Span Large E30KM4 Maximum Number of Characters 1 1 1 Ordering Example: Three span legend plate to be marked "MASTER CONTROL", "STATION A" and "STATION B." Blank Legend Plates and Legend Plates with Markings Catalog No.: E30KK20STAMP Letter Size: 3/16 in (4.8 mm) Vertically Marked Pos. B--RUN Pos. E--ON 1 When Ordering Legend Plates with Markings Catalog number of blank legend plate Insert the following in order notes: Legends required Size of characters-- 3/32, 1/8, 3/16 in (2.4, 3.2, 4.8 mm) Positions of legends on one line standard and two line large legend plates by alphas as shown in sketches on following page. Lenses 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-178 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 1.7 Replacement Parts 1 Replacement Light Units for E30 Components 1 Part Numbers--Receptacles without Lamps Voltage AC and DC Single Indicating Light Dual Indicating Light Single Light Single Pushbutton Single Light Dual Pushbutton Dual Light Dual Pushbutton 1 6V 57-2579-3A 57-2568A 57-2568A 57-2579-3A 57-2567 1 12V 57-2579-3A 57-2568A 57-2568A 57-2579-3A 57-2567 18/24V 57-2579-3A 57-2568A 57-2568A 57-2579-3A 57-2567 28V 57-2579-3A 57-2568A 57-2568A 57-2579-3A 57-2567 32V 57-2579-3A 57-2568-2A 57-2568-2A -- 57-2567 48V 57-2579-3A 57-2568A 57-2568A 57-2579-3A 57-2567 120V 57-2579-3A 57-2568A 57-2568A 57-2579-3A 57-2567 120V 42-2672A 42-2663A 42-2663A 42-2671A 42-2664A 208V 42-2672-2A 42-2663-2A 42-2663-2A 42-2671-2A 42-2664-2A 240V 42-2672-3A 42-2663-3A 42-2663-3A 42-2671-3A 42-2664-3A 380V 42-2672-4A 42-2663-4A 42-2663-4A 42-2671-4A 42-2664-4A 480V 42-2672-5A 42-2663-5A 42-2663-5A 42-2671-5A 42-2664-5A 600V 42-2672-6A 42-2663-6A 42-2663-6A 42-2671-6A 42-2664-6A 1 1 Full Voltage Type 1 1 1 1 Transformer Type 1 1 1 Description and Part Numbers--Related Parts Inner lens 28-1008 28-1010 28-1010 28-1010 28-1010 Retaining nut 15-1885 15-1885 15-1885 15-1885 15-1885 Gasket 16-2092 16-2092 16-2092 16-2092 16-2092 Locking ring 52-1116 52-1116 52-1116 52-1116 52-1116 1 1 1 Replacement Lamps for E30 Illuminated Operators Mfg. Lamp Type Voltage Base Style Application Part Number 6PSB 6V T2 slide E30 transformer and full voltage 28-1022 12PSB 12V T2 slide E30 full voltage 28-1025 24PSB 24V T2 slide E30 full voltage 28-1026 28PSB 28V T2 slide E30 full voltage 28-1027 48PSB 48V T2 slide E30 full voltage 28-1028 60PSB 60V T2 slide E30 full voltage 28-1598 120PSB 120V T2 slide E30 full voltage 28-1029 #259 6.3V T3-1/4 wedge E30 single transformer 28-949 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Replacement Lamps--Incandescent and LED Incandescent Lamps LED Lamps 1 Lamp Voltage Manufacturer's Part Number Base Style Eaton's Part Number Eaton's Part Number Red Green Yellow Blue 1 6 6PSB T2 slide 28-1022 35-1523 35-1523-2 35-1523-3 35-1523-17 12 12PSB T2 slide 28-1025 35-1523-11 35-1523-12 35-1523-13 35-1523-18 24 24PSB T2 slide 28-1026 35-1523-4 35-1523-5 35-1523-6 35-1523-19 28 28PSB T2 slide 28-1027 35-1523-4 35-1523-5 35-1523-6 35-1523-19 48 48PSB T2 slide 28-1028 35-1523-14 35-1523-15 35-1523-16 35-1523-20 120 120PSB T2 slide 28-1029 35-1523-7 35-1523-8 35-1523-9 35-1523-21 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 E30 blue LED bulbs may not provide sufficient intensity for some applications. 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-179 1.7 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Operator Specifications 1 Climate Conditions 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description Specification Operating -20 to 150F (-29 to 65C) Terminals Light units Terminals are saddle clamp type for 2 stranded or solid wires up to 12 AWG (4.0 mm2) Torque--7 lb-in (0.8 Nm) Contact block Terminals are saddle clamp type for 2 stranded or solid wires up to 12 AWG (4.0 mm2) Torque--7 lb-in (0.8 Nm) Materials Operator Zinc base die casting with a copper-nickel-chrome plated finish Withstands the 200 hr. salt spray test in accordance with MIL Spec. QQ-M-151A and NEMA 4X testing. Internal parts Including shafts, washers and springs, are made of stainless steel Buttons and lenses Colorfast, wear resistant, molded acetal resin Contact blocks Made of molded, heat resistant, mineral filled phenolic Contact block plungers are molded of nylon filled phenolic Contacts are silver Reliability nibs These nibs combine a scrubbing action with high pressure density when the contacts are closed They push through particles and films found on contact surfaces in industrial environments Reliability nibs self-adjust to the application--dry circuit, normal or heavy-duty 1 1 1 1 Reliability Nibs 1 Heavy-Duty Medium Duty Dry Circuit 1 1 Electrical Ratings 1 Contact Blocks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Meet or Exceed NEMA Contact Rating Designation A600 and P300 Vac A600 Vdc P300 Description 120V 240V 480V 600V 24/28V 125V 250V Make and emergency interrupting capacity (Amps) 60 30 15 12 5.73 1.1 0.55 Normal load break (Amps) 6 3 1.5 1.2 5.73 1.1 0.55 Continuous current (Amps) 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 UL A600/P300 nominal connect 10A 1NO, 1NC, 2NO, 2NC, 1NO-1NC, early make, late break and overlapping configurations Mechanical positive drive operation on NC contacts Palladium alloy contact for logic level or highly corrosive environments Maximum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application Light Unit Description Specification Description Maximum amperes 0.5A 1 Bulbs--Average Life Maximum volts 120 Vac/Vdc Transformer type 1 1 1 Specification 20,000 hrs. Resistor/direct voltage type 2,500 hrs. min. at rated voltage LED 60,000 to 100,000 hrs. Note 1 Logic level contact blocks are UL A600/P500 rated per table above. V7-T1-180 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Square Multifunction Watertight/Oiltight--E30 1.7 Dimensions 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Pushbutton Operators Combination Pushbutton and Indicating Light Operators 0.53 (13.5) 1.75 (44.5) 0.81 (20.6) 1.72 (43.7) 1.72 (43.7) Plunger 2 Circ. Extends to Cont. Blocks 0.25 (6.4) 1.13 (28.7) 1.47 (37.3) 0.63 (16) Std. Square Button 0.78 (19.8) Ext. Button 0.81 (20.6) 1.13 (28.7) 1.47 (37.3) Square Panel 0.88 0.88 0.06 (1.5) Min. 0.25 (6.4) Max. (22.4) (22.4) 1 Circ. Cont. Blocks Combination Pushbutton and Indicating Light Operators 0.53 (13.5) 1.13 (28.7) 0.81 (20.6) 1.72 (43.7) Transformer Types DA - DL 1.75 (44.5) 0.88 (22.4) 0.53 (13.5) Operator Types E30EA- E30GM Operator Types E30JA- E30JW Transformer or Full Voltage Light Element Panel Plungers 0.06 (1.5) Min. Extended 0.25 (6.4) Max. to 0.25 (6.4) 1.47 (37.3) Square 0.84 (21.3) 0.81 (20.6) 0.11 (2.8) Max. 1 1 1 1 Operator Types E30CA- E30CM 1 1 Panel 0.06 (1.5) Min. 0.25 (6.4) Max. 1 1 1.63 a (41.3) 1 2.25 a (57) 1 Drill .14 (3.5) 0.6 (15) 1.59 (40.4) 0.56 (14.2) 0.31 (7.9) Dia. Hole 1 1 o 1.20 (30.5) Notes 1 Dimensions shown allow adequate space for the addition of one or two high legend plates and color coordinating collars. 2 Locating nib hole or notch is 0.136 in (3.5 mm) drill. Alternate to drilling mounting holes use Greenlee Tool Co. punch (No. 730-S) to punch the hole and (No. 730-K) to punch the notch. Legend Plates 1 1 1 4.69 (119.1) Three Span 1 3.06 (77.7) Two Span 1.44 (36.6) One Span 1 0.78 (19.8) 0.39 (9.9) Large 1 1 0.75 (19.1) 1.13 (28.7) 1 Operator Types E30BA- E30BM 0.5 (12.7) 1.44 (36.6) 1 1 1.72 (43.7) Drilling Dimensions--Minimum Spacing 12 0.69 (17.5) 1 1 0.88 (22.4) 1.88 (47.8) Plunger Extends Panel to 0.25 (6.4) on 0.06 (1.5) Min. 0.25 (6.4) Max. Contact Blocks Padlocking Attachment and Half Shroud E30KT7 0.84 (21.3) 1.13 (28.7) 0.88 (22.4) 0.88 (22.4) 0.84 (21.3) 1.72 (43.7) Indicating Light Operators Full Voltage Types DF, DM and DX 0.88 (22.4) 1.88 (47.8) 1.47 (37.3) Square 0.53 (13.5) 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1 1 Standard 0.08 (1.9) 0.05 (1.3) 1 0.02 (0.5) 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-181 1.8 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Contents 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-183 V7-T1-183 V7-T1-184 V7-T1-186 V7-T1-187 V7-T1-188 V7-T1-192 V7-T1-193 V7-T1-194 V7-T1-196 V7-T1-199 V7-T1-202 V7-T1-203 V7-T1-207 V7-T1-208 V7-T1-211 V7-T1-214 V7-T1-215 V7-T1-216 V7-T1-219 V7-T1-220 V7-T1-225 V7-T1-230 V7-T1-239 V7-T1-241 V7-T1-244 Drawings Online 1 1 Page 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Point-of-Purchase Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pushbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton Units . Indicating Light Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push-Pull Emergency Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Push-Pull Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . Potentiometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push-Pull Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Selector Switch Operators . . . . Joystick Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joysticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roto-Push Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Roto-Push Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description Features The 30.5 mm pushbutton line features a zinc die cast construction with chromeplated housing and mounting nut. The same durable construction is also available with the corrosive resistant E34 line of pushbuttons. See E34 section on Pages V7-T1-254 to V7-T1-288. Heavy-duty zinc die cast construction Enclosed silver contacts with reliability nibs Diaphragm seals with drainage holes Grounding nibs on the operator casing Benefits 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-182 Reliability nibs improve contact reliability even under dry circuit and fine dust conditions Drainage holes prevent buildup of liquid inside the operator which can prevent operation in freezing environments Grounding nibs bit through paint and other coatings to provide secure ground Application Description Contact Operation Slow make and break. All normally closed contacts have positive opening operation, i.e., normally closed contacts are forced open in the event of contact weld or spring breakage. Standards and Certifications CE EN 60947-5-1 and 60947-5-5 UL 508--File No. 131568 CSA C22.2 No. 14--File No. LR68551 Ingress Protection When mounted in similarly rated enclosure-- Standard indicating lights UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 IEC IP65 Most other operators UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 IEC IP65 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Product Overview Reliability Nibs Grounding Nibs Eaton's contact blocks feature enclosed silver contacts with pointed "reliability nibs" for reliable performance from logic level up to 600V. To ensure reliable switching, nibs bite through oxide which can form on silver contacts, eliminating the need for expensive logic level blocks for most applications. 10250T line operators have "grounding nibs"--four metal points on the operator casting designed to bite through most paints and other coatings on metal panels to enhance the ground connection when the operator is securely tightened. Grounding Nibs Grounding Nibs Reliability Nibs Dry Circuit Medium Duty 1 Diaphragm Seal with Drainage Holes 1 Liquid Drainage Eaton's pushbutton operators offer front of panel drainage via holes in the operator bushing. Hidden from view by the mounting nut, these holes prevent buildup of liquid inside the operator, which can prevent operation in freezing environments. The holes also provide a route for escaping liquid in high pressure washdowns, effectively relieving pressure from the internal diaphragm seal, ensuring reliable sealing in applications even beyond NEMA 4. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Diaphragm Seal 1 Foam Neoprene Panel Sealing Gasket Drainage Hole Heavy-Duty 1 Flexible Diaphragm Reliability nibs improve performance in dry circuit, corrosive, fine dust and other contaminated atmospheres. Under normal environmental conditions, the minimum operational voltage is 5V and the minimum operational current is 1 mA, AC/DC. For operation under a wider range of environmental conditions, logic level contact blocks with inert palladium tipped contacts are recommended. 1 Stainless Steel Operating Spring 1 Colorfast Molded Button 1 1 Drainage Hole Mounting Nut 1 1 1 1 Product Identification 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Series 1 Terminal Clamps Shipped Ready to Wire 1 1 1 1 1 Mounting Nut Legend Plate Operator Color Coded Plungers Red = NC Green = NO 1 Stackable Contact Blocks up to 12 Circuits per Operator Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-183 1.8 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 10250T 10 1 - 1 1 1 1 Operator 10 = Flush 11 = Extended 12 = 40 mm mushroom 17 = 65 mm mushroom 50 = 1/2 shroud vertical mount 51 = 1/2 shroud horizontal mount 1 1 Button Color 1 = Black 5 = Gray 2 = Red 6 = White 3 = Green 8 = Blue 4 = Yellow 9 = Orange 1 1 10250T 5 63 C47 1 1 1 Operator 5 = Two-position maintained 4 = Three-position mom push-mom pull 9 = Three-position mt push-mom pull 10 = Three-position mom push-mom pull Incandescent Light Unit Blank = Non-illuminated 89 = 24V/XFR 63 = 120V/XFR 64 = 208V/XFR 65 = 240V/XFR 82 = 277V/XFR 66 = 380V/XFR 67 = 480V/XFR 68 = 600V/XFR 69 = 6V/FV 70 = 12V/FV 79 = 24V/FV 83 = 32V/FV 80 = 120V/RES 81 = 240V/RES 1 1 1 1 1 1 LED Light Unit Blank = Non-illuminated 89L = 24V/XFR 63L = 120V/XFR 64L = 208V/XFR 65L = 240V/XFR 82L = 277V/XFR 66L = 380V/XFR 67L = 480V/XFR 68L = 600V/XFR 97L = Full voltage 1 1 1 1 1 Circuit = Operator only = 1NO-1NC = 2NO = 2NC = 1NC = 1NO Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Push-Pulls 1 1 Blank 1 2 3 51 53 - 1 1 LED Voltage Blank = Non-illuminated Blank = Incandescent 06 = 6 Vac/Vdc 12 = 12 Vac/Vdc 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 48 = 48 Vac/Vdc 60 = 60 Vac/Vdc 2A = 120 Vac 2D = 120 Vdc B60 B62 B63 B61 B64 J60 J62 J63 J61 J64 Non-Illuminated Button = Black 40 mm = Red 40 mm = Red 40 mm--"E" STOP = Green 40 mm = Blue 40 mm = Black 65 mm = Red 65 mm = Red 65 mm--"E" STOP = Green 65 mm = Yellow 65 mm Incandescent C47 = C53 = C48 = C49 = C50 = C51 = C52 = C57 = C63 = C58 = C59 = C64 = C60 = C61 = C62 = C65 = C66 = C67 = Blank = 1= 2= 3= 51 = 53 = Circuit Operator only 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NC 1NO Illuminated LED Lens Type RD = Red 40 mm ED = Red 40 mm--"E" STOP GD = Green 40 mm LD = Blue 40 mm AD = Amber 40 mm WD = White 40 mm -- = Clear 40 mm RS = Red side light ES = Red side light--"E" STOP GS = Green side light LS = Blue side light AS = Amber side light YS = Yellow side light WS = White side light -- = Clear side light RH = Red heavy-duty GH = Green heavy-duty AH = Amber heavy-duty Note 1 Add X at end of catalog number to receive parts assembled from factory. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-184 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 10250T 416 C21 Incandescent Light Unit 416 = 24V/XFR 411 = 120V/XFR 412 = 240V/XFR 419 = 277V/XFR 413 = 380V/XFR 414 = 480V/XFR 415 = 600V/XFR 473 = 6V/FV 474 = 12V/FV 476 = 24V/FV 477 = 32V/FV 478 = 48V/FV 471 = 120V/RES 472 = 240V/RES LED Light Unit 397L = Full voltage 416L = 24V/XFR 411L = 120V/XFR 412L = 240V/XFR 419L = 277V/XFR 413L = 380V/XFR 414L = 480V/XFR 415L = 600V/XFR Incandescent Lens Color C21 = Red C22 = Green C23 = Yellow C26 = White C24 = Blue C43 = Amber C25 = Clear LED Lens Color RD = Red GD = Green YD = Yellow WD = White LD = Blue AD = Amber - 1 1 LED Voltage Blank = Incandescent 06 = 6 Vac/Vdc 12 = 12 Vac/Vdc 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 48 = 48 Vac/Vdc 60 = 60 Vac/Vdc 2A = 120 Vac 2D = 120 Vdc 1 Blank = 1= 2= 3= 51 = 53 = Circuit Operator only 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NC 1NO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Standard Indicating Lights, PresTest and Master Test 10250T 203N C1N Light Unit Type Standard--Incandescent 181N = 120V/XFR 182N = 240V/XFR 198N = 277V/XFR 183N = 380V/XFR 184N = 480V/XFR 185N = 600V/XFR 203N = 6V/FV 204N = 12V/FV 206N = 24V/FV 207N = 32V/FV 208N = 48V/FV 201N = 120V/RES 202N = 240V/RES 226N = 120V/neon 227N = 240V/neon PresTest--Incandescent 221N = 120V/XFR 222N = 240V/XFR 223N = 380V/XFR 224N = 480V/XFR 225N = 600V/XFR 232N = 6V/FV 233N = 12V/FV 235N = 24V/FV 238N = 32V/FV 239N = 48V/FV 231N = 120V/RES 240N = 240V/RES Master Test--Incandescent 187N = 120V/XFR 189N = 240 Vac--SS 1 Standard--LED 181L = 120V/XFR 182L = 240V/XFR 198L = 277V/XFR 183L = 380V/XFR 184L = 480V/XFR 185L = 600V/XFR 197L = Full voltage PresTest--LED 221L = 120V/XFR 222L = 240V/XFR 223L = 380V/XFR 224L = 480V/XFR 225L = 600V/XFR 297L = Full voltage 1 1 LED Voltage Blank = Incandescent 06 = 6 Vac/Vdc 12 = 12 Vac/Vdc 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 48 = 48 Vac/Vdc 60 = 60 Vac/Vdc 2A = 120 Vac 2D = 120 Vdc Plastic Glass Lens Color Standard/Master--Incandescent C1N = C7N = Red C2N = C8N = Green C3N = -- = Yellow C6N = C12N = White C4N = C10N = Blue C19N = C9N = Amber C5N = C11N = Clear PresTest--Incandescent C13N = Red C21 = C22 = C14N = Green -- = Yellow C23 = C18N = White C26 = C24 = C16N = Blue C43 = C15N = Amber C25 = C17N = Clear 1 1 1 1 1 Plastic Glass Lens Color Standard/Master/PresTest--LED RP = RG = Red GP = GG = Green YP = -- = Yellow WP = WG = White LP = LG = Blue AP = AG = Amber 1 1 1 1 LED Voltage Blank = Incandescent 06 = 6 Vac/Vdc 12 = 12 Vac/Vdc 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 48 = 48 Vac/Vdc 60 = 60 Vac/Vdc 2A = 120 Vac 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Add X at end of catalog number to receive parts assembled from factory. 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-185 1.8 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Product Selection Point-of-Purchase Packaging 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Point-of-Purchase Packaged Pilot Device 10250T Point-of-Purchase Packaged Pilot Devices Product Description Catalog Number Emergency Stop Operators 1 1 1 1 Red non-illuminated push-pull 1NO-1NC contact block. Also includes two square engraved legend plates: EMERG. STOP and STOP. 10250T5B62-1-POP Red mushroom pushbutton 1NO-1NC contact block. Also includes two square engraved legend plates: EMERG. STOP and STOP. 10250T32R-POP Red jumbo mushroom pushbutton Engraved EMERG. STOP with 1NO-1NC contact block. 10250T33-POP Momentary Pushbuttons 1 Black flush pushbutton 1NO-1NC contact block. Also includes two square engraved legend plates: START and JOG. 10250T30B-POP 1 Red extended pushbutton 1NO-1NC contact block. Also includes one square engraved legend plate: STOP. 10250T31R-POP Red indicating light 10250T206NC1N-POP 1 Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc with two extra lenses: Green and amber. Also includes two square engraved legend plates: RUN and JOG. Red indicating light Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc with two extra lenses: Green and Amber. Also includes one square engraved legend plate: RUN and JOG. 10250T34R-POP 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 Red illuminating pushbutton Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc with 1NO-1NC contact block and two extra lenses: Green and amber. Also includes one square engraved legend plate: POWER ON. 10250T476C21-1-POP 1 Red illuminating pushbutton 10250T411C21-1-POP 1 Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc with 1NO-1NC contact block and two extra lenses: Green and amber. Also includes one square engraved legend plate: POWER ON. Selector Switches 1 Black knob two-position selector switch 1NO-1NC contact block. Also includes three square engraved legend plates: OFF/ON, HAND/AUTO and RUN/JOG. 10250T20KB-POP 1 Black knob three-position selector switch 2NO-2NC contact blocks. Also includes 1 square engraved legend plate: HAND/OFF/AUTO. 10250T22KB-POP 1 Black knob three-position selector switch 1NO-1NC contact block. Also includes legend plate: HAND/OFF/AUTO 10250T21KB-POP Indicating Lights 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-186 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Non-Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Pushbutton Units--Flush, Extended, Mushroom Head or Jumbo Mushroom Head Operators Flush Button Contact Type Button Color Flush Button Catalog Number Extended Button Catalog Number Mushroom Button Catalog Number Jumbo Mushroom Catalog Number 1NO Black 10250T23B 10250T25B 10250T26B 10250T27B Red 10250T23R 10250T112-53 10250T122-53 10250T172-53 Green 10250T23G 10250T25G 10250T26G 10250T27G Yellow 10250T23Y 10250T25Y 10250T26Y 10250T27Y Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- 10250T17213-53 Black 10250T101-51 10250T111-51 10250T121-51 10250T171-51 Red 10250T102-51 10250T25R 10250T26R 10250T27R Green 10250T103-51 10250T113-51 10250T123-51 10250T173-51 Yellow 10250T104-51 10250T120-51 10250T124-51 10250T174-51 Extended Button 1NC Mushroom Button 1NO-1NC Jumbo Mushroom 2NO 2NC Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- 10250T29 Black 10250T30B 10250T31B 10250T32B 10250T33B Red 10250T30R 10250T31R 10250T32R 10250T33R Green 10250T30G 10250T31G 10250T32G 10250T33G Yellow 10250T30Y 10250T31Y 10250T32Y 10250T33Y Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- 10250T33 Black 10250T101-2 10250T111-2 10250T121-2 10250T171-2 Red 10250T102-2 10250T112-2 10250T122-2 10250T172-2 Green 10250T103-2 10250T113-2 10250T123-2 10250T173-2 Yellow 10250T104-2 10250T120-2 10250T124-2 10250T174-2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- 10250T17213-2 Black 10250T101-3 10250T111-3 10250T121-3 10250T171-3 Red 10250T102-3 10250T112-3 10250T122-3 10250T172-3 Green 10250T103-3 10250T113-3 10250T123-3 10250T173-3 Yellow 10250T104-3 10250T120-3 10250T124-3 10250T174-3 Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- 10250T17213-3 1 1 1 Note 1 Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet light applications. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-187 1.8 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Pushbuttons UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Momentary Pushbutton Operators, Non-illuminated Button Color Catalog Number Flush button 1 Black 10250T101 Red 10250T102 Green 10250T103 Yellow 10250T104 1 Gray 10250T105 White 10250T106 1 Blue 10250T108 Orange 10250T109 Black 10250T111 1 Red 10250T112 Green 10250T113 1 Yellow 10250T120 White 10250T116 Blue 10250T118 Orange 10250T119 10250T10_ 1 1 1 10250T11_ Extended button 1 1 10250T5_ Operator 10250T101 Vertical Horizontal 1 Black 10250T501 10250T511 Red 10250T502 10250T512 1 Green 10250T503 10250T513 Yellow 10250T504 10250T514 1 Gray 10250T505 10250T515 1 White 10250T506 10250T516 Blue 10250T508 10250T518 1 Orange 10250T509 10250T519 Black 10250T121 Red 10250T122 Green 10250T123 Yellow 10250T124 Blue 10250T129 Black 10250T171 Red 10250T172 1 Red (EMERG. STOP) 10250T17213 Green 10250T173 1 Yellow 10250T174 Black 10250ED1164-2 Red 10250ED1164-3 1 Green 10250ED1164-4 Yellow 10250ED1164-5 1 Clear 10250ED1164 10250T12_ Half shrouded button Note: To order complete assembled unit using one composite catalog number, add contact block and legend plate suffix to the end of operator catalog number. Example: 10250T101-1TS33 Mushroom button 1 1 1 10250T17_ 1 1 10250ED1164_ 1 1 Jumbo mushroom button 2 Low operating force-- jumbo mushroom 23 Contact Block 10250T1 Legend Plate 10250TS33 Notes 1 To order operator with factory assembled extended retaining nut, 10250TA12, for thick panel applications, add suffix letter E to listed catalog number. Example: 10250T101E. 2 Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet light applications. 3 Operating force--Standard = 2.4 lb; low force = 1.6 lb. 1 1 V7-T1-188 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 10250TA_ 1 Mechanically Interlocked Pushbutton Operators Description Catalog Number Black flush and green flush 10250TA66 Black flush and long red 10250TA67 Black flush and red mushroom head 10250TA68 Black flush and lock-down red mushroom head 10250TA69 1 Black flush and red jumbo mushroom head 10250TA76 Green flush and long red 10250TA72 Black long and long red 10250TA73 Green flush and red mushroom head 10250TA77 Green flush and black flush 10250TA75 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 NC contacts must be mounted behind lock-down mushroom head operator to ensure lockout. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-189 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1 Lockout Pushbutton Operators with Padlock Attachments UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 The following pushbutton and mushroom operators include an integral padlock attachment for applications requiring lockout/tagout of specific machine functions. They are available in styles which allow locking of a button in the down position 1 1 1 (stopped position) or locking a button in the up position (to prevent starting). Select the "Hand" latch type which functions as a momentary pushbutton until the operator presses the button and moves the padlock attachment into position for locking, or choose the "Spring Loaded" latch type where the padlock attachment springs into place when the button is pressed. Units accept a customer supplied 1/4 in padlock. 1 1 10250TA16 Padlockable in the Down Position 1 Operator Type Color Latch Type Catalog Number Flush head Red Hand 10250TA16 1 Mushroom head Red Hand 10250TA42 Red Spring loaded 10250TA45 1 Jumbo head 2 Red Hand 10250TA52 Red Spring loaded 10250TA55 Red (EMERG. STOP) Spring loaded 10250ED952 1 1 1 Padlockable in the Up Position 1 1 1 10250TA4_ Operator Type Color Latch Type Catalog Number Mushroom head Black Hand 10250TA41 Green Hand 10250TA43 Black Hand 10250TA51 Green Hand 10250TA53 Yellow Hand 10250TA54 1 1 1 10250TA5_ Jumbo mushroom head 2 1 1 1 Notes Hand attachment must be manually moved into place for locking. Spring loaded: when operator is pressed-- attachment springs into place. Must be moved manually to release button. 1 1 2 1 Operators can be latched down without a padlock. Padlock not included. Jumbo mushroom heads are not recommended for use in applications where exposure to ultraviolet light exists. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-190 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Key Pushbutton Operator UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 These devices incorporate an integral locking mechanism which enables locking units in various positions (Locked Down), locking units to 1 prevent operation (Locked Up) or setting unit to lock when the button is pressed (Push to Lock), requiring the key to be inserted to return to 1 normal operation. With the key in the center position, these operators function as a normal momentary pushbutton (Free). 1 1 Replacement Keys or Dissimilar Locks for Key Operators Below Listed operators have Replacement Keys identical locks and keys Description Catalog Number (Key Code H661) Catalog Replacement keys 10250ED824 Number 10250ED824. For (code H661) dissimilar lock and key combinations, see listing on Page V7-T1-212. 10250T43_ 1 1 1 1 Key Pushbutton Operator Key Position and Pushbutton Operations 1 C L R Key Removal Positions Vertical Mounting 1 Catalog Number 1 1 Three-Position Lock up Free Lock down All 10250T430 Lock up Free Lock down L and R 10250T431 Lock up Free Lock down C and R 10250T432 Lock up Free -- L and C 10250T433 Lock up Free -- L 10250T434 -- Free Lock down C and R 10250T435 -- Free Lock down R 10250T436 -- Free Push to lock C and R 10250T437 -- Free Push to lock R 10250T438 1 1 Two-Position 1 1 1 1 1 Latch-In, Twist-to-Release Operator UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 10250ED1043-4 1 1 Operator Only with Button Description Catalog Number Latch-in, twist-to-release operator with red mushroom head button 10250ED1043-4 1 1 1 Note 1 Horizontal mounting available on request. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-191 1.8 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 LED or incandescent Full voltage, resistor or transformer type Plastic lenses 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 24V Full Voltage Illuminated Pushbutton Illuminated Pushbutton Units Illuminated Pushbutton 1NO Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Catalog Number 1NC Catalog Number 10250T397LRD24-53 10250T397LRD24-1 10250T397LRD24-51 10250T397LGD24-53 10250T397LGD24-1 10250T397LGD24-51 Amber 10250T397LAD24-53 10250T397LAD24-1 10250T397LAD24-51 Yellow 10250T397LYD24-53 10250T397LYD24-1 10250T397LYD24-51 Blue 10250T397LLD24-53 10250T397LLD24-1 10250T397LLD24-51 White 10250T397LWD24-53 10250T397LWD24-1 10250T397LWD24-51 Red 10250T397LRD2A-53 10250T397LRD2A-1 10250T397LRD2A-51 Green 10250T397LGD2A-53 10250T397LGD2A-1 10250T397LGD2A-51 Amber 10250T397LAD2A-53 10250T397LAD2A-1 10250T397LAD2A-51 1 Yellow 10250T397LYD2A-53 10250T397LYD2A-2 10250T397LYD2A-51 Blue 10250T397LLD2A-53 10250T397LLD2A-1 10250T397LLD2A-51 1 White 10250T397LWD2A-53 10250T397LWD2A-1 10250T397LWD2A-51 Red 10250T411LRD06-53 10250T411LRD06-1 10250T411LRD06-51 1 Green 10250T411LGD06-53 10250T411LGD06-1 10250T411LGD06-51 Amber 10250T411LAD06-53 10250T411LAD06-1 10250T411LAD06-51 1 Yellow 10250T411LYD06-53 10250T411LYD06-1 10250T411LYD06-51 Blue 10250T411LLD06-53 10250T411LLD06-1 10250T411LLD06-51 1 White 10250T411LWD06-53 10250T411LWD06-1 10250T411LWD06-51 1 Type 1 Full voltage Voltage Color LED/Lamp Number LED Lamp 24 Vac/Vdc Red Green 1 1 1 120 Vac/Vdc 1 Transformer 120 Vac Bayonet base Incandescent Lamp 1 Full voltage 10250T476C21-53 10250T476C21-1 10250T476C21-51 Green 10250T476C22-53 10250T476C22-1 10250T476C22-51 1 Amber 10250T476C43-53 10250T476C43-1 10250T476C43-51 Yellow 10250T476C23-53 10250T476C23-1 10250T476C23-51 1 Blue 10250T476C24-53 10250T476C24-1 10250T476C24-51 Clear 10250T476C25-53 10250T476C25-1 10250T476C25-51 1 White 10250T476C26-53 10250T476C26-1 10250T476C26-51 10250T471C21-53 10250T471C21-1 10250T471C21-51 Green 10250T471C22-53 10250T471C22-1 10250T471C22-51 Amber 10250T471C43-53 10250T471C43-1 10250T471C43-51 Yellow 10250T471C23-53 10250T471C23-1 10250T471C23-51 Blue 10250T471C24-53 10250T471C24-1 10250T471C24-51 Clear 10250T471C25-53 10250T471C25-1 10250T471C25-51 White 10250T471C26-53 10250T471C26-1 10250T471C26-51 10250T75R 1 10250T76R 1 10250T77R 1 10250T75G 1 10250T76G 1 10250T77G 1 1 1 10250T77A 1 Resistor 1 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 1 1 1 Transformer 120 Vac Red Red Red #757 120MB #755 1 Green Amber 10250T75A 1 Yellow 10250T75Y 1 10250T76Y 1 10250T77Y 1 Blue 10250T75B 1 10250T76B 1 10250T77B 1 1 Clear 10250T75C 1 10250T76C 1 10250T77C 1 White 1 10250T75W 1 10250T76A 10250T76W 1 10250T77W 1 Note 1 For flashing module catalog number 10250TFL1, add suffix code FM to listed catalog number. Example: 10250T75RFM. 1 1 V7-T1-192 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Indicating Light Units 1 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 LED or incandescent Full voltage, resistor or transformer type Standard and PresTest types Plastic lenses PresTest--This device incorporates a press-to-test feature whereby depressing the lens disconnects the light from the source being monitored and connects the lamp to a continuously energized circuit for immediate detection of faulty lamps. Type Voltage Color 24 Vac/Vdc Red Green 120 Vac Transformer PresTest 120 Vac Transformer 120 Vac Indicating Light Catalog Number PresTest Catalog Number 1 Bayonet base 10250T197LRP24 10250T297LRP24 1 10250T197LGP24 10250T297LGP24 Amber 10250T197LAP24 10250T297LAP24 Yellow 10250T197LYP24 10250T297LYP24 Blue 10250T197LLP24 10250T297LLP24 1 1 White 10250T197LWP24 10250T297LWP24 Red 10250T197LRP2A 10250T297LRP2A Green 10250T197LGP2A 10250T297LGP2A Amber 10250T197LAP2A 10250T297LAP2A Yellow 10250T197LYP2A 10250T297LYP2A Blue 10250T197LLP2A 10250T297LLP2A Resistor Transformer 2 24 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 1 1 1 1 White 10250T197LWP2A 10250T297LWP2A Red 10250T181LRP06 10250T221LRP06 Green 10250T181LGP06 10250T221LGP06 Amber 10250T181LAP06 10250T221LAP06 Yellow 10250T181LYP06 10250T221LYP06 Blue 10250T181LLP06 10250T221LLP06 White 10250T181LWP06 10250T221LWP06 1 10250T206NC1N 10250T235NC21 1 1 1 Incandescent Lamp Full voltage 1 LED/Lamp Number LED Lamp Full voltage 1 1 Indicating Light Units 24V Full Voltage Illuminated Light 1 Red #757 Green 10250T206NC2N 10250T235NC22 Amber 10250T206NC19N 10250T235NC43 Yellow 10250T206NC3N 10250T235NC23 Blue 10250T206NC4N 10250T235NC24 Clear 10250T206NC5N 10250T235NC25 White 10250T206NC6N 10250T235NC26 10250T201NC1N 10250T231NC21 Green Red 10250T201NC2N 10250T231NC22 Amber 10250T201NC19N 10250T231NC43 Yellow 10250T201NC3N 10250T231NC23 Blue 10250T201NC4N 10250T231NC24 Clear 10250T201NC5N 10250T231NC25 White 10250T201NC6N 10250T231NC26 Red 120MB 10250T34R 10250T74NR Green #755 10250T34G 10250T74NG Amber 10250T34A 10250T74NA Yellow 10250T34Y 10250T74NY Blue 10250T34B 10250T74NB Clear 10250T34C 10250T74NC White 10250T34W 10250T74NW 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Standard indicating lights are rated UL (NEMA) 3S as well. 2 For flashing lamp add letter F to listed catalog number. Example: 10250T34RF. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 V7-T1-193 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Illuminated Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights LED or incandescent Full voltage, resistor or transformer type Illuminated Pushbutton Operators without Lens 1 Type 1 Voltage LED/Lamp Number Illuminated Pushbutton Catalog Number Indicating Light Catalog Number PresTest Catalog Number Master Test Catalog Number Incandescent Unit Full voltage AC/DC 6 #755 10250T473 10250T203N 10250T232N -- 12 #756 10250T474 10250T204N 10250T233N -- 1 24 #757 10250T476 10250T206N 10250T235N -- 32 #1828 10250T477 10250T207N 10250T238N -- 1 48 #1835 10250T478 10250T208N 10250T239N -- 120 120MB 10250T471 10250T201N 10250T231N -- 240 120MB 10250T472 10250T202N 10250T240N -- 24 #755 10250T416 -- -- -- 120 10250T411 10250T181N 10250T221N -- 240 10250T422 10250T182N 10250T222N -- 277 10250T419 10250T198N -- -- 380 10250T413 10250T183N 10250T223N -- 480 10250T414 10250T184N 10250T224N -- 600 10250T415 10250T185N 10250T225N -- 1 Indicating Light Resistor AC/DC 2 1 1 PresTest Transformer AC only 3 1 1 1 Master Test 1 Neon AC/DC 4 1 Solid-state 50/60 Hz only 120 NE51H-R22 -- 10250T226N -- -- 240 NE51H-R68 -- 10250T227N -- -- 120 120MB -- -- -- 10250T189N Bayonet base 10250T397L 10250T197L 10250T297L -- 10250T416L -- -- -- 120 10250T411L 10250T181L 10250T221L -- 1 240 10250T412L 10250T182L 10250T222L -- 277 10250T419L 10250T198L -- -- 1 380 10250T413L 10250T183L 10250T223L -- 480 10250T414L 10250T184L 10250T224L -- 600 10250T415L 10250T185L 10250T225L -- LED (LEDs not included) 1 1 1 1 1 Full voltage -- Transformer AC only 24 Notes 1 These units do not include lamps. Order LED separately to match lens color. See Page V7-T1-239 for LED Selection and Page V7-T1-185 for Catalog Numbering System. 2 Resistor units are not available for use with LEDs, choose either transformer or full voltage LED style. 3 For flashing lamp, add letter F to listed catalog number. Example: 10250T181NF. 4 Resistant to shock and vibration. For best illumination use amber, yellow or clear lens. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-194 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Plastic Glass 10250TC2_ Plastic Glass 1.8 Indicating and Master Test Lenses Color Plastic Catalog Number Glass Catalog Number Red 10250TC1N 10250TC7N Green 10250TC2N 10250TC8N Amber 10250TC19N 10250TC9N Yellow 10250TC3N -- Blue 10250TC4N 10250TC10N Clear 10250TC5N 10250TC11N White 10250TC6N 10250TC12N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Illuminated Pushbutton Lenses Color Catalog Number Red 10250TC21 Green 10250TC22 Yellow 10250TC23 Amber 10250TC43 Blue 10250TC24 Clear 10250TC25 White 10250TC26 1 1 1 1 1 1 PresTest Lenses Color Plastic Catalog Number Glass Catalog Number 1 Red 10250TC21 10250TC13N 1 Green 10250TC22 10250TC14N Amber 10250TC43 10250TC15N Yellow 10250TC23 -- Blue 10250TC24 10250TC16N Clear 10250TC25 10250TC17N White 10250TC26 10250TC18N 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-195 1.8 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Push-Pull Emergency Stops (Compliant with IEC 60947-5-5) UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 Two- and three-position Non-illuminated LONC contact block 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 10250T579C47-71X 1 Two-Position Push-Pull Units Operator Position 1 Pull Push Button Type/Color Lamp Type Voltage Catalog Number 10250T563C47-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated Incandescent Transformer 120 Vac/Vdc 1 X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP Incandescent Transformer 120 Vac/Vdc 10250T563C53-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP LED Transformer 120 Vac/Vdc 10250T563LED06-71X 1 X O 40 mm red--illuminated Incandescent Full voltage 24 Vdc 10250T579C47-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP Incandescent Full voltage 24 Vdc 10250T579C53-71X 1 X O 40 mm red--illuminated Incandescent Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 10250T580C47-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP Incandescent Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 10250T580C53-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated Incandescent Transformer 24 Vac 10250T589C47-71X 1 X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP Incandescent Transformer 24 Vac 10250T589C53-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP LED Transformer 24 Vac 10250T589LED06-71X 1 X O 40 mm red--illuminated LED Transformer 24 Vac 10250T589LRD06-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP LED Full voltage 24 Vdc 10250T597LED24-71X 1 X O 40 mm red--illuminated EMERG. STOP LED Full voltage 120 Vac/Vdc 10250T597LED2A-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated LED Full voltage 24 Vdc 10250T597LRD24-71X X O 40 mm red--illuminated LED Full voltage 120 Vac/Vdc 10250T597LRD2A-71X 1 X O 40 mm red -- -- -- 10250T5B62-71X X O 40 mm red--EMERG. STOP -- -- -- 10250T5B63-71X 1 X O 65 mm red -- -- -- 10250T5J62-71X X O 65 mm red--EMERG. STOP -- -- -- 10250T5J63-71X 1 1 1 Note 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-196 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Two-Position Push-Pull Units 1 Operator Position 1 Pull Push Button Type/Color 2 Contact Type Mounting Location A B Catalog Number 2 Two-Position Maintained Push, Maintained Pull 10250T5B62-1X O X X O 40 mm/red 1NO 10250T5B62-1X 1 1 1 1NC 1 10250T5B63-1X O X X O 40 mm engraved EMERG. STOP/red 1NO 10250T5B63-1X 1 1 1NC 1 10250T5J63-1X O X X O 65 mm aluminum engraved EMERG. STOP/red 1NO 10250T5J63-1X 1NC 1 1 1 10250ED1080-2 O X X O 65 mm aluminum engraved EMERG. STOP/red 1NO Special security jumbo mushroom head 1NC 10250ED1080-2 1 1 1 1 Button and Color Selection Suffix Code Catalog Number 1 Red B62 10250TB62 1 Red (EMERG. STOP) B63 10250TB63 Green B61 10250TB61 Black B60 10250TB60 Blue B64 10250TB64 Red J62 10250TJ62 Red (EMERG. STOP) J63 10250TJ63 Green J61 10250TJ61 Black J60 10250TJ60 Yellow J64 10250TJ64 Color Standard Standard--40 mm Jumbo Mushroom Head 1 1 1 Jumbo Mushroom Head 3 (Anodized) Aluminum--65 mm 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color buttons, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the table. Example: 10250T5B64-1X. 3 Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet light applications. 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-197 1.8 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 10250T_ Three-Position Push-Pull Units Operator Position 1 1 Pull Intermediate 1 Maintained Push, Momentary Pull Push Button Type/Color 2 X X 1 O X O O Contact Type Mounting Location A Catalog Number 2 40 mm/black 1NC 10250T9B60-3X 40 mm/red 1NC 10250T9B62-3X 40 mm engraved EMERG. STOP/red 1 B 10250T9B63-3X Momentary Push, Momentary Pull 1 1 1 X X O X O O O X O O X O 40 mm/black 1NC 10250T4B60-3X 40 mm/red 1NC 10250T4B62-3X 40 mm/black 1NO 10250T10B60-1X 40 mm/red 1NC 10250T10B62-1X 1 1 1 Button and Color Selection Color Standard Suffix Code Catalog Number Standard--40 mm 1 Red B62 10250TB62 Red (EMERG. STOP) B63 10250TB63 1 Green B61 10250TB61 Black B60 10250TB60 Blue B64 10250TB64 1 1 Jumbo Mushroom Head 3 Jumbo Mushroom Head (Anodized) Aluminum--65 mm 1 Red J62 10250TJ62 Red (EMERG. STOP) J63 10250TJ63 1 Green J61 10250TJ61 Black J60 10250TJ60 Yellow J64 10250TJ64 1 Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color buttons, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the table. Example: 10250T5B64-1X. 3 Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet light applications. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-198 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Illuminated Push-Pull Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 LED or incandescent Full voltage, resistor or transformer type Two-position maintained Two-Position PushPull Operator 1 1 Two-Position Illuminated Maintained Push, Maintained Pull 1 Operator Position 1 Maintained-- Pull O X Maintained-- Push X O Lamp Type Voltage Contact Mounting Location Type A B LED Full Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 120 Vac/Vdc 1NC Transformer LED/Lamp Number Bayonet base 24 Vac X O Incandescent Full voltage 10250T597LRD2A-1X 10250T563LRD06-1X 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 1NC Transformer 24 Vac #757 10250T579C47-1X 120MB 10250T580C47-1X #755 10250T589C47-1X 120 Vac 10250ED137_ 10250T597LRD24-1X 10250T589LRD06-1X 120 Vac O X Red Standard Push-Pull Catalog Number 2 10250T563C47-1X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Jumbo Lens Illuminated E-Stops Contact Type 1 Lamp Button Type/Color Type Voltage LED Two-position illuminated maintained push/pull-- 50 mm jumbo lens/red Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 1NC 10250ED1375 Catalog Number LED Three-position illuminated momentary push/pull-- 50 mm jumbo lens/red Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC 1NC 10250ED1376 1 LED Three-position illuminated momentary push/pull-- 50 mm jumbo lens/red Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 1NC 10250ED1377 1 LED Three-position illuminated maintained push/momentary pull-- 50 mm lens/red Full voltage 1NO 1NC 10250ED1378 1 Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color lens, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from table on next page. Example: 10250T579C63-1X. For LEDs with different voltages see ordering example on Page V7-T1-205. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-199 1.8 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Lens and Color Selection 1 Color Incandescent Suffix Code LED Suffix Code Catalog Number Red C47 RD 10250TC47 1 Red (EMERG. STOP) C53 ED 10250TC53 Green C48 GD 10250TC48 1 Blue C49 LD 10250TC49 Amber C50 AD 10250TC50 White C51 WD 10250TC51 Clear C52 CD 10250TC52 1 Standard 1 1 1 Side-Lighted Aluminum Standard--40 mm Side-Lighted Aluminum--40 mm 1 Red C57 RS 10250TC57 Red (EMERG. STOP) C63 ES 10250TC63 Green C58 GS 10250TC58 1 Blue C59 LS 10250TC59 Amber C64 AS 10250TC64 1 Yellow C60 YS 10250TC60 White C61 WS 10250TC61 Clear C62 CS 10250TC62 1 1 1 Aluminum Transparent Center 1 1 Jumbo Lens 1 Aluminum Transparent Center--40 mm 1 Red C65 RH 10250TC65 Green C66 GH 10250TC66 Amber C67 AH 10250TC67 -- -- 10250TC77 Jumbo Lens--50 mm Red 1 Note 1 Clear anodized aluminum and colored lens. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-200 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Three-Position PushPull Operator 1 Three-Position Illuminated Momentary Push, Momentary Pull 1 Operator Position 1 Momentary-- Pull O X X X Maintained-- Intermediate O O O X Momentary-- Push X O O O Lamp Type Voltage Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 120 Vac 1NC Transformer 24 Vac 10250T1089LRD06-1X 120 Vac 10250T1063LRD06-1X O O X O Full voltage Incan- Full voltage descent Resistor Transformer 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC 120 Vac 1NC Bayonet base Bayonet base O X O O Full voltage 10250T1097LRD24-1X 10250T1097LRD2A-1X 10250T497LRD24-3X 10250T497LRD2A-3X 24 Vac 10250T489LRD06-3X 120 Vac 10250T463LRD06-3X 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 120 Vac 1NC 24 Vac #757 10250T1079C47-1X 120MB 10250T1080C47-1X #755 10250T1089C47-1X 120 Vac X X Red Standard Push-Pull Catalog Number 3 LED Transformer O X Mounting Location LED/ Lamp Number A B Contact Type 10250T1063C47-1X 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC Resistor 120 Vac 1NC Transformer 24 Vac #757 10250T479C47-3X 120MB 10250T480C47-3X #755 10250T489C47-3X 120 Vac 10250T463C47-3X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Three-Position PushPull Operator Three-Position Illuminated Maintained Push, Momentary Pull 1 Operator Position 1 Momentary-- Pull X X X X Maintained-- Intermediate O X O X Momentary-- Push O O O O Mounting Location LED/ Lamp Number A B Red Standard Push-Pull Catalog Number 2 Lamp Type Voltage Contact Type LED Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC 120 Vac 1NC Transformer 24 Vac 10250T989LRD06-3X 120 Vac 10250T963LRD06-3X Incandescent Bayonet base 10250T997LRD24-3X 10250T997LRD2A-3X Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC #757 10250T979C47-3X Resistor 120 Vac 1NC 120MB 10250T980C47-3X Transformer 24 Vac #755 120 Vac 10250T989C47-3X 10250T963C47-3X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color lens, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from table on Page V7-T1-200. Example: 10250T1079C53-1X. For LEDs with different voltages see ordering example on Page V7-T1-205. 3 To order different type or color lens, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from table on Page V7-T1-200. Example: 10250T979C53X. For LEDs with different voltages see ordering example on Page V7-T1-205. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-201 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Potentiometers UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 12, 13 Vertical or Horizontal 1 Potentiometer One-Hole Mounting Potentiometer Ohms with Knob and Standard Dial Plate--Linear Type 10% Catalog Number 2 Watt (60V Max.) Single Potentiometer with Standard Aluminum Dial Plate 23 1 1000 10250T331 2500 10250T332 5000 10250T338 10000 10250T333 1 25000 10250T334 50000 10250T335 1 Operator only 4 10250T330 Alternative--black plastic large legend with standard markings E34LP99 1 1 1 Notes 1 Shown with standard aluminum dial plate. 2 Large dial plate with space for legend is available at no charge. To order, add suffix 36 to catalog number. Example: 10250T33136. To order separately, see footnote 3 below. 3 Large dial plate has space at top for 15 letters. 3/32 in high. For custom stamped legend plates, order legend plate as separate item 10250TR30 and specify stamping. 4 For use with commercially purchased potentiometers having shaft dimensions per dimension drawing on Page V7-T1-249. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-202 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Push-Pull Operators An illuminated push-pull pushbutton unit, arranged for one-hole mounting, can replace two pushbuttons and a pilot light or the nonilluminated form can replace two pushbuttons. These units are available in three basic types: Typical Two-Position Maintained Push-Pull 1 Control Maintained--(Twoposition). Maintains in the pulled or pushed position until manually actuated to the opposite mode. Momentary--(Threeposition). Spring returns to an intermediate position when pulled or pushed and released. Momentary Pull, Maintained Push--(Threeposition). Spring returns to intermediate position when pulled. Maintains in pushed position until manually returned to intermediate (ready to reset) position. Maintained stop holds circuit open and will prevent other series connected operators from starting the system. The operators, buttons, contact blocks, etc., are offered as building block components that can be intermixed to satisfy many requirements. This minimizes the need for a varied and costly inventory. Two-wire two-position maintained Push-Pull Operator A Circuit M B Circuit 1 1 1 1 1 Line--Diagram L1 1 1 Applications Three-wire three-position momentary 1 L2 OL L1 Circuits Operator Mode Momentary push and pull 10250T4 2NC contact block 10250T3 START (mom.) 1 Normal pos. (maint.) STOP (mom.) 1 1 M Push-Pull Operator M Operator L2 OL Momentary push and pull 10250T10 1NO-1NC contact block 10250T1 Maintained push and pull 10250T5 1NC contact block 10250T51 1 1 START (maint.) No intermediate position STOP (maint.) 1 1 1 A or B Circuit Three-wire momentary pull L1 maintained push A Circuit Push-Pull Operator M B Circuit OL L2 Maintained push and momentary pull 10250T9 2NC contact block 10250T3 START (mom.) Normal pos. (maint.) STOP (maint.) 1 1 1 M 1 Notes A and B circuits shown in the application illustrations are defined in the "Application Guide" on the following page. 1 Shown without button on lens. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-203 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Application Guide To assist in the selection of contact blocks, the sketch to the right shows pictorially by symbols A and B locations of contact circuits after assembly of contact blocks and adapter to the operator. The table below shows the effect of the push and pull operations on either NO or NC contacts. (X = contact closed, O = contact open). Contact Circuit Locations Locating Nib A 1 B 1 1 10250T579C47-71X Push-Pull Operator Components Operator Position and Circuit Arrangement 1 Out--Pull 1 Intermediate In--Push Contact Block Mounting Location Type of Operator 1 A B A B A O X No intermediate position X O B Contact Block 1 Catalog Number X O 1NO 1NC 10250T5 X O 2NO 2NC X O 1NO 1NC X O 2NO 2NC O O 1NO 1NC O O 2NO 2NC O O 1NO 1NC O O 2NO 2NC X O 1NO 1NC X O 2NO 2ND Two-Position Operator without Lens 1 Maintained push-pull 1 O X or O X 1 Maintained push-pull with anti-theft jumbo mushroom O X 1 O X 1 Three-Position Operator without Lens Momentary push-pull 1 O X O X or Maintained push-momentary pull 1 O X or or O X 1 Momentary push-pull 1 O X O X 1 X O No intermediate position O X O X 1 O X or or X O or X O O X O O O X O O O X O O O X O O O X O O O X O O or or or O X X O O X X O O X X O O X X O O O X O O O X O or or or 10250ED1080 10250T4 1 10250T9 1 10250T10 1 Note 1 Maximum of two blocks, four circuits. Special function contact blocks shown on Page V7-T1-235 CANNOT be used with three-position push-pull operators 10250T4, 10250T9 or 10250T10. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-204 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Push-Pull Light Units, Lenses and Buttons Ordering Example with One Composite Number 1 Non-illuminated: 10250T5 + 10250TB62 + 10250T1 = 10250T5B62-1X 1 1 Incandescent: 10250T5 + 10250T79 + 10250TC47 + 10250T1 = 10250T579C47-1X 1 LED: 10250T5 + 10250T97L + 10250TC47 + Voltage code + 10250T1 = 10250T597LRD24-1X 06--6 Vac/Vdc 12--12 Vac/Vdc 24--24 Vac/Vdc 48--48 Vac/Vdc 1 60--60 Vac/Vdc 2A--120 Vac 2D--120 Vdc 1 1 Light Units for Illuminated Push-Pull Devices Light Unit Type LED 1 (LEDs not included) Incandescent Type Voltage Full voltage -- Transformer AC only 50/60 Hz 24 120 208 240 277 380 480 600 Full voltage AC or DC LED/Lamp Number Bayonet base 6 12 24/28 32 1 Catalog Number 1 10250T97L 1 10250T89L 10250T63L 10250T64L 10250T65L 10250T82L 10250T66L 10250T67L 10250T68L 1 1 1 10250T69 10250T70 10250T79 10250T83 Resistor AC or DC 120 240 120MB 10250T80 10250T81 Transformer AC only 50/60 Hz 24 120 208 240 277 380 480 600 #755 10250T89 10250T63 10250T64 10250T65 10250T82 10250T66 10250T67 10250T68 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 These units do not include lamps. Order LED separately to match lens color, see Page V7-T1-239. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-205 1.8 Incandescent Suffix Code LED Suffix Code 1 Catalog Number Red C47 RD 10250TC47 Red (EMERG. STOP) C53 ED 10250TC53 Green C48 GD 10250TC48 Blue C49 LD 10250TC49 Amber C50 AD 10250TC50 White C51 WD 10250TC51 Clear C52 CD 10250TC52 Lens Color Standard 1 1 1 1 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Alternate Lenses for Illuminated Push-Pull Devices 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Side-Lighted Anodized Aluminum Ring Standard Side-Lighted Anodized Aluminum Ring Red C57 RS 10250TC57 Red (EMERG. STOP) C63 ES 10250TC63 Green C58 GS 10250TC58 Blue C59 LS 10250TC59 1 Amber C64 AS 10250TC64 Yellow C60 YS 10250TC60 1 White C61 WS 10250TC61 Clear C62 CS 10250TC62 1 1 1 Heavy-Duty Aluminum Heavy-Duty Aluminum with Transparent Center 1 Red C65 RH 10250TC65 Green C66 GH 10250TC66 1 Amber C67 AH 10250TC67 White C68 -- 10250TC68 -- -- 10250TC77 1 Jumbo Lens Jumbo Lens--50 mm Red 1 1 1 1 Buttons for Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Devices Color Standard 1 1 1 1 Jumbo Mushroom Head Suffix Code Catalog Number Red B62 10250TB62 Red (EMERG. STOP) B63 10250TB63 Green B61 10250TB61 Black B60 10250TB60 Blue B64 10250TB64 Standard Legend Plates For a complete listing of available legend plates see Pages V7-T1-230 to V7-T1-232. Jumbo Standard P S Jumbo Mushroom Head 2 (Anodized) Aluminum 1 Red J62 10250TJ62 Red (EMERG. STOP) J63 10250TJ63 1 Green J61 10250TJ61 Black J60 10250TJ60 1 Yellow J64 10250TJ64 R T Notes 1 Suffix codes should only be used for assembling composite catalog numbers. To order lens above, order by catalog number. 2 Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet light applications. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-206 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Selector Switch Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Two-, three- and four-position maintained Non-illuminated and illuminated 1 Two-Position Maintained Switch 1 Two-Position Selector Switch Operator Position 1 Non-Illuminated Operator Action 2 X Contact Type O O Mounting Location Black Knob Black Lever Red Knob Red Lever Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 A B 1NC M Illuminated--120V Transformer 10250T20KB 10250T20LB 10250ED1117-KR 10250ED1117-LR M X 1 1 1 1NO 1 Three-Position Maintained Switch Three-Position Selector Switch Operator Position 1 Non-Illuminated Operator Action 2 X O O Mounting Location Black Knob Black Lever Red Knob Red Lever Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 A B 1NO M M Three-Position Maintained Switch Contact Type Illuminated--120V Transformer 10250T21KB 10250T21LB 10250ED1117-2KR 10250ED1117-2LR 1 1 1 M O O X 1NO X O O 1NO O X O 2NC (Series) O O X 1NO 1 10250T22KB 10250T22LB 10250ED1117-3KR 10250ED1117-3LR 1 1 1 Three-Position Maintained Switch 1 Four-Position Selector Switch Operator Position 1 Operator Action 2 X O O O O X O O O O X O O O M M Contact Type Non-Illuminated Illuminated--120V Transformer Mounting Location Black Knob Black Lever Red Knob Red Lever A B Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 1NC 10250T46KB 10250T46LB 10250ED1117-4KR 10250ED1117-4LR 1 1 M 1NO 1 O 1NO 1 X 1NC 1 M 1 Color Selection 1 Illuminated Non-Illuminated Color Code Letter Color Code Letter Color Code Letter Color Code Letter Color Code Letter Color Code Letter Red Green R G White Blue W B Amber Clear A C Black Red B R Green White G W Blue Orange L O Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 M = Maintained. 3 To order different type or color selector switch, substitute the underlined character with appropriate suffix code from the Color Selection table. Example: 10250T20KG. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-207 1.8 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Selector Switch Selection 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Cam and Contact Block Selection Selector switches in their varied forms (two-position, three-position and fourposition) are a big factor contributing to the great flexibility of control that a well rounded line of "pushbuttons" can achieve. Because of their flexibility, they tend to cause difficulty with product selection and application. The following systematic approach should simplify that task. Cam and contact block selection is better understood if you: Work with each incoming and outgoing wire/circuit separately. Recognize the terms NO and NC only identify the type of contact by its mode before mounting to the operator. The "X-O" table (Page V7-T1-210) shows how that contact will act after assembly to the operator with the selected cam shape. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. Up to six NO or NC contacts may be mounted behind each plunger location for a total of twelve contacts. Single circuit contact blocks have only one plunger with the other side of the block "open." Therefore, single circuit contact blocks transmit motion to blocks behind them only for the position containing the circuit. Each cam has two separate lobes, each of which operates one of the two contact block plungers independently of each other. Those are identified as position A (locating nib side) and position B (opposite of locating nib). The position designations give direction in selecting and mounting of the contact blocks. Contact Circuit Locations Step 1: Elementary Diagram. Construct on paper, or in your mind, a simple elementary diagram of the switching scheme as follows: HAND Incoming Line Outgoing Circuit OFF AUTO Outgoing Circuit Step 2: "X-O" Pattern. From the elementary diagram, you can construct an "X-O" diagram which describes when the contacts are to be closed (X) or open (O) in the various positions of the switch. The "X-O" for the HAND circuit looks like this: For the AUTO circuit, the "X-O" diagram would look like this: HAND OFF AUTO O O X Putting them together, the complete "X-O" diagram is: XOO OOX Once the "X-O" diagram has been generated the next step is to select the cam and contact block, or blocks, needed to perform the desired "X-O" functions. The selection tables on the following pages list the various types (shapes) of cams by number to choose from and the type of contact and position to achieve the function outlined in your "X-O" diagram. Locating Nib HAND OFF AUTO A B 1 Systematic Approach Application: HAND-OFFAUTO selector switch. In this circuit, one incoming line is distributed to two other outgoing circuits by the switch. The two circuits can be looked at individually. X O O In this circuit, you want a contact closed on the left (HAND) but open in the center and right. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-208 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Step 3: Cam Selection. The cam you select determines the operation of all contact blocks mounted to the operator. It is selected on the basis that it provides the simplest circuitry for the desired "X-O" diagram. The selection tables show all the "X-O" combinations. For the purpose of this example, the applicable portion of those tables is shown on this page. Now to make the cam selection, make a simple worksheet such as: Step 5: Selector Switch Operator. Lastly, you have to choose from the many types of operators--knob and lever in various colors or keyed. Also what combinations of maintained and spring return functions are required. Selection of these operators can be found on Page V7-T1-212. For the example in step 4 you may want a three-position maintained black knob, cam 3--Catalog Number 10250T1323. Example Selection Table No. "X-O" Pattern 1 X O XOO OOX Cam 3 (A)NO-(B)NC (B)NO (A)NO (B)NO It becomes immediately obvious that cam 3 is the better choice for two reasons, (1) the series combination can be avoided making it simpler to wire, (2) only two contacts are required, which is less expensive than the three contacts required by cam 2. Step 4: Contact Block Selection. Having selected the cam, contact block selection is simply a matter of gathering the A position and B position circuits into pairs which make up the most convenient contact block arrangement. If there is an imbalance in the number of circuits under A or B, then single circuit blocks must be selected for these leftover circuits. Back to the worksheet, having selected cam 3 do this: X O X O O X ANO BNO 10250T2 The Complete Switch: 10250T1323 with one 10250T2 or, for one composite catalog number, 10250T21KB found on Page V7-T1-207. Diagrams Circuits shown illustrate connections to obtain a selector switch circuit combination and are shown with their appropriate line diagrams. Field wiring of jumper connections required as shown. Cam Code #3 Top A Top A O Bottom B 4 O O X 1 Bottom B -- a NO NC -- 1 1 NO 1 -- NO NO 1 Two-Position Selector Switch Contact Block Selection Desired Circuit and Operator Position 1 Top Plunger A X O NC 2 O or Bottom Plunger B 1 NC 1 X 1 or NO 1 1 Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function No. Cam 2 Cam Code #2 NO 1 Note 1 Wired in series. 1 1 1 1 X = Closed circuit O = Open circuit 1 Wiring of Jumper Connections 1 1 Series Connection 1 1 Parallel Connection 1 Four-position selector switches are limited to four contact blocks. 1 1 Contact Blocks For selection and number of available contact blocks per operator, see Pages V7-T1-235 to V7-T1-238. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-209 1.8 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Three-Position Switch--Cam and Contact Block Selection Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function (Jumpers must be installed where indicated) 1 Desired Circuit and Operator Position 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights No. 1 X O 1 2 X X 1 Top Plunger A Bottom Plunger B Top Plunger A NO NC NO NC 3 X O Bottom Plunger B NC X NO NO 4 O O NO 5 O NO X X NO X NC 1 1 Mounting Location O 1 1 Operator with Cam Code #3 Mounting Location O 1 1 Operator with Cam Code #2 NC 6 O X NO O NC NC NC 1 1 Four-Position Switch--Contact Block Selection Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function 1 1 1 Desired Circuit and Operator Position Mounting Location Top Plunger A No. 1 1 1 2 O X O O 1 3 O O X O 1 4 O O O X 1 X O O 1 1 Desired Circuit and Operator Position Mounting Location Top Plunger A No. 10 X O X Bottom Plunger B O NC NC NO NO 11 X X X O NO NC NO NC 5 X O O X 6 O X X O 7 O O X X 8 X X O O 12 NC 1 X O V7-T1-210 NO X NC NO NO X O X X NC NC NO X 14 NO NC 1 X NO NC NC O X NC 13 NO 9 O NO NO 1 1 Bottom Plunger B O 1 1 Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function X X O X NC NO NC Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Selector Switch Operators 1 Key Operators 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Two-Position Maintained 1 1 Key Operators with Cam Positions Operator Action 2 Two-position--60 throw M M M M 1, 2, 3 10250T1511_ 10250T1611_ 1 2 10250T1571_ 10250T1581_ 1 2 1-7 10250T1522_ 10250T1622_ 10250T1523_ 10250T1623_ 1 10250T1532_ 10250T1632_ 10250T1533_ 10250T1633_ 10250T1542_ 10250T1642_ 10250T1543_ 10250T1643_ 10250T1652_ 10250T1662_ 10250T1653_ 10250T1663_ 10250T1677_ 10250T1687_ 3 S S 2, 4, 6 3 7 M 4 3 2 M M 1, 4, 5 3 2 M S M 1 2 M S M Horizontal Mounting Catalog Number 7 1 1 S M Four-position--40 throw Vertical Mounting Catalog Number M M Three-position--60 throw Cam Code 3 Optional Key Removal Positions 4 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 Notes 1 Horizontal mount, key removal #1 keyed selector switch, cam 1 shown. 2 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow (R). 3 For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and tables on Pages V7-T1-208, V7-T1-209 and V7-T1-210. 4 Choose key removal position required for application from table on Page V7-T1-212. Add key removal code no. to listed catalog number. Example: 10250T15112. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-211 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Key Removal Positions C L R Code Suffix Key Removal Position 1 Right only 1 2 Left only 3 Right and left 1 4 Center only 5 Right and center 1 6 Left and center 7 All positions 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note: Key removal in "spring return from" positions not recommended. Replacement Keys or Dissimilar Locks for Key Operators Operators listed on Page V7-T1-212 have identical locks and keys (Key Code H661) Catalog Number 10250ED824. For dissimilar lock and key combinations, see listing on this page. 1 1 1 Replacement Key Description Catalog Number Replacement keys (code H661) 10250ED824 Lock and Key Code Numbers Selector Switch Operators with Dissimilar Locks and Keys (UL [NEMA] 4, 4X and 13) The locks in all key operators listed on Pages V7-T1-191, V7-T1-212 and V7-T1-349 are identical and use key code number H661. Two keys are supplied with every lock. For additional code number H661 keys, order Catalog Number 10250ED824. For others, order 10250ED1130 and designate lock number. When dissimilar locks for each operator or each group of operators are required, select from the lock and key combination listed below. When Ordering Operator Only or a complete control unit with a substitute lock, order from table below and add "except Lock and Key Code No. ..." Master Keys for Above Locks Application Catalog Number For code: H501 H635 H663 MD1-MD20 10250ED825-3 H620 H639 H675 ME2-ME18 10250ED825-4 H621 H643 H683 MJ1-MJ16 10250ED825-5 H634 H654 H688 "M" Series Locks with Master Key--with Key Slot Cover Lock and Key Code Numbers MD1 MD14 ME8 MJ6 MD2 MD15 ME11 MJ10 MD3 MD16 ME16 MJ11 MD4 MD19 ME17 MJ13 MD5 MD20 ME18 MJ15 MD7 ME2 ME19 MJ16 MD17 MD9 ME3 MJ1 MD10 ME5 MJ3 MD11 ME6 MJ4 MD13 ME7 MJ5 Selector Switch Operators with Caps UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Selector Switch Operators with Caps 1 1 1 "H" Series Locks without Master Key--with Key Slot Cover Positions Two-Position Maintained 1 Operator Action 2 Two-position--60 throw 1 M M M S Black Knob Selector Switch-- Vertical Mounting 3 Black Lever Selector Switch-- Vertical Mounting 3 Cam Code 4 Catalog Number Cam Code 4 Catalog Number 1 10250T1311 1 10250T3011 1 10250T1371 1 10250T3071 10250T3022 1 1 Three-Position Maintained 5 Three-position--60 throw M M 1 M M S M M 1 S S M 1 M Four-position--40 throw 1 M M 1 S M 2 10250T1322 2 3 10250T1323 3 10250T3023 2 10250T1332 2 10250T3032 3 10250T1333 3 10250T3033 2 10250T1342 2 10250T3042 3 10250T1343 3 10250T3043 2 10250T1352 2 10250T3052 3 10250T1353 3 10250T3053 7 10250T1367 7 10250T3067 M Notes 1 Black knob selector switch, cam 1 shown. 2 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow (R). 3 Field convertible to horizontal mounting or order operator only and separate operator cap. 4 For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and tables on Pages V7-T1-208, V7-T1-209 and V7-T1-210. 5 Black lever selector switch, cam 3 shown. 1 1 1 V7-T1-212 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Selector Switch Operators without Caps Operators can be ordered with caps assembled to them by adding the code number from the table on this page to the end of catalog number below. Example: 10250T4011KB Two-Position Selector Switch Maintained 1 1 1 1 Selector Switch Operators without Caps Operator Action 1 Positions Two-position--60 throw M M M S Three-position--60 throw M M M M S M M S S M M Four-position--40 throw M M S M 1 Cam Code 2 Catalog Number 1 10250T4011 1 1 10250T4081 1 2 10250T4022 1 3 10250T4023 2 10250T4032 3 10250T4033 2 10250T4042 3 10250T4043 2 10250T4052 3 10250T4053 7 10250T4067 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 Operating Caps Knob Color Lever 3 Catalog and Code Number Coin Slot Catalog and Code Number 1 10250TLB Black 10250TSB 10250TCB 1 10250TKR 10250TLR Red 10250TSR 10250TCR 1 Green 10250TKG 10250TLG Green 10250TSG 10250TCG 1 Yellow 10250TKY 10250TLY Yellow 10250TSY 10250TCY 1 White 10250TKW 10250TLW White 10250TSW 10250TCW 1 Gray 10250TKA 10250TLA Gray 10250TSA 10250TCA 1 Blue 10250TKL 10250TLL Blue 10250TSL 10250TCL 1 Orange 10250TKD 10250TLO Orange 10250TSO 10250TCO 1 Color Knob Catalog and Code Number Lever Catalog and Code Number Black 10250TKB Red Lever Lever for Use with Maintained Operators Coin Slot Notes 1 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow (R). 2 For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and tables on Pages V7-T1-208, V7-T1-209 and V7-T1-210. 3 Designed for added ingress protection. For use in maintained operators only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-213 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Illuminated Selector Switch Operators Illuminated Selector Switches without Caps Two-Position Selector Switch Maintained Operator without Knob or Lever Code Number and Catalog Number 3 Full Voltage Type--AC or DC 4 Lamps: 6V--#755, 12V--#756, 24V--#757, 48V--#1835, 120/240V--120MB Cam Code Number and Code 2 Voltage Catalog Number 3 24 10250T5961 1 120 10250T5971 Transformer Type--50/60 Hz 1 Positions 1 Operator Action 1 Two-position--60 throw 1 M 1 6 Volt #755 Lamp Cam Voltage Code 2 M 1 1 1 Three-position--60 throw + 2 or 3 M M 1 M 1 1 + 2 or 3 M 1 M S 1 1 1 + 2 or 3 M 1 S M 6 10250T6201 12 10250T6211 208 10250T6511 24 10250T6221 240 10250T5981 48 10250T6231 380 10250T5991 120 10250T6361 480 10250T6001 240 5 10250T6371 600 10250T6011 24 10250T602_ 120 10250T603_ + 2 or 3 6 10250T624_ 12 10250T625_ 208 10250T652_ 24 10250T626_ 240 10250T604_ 48 10250T627_ 380 10250T605_ 120 10250T638_ 480 10250T606_ 240 5 10250T639_ 600 10250T607_ 24 10250T654_ 120 10250T620_ + 2 or 3 6 10250T612_ 12 10250T632_ 208 10250T655_ 24 10250T642_ 240 10250T656_ 48 10250T672_ 380 10250T657_ 120 10250T622_ 480 10250T658_ 240 10250T682_ 600 10250T659_ 24 10250T660_ 120 10250T621_ + 2 or 3 6 10250T613_ 12 10250T633_ 1 208 10250T661_ 24 10250T643_ 240 10250T662_ 48 10250T673_ 1 380 10250T663_ 120 10250T623_ 480 10250T664_ 240 10250T683_ 600 10250T665_ 1 + 2 or 3 M S 1 S 1 1 1 Four-position--40 throw 1 M M 1 1 7 M M 24 10250T614_ 120 10250T615_ + 2 or 3 6 10250T628_ 12 10250T629_ 208 10250T653_ 24 10250T630_ 240 10250T616_ 48 10250T631_ 380 10250T617_ 120 10250T640_ 480 10250T618_ 240 5 10250T641_ 600 10250T619_ 24 10250T6087 120 10250T6097 7 6 10250T6327 12 10250T6337 208 10250T6547 24 10250T6347 240 10250T6107 48 10250T6357 380 10250T6117 120 10250T6427 480 10250T6127 240 5 10250T6437 600 10250T6137 Notes 1 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow (R). 2 For selection of the proper cam and contact block, to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection tables on Pages V7-T1-208, V7-T1-209 and V7-T1-210. 3 Operator includes lens gasket and lens attachment screws. 4 Full voltage light units can be used at other than listed voltages by changing lamp. Replacement lamps are listed on Page V7-T1-239. 5 Resistor type. May generate excess heat if used in high density. 1 1 1 V7-T1-214 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Illuminated Knobs and Levers Knob Lever Color 1 Knob Code Number and Catalog Number Lever Code Number and Catalog Number Red 10250TER 10250TFR Green 10250TEG 10250TFG Yellow 10250TEA 10250TFA Blue 10250TEL 10250TFL Clear 10250TEC 10250TFC White 10250TEW 10250TFW Amber 10250TEM 10250TFM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Joystick Units Two-Position Joystick 1 Joystick Units--UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Operator Position 2 Up Down Center Operator Action 3 X O O O O X Contact Type S 1NC S 1NC Mounting Location A B Two-Position Assembled Unit Catalog Number 4 10250T452-3X M 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Amber, clear and white lenses have a black arrow (pointer), red, green and blue lenses have a white arrow (pointer). 2 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 3 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow (R). 4 Field convertible momentary to maintained or vice versa. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-215 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Joysticks Two-Position Joystick Operators The device mounts in the standard 30.5 mm mounting hole. Allow sufficient panel space for lever movement. The maximum travel of the knob operator (full up to full down) is 2.2 in (24) momentary, 2.5 in (30) maintained, but ample space for lever operation must be allowed. These operators are field convertible from momentary to maintained operation or vice versa. 1 1 1 1 1 Two-Position Joystick Operator Two-Position Operator Only--AC Applications Only Catalog Number Description 1 Momentary Mode 4NC contact blocks max. 3NO contact blocks max. 1 Maintained Mode 2 contact blocks max. 1 1 Application Caution Joystick operators are not recommended on certain DC applications above 24 Vdc which may involve lightly engaging the contacts (teasing) to achieve speed control, positioning, jogging, etc. Excessive arcing and deterioration of the contacts will occur. Two-Position Joystick Operators--UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Contact Block Limitations 1 The use of NC contacts is preferred because they provide positive drive contact opening and a direct relationship between lever movement and affected terminal, i.e., up movement affects the top terminals. Momentary up and down 10250T452 Maintained up--momentary down 10250T4521 Maintained down--momentary up 10250T4522 Maintained up and down 10250T4525 Contact Block Operation and Selection Handle Position 2 Up Center 1 1 Down Contact Block Type 4 Mounting Location 23 Top A Bottom B Catalog Number X O O 1NC 10250T51 O O X 1NC 10250T51 O X O 2LONC (Series) 10250T45 X O O 1NC 10250T3 O O X 1NC X X O 1LONC 1 O X X 1LONC X O O 1NC 1 O O X 1NO 1 O O X 1NC X O O 1NO 1 1 1 1 10250T45 10250T44 5 1 1 A and B Mounting Location Locating Nib 1 Top Contacts Up Bottom Contacts Down Center 1 1 Up NC Contact at Top Is Closed, NO at Bottom Is Closed 1 Center All NC and NO Contacts Are Open (1/2 Way), Late Opening NC Is Closed Down NC Contact at Bottom Is Closed, NO at Top Is Closed Notes 1 Field convertible momentary to maintained or vice versa. To expedite shipment of maintained types, order momentary operator 10250T452 which is a stocked device. 2 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 3 See above for "A" and "B" mounting location. 4 NO = normally open, NC = normally closed, LONC = late opening normally closed. 5 Four circuits in single block depth--rated 300V max. 1 1 1 V7-T1-216 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Four-Position Joystick Operators The joystick operated control unit is intended for AC application only. For other use, see Application Caution on preceding page. Four-Position Joystick Operator The panel area required for the four-position operator is equivalent to two standard pushbutton operators. 1 The latch holds the lever in the center position. The trigger latch must be released before lever can moved into any position. 1 1 1 Four-Position Joystick Operators--UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Contact Block Limitations 1 Description 1 Catalog Number Four-position--without latch 10250T451_ Four-position--with latch 10250T461_ 1 To plug unused hole 10250TA7 1 Operator Only--AC Application Only Four contact blocks max.--two in each position 1 Hole Plug Four contact blocks max.--two in each position Four-Position Joystick Operator with Latch 1 1 1 1 Field Conversion--Gate The factory assembled fourposition operator is assembled with a gate arranged for four handle positions. Handle Positions Two-, Three- or EightPosition Operation Adjacent Functions Left Up Up Right Up or Two-Position Gate or or Left Right or Three-Position Gate Four-Position Gate Left Down Down Right Down Maintained Position Three additional gates, supplied with every operator, allow on the job conversion to three- or eight-position operation as illustrated. Eight-Position Gate The eight-position gate controls the four functions shown as "Up," "Down," "Left" and "Right." The remaining four diagonal positions each actuate two adjacent functions; for example, "Left Down" actuates both "Left" and "Down." The operator may be arranged for spring return of handle to center position, or maintained in up to eight positions (see description of maintained position operator). For maintained position (nonspring return), locate required maintained position or positions of operating lever and add appropriate suffix number to the catalog number selected from the table above. Maintained Positions Maintained Positions Up Down Left Right Suffix Number X -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- 2 -- X -- -- 3 -- -- X -- 4 -- -- -- -- 5 X -- X -- 6 X -- -- X 7 -- X X -- 8 -- X -- X 9 -- -- X X 10 X X X -- 11 X X -- X 12 X -- X X 13 -- X X X 14 X X X X 15 On an eight-position gate, when an adjacent vertical and horizontal position are both maintained, the included diagonal position is also maintained. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Momentary operators--spring return to center. For maintained operators add suffix code from table on this page. Example: 10250T45110. Operator without latch, maintained in left and right positions. 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-217 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Contact Block Operation Blank Legend Plates for Joystick Operators Contact blocks mount directly to the back of the operator. For reliable operation, the maximum number of contact blocks that should be installed behind each operator lever is two (four total). When ordering engraved legend plates, order by catalog number and insert the following into order notes: 1 The figure below identifies the circuits activated by each of the eight possible lever positions. Contact block plungers 1, 2, 3, 4 are depressed (change state) when handle is in the position indicated by arrows below. 1 Circuit Activation 1 1 3 1 4 1 1 1 Ordering Example: Two-position legend plate to be marked "UP" "DOWN." Note: Joystick in its resting state, center position, does not activate contact block plungers. Ordering Example: Two-Position Example Circuit Arrangements 2.19 (55.6) Sq. 1 Down Left Right 1st X X X X 1 2nd X O O X 1 The contact blocks and their mounting locations would be as follows: Example Contact Blocks and Locations 2nd 1st Circuit Circuit 1 1 1 NO NO NC NO 10250T1 10250T2 NC 1 NO K K L N M M Catalog Number Catalog Number Blank Plate 10250TJS3 10250TJS4 Engraved Plate 10250TJS3STAMP 10250TJS4STAMP Four-Position C A B C D F E G J H A B D F E G J H NO NO 10250T1 10250T2 1 Catalog Number 1 A complete bill of material for this example would include: 1 Example Order 1 Catalog No. 10250TJ2S4STAMP Letter Size: 3/16 in (4.8 mm) Pos. K--UP Pos. M--DOWN Suppose you are looking for a four-position momentary joystick without a latch and the following circuit arrangements. X = Closed Circuit, O = Open Circuit. Up 1 Horizontal 3/16 in--13, 1/8 in--14, 3/32 in--19 Vertical 3/16 in--10, 1/8 in--13, 3/32 in--14 Circuit 1 Maximum number of characters: 1 2 1 Locations K and M can accommodate up to two lines horizontally; L and N up to two lines vertically. 1 1 Legend required Size of characters: 3/16, 1/8, 3/32 in (4.8, 3.2, 2.4 mm) Location by letter (A-N) 10250TJS1 Qty. Catalog Number 1 10250T451 2 10250T2 2 10250T1 Catalog Number Blank Plate 10250TJS2 Engraved Plate 10250TJS1STAMP 10250TJS2STAMP 1 1 1 V7-T1-218 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Roto-Push Units 1 Two-Position Momentary Complete assembled twoposition Roto-Push(R) Units are listed below. These operators have black flush buttons and are arranged for vertical mounting. Order legend plates separately. Mounting Location 1 Locating Nib 1 A 1 B 1 1 Roto-Push--Black Flush Button Roto-Push Units--UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Operator Position 1 Collar Left Typical Applications (Most Common Examples) 1 Collar Right Normal Depressed Normal Depressed FORWARD/REVERSE; HIGH/LOW; OPEN/CLOSE; UP/DOWN; etc. O O O X O O X O JOG/RUN; MAN./AUTO; etc. O O Contact Type Mounting Location A B Catalog Number 2 1 10250T2411-2 1 Two-Position 1NO 1 1NO X O O X X X 1NO 10250T24111-2 1 1NO RUN/JOG; START/JOG; etc. O X X X O O X O 1NO 10250T24111-1 1NC SAFE/RUN; etc. O O O O O X X X 1NO 1 1 10250T2415-2 1NO Two-Position Latched The two-position Roto-Push Latch Unit is fully assembled and only requires a legend plate for a great variety of applications. When the selector collar is in the extreme left position, the button is in the free or normal position and can be operated as a standard pushbutton. Rotating the collar to the 1 1 1 1 1 extreme right position automatically depresses and latches the button in the depressed position. The white filled groove in the button indicates the selector collar position. The selector collar has spring return to the left position except when in the extreme right latched position. 1 1 1 1 1 Red Long Rotates to a Latch-Out Mode Color and Type of Button Contact Block Vertical Mounting Catalog Number Red long 1NC 2NC 10250T72 1 1 1 10250T73 Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 Roto-Push assembled with contact blocks. 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-219 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Roto-Push Operators Roto-Push Components A Roto-Push control unit combines the function of a pushbutton and a selector switch. The contacts are operated by the combined action of rotating the outer collar and pushing a button contained in the collar. 1 1 In selecting the cam and contact blocks for the listed function, the analysis involves considering the function with the collar rotated to the given position with the button free (designated as "N") and then in that same position with the button depressed (designated "D"). This is done for each rotational position of the collar. 1 1 Operator and Cam When Ordering Specify Catalog number of operator with cam code suffix from tables below and on following pages, Example: 10250T2411. Catalog number(s) for contact blocks and legend plates if required. To select the cam and contact blocks needed for two-position and threeposition switches, use the tables on following pages. Operator and Cam 1 Color and Type of Button Cam Code No. Select from Tables Vertical Mounting Catalog and Code Number 1 Black flush + 1 to 18 Horizontal Mounting Catalog and Code Number 10250T241_ 10250T251_ Red flush 1 10250T242_ 10250T252_ Green flush 10250T243_ 10250T253_ 1 Black long 10250T261_ 10250T271_ Red long 1 10250T262_ 10250T272_ 1 Green long 10250T263_ 10250T273_ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Two-Position Roto-Push Operator--Rotates to a Latch-Out Mode Special Rotor Latch This differs from the other Roto-Push operators in that as the collar is rotated to the right it depresses the button and releases the button when rotated left. But the button in the released position can be momentarily pushed independent of the collar or 1 1 Special Roto Latch-- Red Long Button 1 1 1 its position. As the button is depressed by rotating the collar, the button also rotates and indicates its mode by a white line on the button face. This button can be used as an emergency stop or latched stop. Special Rotor Latch-- UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Color and Type of Button Vertical Mounting Catalog Number Red long 10250T3213 Black long 10250T3214 Note 1 Not to be used for emergency stop application. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-220 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Cam and Contact Block Selection for Two-Position Roto-Push 1 Collar Position 1 1 Combination Number Circuit Sequence N D N D 1 O O O X Cam Code 1 A 2 O 3 O O O X X O X Cam Code 2 NO -- A Cam Code 4 -- -- Cam Code 5 A -- -- -- O X O O B 5 O X O X A B NO NO NO A NC B NO -- NC A NC B NO B NO NO O X X O -- -- -- 7 O X X X -- -- A or B NO 8 X O O O -- 9 X O O X -- 10 X O X O A NC B NC 11 X O X X B 12 X X O O -- 13 X X O O -- 14 X X X O A -- -- NC -- A 6 B NC 1 A NO A NC B NO -- -- -- -- -- NO A or B NC B NC -- -- -- A NC 1 1 1 -- B 1 1 NO B NO -- B NC -- -- -- -- 1 1 1 1 -- -- -- -- -- B -- -- NO NC NO -- -- A B 1 -- -- -- B 1 NO A B 4 1 Cam Code 6 -- NO -- -- Cam Code 3 A B NC A NO NC NC 1 1 1 NC A NC -- A B -- NO NC A B A NO NC NC -- 1 1 -- 1 Series and Parallel Connections A B NO NC Circuit Location 1 Locating Nib 1 1 A Series Connection B A B 1 NO NC Parallel Connection The connections are not made at the factory. They are illustrated in the selection table as requirements, but must be made on the job. 1 Letters "A" and "B" represent the locations which the two circuits of a contact block will occupy in relation to the locating nib of the operator. 1 1 1 Note 1 N = Button in free or normal position. D = Button depressed. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-221 1.8 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Cam and Contact Block Selection for Two-Position Roto-Push, continued Collar Position 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Combination Number Circuit Sequence 1 N D N D Cam Code 10 15 O X -- O O Cam Code 11 1 1 A B 16 1 17 1 18 O O O O O X X X O O O 19 1 20 O X X O 21 O X X X X 22 X O O 23 X O 24 X 25 1 1 1 B A NO A B 1 1 -- 1 1 1 1 1 -- O A NC A NC B NC B NC O X -- -- O X O -- A X O X X A NC A B 26 X X O O B NC B 27 X X O O -- X X O Series and Parallel Connections A B A -- -- -- -- -- NC B -- B A B NC NO A B NO NC -- NC NO NO NC -- -- -- A B -- -- -- -- -- A B -- -- -- -- B -- -- -- B NC NO NC A A B NC NC -- NO A -- -- Circuit Location A Series Connection B A B NO NC Parallel Connection Letters "A" and "B" represent the locations which the two circuits of a contact block will occupy in relation to the locating nib of the operator. 1 1 Note 1 N = Button in free or normal position. D = Button depressed. V7-T1-222 NO NC NO NO NC NC A or B NO A B Locating Nib NO NC NC NO -- NO NO The connections are not made at the factory. They are illustrated in the selection table as requirements, but must be made on the job. 1 NO A B 1 1 NO NC NO NO X A or B NC A NO A B 28 Cam Code 14 -- -- 1 1 NO A 1 1 NC B NO O 1 1 X A B Cam Code 13 -- NO NO X 1 O -- Cam Code 12 -- Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com NO 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Cam and Contact Block Selection for Three-Position Roto-Push 1 Collar Position 1 Combination Number Circuit Sequence 1 N D N D N D 1 O X O O O O Cam Code 7 A B 2 O 3 O O O O O O X X O X O Cam Code 8 A NO NO B -- NC -- -- B NO O O X O X -- -- 5 O O O X X X -- -- NO A B NO NC -- 7 O 8 O 9 O 10 O 11 O O O O O X X X X X X O O X X X X O O O O X X O O O X O -- NO NO B NO -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- B A B NO A B NO A NC B -- 1 A NO A A B NO NO A NO B -- -- -- -- -- 13 O X O X O O -- -- -- -- -- X O O -- 16 O X X X O X -- A A B 17 O X X X X X -- Series Connection A B NO NO 1 -- 1 -- A NO A B NO NO -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- A 1 1 1 1 Letters "A" and "B" represent the locations which the two circuits of a contact block will occupy in relation to the locating nib of the operator. NO NC 1 1 Parallel Connection 1 Notes 1 N = Button in free or normal position. D = Button depressed. 2 Limited to 4 contact blocks. See Note on Page V7-T1-236. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 1 B A B 1 1 Circuit Location Locating Nib 1 1 NO NO NO NO The connections are not made at the factory. They are illustrated in the selection table as requirements, but must be made on the job. NO NC -- -- NO NO Series and Parallel Connections A B -- NO NC NO -- A B NO -- X X NO -- -- 1 2 NO NC -- X 1 -- B O 1 1 NO 15 1 -- B -- NO 1 -- O X B -- -- X O NO NO -- O X A B -- O O 1 NO -- X X 1 -- -- O O NO -- -- 12 14 NC B -- NC A A -- A X 1 -- -- X NO Cam Code 18 NO -- A B B A -- 2 Cam Code 17 -- -- -- A O NO -- B -- O Cam Code 16 2 -- 4 6 Cam Code 15 2 Cam Code 9 1 V7-T1-223 1.8 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Cam and Contact Block Selection for Three-Position Roto-Push, continued Collar Position 1 Circuit Sequence 1 1 Combination Number N D N D N D Cam Code 7 1 18 X O O O O O A NC B NC Cam Code 8 2 Cam Code 9 Cam Code 15 Cam Code 16 Cam Code 17 Cam Code 18 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- A NC B NC 1 19 X O O O X X -- A 1 20 X O O O X O -- A NC B NC 1 1 1 1 21 X O X X O O -- NC -- 22 X O X X X X A B NC A NO B 23 X O X X X O A NC -- NC -- NO -- A -- -- A NC B NC 1 1 24 X O X O X O -- -- 1 25 X O X O X X -- 1 26 X X O O O O B 1 27 X X O O O X 28 X X O O X O -- B 29 X X O O X X -- A B 1 30 X X X X O O -- -- 1 31 X X X X X O A B 32 X X X O X O -- 1 1 A B 1 1 1 33 X X X O X X -- NC NO NC -- -- -- -- A -- NC A NC B NC -- Series and Parallel Connections 1 A B 1 Series Connection 1 1 1 NO NC The connections are not made at the factory. They are illustrated in the selection table as requirements, but must be made on the job. A 2 NC -- A B -- -- A NC B NC -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- NC -- NO -- -- -- -- -- A -- B NC2 NC -- -- 2 -- B NC A B NO NC NC -- NC A B -- -- B -- -- A B NO NC NC NC NC Circuit Location Locating Nib A Letters "A" and "B" represent the locations which the two circuits of a contact block will occupy in relation to the locating nib of the operator. NO NC Parallel Connection Notes 1 N = Button in free or normal position. D = Button depressed. 2 Limited to 4 contact blocks. See Note on Page V7-T1-236. 1 V7-T1-224 NC -- B A B NC NO -- A 1 1 NC NC -- B -- NC B B -- NC A NO B NO NC A NC -- Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Accessories 1 Padlocks not included with padlocking attachments. For operators with built-in padlock attachment, see Page V7-T1-190. 1 1 1 Accessories Description Catalog Number 1 Padlock Attachments 10250TA2 10250TA26 Padlocking Attachment for Flush Pushbutton Operators Permits locking NC contacts in open position with 1/4 in padlock. Will not lock NO contact. 10250TA2 Padlocking Attachment for Use with Extended Pushbutton Permits locking NC contacts in open position with 1/4 in padlock. 10250TA26 1 1 1 1 10250TA36 10250TA38 Padlocking Cover Guard Cover locked over flush button makes it unaccessible or on extended button locks NC contacts open. Takes 1/4 in shank size padlock. 10250TA36 Padlock Hasp or Flip-Up Guard When used with a 1/4 in padlock, makes flush and long button and knob selector switch unaccessible, but not locked down. Without the padlock, it is a flip-up guard. Padlock hasp can be removed before assembly. 10250TA38 1 1 1 1 1 10250TA63 Padlocking Attachment for Use with Flexible Weather Resistant Boot Used on long button operators. Stainless steel. Use only for locking NC contacts open. 10250TA63 1 1 10250TA64 10250TA11 Padlock Attachment For use with illuminated pushbuttons and maintained push-pull operators having standard button or lens only. Use 1/4 in padlock. Locks in down position only. 10250TA64 Padlocking Attachment for Non-Illuminated Knob Selector Switches Provision for up to 5, 1/4 in padlocks. 10250TA11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-225 1.8 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Accessories, continued 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Description Catalog Number Shrouds and Guards 10250TA6 Shroud for Mushroom Head Operator Prevents accidental operation. (Not for push-pull operators.) 10250TA6 10250TA12 Extended Retaining Nut Replaces standard nut and provides guard for flush head pushbutton operators. 10250TA12 10250TA15 Guard for Illuminated Pushbutton 10250TA15 10250TA56_ Shroud For jumbo mushroom head operator. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Gray 10250TA56 Yellow 10250TA56Y 10250ED1241 Half Shroud--Yellow For jumbo mushroom head operator. 10250ED1241 10250TA101 Fingerproof Shroud--10 per package Fits new style contact blocks and light units. 10250TA101 1 1 1 1 1 1 Boots 10250TA_ 1 1 1 Flexible Weather Resistant Boot For use with button operators (extended buttons preferred). Temperature to -25F (-32C). (See Page V7-T1-229 for 10250TA96 Tightening Tool.) Black 10250TA3 Red 10250TA4 1 Green 10250TA25 Transparent Boot For regular illuminated pushbutton operators and PresTest-- Temperature to -38F (-39C). 2 10250TA4_ Boot for Flush Pushbutton 1 10250TA10 10250TA25 1 1 Clear 10250TA46 1 Black 10250TA47 Red 10250TA48 1 Green 10250TA49 Notes 1 Should not be used on flush button for STOP function. 2 Not suitable for single contact block depth cast enclosure. Cover is too thick. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-226 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Accessories, continued Description 1 Catalog Number 1 Hardware and Kits 10250TK3 10250TK5 56-9337 Thrust Washers-- To meet Ford Motor Co. mounting specifications. 10250TK3 Contact Block Tape Seal-- Seals plunger openings on last contact block. Order in multiples of 10 pieces. 10250TK5 Selector Switch Operator Gasket-- Seals out dust from getting in-between the cam and contact block plungers. Supplied as standard with all selector switches. 56-9337 1 1 1 1 1 1 10250TA3_ 10250TA62 Special Retaining Nut-- To accommodate thick panel: 1 Indicating lights 10250TA30 PresTest, pushbuttons and selector switches 10250TA31 Terminal Block-- Two terminals, each will accommodate two wire terminations. 1 1 10250TA62 1 1 10250TA8 Spacer Ring-- Used when legend plate is not required. 10250TA8 10250TA79 Stacking Screw-- Replaces transformer mounting screws on indicating light so terminal block 10250TA62 can be mounted to light to support and connect a series resistor. This screw also fits all contact blocks. Order in multiples of 10. 10250TA79 10250TA2_ Base Mounting Spacers 1-- 1 1 10250TKG_ 1 Equivalent to contact block in depth (one block deep). 10250TA22 1 Complete with screws, washers, etc. (two block deep). 10250TA23 1 1 Grounding Kits-- Kits consist of a ring connector and a #6 screw for mounting connector to rear of contact block mounting screw. All components except standard indicating lights and PresTest indicating lights. 10250TA7_ 1 1 10250TKG1 Standard indicating lights 10250TKG2 2 PresTest indicating lights 10250TKG3 2 1 1 Contact Block Terminal Jumpers-- Available in multiples of 100 only. 1 Terminal to terminal--within block (short) 100 per pkg. 10250TA70 1000 per pkg. 10250TA70-2 1 1 Terminal to terminal--block to block (long) 100 per pkg. 10250TA71 1000 per pkg. 10250TA71-2 1 Notes 1 Component only. Not to be used for custom built (factory assembled) stations. 2 Not suitable for single contact block depth cast enclosure. Cover is too thick. 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-227 1.8 Description Catalog Number Special Operators and Attachments 10250TA5 Wobble Stick Complete with retaining nut--fits standard button. 10250TA5 10250TA14 Lever Operator For use with two vertically mounted flush pushbuttons. 10250TA14 10250TA_ Maintained Contact Attachment Release Button Assembly 1 Mechanically interlocks with another pushbutton and contact block (not included). Provides mode indication. Minimum hole centers 1.62 in (41.1 mm), maximum 2.313 in (58.8 mm). 1 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Accessories, continued 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 1 1 1 1 1 Black 10250TA17 Red 10250TA18 1 Green 10250TA19 Yellow 10250TA20 1 1 Same with Long Button--Black 10250TA39 1 10250TA1 Maintained Contact Attachment Mechanically interlocks two buttons and provides position indication for one. Use with two pushbutton operators and one or more contact blocks. 10250TA1 10250TA13 Roto-Push Lever Operator-- Used to provide lever operation for Roto-Push operators. 10250TA13 1 1 1 1 1 1 Special Light Modules 10250TA79 1 48 Vdc 1 1 10250TFL_ 1 1 1 Master Test (Dual Input) Module-- Internal Form C relay suitable for either AC or DC applications. Total electrical isolation between monitored and test circuit. Fits all illuminated 10250T, E22, E30 and E34 devices. 10250ED986-4 1 10250TMT8 Flasher Module-- Changes any AC illuminated device to a controlled flashing light. Fits 10250T, E30 and E34 devices. 24V 10250TFL2 120V 10250TFL1 Flashing Incandescent Lamp-- For use with 120V transformer type or 6V full voltage type indicating lights including PresTest and most E29 devices. 10250ED986-4 1 1 Note 1 Not suitable for single contact block depth cast enclosure. Cover is too thick. 1 1 1 V7-T1-228 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Accessories, continued Description 1 Catalog Number 1 Hole Plugs 10250TA7 Plug-- For unused holes--steel, painted gray (stainless steel, use E30KT5, see Page V7-T1-175) 10250TA7 1 1 Tools 10250TA95 Octagonal 10250T (notched to fit over selector switch lever), E29 and E30 1 10250TA95 1 1 E22CW E22, E30, E34 and octagonal 10250T (will not fit over selector switch levers) E22CW 10250TA96 Tool for Tightening Boots-- Used to install boot Catalog Numbers 10250TA3, A4, A10 and A25. 10250TA96 10250T, E34 Allen Wrench-- Used for removal of jumbo mushroom head. 10250TA102 10250TA74 Lamp Removal Tools-- For transformer type illuminated pushbuttons, push-pull and selector switches. Fits #12 lamp. 10250TA74 E30KV1 For full voltage and resistor type illuminated pushbuttons, push-pull and selector switches and E30. E30KV1 E29KLT Standard indicating lights. Fits #44, #755, #6S6 and #10S6. E29KLT 10250TA102 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-229 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Options Legend Plates Legend Plates with Standard Markings The legend plates listed spacing less than 1.75 in, below are sized for all replace the S in the catalog standard commercial number with MS, or the M enclosures and Eaton's cast with P (except push-pull). No enclosures. For vertical change in price. The smaller For Pushbutton Operators and Indicating Lights--Standard Square Legend Plate 1 1 size legend plates, "MS" or "P" size, have limited space for legend. Legend Color of Field Square 1 Catalog Number 1/2 Round Catalog Number Legend Color of Field Square 1 Catalog Number 1/2 Round Catalog Number Blank--see table on Page V7-T1-232. 1/2 Round Legend Plate 1 Letters on Legend Plates Below are 3/16 in High CLAMP 1 1 10250TS90 10250TM90 OFF Red 10250TS24 10250TM24 CLOSE Black 10250TS73 10250TM11 ON Black 10250TS25 10250TM25 DOWN 10250TS74 10250TM12 OPEN 10250TS26 10250TM26 EMERG. STOP Red 10250TS13 10250TM13 OUT 10250TS27 10250TM27 FAST Black 10250TS75 10250TM14 POWER ON 10250TS80 10250TM80 1 FASTER 10250TS87 10250TM87 RAISE 10250TS28 10250TM28 FEEDER ON 10250TS94 10250TM94 READY 10250TS86 10250TM86 1 FEEDER OFF 10250TS95 10250TM95 RESET 10250TS29 10250TM29 FORWARD 10250TS15 10250TM15 REVERSE 10250TS30 10250TM30 1 HIGH 10250TS16 10250TM16 RUN 10250TS31 10250TM31 IN 10250TS17 10250TM17 SAFE 10250TS85 10250TM85 INCH 10250TS18 10250TM18 SLOW 10250TS32 10250TM32 1 JOG 10250TS19 10250TM19 SLOWER 10250TS88 10250TM88 JOG FOR. 10250TS20 10250TM20 START 10250TS33 10250TM33 1 JOG REV. 10250TS21 10250TM21 STOP Red 10250TS34 10250TM34 LOW 10250TS22 10250TM22 TEST Black 10250TS83 10250TM83 1 LOWER 10250TS23 10250TM23 TRANSFER 10250TS93 10250TM93 1 LUBE-FAIL 10250TS92 10250TM92 TRIP 10250TS84 10250TM84 MOTOR RUN 10250TS81 10250TM81 UNCLAMP 10250TS91 10250TM91 1 MOTOR STOP 10250TS82 10250TM82 UP 10250TS35 10250TM35 1 1 Blank Plastic Legend Plates--Square 1 Color 1 1 Lettering Field Standard Catalog Number Jumbo 2 Catalog Number Extra Large Catalog Number Black White or silver 3 10250TSP76 10250TLP76 10250TEP76 White Red or black 3 10250TSP77 10250TLP77 10250TEP77 Notes 1 Square legend plates have a satin aluminum field. Color is on lower portion. 2 Cannot be used on cast enclosures except for top row. Suitable for most sheet metal enclosures. 3 If legend plate is to be engraved, specify field color required. 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-230 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Square Legend Plate 1.8 For Selector Switch and Roto-Push Operators--Standard Size Color of Field Square 1 Catalog Number 1/2 Round Catalog Number Legend 10250TS38 10250TM38 AUTO OFF HAND HAND AUTO 10250TS39 10250TM39 HIGH LOW 10250TS40 10250TM40 JOG RUN 10250TS41 MAN. AUTO 10250TS67 OFF ON Legend Color of Field Square 1 Catalog Number 1/2 Round Catalog Number Blank--see table on Page V7-T1-232. 1/2 Round Legend Plate 2-Position--5/32 in High Lettering FOR. REV. 70 mm Round--Plastic Legend Plate Black 3-Position--1/8 in High Lettering Black 10250TS49 10250TM49 FOR. OFF REV. 10250TS50 10250TM50 FOR. SAFE REV. 10250TS69 10250TM69 10250TM41 HAND OFF AUTO 10250TS51 10250TM51 10250TM67 MAN. OFF AUTO 10250TS68 10250TM68 10250TS42 10250TM42 OPEN OFF CLOSE 10250TS53 10250TM53 OPEN CLOSE 10250TS43 10250TM43 RUN SAFE JOG 10250TS70 10250TM70 RUN JOG 10250TS44 10250TM44 UP OFF DOWN 10250TS54 10250TM54 SAFE RUN 10250TS45 10250TM45 ON STOP SAFE 10250TS71 10250TM71 START JOG 10250TS46 10250TM46 START STOP 10250TS47 10250TM47 UP DOWN 10250TS48 10250TM48 Red 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Color Field Catalog Number Yellow or red 2 10250TRP78 2 10250TRP76 1 45 mm Blank 1 1 45 mm and 70 mm Plastic--Round Lettering 1 1 70 mm Blank Yellow or red Red EMERG. STOP Yellow 1 10250TRP79 1 For Push-Pull Units Legend 3 Color of Field Square 1 Catalog Number 1 1/2 Round Catalog Number 1 Standard Size--Letters on Legend Plates Below are 3/32 in High 1 PULL START/PUSH STOP Green/red 10250TPP2 10250TR2 PUSH ON/PULL OFF Black 10250TPP5 10250TR5 PULL OPEN/PUSH CLOSE Black 10250TPP8 10250TR8 PULL UP/PUSH DOWN Black 10250TPP11 10250TR11 1 1 1 Jumbo Size--Letters on Legend Plates Below are 1/8 in High PULL START/PUSH STOP Green/red 10250TPP3 10250TR3 PULL ON/PUSH OFF Black 10250TPP6 10250TR6 PULL OPEN/PUSH CLOSE Black 10250TPP9 10250TR9 PULL UP/PUSH DOWN Black 10250TPP12 10250TR12 1 1 Notes 1 Square legend plates have a satin aluminum field. Color is on lower portion. 2 If legend plate is to be engraved, specify field color required. 3 All push-pull legend plates include the symbols in the center of the plate. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-231 1.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Legend Plates with Non-Standard Markings When Ordering Specify Ordering Example: Catalog number of blank plate phase plus Suffix "STAMP." Insert the following into Order Notes: legend, letter size and locations (letters A-W)--combine letters for definitive locations as shown. Catalog No.: 10250TS36STAMP Letter Size: 3/32 in (2.4 mm) Pos. A--POWER HOUSE Pos. B--START PUMP 1 Legend Characters Available Blackening Kit Solution blackens aluminum exposed by engraving process. Must be applied immediately after engraving. 0.3 oz. bottle--sufficient for approximately 1100 legend plates. ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO PQRSTUVWXYZ/-.,1 234567890 Legend characters on black and red plates are white-- on satin aluminum plates, characters are black. Catalog Number: 10250TBK Legend Positions 1 Extra Large Size Cat. No. 10250TNP99 Small Size 10250TMS or TP Series A A 1 Standard Size 10250TS or TM Series A B Jumbo Size 10250TL or TJ Series C 1 D A B C D K K 1 L 1 B G F AB AE AF B4 C4 A4 D4 G A H I 1 1 1 1 Blank and Custom Engraved Legend Plates Jumbo 2 Catalog Number Extra Large 3 Catalog Number Four-Position Selector Switch Custom 4 Standard Catalog Number Catalog Number Push-Pull with Symbols 1 Standard Jumbo 2 Catalog Number Catalog Number Style Color Square 5 Black 10250TMS36 10250TS36 10250TL36 -- 10250TS76 10250TS72 10250TPP17 10250TPP18 Red 10250TMS37 10250TS37 10250TL37 -- -- -- -- -- Green/red -- -- -- -- -- -- 10250TPP20 10250TPP21 Satin alum. -- -- -- 10250TNP99 -- -- -- -- 1 1 Standard Catalog Number Small Catalog Number 1/2 Round 1 Black 10250TP36 10250TM36 10250TJ36 -- -- 10250TM72 10250TR17 10250TR18 Red 10250TP37 10250TM37 10250TJ37 -- -- -- -- -- Green/red -- -- -- -- -- -- 10250TR20 10250TR21 Satin alum. -- 10250TM89 10250TJ89 -- -- -- -- -- 1 1 Maximum Characters per Legend Plate and Approximate Dimensions 1 Top (Aluminum and Plastic) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Width Height 1 Small 6 1.59 (40.4) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Standard and custom 1.75 (44.5) Jumbo 7 2.19 (55.6) Extra large 3 2.44 (62.0) 1.59 (40.4) 1.75 (44.5) 2.19 (55.6) 2.44 (62.0) Style Character Size 3/32 in High Number Number of of Lines Characters 1/8 in High Number of Lines Number of Characters 3/16 in High Number of Lines Number of Characters Square 1 17 -- -- -- -- 1/2 Round 1 15 1 12 1 9 Square 2 18 2 13 1 9 1/2 Round 2 15 2 12 1 9 Square 5 23 3 18 2 12 1/2 Round 5 19 4 15 2 11 Square 6 25 3 18 3 12 Notes 1 All push-pull legend plates include the symbols in the center of the plate. 2 Cannot be used on cast enclosures except for top row. Suitable for most sheet metal enclosures. 3 When used to meet Ford Motor Co. specifications, specify engraved legend. Cannot be used on standard cast or sheet metal enclosures. 4 Slightly larger than standard size for legends requiring more space--fits cast enclosures. 5 Square legend plates have a satin aluminum field. Color is on lower portion. 6 Recommended only when mounting on minimum centers (less than 1-3/4 in [44.5 mm] vertical centers). 7 Can be used on top row only of any enclosure. V7-T1-232 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Enclosures 1 Die Cast, Polyester and Stainless Steel Enclosures 1 Enclosures (Case and Cover)--Surface Mounting 1 Number of Elements Die Cast Enclosure Polyester Enclosure Stainless Steel Enclosure One Contact Block Depth Catalog Number 1 Two Contact Block Depth Catalog Number 1 Die Cast Enclosure--In-Line 234 NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 10250TN1 10250TN11 2 10250TN2 10250TN12 3 10250TN3 10250TN13 4 -- 10250TN14 1 1 1 Polyester4--In-Line NEMA 3, 4X, 12 1 -- E34N51 2 -- E34N52 3 -- E34N53 4 -- E34N54 1 1 1 Stainless Steel 45--In-Line NEMA 4, 4X, 12 1 -- 10250TN33 2 -- 10250TN34 3 -- 10250TN35 4 -- 10250TN36 1 1 1 1 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-246. 1 1 Mounting Instructions One and Two Contact Block Depth Enclosures 1 Enclosure Layouts 1 Top - For Vertical Mounting 1 One Contact Block Depth Enclosure 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 Two Contact Block Depth Enclosure 4 Top - For Horizontal Mounting Two-position joystick must be used with two contact block deep enclosures (maximum number of contact blocks = 1). Four-position joysticks cannot be used within these enclosures. 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 For spacing increments, see Page V7-T1-234. 2 All die cast enclosures can be converted to base mounting of contact blocks, with spacers 10250TA22 or 10250TA23. See listing on Page V7-T1-227. 3 When used with E30 pushbuttons, only the one element enclosure can be used. 4 When used with resistor light units, only the 2 contact block depth enclosure can be used. 5 14 gauge, type 304. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-233 1.8 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Die Cast and Stainless Steel--Flush Mount, Covers Only Flush Mounting Covers Covers Only--Flush Mounting Number of Elements 1 Catalog Number Catalog Number Flush Die Cast Covers 1 In-Line Deep Cover In-Line Flat Cover 1 1 10250TF11 10250TF1 2 10250TF12 10250TF2 1 3 10250TF13 10250TF3 4 10250TF14 10250TF4 1 In-Line Stainless Steel Flush Plates 1 1 With Pullbox Without Pullbox 1 10250TS10 10250TS1 1 2 10250TS11 10250TS2 3 10250TS12 10250TS3 1 4 10250TS14 10250TS4 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-247. 1 1 1 1 1 Spacing Increments Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type F G H Die cast 2.44 (62.0) 2.5 (63.5) 1.88 (47.8) Polyester 1.88 (47.8) Min. 2.13 (54.1) 2.25 (57.2) Stainless steel 1.69 (42.9) Min. 1.73 (43.9) 2.25 (57.2) 1 1 Spacing Increments for Enclosures Top - For Vertical Mounting G 1 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 F Top - For Horizontal Mounting 1 1 Enclosure Layouts Note 1 Not oiltight. NEMA 1 applications only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-234 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Contact Blocks Standard Contact Blocks UL A600/P600 rated Color-coded plungers--red/ green for NC/NO circuits Silver contact tips with "reliability nibs" Gray (opaque) or amber (translucent) housings Pressure plate or spade terminals Fingerproof shrouds (for pressure terminals only) Logic Level Contact Blocks UL A600/P600 rated Color-coded plungers Inert palladium knife-blade contacts Gray (opaque) housings Pressure plate or spade terminals Special Function Contact Blocks UL A600/P600 rated Color-coded plungers Silver contact tips with "reliability nibs" Gray (opaque) housings Pressure plate terminals only 1 Special Purpose Contact Block Maximum 300V rated Black plungers Silver contact tips with "reliability nibs" Black (opaque) housings Pressure plate terminals only Fingerproof shrouds not available Reliability Nibs Reliability nibs are the hallmark of Eaton's contact blocks. A pointed silver nib on the contact tip ensures reliable switching from logic level (5V) up to 600V applications. Therefore standard contact blocks can be used for most logic level applications where the contacts are not exposed to any harsh environmental conditions. Palladium Contacts Palladium, which is more inert than gold, is well suited for voltages and currents approaching zero and is recommended for applications where environmental conditions are a factor. 1 1 1 1 Maximum Contact Block Mounting per Operator Type 1 Max. Stack 1 Pushbuttons 6 Push-pull operators 2 1 Operator Roto-push operators 4 Two- or three-position selector switches 6 Four-position selector switches 4 Joysticks 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-235 1.8 1 10250T1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Contact Blocks Standard 1 Symbol Circuit Description 1 Logic Level Pressure Terminal Catalog Number Spade Terminal 2 Catalog Number Pressure Terminal Catalog Number Spade Terminal 2 Catalog Number 1 Blank No Plunger 1NC Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T51 10250T59 10250T51E 10250T59E 1 Blank No Plunger 1NO Stack up to six blocks six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T53 10250T60 10250T53E 10250T60E NO-NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T1 10250T40 10250T1E 10250T40E 2NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T3 10250T42 10250T3E 10250T42E 2NO Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T2 10250T41 10250T2E 10250T41E 1 1 1 Special Function Blocks 3 1 LONC Late opening NC. Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T71 3 -- 10250T71E 3 -- ECNONC Early closing NO and standard NC. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T47 34 -- 10250T47E 3 -- 1 ECNONO Early closing NO and standard NO. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T57 34 -- 10250T57E 3 -- 1 2LONC Two late opening NC contacts. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T45 3 -- 10250T45E 3 -- LONCECNO Overlapping contacts. Stack up to 10250T55 34 four blocks unless otherwise noted. -- 10250T55E 3 -- Blank No Plunger 1 1 1 1 Special Purpose Blocks 5 1 2NO2NC 1 Four circuits in single block depth. Rated 300V max. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T44 5 -- Notes 1 All 10250T contact blocks shown are suitable for use on standard 10250T and E34 operators. These contact blocks are not suitable for Class I Division 2 type 10250T or E34 devices. 2 Contact blocks with spade terminals are limited to a maximum of one contact block per operator and minimum spacing between devices is 2.5 in (63.5 mm). Not suitable for use in 10250T or E34 enclosures. Also available in amber housing. Not available with fingerproof shrouds. 3 Special function contact blocks are not suitable for use with roto-push operators, three-position push-pull operators, or four-position selector switches. 4 ECNO contact blocks are not suitable for use with two-position joysticks or when operators are used with padlock attachments. 5 Special purpose 10250T44 contact blocks are not suitable on selector switches or roto-push operators. Okay to use with three-position push-pull operators only on low voltage (30V or less) circuits. Fingerproof shrouds not available. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-236 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 10250T1CP Contact Blocks with Fingerproof Shrouds Circuit Description 1 Standard Pressure Terminal 2 Catalog Number Blank No Plunger 1NC Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T51P 10250T51EP Blank No Plunger 1NO Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T53P 10250T53EP NO-NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T1P 10250T1EP 2NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T3P 10250T3EP 2NO Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T2P 10250T2EP Symbol Logic Level Pressure Terminal 2 Catalog Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Special Function Blocks 3 LONC Late opening NC. Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T71P 4 10250T71EP 4 1 ECNO-NC Early closing NO and standard NC. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T47P 34 10250T47EP 4 1 ECNO-NO Early closing NO and standard NO. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T57P 34 10250T57EP 4 1 10250T45EP 4 1 10250T55EP 4 1 Notes 1 All 10250T contact blocks shown are suitable for use on standard 10250T and E34 operators. These contact blocks are not suitable for Class I Division 2 type 10250T or E34 devices. 2 To order contact blocks with translucent amber housing, change suffix P to CP in catalog number e.g. 10250T51CP. 3 ECNO contact blocks are not suitable for use with two-position joysticks or when operators are used with padlock attachments. 4 Special function contact blocks are not suitable for use with roto-push operators, three-position push-pull operators, or four-position selector switches. 1 Blank No Plunger 2LONC LONC-ECNO Two late opening NC contacts. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. Overlapping contacts. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T45P 4 10250T55P 34 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-237 1.8 1 10250T1C Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Amber Contact Blocks Standard 1 Symbol Circuit Description 1 Logic Level Pressure Terminal 2 Catalog Number Spade Terminal 3 Catalog Number Pressure Terminal 2 Catalog Number Spade Terminal 3 Catalog Number 1 Blank No Plunger 1NC Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T51C 10250T59C 10250T51EC 10250T59EC 1 Blank No Plunger 1NO Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T53C 10250T60C 10250T53EC 10250T60EC NO-NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T1C 10250T40C 10250T1EC 10250T40EC 2NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T3C 10250T42C 10250T3EC 10250T42EC 2NO Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T2C 10250T41C 10250T2EC 10250T41EC -- 10250T71EC 4 -- 1 1 1 Special Function Blocks 3 1 LONC 10250T71C 4 Late opening NC. Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. ECNONC Early closing NO and standard NC. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T47C 45 -- 10250T47EC 4 -- 1 ECNONO Early closing NO and standard NO. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T57C 45 -- 10250T57EC 4 -- 1 2LONC Two late opening NC contacts. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T45C 4 -- 10250T45EC 4 -- LONCECNO Overlapping contacts. Stack up to 10250T55C 45 four blocks unless otherwise noted. -- 10250T55EC 4 -- Blank No Plunger 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 All 10250T contact blocks shown are suitable for use on standard 10250T and E34 operators. These contact blocks are not suitable for Class I Division 2 type 10250T or E34 devices. 2 To order amber contact blocks with fingerproof shrouds, change suffix to CP in the catalog number e.g. 10250T51CP. Not available with spade terminals. 3 Contact blocks with spade terminals are limited to a maximum of one contact block per operator and minimum spacing between devices is 2.5 in (63.5 mm). Not suitable for use in 10250T or E34 enclosures. Also available in amber housing. Not available with fingerproof shrouds. 4 Special function contact blocks are not suitable for use with roto-push operators, three-position push-pull operators, or four-position selector switches. 5 ECNO contact blocks are not suitable for use with two-position joysticks or when operators are used with padlock attachments. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-238 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Replacement Parts 1 1 Replacement Lamps--For 10250T Illuminated Operators Mfg. Lamp Type Voltage Base Style Application Part Number 120MB 120V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T resistor indicating light 28-3044 #267 6.3V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T flasher 10250ED986-4 #755 6.3V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T transformer, PresTest and full voltage 28-2202 #756 12V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T full voltage 28-5184 #757 24V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T full voltage 28-5185 #1828 32V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T full voltage 28-5186 #1835 55V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T resistor 28-5187 NE48 120V T 4-1/2 bayonet 10250T neon 28-494 NE51H-R22 120V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T neon 28-3754 NE51H-R68 240V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T neon 28-3755 Standard LED Lamp 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Replacement LED Lamps--For 10250T, E34 and E22 Units Voltage 6-12V 24V 48V 60V 120V Continuous Flashing Color AC/DC Catalog Number AC Catalog Number DC Catalog Number Red E22LED612RN E22LED006RAF E22LED006RDF Orange E22LED612ON E22LED006OAF E22LED006ODF Yellow E22LED612YN E22LED006YAF E22LED006YDF Green E22LED612GN E22LED006GAF E22LED006GDF Blue E22LED612BN E22LED006BAF E22LED006BDF White E22LED612WN E22LED006WAF E22LED006WDF Red E22LED024RN E22LED024RAF E22LED024RDF Orange E22LED024ON E22LED024OAF E22LED024ODF Yellow E22LED024YN E22LED024YAF E22LED024YDF Green E22LED024GN E22LED024GAF E22LED024GDF Blue E22LED024BN E22LED024BAF E22LED024BDF White E22LED024WN E22LED024WAF E22LED024WDF Red E22LED048RN E22LED048RAF E22LED048RDF Orange E22LED048ON E22LED048OAF E22LED048ODF Yellow E22LED048YN E22LED048YAF E22LED048YDF Green E22LED048GN E22LED048GAF E22LED048GDF Blue E22LED048BN E22LED048BAF E22LED048BDF White E22LED048WN E22LED048WAF E22LED048WDF Red E22LED060RN E22LED060RAF E22LED060RDF Orange E22LED060ON E22LED060OAF E22LED060ODF Yellow E22LED060YN E22LED060YAF E22LED060YDF Green E22LED060GN E22LED060GAF E22LED060GDF Blue E22LED060BN E22LED060BAF E22LED060BDF White E22LED060WN E22LED060WAF E22LED060WDF Red E22LED120RN E22LED120RAF E22LED120RDF Orange E22LED120ON E22LED120OAF E22LED120ODF Yellow E22LED120YN E22LED120YAF E22LED120YDF Green E22LED120GN E22LED120GAF E22LED120GDF Blue E22LED120BN E22LED120BAF E22LED120BDF White E22LED120WN E22LED120WAF E22LED120WDF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-239 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1 1 1 1 Flush Head Pushbutton Operator Two-Position Joystick Operator Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator Mushroom Head Operator with Padlock Attachment Jumbo Mushroom Head Operator Knob-Operated Selector Switch Operator 1 1 1 1 1 1 Four-Position Joystick Operator (without Latch) Illuminated Pushbutton Operator Full Voltage, Resistor and Transformer Type Illuminated Selector Switch Transformer Type Indicating Light Potentiometers 1 10250T Style Operator Replacement Parts 1 Item No. Description No. Req. Part Number Item No. 1 1 Gasket 1 16-1548 14 Gasket (supplied with basic unit) 1 32-803 2 Mounting nut 1 15-1530 15 2 11-4553 1 3 Handle 1 24-5045 Round head screw (#4-40 x 0.344 in long) (supplied with basic unit) 4 Knob 1 53-3157 1 Knob (not shown) for joystick operator with latch 1 53-3159 1 5 Common gate (supplied with operator) 2 16-3400 6 Set screw (#6-32 x 0.250 in long hollow hex) 2 11-2014 1 7 Mushroom head button (includes [2] Item 6) 1 As Req. Below Black -- 53-1317 Red -- 53-1317-2 Yellow -- 53-1317-3 Green -- 53-1317-4 Blue -- 53-1317-22 1 1 1 1 8 Set screw (#10-32 x 0.250 in long hollow hex) 2 11-544 9 Jumbo mushroom head button (aluminum--includes [2] Item 8) 1 As Req. Below 1 Red Black -- 53-1317-10 1 Yellow -- 53-1317-11 1 1 Green 10 11 1 1 1 12 1 1 -- 13 -- Jumbo mushroom head button (aluminum--red EMERG. STOP) does not include Item 8 1 53-1317-9 53-1317-12 53-1349-18 Position gate: Two-position 1 54-7278 Three-position 1 54-7173 Four-position 1 54-12278 Eight-position 1 54-12279 2 10250TA79 Mounting screw (#6-32 x 0.710 in long) Washer 2 16-2038 Terminal screw and lug (captive) Req. 80-5502KIT V7-T1-240 Description No. Req. Part Number 16 Mounting screw 2 11-1632 17 Simple potentiometer (does not include items 18, 28 or 29) 1 As Req. Below 1,000 ohms -- 41-782-2 2,500 ohms -- 41-782-3 5,000 ohms -- 41-782-10 10,000 ohms -- 41-782-4 25,000 ohms -- 41-782-5 50,000 ohms -- 41-782-6 18 Connector (includes screw and lug) 2 25-1851 19 Indicating plate 1 As Req. Above Standard size (without legend) -- 30-4460 Large size (specify legend) -- 10250TR30 20 Retaining nut 1 15-1547 21 Knob 1 53-1314 Socket set screw (#6-32 x 0.250 in long) 2 11-2014 22 Coupling 1 29-3749-2 23 Set screw (#6-32 x 0.188 in long) 1 11-1199 24 Spacer 2 56-1066-18 25 Connector (includes screw and lug) 1 25-1851-2 26 Mounting nut 1 15-1938 27 Four-position joystick operating mechanism (complete) 1 24-6565 28 Four-position joystick operating mechanism (not shown) (with latch) complete 1 24-6565-2 29 Spring loaded latch 1 52-1214-2 30 Hand operated latch 1 52-913-3 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Mechanical Ratings Description 1 Specification 1 Frequency of Operation All pushbuttons 6000 operations/hr. Key and lever selection switches 3000 operations/hr. Auto-latch devices 1200 operations/hr. 1 Pushbuttons 10 x 106 operations Contact blocks 10 x 106 operations 1 1 Life 1 PresTest units 10 x 106 operations Lever and key selector switches 0.25 x 106 operations Twist to release pushbuttons 0.3 x 106 operations 1 20 ms >5g 1 Shock Resistance Duration 1 General Specifications Description 1 Specification 1 Climate Conditions Operating temperature 1 to 150F (-17 to 66C) Storage temperature -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) Altitude 6,562 ft (2,000m) Humidity Max. 95% RH at 60C 1 1 1 Terminals Marking NC-NO on the contact block to meet the NEMA requirements. Dual marking system 1-2 for normally closed, 3-4 for normally open to meet BS5472 (Cenelec EN50 005). Clamps Terminals are saddle clamp type for 1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) to 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) conductors Torque 7 lb-in (0.8 Nm) Degree of protection against direct electrical contact IP2X with fingerproof shroud 1 Will withstand short-circuit for 1 hour per IEC 60997-5-1 1 Transformer type 20,000 hrs. 1 Resistor/direct voltage type 2500 hrs. minimum at rated voltage LED 60,000 to 100,000 hrs. 1 1 Light Units Transformers Bulbs--average life: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-241 1.8 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Electrical Ratings Description Specification 1 Insulation Ui = 660 Vac or Vdc Thermal 1 Ith = 10A Short Circuit Coordination to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Rated conditional short circuit current 1 kA Fuse type GE power controls TIA 10, red spot type gG, 10A, 660 Vac, 460 Vdc, BS88-2, IEC 60269-2-1 UL rating A600, P600 AC load life duty cycle 1200 operations/hour 10A 110V pf 0.4--1 x 106 operations 5A 250V pf 0.4--1 x 106 operations 2A 600V pf 0.4--1 x 106 operations Switching capacity AC 15 rated make/break (11 x le at 1.1 x Ue) 6A 120V pf 0.3 4A 240V pf 0.3 2A 660V pf 0.3 DC13 rated make/break (1.1 x le at 1.1 x Ue) 1 1.0A 125V L/R >0.95 at 300 ms 0.55A 250V L/R >0.95 at 300 ms 1 0.1A 660V L/R >0.95 at 300 ms 10A 110V pure resistive 1 1 1 Maximum ratings for logic level and hostile atmosphere application Maximum amperes 0.5A Maximum volts 120 Vac/Vdc 1 Electrical Ratings--Contact Block 1 Description 1 1 1 1 50 Vac or 60 Hz 120 240 Vdc 480 600 24/28 125 250 Meet or Exceed NEMA Rating Designations A600, A300 and B300 for AC and P600 for DC Make and emerg. interrupting capacity (amp) 60 30 15 12 5.7 1.1 0.55 Normal load break (amp) 6 3 1.5 1.2 5.7 1.1 0.55 Thermal current (amp) 10 10 10 10 5.0 5.0 5.0 Voltamperes: Make and emerg. interrupting capacity 7200 7200 7200 7200 138 138 138 Normal load break 720 720 720 720 138 138 138 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-242 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Mounting Options 1 Panel Thickness Minimum: 0.06 in (1.6 mm) Maximum: 0.25 in (8 mm) including legend plate Maximum can be increased to 0.375 in (15.9 mm) using optional retaining nut Indicating light: 10250TA30 Pushbutton/selector switch: 10250TA31 1 1 1 1 Mounting Matrix 1 Legend Plate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D Small 1.63 (41.3) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1.63 (41.3) Medium 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1.75 (44.5) Large 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1 1 1 1 Mounting Options in Inches (mm) Terminals on Top 0.14 (3.6) Dia. 1 0.6 (15.2) D Min. 1 B Min. A Min. C Min. 1 1.22 (31) 1 Terminals at Side Horizontal Mounting 1 Vertical Mounting 1 Horizontal mounting means terminals are located top and bottom of contact block. Vertical mounting means terminals are left and right of contact block. This allows close spacing of adjacent operators with easy access to terminals. 1 Locating nib hole or notch is 0.14 in (3.6 mm) #29 drill. 1 1 Drilling Dimensions in Inches (mm) 0.14 (3.6) Dia. 1 0.6 (15.2) 1 1 1.20 (30.5) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-243 1.8 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mechanically Interlocked Pushbutton Operators 1 Adjustable 1 1.62 (41.1) Min. 1 1 1 1 0.88 (22.4) for Each Additional Contact Block 1.07 (27.2) 0.89 (22.6) Lockout Pushbutton Operator Padlockable in the Down Position 1 1 2.03 (51.6) 1 1 Std. Dial Plate 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 0.75 (19.1) Potentiometer A B C 2 watt single 1.31 (33.3) 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 25 watt--up to 25 mohms 2.38 (60.5) 1.19 (30.2) 0.81 (20.6) 50 mohms 2.56 (65.0) 1.69 (42.9) 1.25 (31.8) Contact 0.89 Block (22.6) 1.09 (27.7) 2.0 (50.8) Lockout Pushbutton Operator Padlockable in the Up Position--Mushroom Head 2.5 (63.5) 1.63 (41.4) 3.88 (98.6) 2.2 (55.9) mom. 2.5 (63.5) main. 2.06 (52.3) 2.13 (54.1) 0.88 (22.4) per Block 0.06 (1.5) to 0.26 (6.6) Panel Thickness 1.25 (31.8) 2.0 (50.8) Four-Position Joystick Operator 1 1 1.31 (33.3) 1.09 1.0 (27.7) (25.4) Two-Position Joystick Operator 1.78 (45.2) 1 1 1.88 (47.8) 1.13 (28.7) 1 1 Large Dial Plate 2.5 (63.5) Max. 1 1 Potentiometer 1.75 (44.5) 1.5 (38.1) 4.0 (101.6) Lockout Pushbutton Operator Padlockable in the Up Position--Jumbo Mushroom Head 1 2.31 (58.7) 2.38 (60.5) 1.88 1.19 (47.8) 0.88 (22.4) (30.2) Per Unit 1.25 (31.8) 3.75 (95.3) 1 1.75 (44.5) 1 1 2.5 (63.5) 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-244 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Key Operated Pushbutton Operator 1 1.38 (35.1) 1.38 (35.1) 1.53 (38.9) 1.5 (38.1) Latch-In, Twist-to-Release Operator Only with Button 0.24 (6) 1 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 0.86 (21.8) 1 Operator and Cam 1 1 0.38 (9.7) Long Button Only 1 1 Special Rotor Latch 1 1.13 (28.7) 1.55 (39.3) Spring Return 2.37 (60.3) Auto-Latch 1 1.38 (35.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1.53 (38.9) 1 0.38 (9.7) Long Button Only 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-245 1.8 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Surface Mounting Die Cast, Polyester and Stainless Steel Enclosures 4 Mtg. Holes -- 10-32 Screw Size for 1 - 4 Element Die Cast/ Stainless Steel Enclosure 7/32 Screw Size for Polyester 1 1 E B 1 1 D A 1 1 C Surface Element Arrangement Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E Conduit Entrance In-line 3.88 (98.6) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.3) 1 2.69 (68.3) 3.25 (82.6) 3/4 2 3.88 (98.6) 5.88 (149.4) 3.00 (76.3) 1 2.69 (68.3) 5.13 (130.3) 3 3.88 (98.6) 7.75 (196.9) 3.00 (76.3) 1 2.69 (68.3) 7.00 (177.8) 1 4 3.88 (98.6) 9.63 (244.6) 3.00 (76.3) 1 2.69 (68.3) 8.88 (225.6) 1 1 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 2 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 3 3.81 (96.8) 8.88 (225.6) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 7.13 (181.1) 4 3.81 (96.8) 11.13 (282.7) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 9.38 (238.3) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 4.25 (108.0) 1 1 1 1 1 Number of Elements Die Cast 1 Polyester In-line 1 2 3.50 (88.9) 6.75 (171.5) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 7.50 (190.5) 1 3 3.50 (88.9) 9.00 (228.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 9.00 (228.6) 4 3.50 (88.9) 11.25 (285.8) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 12.00 (304.8) 1 2 Stainless Steel 1 1 1 In-line 2 Notes 1 Depth given is for two contact block deep stations. One contact block deep stations subtract 3/4 in (19.1 mm). 2 No conduit entrance holes provided. Drill as required. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-246 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Flush Mounting 1 Die Case and Stainless Steel Covers Only 1 4 Mtg. Holes - 10-32 Screw Size for 1-11 Element Encl, 1/4-20 Screw Size for 12 Element and Larger 1 1 E 1 B 1 1 D C A Surface or Pendant 1 1 Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E 1 1 3.88 (98.6) 4.00 (101.6) 0.25 (6.4) 2 3.50 (88.9) 3.63 (92.2) 2 3.88 (98.6) 5.88 (149.4) 0.25 (6.4) 2 3.50 (88.9) 5.50 (139.7) 1 3 3.88 (98.6) 7.75 (196.9) 0.25 (6.4) 2 3.50 (88.9) 6.00 (152.4) 4 3.88 (98.6) 9.63 (244.6) 0.25 (6.4) 2 3.50 (88.9) 9.25 (235.0) 1 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 2.50 (63.5) 2 3.25 (82.6) 1.88 (47.8) 2 3.25 (82.6) 3.63 (92.2) 1 Number of Elements Die Cast 1 Stainless Steel 1 2 5.00 (127.0) 6.88 (174.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3 5.00 (127.0) 8.63 (219.2) 2.50 (63.5) 2 3.25 (82.6) 5.50 (139.7) 4 5.00 (127.0) 10.50 (266.7) 2.50 (63.5) 2 3.25 (82.6) 7.25 (184.2) 1 1 Notes 1 Depth given includes pull box. 2 Depth given is for flat cover. Deep cover is 3/4 in (19.1 mm) deeper. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-247 1.8 1 1 1 Flush and Long Pushbutton Half Shroud 1.81 (46) 1.09 (27.7) 1 Mushroom and Jumbo Head Pushbutton 0.06 (1.5) to 0.25 (6.4) Panel Thickness 1.13 (28.7) 0.25 (6.4) 1.78 (45.2) Flush Pushbutton Operator with Padlock Attachment 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 0.88 (22.4) (28.7) for Each Additional Contact Block 1.75 (44.5) Pushbutton with Cylinder Lock 1.13 (28.7) 2.03 (51.6) 1.91 (48.5) 1.09 (27.7) 2.0 (50.8) Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator with Padlock Attachment 2.5 (63.5) 1 1 2.63 (66.8) 1.65 (41.9) 1.78 (45.2) 1 1 0.06 (1.5) to 0.25 (6.4) Panel Thickness 1.63 (41.4) 1 1 0.88 0.88 (22.4) (22.4) 2.5 1.5 (63.5) (38.1) 1 1 Long Button Only Push-Pull Switch 1.38 (35.1) 1 1 0.38 (9.7) Half Shroud Is Same as Long Pushbutton with Lower Half of Guard Ring Cut Back 1 1 1.06 (26.9) 1.78 (45.2) 1 1 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 2.0 (50.8) 1.63 (41.4) 1.75 (44.5) 1.38 (35.1) 1.5 (38.1) 1 1 1 Illuminated Pushbutton 1.09 (27.7) 1.09 (27.7) 0.69 (17.5) 1 1.13 (28.7) 1 1 1.38 (35.1) Indicating Light--Transformer Type 1.8 (45.7) 1.78 (45.2) 1.38 (35.1) 1.1 (27.9) A 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-248 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) PresTest Indicating Light--Transformer Type 1 PresTest Indicating Light--Resistor Type 1 1.88 (47.8) 1.78 (45.2) 1 1.38 (35.1) 1.78 (45.2) 2.19 (55.6) 1.94 (49.3) 1 1.38 (35.1) 1.56 (39.6) 1 1.88 (47.8) 1 1.56 (39.6) 1 Jumbo Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator with Padlock Attachment 2.31 (58.7) 2.38 (60.5) Plastic 1.38 (35.1) Glass 1.59 (40.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1.75 (44.5) 1.78 (45.2) 2.5 (63.5) 1 Master Test Indicating Light B Spade Terminal 1 A Screw Terminal 1 1 1.38 (35.1) 1 Description B C Relay type 4.38 (111.2) 4.28 (108.7) Solid-state type 2.94 (74.7) 2.88 (73.2) 1 1 1 Indicating Light--Resistor and Neon Type 1 Threaded Bushing A 1.78 (45.2) 1 Potentiometer Shaft 1.38 (35.1) 1 B Shaft 1.1 (27.9) 1.81 (46) Lens A Plastic 1.38 (35.1) Glass 1.56 (39.6) A 1 Shaft Dimensions of Potentiometer That C-H Operator Will Accept Operator Catalog Number 10250T330 1 A B 1 0.38 (9.7) dia. x 0.38 (9.7) long 0.25 (6.4) dia. x 0.63 (16) long 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-249 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Coin Operated Selector Switch 1.44 (36.6) Coin Slot Knob 1 1 1 21 21 Lever A 1.22 (31) Operator Dim. A Knob 1.38 (35.1) Lever 1.50 (38.1) Coin slot 1.38 (35.1) Lever Operator--For Use with Two Vertically Mounted Flush Pushbuttons Catalog No. 10250TA14 2.19 (55.6) 1 1 1 Cam 1.13 (28.7) 1.38 (35.1) 1 1 Illuminated Selector Switch 1 1.47 (37.3) 1.38 (35.1) 1.09 (27.7) 1.59 (40.4) 1.96 (49.8) Roto-Push 1 1.13 (28.7) 1 1.38 (35.1) 1 1 Flexible Boot--For Protecting Flush or Long Pushbutton Catalog No. 10250TA3 Typical 1.13 (28.7) 1 1 1.88 (47.8) 3.75 (95.3) 1.75 (44.5) 1 1 3.59 (91.2) Key Operated Selector Switch 1 1 2.44 (62) 1.38 (35.1) 1 1 Wobble Stick Catalog No. 10250TA5 1.53 (38.9) 1 0.38 (9.7) Long Button Only Transparent Flexible Boot-- For Illuminated Pushbutton Catalog No. 10250TA25 1.59 (40.4) 1.33 (33.8) 1.88 (47.8) 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-250 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T 1.8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Padlock Attachment--For Knob Selector Switch Catalog No. 10250TA11 1 Maintained Contact Attachment Catalog No. 10250TA17 Typical 1 0.97 (24.6) 1 1.63 (41.4) 1 1.63 (41.4) Min. 0.44 (11.2) 1 2.31 (58.7) Max. 1 Padlock Attachment--For Flush Pushbutton Catalog No. 10250TA2 0.75 (19.1) 0.84 (21.3) 0.94 (23.9) 1 1.63 (41.4) 0.38 (9.7) Padlock Attachment--For Extended Pushbutton Catalog No. 10250TA26 1.16 (29.5) 0.75 (19.1) 1 1 1.0 (25.4) 1 1 2.19 (55.6) 1.06 (26.9) 1 1.91 (48.5) 1 0.91 (23.1) 2.06 (52.3) 0.84 (21.3) 1 Padlock Cover Guard for Flush Pushbutton Catalog No. 10250TA36 0.25 (6.4) 0.38 (9.7) 0.91 (23.1) 1.13 (28.7) 1 Padlock Attachment for Maintained Push-Pull Operator Catalog No. 10250TA64 1.5 (38.1) 1 0.38 (9.7) 1 Maintained Pushbutton Catalog No. 10250TA66 Typical 2.19 (55.6) 1 1 Adjustable 0.94 (23.9) 1.62 (41.1) Min. 2.5 (63.5) Max. 0.88 (22.4) for Each Additional Contact Block 1 1.47 (37.3) 1.25 (31.8) 1 Protecting Shroud for Jumbo Mushroom Head Button Catalog No. 10250TA56 1 1 1.07 (27.2) 1 0.89 (22.6) 3.25 (82.6) 1 1 1.65 (41.9) 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-251 1.8 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Protecting Shroud for Mushroom Head Button Catalog No. 10250TA6 1.53 (38.9) 1.38 (35.1) A Min. A Min. 1.22 (31) Terminals at Side Horizontal Rows Protecting Shroud for Illuminated Pushbutton Catalog No. 10250TA15 1.75 (44.5) 1 Lever for Roto-Push Operator Catalog No. 10250TA13 Legend Plate Vertical Rows A Min. B Min. 1 or 2 Circuit Contact Blocks 0.44 (11.2) 1.50 (38.1) 1 0.6 (15.2) B Min. 1.25 (31.8) 1 1 B Min. 1.69 (42.9) 1 1 Panel Drilling and Minimum Spacing Terminals on Top 1.31 (33.3) 1 1 Extended Retaining Nut Catalog No. 10250TA12 1.81 (46) Small or none 1.63 (41.4) 2.25 (57.2) Standard 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) Jumbo 1 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) Extra large 2.50 (63.5) 2.60 (66.0) 4 Circuit Contact Block 10250T44 1 Small or none 1.88 (47.8) 2.25 (57.2) Standard 1.88 (47.8) 2.25 (57.2) 1 Jumbo 1 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) Extra large 2.50 (63.5) 2.60 (66.0) 1 1 1 Padlock Hasp or Flip-Up Guard Catalog No. 10250TA38 Notes Locating nib hole or notch is 1.36-1.4 in (34.5-35.6 mm) #29 drill. 1 0.84 (21.3) 1.50 (38.1) If jumbo plates are to be placed one above the other vertically, add 0.13 (3.3) to minimum dimensions listed. 1.75 (44.5) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-252 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.8 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Heavy-Duty Watertight/Oiltight--10250T Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Chain Hook Bracket Multiple Button Guard 2.16 (54.9) 1.88 (47.8) 4.0 (101.6) 5.88 (149.4) 4 7.88 (200.2) 7 13.38 (339.9) 1 C 1 Enclosure Size (No. of Elements) Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E 1 2, 3 and 4 3.75 (95.3) 1.94 (49.3) 0.13 (3.3) 2.69 (68.3) 1.38 (35.1) 1 6 and 7 4.0 (101.6) 2.19 (55.6) 0.13 (3.3) 2.88 (73.2) 1.63 (41.4) 1 A 3 1 D A 0.75 (19.1) 2 1 B E A Number of Elements 1 0.38 (9.7) Dia. Hole 1.31 (33.3) 1 1 1 Master Test Module, Flasher Module and Legend Plate 1.63 (41.4) 1.78 (45.2) 1 A 1 B 1.31 (33.3) 1 6 Mounting Holes 1.14 (29) Master Test Module, Flasher Module Legend Plate 1 Legend Plate A B 1.56 (39.6) 0.91 (23.1) 1 1 1 1/2 Round Legend Plates Small Standard 1.59 (40.4) 1.07 (27.2) Jumbo 2.06 (52.3) 1.53 (38.9) 1 1 Square Legend Plates Small 1.59 (40.4) sq. 0.90 (22.9) Standard 1.75 (44.5) sq. 1.06 (26.9) 1 Jumbo 2.19 (55.6) sq. 1.50 (38.1) Extra large 2.44 (62.0) sq. 1.63 (41.4) 1 1 1 Notes Locating nib hole or notch is 1.36-1.4 in (34.5-35.6 mm) #29 drill. 1 1 For plastic legend plate, Dimension B is 1.12 (28.4). 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-253 1.9 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Page 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-255 Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-256 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-257 Ordering Complete Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-259 Product Selection Non-Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-260 Plastic Lens Indicating Light Units . . . . . . . V7-T1-260 Pushbuttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-261 Illuminated Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-262 Push-Pull Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-264 Illuminated Push-Pull Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-265 Potentiometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-267 Push-Pull Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-268 Selector Switch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-272 Selector Switch Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-273 Selector Switch Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-276 Key Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-276 Illuminated Selector Switch Operators . . . . V7-T1-278 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-279 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-281 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-287 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-289 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V7-T1-292 1 1 Contents Product Description Features Eaton's E34 Series 30.5 mm pushbutton line features the same rugged die cast construction of our 10250T line with an additional two-layer 100% solid thermosetting cathodic epoxy coating. This coating provides a flat black smooth, consistent, corrosion resistant surface that has passed a demanding 600 hour salt spray test. (The industry standard for this 4X test requires only 200 hours.) 1 Epoxy-coated metal operators Corrosion resistant Integral ground screw terminal on operators FDA approved for sanitary chemical resistance requirements Standards and Certifications Ingress Protection When mounted in similarly rated enclosure-- Standard indicating lights UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 IEC IP65 All other operators UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 IEC IP65 1 1 1 1 CE EN60947-5-1 and 60947-5-5 UL 508--File No. E131568 CSA C22.2 No. 14--File No. LR68551 FDA 3-A Sanitary Standards 1 1 1 V7-T1-254 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Product Overview Ultraviolet Light Reliability Nibs E34 cathodic coating is not recommended for use in applications where exposure to ultraviolet light exists--use NEMA 4X 10250T operators. Eaton's contact blocks feature enclosed silver contacts with pointed "reliability nibs" for reliable performance from logic level up to 600V. To ensure reliable switching, nibs bite through oxide which can form on silver contacts, eliminating the need for expensive logic level blocks for most applications. Reliability Nibs Dry Circuit Medium Duty 1 Diaphragm Seal with Drainage Holes 1 Liquid Drainage Eaton's pushbutton operators offer front of panel drainage via holes in the operator bushing. Hidden from view by the mounting nut, these holes prevent buildup of liquid inside the operator, which can prevent operation in freezing environments. The holes also provide a route for escaping liquid in high pressure washdowns, effectively relieving pressure from the internal diaphragm seal, ensuring reliable sealing in applications even beyond NEMA 4. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Diaphragm Seal Heavy-Duty 1 Foam Neoprene Panel Sealing Gasket Drainage Hole 1 Flexible Diaphragm 1 Stainless Steel Operating Spring 1 Colorfast Molded Button 1 1 Drainage Hole Mounting Nut 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-255 1.9 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Product Identification 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Series Octagonal Mounting Nut Self-Adjusts to Panel Thickness--Eliminates Spacer Washers and Set Screws Internal Sealing Diaphragm for Excellent Sealing 1 Terminal Clamps Shipped Open Ready to Wire 1 1 1 1 1 Die Cast Construction with Thick, Tough Corrosion Resistant Coating Three Styles of Legend Plates in Four Sizes Wide Variety of Operator Types and Colors Stackable Contact Blocks up to 12 Circuits per Operator 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-256 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons 1 E34 PB 1 - 1 1 1 1 PB = EB = LB = JB = EVB = EHB = Operator Flush Extended 40 mm mushroom 65 mm mushroom 1/2 shroud vertical mount 1/2 shroud horizontal mount Button Color 1 = Black 7 = Gray 2 = Red 5 = White 3 = Green 6 = Blue 4 = Yellow 8 = Orange Blank = 1= 2= 3= 51 = 53 = 1 Circuit Operator only 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NC 1NO 1 1 1 1 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Push-Pulls 1 E34 GDB 63 M2 GDB = GEB = GFB = GHB = Operator Two-position maintained Three-position mom push-mom pull Three-position mt push-mom pull Three-position mom push-mom pull Incandescent Light Unit Blank = Non-illuminated 89 = 24V/XFR 63 = 120V/XFR 64 = 208V/XFR 65 = 240V/XFR 82 = 277V/XFR 66 = 380V/XFR 67 = 480V/XFR 68 = 600V/XFR 69 = 6V/FV 70 = 12V/FV 79 = 24V/FV 83 = 32V/FV 80 = 120V/RES 81 = 240V/RES LED Light Unit Blank = Non-illuminated 89L = 24V/XFR 63L = 120V/XFR 64L = 208V/XFR 65L = 240V/XFR 82L = 277V/XFR 66L = 380V/XFR 67L = 480V/XFR 68L = 600V/XFR 97L = Full voltage - 1 1 1 LED Voltage Blank = Non-illuminated Blank = Incandescent 06 = 6 Vac/Vdc 12 = 12 Vac/Vdc 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 48 = 48 Vac/Vdc 60 = 60 Vac/Vdc 2A = 120 Vac 2D = 120 Vdc Non-Illuminated Button C1 = Black 40 mm C2 = Red 40 mm C2N8 = Red 40 mm--"E" STOP C3 = Green 40 mm C6 = Blue 40 mm -- = Black 65 mm J2 = Red 65 mm J2N8 = Red 65 mm--"E" STOP -- = Green 65 mm -- = Yellow 65 mm Incandescent M2 = M2N8 = M3 = M6 = M9 = M5 = M0 = Blank = 1= 2= 3= 51 = 53 = Circuit Operator only 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NC 1NO 1 1 1 1 1 1 Illuminated LED Lens Type RD = Red 40 mm ED = Red 40 mm--"E" STOP GD = Green 40 mm LD = Blue 40 mm AD = Amber 40 mm WD = White 40 mm -- = Clear 40 mm 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Add X at end of catalog number to receive parts assembled from factory. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-257 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons E34 XB 24 V2 1 1 1 1 1 Light Unit Type XB = Transformer CB = Full voltage SB = Resistor Incandescent Light Unit 024 = 24V/XFR 120 = 120V/XFR 240 = 240V/XFR 277 = 277V/XFR 380 = 380V/XFR 480 = 480V/XFR 600 = 600V/XFR 06 = 6V/FV 12 = 12V/FV 24 = 24V/FV 32 = 32V/FV 48 = 48V/FV 120 = 120V/RES 240 = 240V/RES 1 1 1 1 1 1 Blank = 1= 2= 3= 51 = 53 = LED Light Unit 024L = 24V/XFR 120L = 120V/XFR 240L = 240V/XFR 277L = 277V/XFR 380L = 380V/XFR 480L = 480V/XFR 600L = 600V/XFR 397L = Full voltage Blank = 06 = 12 = 24 = Incandescent Lens Color V2 = Red V3 = Green V4 = Yellow V5 = White V6 = Blue V9 = Amber V0 = Clear 1 1 - 1 LED Voltage Incandescent 48 = 6 Vac/Vdc 60 = 12 Vac/Vdc 2A = 24 Vac/Vdc 2D = Circuit Operator only 1NO-1NC 2NO 2NC 1NC 1NO 48 Vac/Vdc 60 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vdc LED Lens Color RD = Red GD = Green YD = Yellow WD = White LD = Blue AD = Amber Standard Indicating Lights, PresTest and Master Test 1 E34 FB06 H2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Light Unit Type Standard--Incandescent Standard--LED TB120 = 120V/XFR TB120L = 120V/XFR TB240 = 240V/XFR TB240L = 240V/XFR TB277 = 277V/XFR TB277L = 277V/XFR TB380 = 380V/XFR TB380L = 380V/XFR TB480 = 480V/XFR TB480L = 480V/XFR TB600 = 600V/XFR TB600L = 600V/XFR FB06 = 6V/FV FB197L = Full voltage FB12 = 12V/FV PresTest--LED FB24 = 24V/FV TPB120L = 120V/XFR FB32 = 32V/FV TPB240L = 240V/XFR FB48 = 48V/FV TPB380L = 380V/XFR RB120 = 120V/RES TPB480L = 480V/XFR RB240 = 240V/RES TPB600L = 600V/XFR NB120 = 120V/neon FPB297L = Full voltage NB240 = 240V/neon PresTest--Incandescent TPB120 = 120V/XFR TPB240 = 240V/XFR TPB380 = 380V/XFR TPB480 = 480V/XFR TPB600 = 600V/XFR FPB06 = 6V/FV FPB12 = 12V/FV FPB24 = 24V/FV FPB32 = 32V/FV FPB48 = 48V/FV RPB120 = 120V/RES RPB240 = 240V/RES LED Voltage Blank = Incandescent 06 = 6 Vac/Vdc 12 = 12 Vac/Vdc 24 = 24 Vac/Vdc 48 = 48 Vac/Vdc 60 = 60 Vac/Vdc 2A = 120 Vac 2D = 120 Vdc Plastic Glass Lens Color Standard/Master--Incandescent H2 = G2 = Red H3 = G3 = Green H4 = G4 = Yellow H5 = G5 = White H6 = G6 = Blue H9 = G9 = Amber H0 = G0 = Clear PresTest--Incandescent V2 = P2 = Red V3 = P3 = Green V4 = P4 = Yellow V5 = P5 = White V6 = P6 = Blue V9 = P9 = Amber V0 = P0 = Clear Plastic Glass Lens Color Standard/Master/PresTest--LED RP = RG = Red GP = GG = Green YP = YG = Yellow WP = WG = White LP = LG = Blue AP = AG = Amber Note 1 Add X at end of catalog number to receive parts assembled from factory. 1 V7-T1-258 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Ordering Complete Devices Complete E34 pushbuttons, indicating lights and/or selector switch operators including contact block(s) and legend plate can be ordered using a single composite catalog number. The individually packaged components will be shipped unassembled in a single overpack carton marked with the composite catalog number. 1 Ordering Example Illuminated Pushbutton Device--Catalog Number E34XB120V2-153SP90 1 1 For a complete Catalog Number breakdown, see Pages V7-T1-257 to V7-T1-258. 1 1 1 For Complete E34 Device Ordering 1 E34XB120 V2 - 153 SP90 Operator 1 1 Legend Plate E34;SP90 Lens E34V2 1 Contact Blocks 10250T1 and 10250T53 1 Insert Hyphen Before Contact Block(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-259 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1 Product Selection 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Flush Button Non-Illuminated Momentary Pushbutton Units Pushbutton Units Contact Type Button Color Flush Button Catalog Number Extended Button Catalog Number Mushroom Button Catalog Number Jumbo Mushroom 1 Catalog Number 1NO Black E34PB1-53X E34EB1-53X E34LB1-53X E34JB1-53X Red E34PB2-53X E34EB2-53X E34LB2-53X E34JB2-53X Green E34PB3-53X E34EB3-53X E34LB3-53X E34JB3-53X Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- E34JB2N8-53X Black E34PB1-51X E34EB1-51X E34LB1-51X E34JB1-51X Red E34PB2-51X E34EB2-51X E34LB2-51X E34JB2-51X Green E34PB3-51X E34EB3-51X E34LB3-51X E34JB3-51X Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- E34JB2N8-51X Black E34PB1-1X E34EB1-1X E34LB1-1X E34JB1-1X 1 Red E34PB2-1X E34EB2-1X E34LB2-1X E34JB2-1X Green E34PB3-1X E34EB3-1X E34LB3-1X E34JB3-1X 1 Red--Engraved EMERG. STOP -- -- -- E34JB2N8-1X 1 1 1 Extended Button 1NC 1 1 1 1 Mushroom Button 1NO-1NC Jumbo Mushroom 1 1 1 1 1 1 Plastic Lens Indicating Light Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 24V Full Voltage Indicating Light Indicating Light Units Type Voltage Color LED/Lamp Number Indicating Light 1 Catalog Number Red Bayonet base E34FB197LRP24 LED Lamp 1 Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1 1 120 Vac 1 Green E34FB197LGP24 Amber E34FB197LAP24 Red E34FB197LRP2A Green E34FB197LGP2A Amber E34FB197LAP2A Incandescent Lamp 1 Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1 Red #757 Green E34FB24H3X Amber 1 Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 1 Transformer 1 1 120 Vac 50/60 Hz Red E34FB24H2X E34FB24H9X 120MB E34RB120H2X Green E34RB120H3X Amber E34RB120H9X Red #755 E34TB120H2X Green E34TB120H3X Amber E34TB120H9X Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 Anodized aluminum head--may not be suitable for some corrosive environments. 1 V7-T1-260 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Pushbuttons 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Momentary Pushbutton Operators, Non-Illuminated E34PB_ E34EB_ E34EHB_ E34LB_ E34JB_ Button Color Catalog Number Flush button Black E34PB1 Red E34PB2 Green E34PB3 Yellow E34PB4 White E34PB5 Blue E34PB6 Gray E34PB7 Orange E34PB8 Black E34EB1 Red E34EB2 Green E34EB3 Yellow E34EB4 White E34EB5 Blue E34EB6 Gray E34EB7 Orange E34EB8 Extended button Half shrouded button Mushroom button Anodized aluminum jumbo mushroom button 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Vertical Horizontal Black E34EVB1 E34EHB1 Red E34EVB2 E34EHB2 Green E34EVB3 E34EHB3 Yellow E34EVB4 E34EHB4 White E34EVB5 E34EHB5 Blue E34EVB6 E34EHB6 Gray E34EVB7 E34EHB7 Orange E34EVB8 E34EHB8 1 1 1 1 1 1 Black E34LB1 Red E34LB2 Green E34LB3 Yellow E34LB4 Blue E34LB6 1 Black E34JB1 1 Red E34JB2 Red (Engraved EMERG. STOP) E34JB2N8 Green E34JB3 Yellow E34JB4 1 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 1 Anodized aluminum head--may not be suitable for some corrosive environments. 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-261 1.9 1 1 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Illuminated Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Illuminated Pushbutton 1 Operators without Lens Type Indicating Light Catalog Number E34CB497L E34FB197L E34FPB297L E34XB024L -- -- 120 E34XB120L E34TB120L E34TPB120L 240 E34XB240L E34TB240L E34TPB240L 277 E34XB277L E34TB277L -- 380 E34XB380L E34TB380L E34TPB380L 480 E34XB480L E34TB480L E34TPB480L 600 E34XB600L E34TB600L E34TPB600L Voltage Indicating Light Full voltage -- Transformer AC only 24 1 1 1 Illuminated Pushbutton Catalog Number Lamp Number PresTest Catalog Number LED Lamp (LEDs not included) 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights PresTest Bayonet base Incandescent Lamp 1 Full voltage AC/DC 6 #755 E34CB06 E34FB06 E34FPB06 1 12 #756 E34CB12 E34FB12 E34FPB12 24 #757 E34CB24 E34FB24 E34FPB24 1 32 #1828 E34CB32 E34FB32 E34FPB32 48 #1835 E34CB48 E34FB48 E34FPB48 120 120MB E34SB120 E34RB120 E34RPB120 E34SB240 E34RB240 E34RPB240 1 Resistor AC/DC 2 240 1 Transformer AC only E34XB024 -- -- 120 E34XB120 E34TB120 E34TPB120 240 E34XB240 E34TB240 E34TPB240 277 E34XB277 E34TB277 -- 1 380 E34XB380 E34TB380 E34TPB380 480 E34XB480 E34TB480 E34TPB480 1 600 E34XB600 E34TB600 E34TPB600 1 1 Neon AC/DC 1 24 #755 120 NE51H-R-22 -- E34NB120 -- 240 NE51H-4-68 -- E34NB240 -- Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 1 2 These units do not include lamps. Order LED separately to match lens color, see Page V7-T1-239 for LED Selection and Pages V7-T1-257 to V7-T1-258 for Catalog Numbering Selection. Resistor units are not available for use with LEDs, choose either transformer or full voltage LED style. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-262 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Plastic Glass E34V_ Plastic Glass 1.9 Indicating Light Lens Color Plastic Catalog Number Glass 1 Catalog Number Red E34H2 E34G2 Green E34H3 E34G3 Yellow E34H4 E34G4 White E34H5 E34G5 Blue E34H6 E34G6 Ambler E34H9 E34G9 Clear E34H0 E34G0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Illuminated Pushbutton Lens Color Catalog Number Red E34V2 Green E34V3 Yellow E34V4 White E34V5 Blue E34V6 Ambler E34V9 Clear E34V0 1 1 1 1 1 1 PresTest Lens Color Plastic Catalog Number Glass 1 Catalog Number 1 Red E34V2 E34P2 1 Green E34V3 E34P3 Yellow E34V4 E34P4 White E34V5 E34P5 Blue E34V6 E34P6 Ambler E34V9 E34P9 Clear E34V0 E34P0 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Glass lens has black anodized aluminum bezel. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-263 1.9 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Push-Pull Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Two- and three-position Non-illuminated Two-Position Push-Pull Unit Two-Position Push-Pull Units, Non-Illuminated Operator Position 1 Pull Push 1 Mounting Location Button Type/Color 2 Contact Type 40 mm/red 1NO E34GDBC2-1X 40 mm engraved EMERG. STOP/red 1NC E34GDBC2N8-1X A B Catalog Number Maintained Push, Maintained Pull 1 O X 1 X O 65 mm aluminum engraved EMERG. STOP/red 1 E34GDBJ2N8-1X 1 1 Three-Position Push-Pull Unit Three-Position Push-Pull Units, Non-Illuminated Operator Position 1 Pull 1 Intermediate Push Button Type/Color 2 1 Contact Type X X O X O O B Catalog Number 40 mm/black 1NC E34GFBC1-3X 40 mm/red 1NC E34GFBC2-3X 40 mm engraved EMERG. STOP/red 1 E34GFBC2N8-3X Momentary Push, Momentary Pull 1 1 1 1 X X O X O O O X O O X O 40 mm/black 1NC E34GEBC1-3X 40 mm/red 1NC E34GEBC2-3X 40 mm/black 1NO E34GHBC1-1X 40 mm/red 1NC E34GHBC2-1X Button and Color Selection 1 Suffix Code Catalog Number Black C1 E34C1 1 Red C2 E34C2 Red (EMERG. STOP) C2N8 E34C2N8 1 Green C3 E34C3 Blue C6 E34C6 1 A Maintained Push, Momentary Pull 1 1 Mounting Location Color Standard Jumbo Mushroom Head 1 Standard--40 mm Jumbo Mushroom Head 3 (Anodized) Aluminum--65 mm Red J2 E34J2 Red (EMERG. STOP) J2N8 E34J2N8 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 2 1 3 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. To order different type or color buttons, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the table. Example: E34GDBC6-1X. Anodized aluminum may not be suitable for use on some corrosive applications. 1 1 V7-T1-264 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Illuminated Push-Pull Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Two-position maintained Illuminated Illuminated Push-Pull Unit 1 Two-Position Illuminated Maintained Push, Maintained Pull 1 Operator Position 1 Maintained-- Pull O X Maintained-- Intermediate X O Contact Type Lamp Type Voltage LED Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 120 Vac/Vdc 1NC Transformer Mounting Location A B LED/Lamp Number Bayonet base 24 Vac X O Incandescent 1 E34GDB97LRD24-1X 1 E34GDB97LRD2A-1X E34GDB89LRD06-1X 120 Vac O X Red Standard Push-Pull Catalog Number 2 E34GDB63LRD06-1X Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO #757 E34GDB79M2-1X Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 1NC 120MB E34GDB80M2-1X Transformer 24 Vac #755 E34GDB89M2-1X 120 Vac E34GDB63M2-1X 1 1 1 1 1 Standard Lens and Color Selection 1 Incandescent Suffix Code LED Suffix Code Catalog Number Red M2 RD E34M2 Red (EMER. STOP) M2N8 ED E34M2N8 Green M3 GD E34M3 Blue M6 LD E34M6 Amber M9 AD E34M9 White M5 WD E34M5 Clear M0 CD E34M0 Color 1 Standard 1 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 1 2 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. To order different type or color lens, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from Lens and Color Selection table above. Example: E34GDB79M3 -1X. For LEDs with different voltages see ordering example on Page V7-T1-271. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-265 1.9 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Three-position maintained Illuminated Illuminated Push-Pull Unit 1 Three-Position Illuminated Momentary Push, Momentary Pull Operator Position 1 Momentary-- Pull Maintained-- Intermediate Momentary-- Push 1 O X 1 O O X O Lamp Type Voltage Contact Type LED Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 120 Vac 1NC 1 Transformer 1 1 X X O X O O Full voltage 1 1 Transformer 1 O X 1 O O X O 1 1 Incandescent Mounting Location A B LED/Lamp Number Bayonet base X X 1 1 1 O X O O 24 Vac E34GHB89LRD06-1X 120 Vac E34GHB63LRD06-1X 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC 120 Vac 1NC Bayonet base E34GEB97LRD24-3X E34GEB97LRD2A-3X 24 Vac E34GEB89LRD06-3X 120 Vac E34GEB63LRD06-3X Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO #757 E34GHB79M2-1X Resistor 120 Vac 1NC 120MB E34GHB80M2-1X Transformer 24 Vac #755 E34GHB89M2-1X E34GHB63M2-1X Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC #757 E34GEB79M2-3X Resistor 120 Vac 1NC 120MB E34GEB80M2-3X Transformer 24 Vac #755 E34GEB89M2-3X 120 Vac 1 E34GHB97LRD24-1X E34GHB97LRD2A-1X 120 Vac 1 Red Standard Push-Pull Catalog Number 2 E34GEB63M2-3X Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 2 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. To order different type or color lens, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from Lens and Color Selection table on the bottom of Page V7-T1-265. Example: E34GEB79M3-3X. For LEDs with different voltages see ordering example on Page V7-T1-271. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-266 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Three-position--maintained push, momentary pull Illuminated Illuminated Push-Pull Unit 1 Three-Position Illuminated Maintained Push, Momentary Pull 1 Operator Position 1 Momentary-- Pull X X Maintained-- Intermediate O X Maintained-- Push O O Lamp Type Voltage Contact Type LED Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC 120 Vac 1NC Transformer X X O X O O Incandescent Mounting Location A B LED/Lamp Number Bayonet base Red Standard Push-Pull Catalog Number 2 E34GFB97LRD24-3X E34GFB97LRD2A-3X 1 1 1 24 Vac E34GFB89LRD06-3X 1 120 Vac E34GFB63LRD06-3X 1 Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NC #757 E34GFB79M2-3X 1 Resistor 120 Vac 1NC 120MB E34GFB80M2-3X 1 Transformer 24 Vac #755 E34GFB89M2-3X 1 E34GFB63M2-3X 1 120 Vac 1 Vertical or Horizontal One-Hole Mounting 3 Potentiometers UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 Potentiometer with Knob and Standard Dial Plate--Linear Type 10% 1 Potentiometer Ohms 1 Catalog Number 2 Watt (60V Max.) Single Potentiometer with Standard Aluminum Dial Plate 45 1000 E34PDB1F1 2500 E34PDB1F2 5000 E34PDB1F5 10000 E34PDB1F10 25000 E34PDB1F25 50000 E34PDB1F50 Operator only 6 E34PDB1A0 Alternative--black plastic large legend with standard markings E34LP99 1 1 1 1 1 1 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-292. Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. To order different type or color lens, substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from table on the bottom of Page V7-T1-265. Example: E34GFB79M3-3X. For LEDs with different voltages see ordering example on Page V7-T1-271. Shown with standard aluminum dial plate. Large dial plate with space for legend is available at no charge. To order, add suffix 36 to catalog number. Example: E34PDB1F136. To order separately, see footnote 5 below. Large dial plate has space at top for 15 letters. 3/32 in high. For custom stamped legend plates, order legend plate as separate item 10250TR30 and specify stamping. For use with commercially purchased potentiometers having shaft dimensions per dimension drawing on Page V7-T1-244. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-267 1.9 1 1 1 1 1 1 Maintained--(Twoposition). Maintains in the pulled or pushed position until manually actuated to the opposite mode. Momentary--(Threeposition). Spring returns to an intermediate position when pulled or pushed and released. 1 1 An illuminated push-pull pushbutton unit, arranged for one-hole mounting, can replace two pushbuttons and a pilot light or the nonilluminated form can replace two pushbuttons. These units are available in three basic types: 1 1 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Push-Pull Operators 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Two-Position Maint. Push-Pull 1 Momentary Pull, Maintained Push--(Threeposition). Spring returns to intermediate position when pulled. Maintains in pushed position until manually returned to intermediate (ready to reset) position. Maintained stop holds circuit open and will prevent other series connected operators from starting the system. Application Guide To assist in the selection of contact blocks, the sketch below shows pictorially by symbols A and B locations of contact circuits after assembly of contact blocks and adapter to the operator. The table below shows the effect of the push and pull operations on either NO or NC contacts. (X = contact closed, O = contact open). The operators, buttons, contact blocks, etc., are offered as building block components that can be intermixed to satisfy many requirements. This minimizes the need for a varied and costly inventory. Contact Circuit Locations Locating Nib A B Push-Pull Operator Components Operator Position and Circuit Arrangement Out--Pull Intermediate 1 In--Push Contact Block Mounting Location 1 Type of Operator 1 A B A B A O X No intermediate position X O B Contact Block 2 Catalog Number X O 1NO 1NC E34GDB X O 2NO 2NC O O 1NO 1NC O O 2NO 2NC O O 1NO 1NC O O 2NO 2NC X O 1NO 1NC X O 2NO 2NC Two-Position Operator without Lens Maintained push-pull 1 O X or O X 1 O X or X O Three-Position Operator without Lens 1 Momentary push-pull 1 O X or O X 1 Maintained push-momentary pull O X or O X 1 Momentary push-pull 1 O X O X 1 or O X O O O X O O O X O O O X O O O X O O O X O O or or or O X X O O X X O O X X O O X X O O O X O O O X O or or or 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 See Typical Applications on Page V7-T1-203. 1 2 1 E34GEB 2 E34GFB 2 E34GHB 2 Shown without button on lens. Maximum of two blocks, four circuits. Special function contact blocks shown on Page V7-T1-286 CANNOT be used with three-position push-pull operators E34GEB, E34GFB or E34GHB. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-268 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Push-Pull Light Units, Lenses and Buttons Ordering Example with One Composite Number 1 Non-illuminated: E34GDB + E34C2 + 10250T1 = E34GDBC2-1X 1 1 Incandescent: E34GDB + 10250T79 + E34M2 + 10250T1 = E34GDB79M2-1X 1 LED: E34GDB + 10250T97L + E34M2 + Voltage Code + 10250T1 = E34GDB97LRD24-1X 06--6 Vac/Vdc 12--12 Vac/Vdc 24--24 Vac/Vdc 48--48 Vac/Vdc 1 60--60 Vac/Vdc 2A--120 Vac 2D--120 Vdc 1 1 1 Light Units for Illuminated Push-Pull Devices Light Unit Type LED (LEDs not included) 1 Incandescent Type Voltage Full voltage -- Transformer AC only 50/60 Hz 24 Full voltage AC or DC LED/Lamp Number Bayonet base 10250T63L 208 10250T64L 240 10250T65L 277 10250T82L 380 10250T66L 480 10250T67L 600 10250T68L 12 24/28 #755 #756 #757 #1828 32 Resistor AC or DC Transformer AC only 50/60 Hz 10250T97L 120 1 1 1 1 1 10250T69 10250T70 1 10250T79 10250T83 120MB 240 24 1 10250T89L 120 6 1 Catalog Number 1 10250T80 1 10250T81 #755 10250T89 120 10250T63 208 10250T64 240 10250T65 277 10250T82 380 10250T66 480 10250T67 600 10250T68 1 1 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 These units do not include lamps. Order LED separately to match lens color from chart on Page V7-T1-271. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-269 1.9 Incandescent Suffix Code Catalog Number Black C1 E34C1 Red C2 E34C2 Red (EMERG. STOP) C2N8 E34C2N8 Green C3 E34C3 Blue C6 E34C6 Red 1 J2 E34J2 Red (EMERG. STOP) J2N8 E34J2N8 Color Standard 1 1 1 1 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Buttons for Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Devices 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Jumbo Mushroom Head 1 Standard Button Jumbo Mushroom Head 1 1 1 E34M_ Alternate Lenses for Illuminated Push-Pull Devices Color Incandescent Suffix Code LED Suffix Code 2 Catalog Number Red M2 RD E34M2 Red (EMERG. STOP) M2N8 ED E34M2N8 Green M3 GD E34M3 1 Blue M6 LD E34M6 Amber M9 AD E34M9 1 White M5 WD E34M5 Clear M0 -- E34M0 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 2 1 Anodized aluminum may not be suitable for use on some corrosive applications. Suffix codes should only be used for assembling composite catalog numbers. To order lens, order by catalog number. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-270 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Standard LED Lamp LED Selection Voltage Color Catalog Number Voltage Color Catalog Number 6 Vac/Vdc suitable for use with transformers Red E22LED006RN 60 Vac/Vdc Red E22LED060RN Orange E22LED006ON Orange E22LED060ON Yellow E22LED006YN Yellow E22LED060YN Green E22LED006GN Green E22LED060GN Blue E22LED006BN Blue E22LED060BN White E22LED006WN Red E22LED012RN 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc 120 Vac White E22LED060WN Red E22LED120RA Orange E22LED012ON Orange E22LED120OA Yellow E22LED012YN Yellow E22LED120YA Green E22LED012GN Green E22LED120GA Blue E22LED012BN Blue E22LED120BA White E22LED012WN White E22LED120WA Red E22LED024RN Red E22LED120RD Orange E22LED024ON Orange E22LED120OD Yellow E22LED024YN Yellow E22LED120YD Green E22LED024GN Green E22LED120GD Blue E22LED024BN Blue E22LED120BD White E22LED120WD White E22LED024WN Red E22LED048RN Orange E22LED048ON Yellow E22LED048YN Green E22LED048GN Blue E22LED048BN White E22LED048WN 120 Vdc 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-271 1.9 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Selector Switch Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Two-, three- and four-position--maintained Non-illuminated and illuminated Two-Position Maint. Switch Knob Two-Position Selector Switch Operator Position 1 Operator Action 2 1 X O 1 O X Non-Illuminated Illuminated--120V Transformer Mounting Location Cam Black Knob Black Lever Red Knob Red Lever A B Code Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Contact Type 1NC M 1 E34VFBL1-1X E34VFBK1-1X E34VFB120ER-1X E34VFB120FR-1X M 1NO 1 1 Three-Position Maint. Switch Knob Three-Position Selector Switch Operator Position 1 1 Operator Action 2 1 X O O O O X Contact Type 1NO M M 1 Non-Illuminated Illuminated--120V Transformer Black Knob Black Lever Red Knob Red Lever Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 3 E34VHBK1-2X E34VHBL1-2X E34VHB120TER-2X E34VHB120TFR-2X 3 E34VHBK1-23X E34VHBL1-23X E34VHB120TER-23X E34VHB120TFR-23X M 1NO 1 X O O 1 O X O O O X 1NO 2NC (Series) 1NO 1 1 1 Mounting Location Cam A B Code Four-Position Maint. Switch Lever Four-Position Selector Switch Operator Position 1 Operator Action 2 1 X O O O 1 1 O X O O O O X O O O O X M M Contact Type Mounting Location Cam A B Code 1NC M 7 Non-Illuminated Illuminated--120V Transformer Black Knob Black Lever Red Knob Red Lever Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 E34VTBK1-23X E34VTBL1-23X E34VRB120TER-23X E34VRB120TFR-23X M 1NO 1NO 1 1NC 1 1 Color Selection, Non-Illuminated Color Code Letter Color Code Letter Black 1 White 5 Red 2 Blue 6 Green 3 Gray 7 1 Yellow 4 Orange 8 1 Notes For Light Unit Voltage Suffix and Knobs, Levers tables, see Page V7-T1-278. 1 Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 1 2 1 3 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. M = Maintained. To order different type or color selector switch, substitute the underlined character with appropriate suffix code from the Color Selection table. Example: E34VFBK2-X1. 1 1 V7-T1-272 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Selector Switch Selection 1 1 1 1 Cam and Contact Block Selection Selector switches in their varied forms (two-position, three-position and fourposition) are a big factor contributing to the great flexibility of control that a well rounded line of "pushbuttons" can achieve. Because of their flexibility, they tend to cause difficulty with product selection and application. The following systematic approach should simplify that task. Cam and contact block selection is better understood if you: Work with each incoming and outgoing wire/circuit separately. Recognize the terms NO and NC only identify the type of contact by its mode before mounting to the operator. The "X-O" chart (Page V7-T1-275) shows how that contact will act after assembly to the operator with the selected cam shape. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. Up to six NO or NC contacts may be mounted behind each plunger location for a total of twelve contacts. Single circuit contact blocks have only one plunger with the other side of the block "open." Therefore, single circuit contact blocks transmit motion to blocks behind them only for the position containing the circuit. Each cam has two separate lobes, each of which operates one of the two contact block plungers independently of each other. Those are identified as position A (locating nib side) and position B (opposite of locating nib). The position designations give direction in selecting and mounting of the contact blocks. Contact Circuit Locations Systematic Approach Application: HAND-OFFAUTO selector switch. In this circuit, one incoming line is distributed to two other outgoing circuits by the switch. The two circuits can be looked at individually. Step 1: Elementary Diagram. Construct on paper, or in your mind, a simple elementary diagram of the switching scheme as follows: HAND Incoming Line Outgoing Circuit OFF AUTO Outgoing Circuit Step 2: "X-O" Pattern. From the elementary diagram, you can construct an "X-O" diagram which describes when the contacts are to be closed (X) or open (O) in the various positions of the switch. The "X-O" for the HAND circuit looks like this: 1 For the AUTO circuit, the "X-O" diagram would look like this: 1 HAND OFF AUTO 1 O O X 1 Putting them together, the complete "X-O" diagram is: 1 1 XOO OOX 1 Once the "X-O" diagram has been generated, the next step is to select the cam and contact block, or blocks, needed to perform the desired "X-O" functions. The selection tables on the following pages list the various types (shapes) of cams by number to choose from and the type of contact and position to achieve the function outlined in your "X-O" diagram. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Locating Nib HAND OFF AUTO 1 A B 1 X O O 1 In this circuit, you want a contact closed on the left (HAND) but open in the center and right. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-273 1.9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Step 3: Cam Selection. The cam you select determines the operation of all contact blocks mounted to the operator. It is selected on the basis that it provides the simplest circuitry for the desired "X-O" diagram. The selection tables show all the "X-O" combinations. For the purpose of this example, the applicable portion of those tables is shown on this page. Now to make the cam selection, make a simple worksheet such as: XOO OOX Cam 2 Cam 3 (A)NO-(B)NC (B)NO (A)NO (B)NO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 It becomes immediately obvious that cam 3 is the better choice for two reasons, (1) the series combination can be avoided making it simpler to wire, (2) only two contacts are required, which is less expensive than the three contacts required by cam 2. Step 4: Contact Block Selection. Having selected the cam, contact block selection is simply a matter of gathering the A position and B position circuits into pairs which make up the most convenient contact block arrangement. If there is an imbalance in the number of circuits under A or B, then single circuit blocks must be selected for these leftover circuits. Back to the worksheet, having selected cam 3 do this: X O X O O X ANO 1 BNO 10250T2 Step 5: Selector Switch Operator. Lastly, you have to choose from the many types of operators--knob and lever in various colors or keyed. Also what combinations of maintained and spring return functions are required. Selection of these operators can be found on Page V7-T1-276. For the example in step 4, you may want a three-position maintained black knob, cam 3--Catalog Number E34VHBK1. The Complete Switch: E34VHBK1 with one 10250T2 or, for one composite catalog number, E34VHBK1-Y1 found on Page V7-T1-273. Diagrams Circuits shown illustrate connections to obtain a selector switch circuit combination and are shown with their appropriate line diagrams. Field wiring of jumper connections required as shown. Example Selection Table No. "X-O" Pattern 1 X O O 4 O O X Cam Code #2 Cam Code #3 Top A Top A Bottom B NO NC -- NO -- NO NO Two-Position Selector Switch Contact Block Selection Desired Circuit and Operator Position Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function No. 1 Top Plunger A X O NC 2 O Bottom Plunger B or NC X or NO NO Note 1 Wired in series. X = Closed circuit O = Open circuit Wiring of Jumper Connections Series Connection Parallel Connection Four-position selector switches are limited to four contact blocks. Contact Blocks For selection and number of available contact blocks per operator, see Page V7-T1-285. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-274 Bottom B -- a Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Three-Position Switch--Cam and Contact Block Selection 1 Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function (Jumpers must be installed where indicated) Desired Circuit and Operator Position No. 1 X 2 O X Operator with Cam Code #2 Operator with Cam Code #3 Mounting Location Mounting Location Top Plunger A Bottom Plunger B Top Plunger A NO NC NO X X 1 Bottom Plunger B 1 O 1 1 O NC 3 1 O NC 1 X 1 NO NO 4 O O X NO 5 O NO X 1 NO 1 X NC NC 6 O X 1 NO O NC NC 1 NC 1 1 Four-Position Switch--Contact Block Selection Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function Contact Blocks Required to Accomplish Circuit Function Desired Circuit and Operator Position Mounting Location Top Plunger A No. 1 X O O Bottom Plunger B O Desired Circuit and Operator Position 10 X O X Mounting Location 1 Bottom Plunger B 1 Top Plunger A No. 1 1 O NC 2 O X O 1 NC NO O NO 3 O O X O 4 O O O X 5 X O O X 6 O X X O 11 X X X 1 O NO NC NO NC 12 NC O O X X 8 X X O O X O NO 1 X 1 1 NC NO NO X O X 1 X 1 NC NO NC NC O X NC 13 NO 9 X NO NO 7 O 1 1 NC NO X 14 NO NC X X O 1 X NC 1 NO NC Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-275 1.9 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Selector Switch Operators UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Two-Position Knob Selector Switch Operators with Knob Assembled Positions 1 Black Knob Selector Switch-- Vertical Mounting 2 Operator Action 1 Two-position--60 throw M M M S 1 1 Three-position--60 throw M 1 M 1 S M 1 S M Four-position--40 throw M 1 1 S M 1 1 M M 1 1 M S M Cam Code 3 Catalog Number 4 1 E34VFBK1 1 E34VEBK1 2 E34VGBK1 3 E34VHBK1 2 E34VJBK1 3 E34VKBK1 2 E34VLBK1 3 E34VMBK1 2 E34VNBK1 3 E34VPBK1 7 E34VTBK1 M M Key Operators Three-Position Keyed Selector Switch Key Operators with Cam and Cap Positions 1 Operator Action 1 Two-position--60 throw 1 1 M M M S Three-position--60 throw 1 M M M S 1 M S S M Four-position--40 throw 1 M M Horiz. Mounting Catalog Number 1 1, 2, 3 E34KFB_ E34KFHB_ 1 2 E34KEB_ E34KEHB_ 2 1-7 E34KGB_ E34KGHB_ 3 S 4 3 2, 4, 6 3 7 M 1, 4, 5 3 2 M 1 Vertical Mounting Catalog Number 2 M 1 Key Removal Positions 5 2 M 1 Cam Code 3 7 E34KHB_ E34KHHB_ E34KJB_ E34KJHB_ E34KKB_ E34KKHB_ E34KLB_ E34KLHB_ E34KMB_ E34KMHB_ E34KNB_ E34KNHB_ E34KPB_ E34KPHB_ E34KTB_ E34KTHB_ M 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 2 3 1 4 1 5 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow (R). Field convertible to horizontal mounting. For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and tables on Pages V7-T1-273 to V7-T1-275. For other colors of either the knob or lever, replace the underlined characters of the catalog number with the appropriate suffix code from Alternate Knob and Lever table on Page V7-T1-277. Example: E34VFBL2. Choose key removal position required for application from table on Page V7-T1-277. Add key removal code number to listed catalog number. Example: E34KFB2. 1 1 V7-T1-276 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Key Removal Positions 1 Dissimilar Locks and Keys Listed operators have identical locks and keys (Key Code H661), Catalog Number 10250ED824. For dissimilar lock and key combinations, see Page V7-T1-212. C L R Code Suffix Key Removal Position 1 Right only 2 Left only 3 Right and left 4 Center only 6 Left and center 7 All positions 1.9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E34K_ Knob E34L_ E34A_ 1 Alternate Knobs and Levers for Operators 2 Lever Lever Designed for Added Ingress Protection 3 1 1 Color Suffix Code Catalog Number Suffix Code Catalog Number Suffix Code Catalog Number Black K1 E34K1 L1 E34L1 A1 E34A1 Red K2 E34K2 L2 E34L2 A2 E34A2 Green K3 E34K3 L3 E34L3 A3 E34A3 Yellow K4 E34K4 L4 E34L4 A4 E34A4 White K5 E34K5 L5 E34L5 A5 E34A5 Blue K6 E34K6 L6 E34L6 A6 E34A6 Gray K7 E34K7 L7 E34L7 A7 E34A7 Orange K8 E34K8 L8 E34L8 A8 E34A8 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Key removal in "spring return from" positions not recommended. 2 See operators on Page V7-T1-276. 3 For use on maintained operators only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-277 1.9 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Illuminated Selector Switch Operators 120 Vac Transformer Selector Switch, Cam 1 1 Operator without Knob or Lever Transformer Type--50/60 Hz Positions Operator Action Two-position--60 throw 1 M 1 Three-position--60 throw M M M 1 M M 1 M 1 S M S Four-position--40 throw Catalog Number 4 Cam Code 1 5 Cam Code 1 5 E34VFB_ E34SFB_ Cam Code 2 5 Cam Code 3 5 Cam Code 2 5 Cam Code 3 5 E34VGB_ E34VHB_ E34SGB_ E34SHB_ E34VNB_ 6 E34VPB_ 6 E34SNB_ 7 E34SPB_ 7 E34VJB_ 6 E34VKB_ 6 E34SJB_ 7 E34SKB_ 7 E34VLB_ E34VMB_ E34SLB_ E34SMB_ E34VRB_ -- E34SRB_ -- M 1 1 Lamps--#755, #757, #1835, 120MB 2 Catalog Number 34 S M 1 Full Voltage Type--AC or DC 1 6V #755 Lamp S M M M M 1 1 Knob 1 1 Lever 1 Knobs and Levers Light Unit Voltage Suffix Add to operator Catalog Number listed in table above. Color 9 Knob Catalog Number and Code Number Lever Catalog Number and Code Number Red 10250TER 10250TFR Transformer Type 50/60 Hz Green 10250TEG 10250TFG Voltage Suffix Code Voltage Suffix Code Yellow 10250TEA 10250TFA 24 024 6 06 Blue 10250TEL 10250TFL 120 120 12 12 208 24 24 240 48 48 Type of Light Unit 1 Clear 10250TEC 10250TFC 208 White 10250TEW 10250TFW 240 1 Amber 10250TEM 10250TFM 1 Full Voltage Type AC or DC 1 380 380 120 120 480 480 240 8 240 600 600 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Pages V7-T1-182 to V7-T1-253. 1 1 1 2 3 4 1 5 1 6 7 1 8 9 Full voltage light units can be used at other than listed voltages by changing lamp. Replacement lamps are listed on Page V7-T1-239. 120MB lamps are used on both 120V and 240V operators. Operator includes lens gasket and lens attachment screws. Add suffix code for light unit voltage to listed catalog number from Light Unit Voltage Suffix table above. Example: For 24V transformer type light unit, order E34VFB024. For selection of the proper cam and contact block required to obtain a specific circuit sequence, see selection tables on Pages V7-T1-273 to V7-T1-275. 120 and 240V transformer only. 120 full voltage only. Resistor type. May generate excess heat if used in high density. Amber, clear and white lenses have a black arrow (R). Red, green and blue lenses have a white arrow (R). 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-278 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Accessories 1 Accessories E34TA2 Description Catalog Number Padlocking Attachment for Flush Pushbutton Operators. Permits locking NC contacts in open position with 1/4 in padlock. Will not lock NO contact. E34TA2 1 1 1 1 10250TA_ Flexible Weather Resistant Boot for use with flush pushbutton operators. Clear 10250TA46 Black 10250TA47 Red 10250TA48 Green 10250TA49 1 1 1 Flexible Weather Resistant Boot for use with button operators (extended buttons preferred). Black 10250TA3 Red 10250TA4 1 Green 10250TA10 Clear 10250TA85 Transparent Boot for regular, illuminated pushbutton operators and PresTest. E34TA3_ E34TA6 1 1 1 10250TA25 2 1 Special Retaining Nut--to accommodate thick panel. Indicating light E34TA30 PresTest, pushbuttons and selector switches E34TA31 Shroud for Mushroom Head Operator--prevents accidental operation. (Not for push-pull operators.) 1 1 E34TA6 1 1 E34TA12 Extended Retaining Nut--replaces standard nut and provides guard for flush type pushbutton operators. 1 E34TA12 1 1 E34TA15 Guard for illuminated pushbutton 1 E34TA15 1 1 E34TA11 Padlocking Attachment for non-illuminated knob selector switches-- accommodates up to five, 1/4 in padlocks. E34TA11 1 1 1 Notes 1 Should not be used on flush button for STOP function. 2 Not suitable for single contact block depth cast enclosure. Cover is too thick. 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-279 1.9 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Accessories, continued 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Description Catalog Number E34TK3 Thrust Washer--To meet Ford Motor Company mounting specifications. E34TK3 10250TA7_ Contact Block Terminal Jumps--Available in multiples of 100 only. 1 1 1 Terminal to terminal--within block (short): 1 10250TA70 1000 per package 10250TA70-2 Terminal to terminal--block to block (long): 1 1 100 per package 10250TMT8 1 100 per package 10250TA71 1000 per package 10250TA71-2 Master Test (Dual Input) Module--Internal Form C relay suitable for either AC or DC applications. Total electrical isolation between monitored and test circuit. Fits all illuminated 10250T, E22, E30 and E34 devices. 48 Vdc 10250TMT8 1 1 1 10250TFL_ 1 Flasher Module--Internal Form C relay suitable for AC applications. One unit required for each operator in master test circuit. 24 Vac 10250TFL2 120 Vac 10250TFL1 1 1 E22CW Panel Mounting Nut Wrench--E22, E30, E34 and octagonal 10250T. E22CW 10250TA101 Fingerproof Shroud--10 per package Fits new style contact blocks and light units. 10250TA101 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-280 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Options 1 Legend Plates 1 1 Field Color Legend plates can be supplied printed on black, red, silver or white field. To order legend printed on a color other than indicated--add Standard suffix code to the end of the catalog number as follows: 1 Example: E34SP26R-- Standard plate with red field marked OPEN. "R" for Red field; "W" for White field; or "S" for Silver field. 1 1 1 For Pushbutton Operators and Indicating Lights Color of Field Legend Standard 2 Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number Legend Color of Field Standard 2 Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number 1 Letters on Legend Plates Below are 3/16 in High CLAMP Black CLOSE Jumbo DOWN 1 E34SP90 E34LP90 OFF Red E34SP24 E34LP24 E34SP73 E34LP73 ON Black E34SP25 E34LP25 E34SP74 E34LP74 OPEN E34SP26 E34LP26 EMERG. STOP Red E34SP13 E34LP13 OUT E34SP27 E34LP27 FAST Black E34SP75 E34LP75 POWER ON E34SP80 E34LP80 FASTER E34SP87 E34LP87 RAISE E34SP28 E34LP28 FEEDER ON E34SP94 E34LP94 READY E34SP86 E34LP86 FEEDER OFF E34SP95 E34LP95 RESET E34SP29 E34LP29 FORWARD E34SP15 E34LP15 REVERSE E34SP30 E34LP30 HIGH E34SP16 E34LP16 RUN E34SP31 E34LP31 IN E34SP17 E34LP17 SAFE E34SP85 E34LP85 INCH E34SP18 E34LP18 SLOW E34SP32 E34LP32 JOG E34SP19 E34LP19 SLOWER E34SP88 E34LP88 JOG FOR. E34SP20 E34LP20 START E34SP33 E34LP33 JOG REV. E34SP21 E34LP21 STOP Red E34SP34 E34LP34 LOW E34SP22 E34LP22 TEST Black E34SP83 E34LP83 LOWER E34SP23 E34LP23 TRANSFER E34SP93 E34LP93 LUBE-FAIL E34SP92 E34LP92 TRIP E34SP84 E34LP84 MOTOR RUN E34SP81 E34LP81 UNCLAMP E34SP91 E34LP91 MOTOR STOP E34SP82 E34LP82 UP E34SP35 E34LP35 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Blank Plastic Legend Plates--Square 3 Color Field Lettering Side 1 Side 2 Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number Extra Large Catalog Number 1 1 Black White Silver 10250TSP76 10250TLP76 10250TEP76 White Red Black 10250TSP77 10250TLP77 10250TEP77 1 Notes 1 For dimensions, see Page V7-T1-258. 2 3/32 in high lettering. 3 Legend plates with non-standard markings or aluminum legend plates see 10250T listing on Page V7-T1-232. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-281 1.9 1 Standard 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 For Selector Switch Operators Legend 1 Color of Field Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number Two-Position--3/16 in High Lettering 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights FOR. REV. Black HAND AUTO Jumbo 1 1 1 1 1 Legend Color of Field Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number Three-Position--3/16 in High Lettering E34SP38 E34LP38 AUTO OFF HAND E34SP39 E34LP39 FOR. OFF REV. Black E34SP49 E34LP49 E34SP50 E34LP50 HIGH LOW E34SP40 E34LP40 FOR. SAFE REV. E34SP69 E34LP69 JOG RUN E34SP41 E34LP41 HAND OFF AUTO E34SP51 E34LP51 MAN. AUTO E34SP67 E34LP67 MAN. OFF AUTO E34SP68 E34LP68 OFF ON E34SP42 E34LP42 OPEN OFF CLOSE E34SP53 E34LP53 OPEN CLOSE E34SP43 E34LP43 RUN SAFE JOG E34SP70 E34LP70 RUN JOG E34SP44 E34LP44 UP OFF DOWN E34SP54 E34LP54 SAFE RUN E34SP45 E34LP45 ON STOP SAFE E34SP71 E34LP71 START JOG E34SP46 E34LP46 START STOP E34SP47 E34LP47 UP DOWN E34SP48 E34LP48 1 For Push-Pull Units 1 Color of Field Standard 1 Catalog Number Jumbo 2 Catalog Number PULL ON/PUSH OFF Black E34PP5 E34R5 PULL OPEN/PUSH CLOSE Black E34PP8 E34R8 PULL UP/PUSH DOWN Black E34PP11 E34R11 Legend 1 1 1 Notes 1 3/32 in (2.4 mm) high lettering. 2 1/8 in (3.2 mm) high lettering. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-282 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Enclosures 1 Die Cast, Polyester and Stainless Steel Enclosures 1 Enclosures (Case and Cover)--Surface Mounting 1 Number of Elements Die Cast Enclosure Polyester Enclosure Stainless Steel Enclosure One Contact Block Depth Catalog Number 1 Two Contact Block Depth Catalog Number 1 Die Cast Enclosure--In-Line 23 NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 E34N1 E34N11 2 E34N2 E34N12 3 E34N3 E34N13 4 -- E34N14 1 1 1 Polyester--In-Line NEMA 3, 4X, 12 1 -- E34N51 2 -- E34N52 3 -- E34N53 4 -- E34N54 1 1 1 Stainless Steel 4--In-Line NEMA 4, 4X, 12 1 -- 10250TN33 2 -- 10250TN34 3 -- 10250TN35 4 -- 10250TN36 1 1 1 1 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-292. 1 1 Mounting Instructions One and Two Contact Block Depth Enclosures 1 Enclosure Layouts 1 Top - For Vertical Mounting 1 One Contact Block Depth Enclosure 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 Two Contact Block Depth Enclosure 4 Top - For Horizontal Mounting These E34 Die Cast Enclosures feature a corrosion resistant coating identical to finish on the E34 operators except gray in color. Not for use in ultraviolet light applications. 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 For spacing increments, see Page V7-T1-284. 2 All die cast enclosures can be converted to base mounting of contact blocks with spacers 10250TA22 or 10250TA23. See listing on Page V7-T1-227. 3 When used with E30 pushbuttons, only the one element enclosure can be used. 4 14 gauge, type 304. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-283 1.9 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Die Cast and Stainless Steel--Flush Mount, Covers Only 1 Flush Mounting Covers Covers Only--Flush Mounting Number of Elements 1 Catalog Number Catalog Number Flush Die Cast Covers 1 In-Line Deep Cover In-Line Flat Cover 1 1 E34F11 E34F1 2 E34F12 E34F2 1 3 E34F13 E34F3 4 E34F14 E34F4 1 In-Line Stainless Steel Flush Plates 2 1 With Pullbox Without Pullbox 1 10250TS10 10250TS1 1 2 10250TS11 10250TS2 3 10250TS12 10250TS3 1 4 10250TS14 10250TS4 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-293. 1 1 1 1 1 Spacing Increments Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type F G H Die cast 2.44 (62.0) 2.5 (63.5) 1.88 (47.8) Polyester 1.88 (47.8) Min. 2.13 (54.1) 2.25 (57.2) Stainless steel 1.69 (42.9) Min. 1.73 (43.9) 2.25 (57.2) 1 1 Spacing Increments for Enclosures Top - For Vertical Mounting G 1 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 F Top - For Horizontal Mounting 1 1 Enclosure Layouts Notes 1 These E34 die cast covers feature a corrosion resistant coating identical to the finish on the E34 operators except gray in color. 2 Not oiltight. NEMA 1 applications only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-284 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Contact Blocks Standard Contact Blocks UL A600/P600 rated Color-coded plungers--red/ green for NC/NO circuits Silver contact tips with "reliability nibs" Black (opaque) or amber (translucent) housings Pressure plate or spade terminals Fingerproof shrouds (for pressure terminals only) Logic Level Contact Blocks UL A600/P600 rated Black plungers Inert palladium knife-blade contacts Black (opaque) housings Pressure plate or spade terminals Fingerproof shrouds not available 1 Special Purpose Contact Block Maximum 300V rated Black plungers Silver contact tips with "reliability nibs" Black (opaque) housings Pressure plate terminals only Fingerproof shrouds not available Reliability Nibs Reliability nibs are the hallmark of Eaton's contact blocks. A pointed silver nib on the contact tip ensures reliable switching from logic level (5V) up to 600V applications. Therefore standard contact blocks can be used for most logic level applications where the contacts are not exposed to any harsh environmental conditions. Palladium Contacts Palladium, which is more inert than gold, is well suited for voltages and currents approaching zero and is recommended for applications where environmental conditions are a factor. 1 1 1 1 1 Maximum Contact Block Mounting per Operator Type 1 Operator Max. Stack Pushbuttons 6 Push-pull operators 2 Roto-push operators 4 Two- or three-position selector switches 6 1 Four-position selector switches 4 1 Joysticks 4 1 1 1 1 Special Function Contact Blocks UL A600/P600 rated Black plungers Silver contact tips with "reliability nibs" Black (opaque) housings Pressure plate terminals only Fingerproof shrouds not available 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-285 1.9 1 10250T1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Contact Blocks Standard 1 Symbol Circuit Description 1 Logic Level Pressure Terminal Catalog Number Spade Terminal 2 Catalog Number Pressure Terminal Catalog Number Spade Terminal 2 Catalog Number 1 Blank No Plunger 1NC Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T51 10250T59 10250T51E 10250T59E 1 Blank No Plunger 1NO Stack up to six blocks six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T53 10250T60 10250T53E 10250T60E NO-NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T1 10250T40 10250T1E 10250T40E 2NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T3 10250T42 10250T3E 10250T42E 2NO Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T2 10250T41 10250T2E 10250T41E 1 1 1 Special Function Blocks 3 1 LONC Late opening NC. Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T71 3 -- 10250T71E 3 -- ECNONC Early closing NO and standard NC. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T47 34 -- 10250T47E 3 -- 1 ECNONO Early closing NO and standard NO. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T57 34 -- 10250T57E 3 -- 1 2LONC Two late opening NC contacts. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T45 3 -- 10250T45E 3 -- LONCECNO Overlapping contacts. Stack up to 10250T55 34 four blocks unless otherwise noted. -- 10250T55E 3 -- Blank No Plunger 1 1 1 1 Special Purpose Blocks 5 1 2NO2NC 1 Four circuits in single block depth. Rated 300V max. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T44 5 -- Notes 1 All 10250T contact blocks shown are suitable for use on standard 10250T and E34 operators. These contact blocks are not suitable for Class I Division 2 type 10250T or E34 devices. 2 Contact blocks with spade terminals are limited to a maximum of one contact block per operator and minimum spacing between devices is 2.5 in (63.5 mm). Not suitable for use in 10250T or E34 enclosures. Also available in amber housing. Not available with fingerproof shrouds. 3 Special function contact blocks are not suitable for use with roto-push operators, three-position push-pull operators, or four-position selector switches. 4 ECNO contact blocks are not suitable for use with two-position joysticks or when operators are used with padlock attachments. 5 Special purpose 10250T44 contact blocks are not suitable on selector switches or roto-push operators. Okay to use with three-position push-pull operators only on low voltage (30V or less) circuits. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-286 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 10250T1CP Contact Blocks with Fingerproof Shrouds Circuit Description 1 Standard Pressure Terminal 2 Catalog Number Blank No Plunger 1NC Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T51P 10250T51EP Blank No Plunger 1NO Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T53P 10250T53EP NO-NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T1P 10250T1EP 2NC Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T3P 10250T3EP 2NO Stack up to six blocks (12 circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T2P 10250T2EP Symbol Logic Level Pressure Terminal 2 Catalog Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 Special Function Blocks 3 Blank No Plunger 1 LONC Late opening NC. Stack up to six blocks (six circuits) unless otherwise noted. 10250T71P 4 10250T71EP 4 1 ECNO-NC Early closing NO and standard NC. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T47P 34 10250T47EP 4 1 ECNO-NO Early closing NO and standard NO. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T57P 34 10250T57EP 4 1 10250T45EP 4 1 10250T55EP 4 1 2LONC Two late opening NC contacts. Stack up to six blocks unless otherwise noted. LONC-ECNO Overlapping contacts. Stack up to four blocks unless otherwise noted. 10250T45P 4 10250T55P 34 1 Replacement Parts 1 Replacement Lamps--For E34 Illuminated Operators Mfg. Lamp Type Voltage Base Style Application Part Number 120MB 120V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T resistor indicating light 28-3044 #267 6.3V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T flasher 10250ED986-4 #755 6.3V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T transformer, PresTest and full voltage 28-2202 #756 12V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T full voltage 28-5184 #757 24V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T full voltage 28-5185 #1828 32V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T full voltage 28-5186 #1835 55V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T resistor 28-5187 NE48 120V T 4-1/2 bayonet 10250T neon 28-494 NE51H-R22 120V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T neon 28-3754 NE51H-R68 240V T 3-1/4 bayonet 10250T neon 28-3755 Notes 1 All 10250T contact blocks shown are suitable for use on standard 10250T and E34 operators. These contact blocks are not suitable for Class I Division 2 type 10250T or E34 devices. 2 To order contact blocks with translucent amber housing, change suffix P to CP in catalog number, e.g., 10250T51CP. 3 ECNO contact blocks are not suitable for use with two-position joysticks or when operators are used with padlock attachments. 4 Special function contact blocks are not suitable for use with roto-push operators, three-position push-pull operators, or four-position selector switches. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-287 1.9 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flush Head Pushbutton Operator Mushroom Head Pushbutton Operator Jumbo Mushroom Head Operator Potentiometers Illuminated Pushbutton Operator Transformer Type Indicating Light Knob-Operated Selector Switch Operator Full Voltage, Resistor and Transformer Type Illuminated Selector Switch 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E34 Style Operator Replacement Parts Item No. Description No. Req. Part Number Item No. 1 Gasket 1 16-1548 12 Mounting screw 2 11-1632 2 Mounting nut 1 15-1530-4 13 1 As Req. Below 3 Set screw (#6-32 x 0.250 in long hollow hex) 2 11-2014 Simple potentiometer (does not include items 18, 28 or 29) 4 Mushroom head button (includes [2] item 5) 1 As Req. Below 1,000 ohms -- 41-782-2 2,500 ohms -- 41-782-3 5,000 ohms -- 41-782-10 10,000 ohms -- 41-782-4 25,000 ohms -- 41-782-5 50,000 ohms -- 41-782-6 Black 1 Red 1 1 1 5 6 1 8 53-1317 53-1317-2 Yellow -- 53-1317-3 Green -- 53-1317-4 -- Set screw (#10-32 x 0.250 in long hollow hex) Jumbo mushroom head button (aluminum--includes [2] item 5) 2 1 53-1317-22 11-544 As Req. Below No. Req. Part Number 14 Connector (includes screw and lug) 2 25-1851 15 Indicating plate 1 As Req. Above Standard size (without legend) -- 30-4460 Large size (specify legend) -- 10250TR30 Red -- 53-1317-9 Black -- 53-1317-10 16 Retaining nut 1 15-1547-3 Yellow -- 53-1317-11 17 Knob 1 53-1314 Green 7 1 1 -- Blue 1 1 -- Description Jumbo mushroom head button (aluminum--red EMERG. STOP) does not include item 5 Mounting screw (#6-32 x 0.710 in long) Washer -- 53-1317-12 Socket set screw (#6-32 x 0.250 in long) 1 11-2014 1 53-1349-18 18 Coupling 1 11-2014 10250TA79 19 Set screw (#6-32 x 0.188 in long) 1 11-1199 20 Spacer 2 56-1066-18 80-5502 21 Connector (includes screw and lug) 1 25-1851-2 22 Mounting nut 1 15-1938-2 29-3749-2 2 2 Terminal screw and lug (captive) Req. 16-2038 1 9 10 Gasket (supplied with basic unit) 1 32-803 1 11 Round head screw (#4-40 x 0.344 in long) (supplied with basic unit) 2 11-4553 1 1 V7-T1-288 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Mechanical Ratings Description 1 Specification 1 Frequency of Operation All pushbuttons 6000 operations/hr. Key and lever selector switches 3000 operations/hr. Auto-latch devices 1200 operations/hr. 1 Pushbuttons 10 x 106 operations Contact blocks 10 x 106 operations 1 1 Life 1 PresTest units 10 x 106 operations Lever and key selector switches 0.25 x 106 operations Twist to release pushbuttons 0.3 x 106 operations 1 210 ms >5g 1 Shock Resistance Duration 1 General Specifications Description 1 Specification 1 Climate Conditions Operating temperature 1 to 150F (-17 to 66C) Storage temperature -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) Altitude 6,562 ft (2,000m) Humidity Max. 95% RH at 60C 1 1 1 Terminals Marking NC-NO on the contact block to meet the NEMA requirements. Dual marking system 1-2 for normally closed, 3-4 for normally open to meet BS5472 (Cenelec EN50 005). Clamps Terminals are saddle clamp type for 1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) to 2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2) conductors Torque 7 lb-in (0.8 Nm) Degree of protection against direct electrical contact IP2X with fingerproof shroud 1 Will withstand short-circuit for 1 hour per IEC 60947-5-1 1 Transformer type 20,000 hrs. 1 Resistor/direct voltage type 2500 hrs. minimum at rated V LED 60,000 to 100,000 hrs. 1 1 Light Units Transformers Bulbs--average life: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-289 1.9 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Electrical Ratings Description Specification 1 Insulation Ui = 660 Vac or Vdc Thermal 1 Ith = 10A Short Circuit Coordination to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Rated conditional short circuit current 1 kA Fuse type GE power controls TIA 10, red spot type gG, 10A, 660 Vac, 460 Vdc, BS88-2, IEC 60269-2-1 UL rating A600, P600 AC load life duty cycle 1200 operations/hour 10A 110V pf 0.4--1 x 106 operations 5A 250V pf 0.4--1 x 106 operations 2A 600V pf 0.4--1 x 106 operations Switching capacity AC 15 rated make/break (11 x le at 1.1 x Ue) 6A 120V pf 0.3 4A 240V pf 0.3 2A 660V pf 0.3 DC13 rated make/break (1.1 x le at 1.1 x Ue) 1 1.0A 125V L/R >0.95 at 300 ms 0.55A 250V L/R >0.95 at 300 ms 1 0.1A 660V L/R >0.95 at 300 ms 10A 110V pure resistive 1 1 1 Maximum ratings for logic level and hostile atmosphere application Maximum amperes 0.5A Maximum volts 120 Vac/Vdc Low voltage switching Conical shaped points or "reliability nibs" improve performance in dry circuit, corrosive, fine dust and other contaminated atmospheres. Under normal environmental conditions, the minimum operational voltage is 5V and the minimum operational current is 1 mA, Vac/Vdc. Contact operation Slow make and break. All normally closed contacts have positive opening operation, i.e., normally closed contacts are forced open in the event of contact weld or spring breakage. 1 1 1 1 Electrical Ratings--Contact Block 1 Meet or Exceed NEMA Rating Designations A600, A300 and B300 for AC and P600 for DC 1 Description 1 Make and emerg. interrupting capacity (amp) 60 30 15 12 5.7 1.1 0.55 Normal load break (amp) 6 3 1.5 1.2 5.7 1.1 0.55 1 Thermal current (amp) 10 10 10 10 5.0 5.0 5.0 1 1 50 Vac or 60 H 120 240 Vdc 480 600 24/28 125 250 Meet or Exceed NEMA Rating Designations A600, A300 and B300 for AC and P600 for DC Voltamperes: Make and emerg. interrupting capacity 7200 7200 7200 7200 138 138 138 Normal load break 720 720 720 720 138 138 138 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-290 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Mounting Options 1 Panel Thickness Minimum: 0.06 in (1.6 mm) Maximum: 0.25 in (8 mm) including legend plate Maximum can be increased to 0.375 in (15.9 mm) using optional retaining nut Indicating light: 10250TA30 Pushbutton/selector switch: 10250TA31 1 1 1 1 Mounting Matrix 1 Legend Plate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D Small 1.63 (41.3) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1.63 (41.3) Medium 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1.75 (44.5) Large 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1 1 1 1 Mounting Options in Inches (mm) Terminals on Top 0.14 (3.6) Dia. 1 0.6 (15.2) D Min. 1 B Min. A Min. C Min. 1 1.22 (31) 1 Terminals at Side Horizontal Mounting 1 Vertical Mounting 1 Horizontal mounting means terminals are located top and bottom of contact block. Vertical mounting means terminals are left and right of contact block. This allows close spacing of adjacent operators with easy access to terminals. 1 Locating nib hole or notch is 0.14 in (3.6 mm) #29 drill. 1 1 Drilling Dimensions in Inches (mm) 0.14 (3.6) Dia. 1 0.6 (15.2) 1 1 1.20 (30.5) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-291 1.9 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Potentiometer 1 Large Dial Plate 1 1.88 (47.8) 1.09 1.0 (27.7) (25.4) Std. Dial Plate 1 1 1 0.94 (23.9) 0.94 (23.9) 2.19 (55.6) 1.77 (45) 2.19 (55.6) 1.77 (45) 0.75 (19.1) 1 1 1.31 (33.3) 0.94 (23.9) 1 1 Legend Plates Jumbo Standard Surface Mounting Die Cast, Polyester and Stainless Steel Enclosures 4 Mtg. Holes -- 10-32 Screw Size for 1 - 4 Element Die Cast/ Stainless Steel Enclosure 7/32 Screw Size for Polyester 1 1 E B 1 1 D A 1 1 1 C Surface Number of Elements Element Arrangement Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E Conduit Entrance In-line 3.88 (98.6) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.3) 1 3/4 Die Cast 1 1 2.69 (68.3) 3.25 (82.6) 2 3.88 (98.6) 5.88 (149.4) 3.00 (76.3) 1 2.69 (68.3) 5.13 (130.3) 1 3 3.88 (98.6) 7.75 (196.9) 3.00 (76.3) 1 2.69 (68.3) 7.00 (177.8) 4 3.88 (98.6) 9.63 (244.6) 3.00 (76.3) 1 2.69 (68.3) 8.88 (225.6) 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 2 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 1 3 3.81 (96.8) 8.88 (225.6) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 7.13 (181.1) 4 3.81 (96.8) 11.13 (282.7) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 9.38 (238.3) 1 Stainless Steel 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Polyester 1 1 In-line 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 4.25 (108.0) 2 In-line 3.50 (88.9) 6.75 (171.5) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 7.50 (190.5) 3 3.50 (88.9) 9.00 (228.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 9.00 (228.6) 4 3.50 (88.9) 11.25 (285.8) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 12.00 (304.8) 2 2 Notes 1 Depth given is for two contact block deep stations. One contact block deep stations subtract 3/4 in (19.1 mm). 2 No conduit entrance holes provided. Drill as required. 1 1 V7-T1-292 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Flush Mounting 1 Die Case and Stainless Steel Covers Only 1 4 Mtg. Holes - 10-32 Screw Size for 1-11 Element Encl, 1/4-20 Screw Size for 12 Element and Larger 1 1 E 1 B 1 1 D C A Surface or Pendant 1 1 Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E 1 1 3.88 (98.6) 4.00 (101.6) 0.25 (6.4) 1 3.50 (88.9) 3.63 (92.2) 2 3.88 (98.6) 5.88 (149.4) 0.25 (6.4) 1 3.50 (88.9) 5.50 (139.7) 1 3 3.88 (98.6) 7.75 (196.9) 0.25 (6.4) 1 3.50 (88.9) 6.00 (152.4) 4 3.88 (98.6) 9.63 (244.6) 0.25 (6.4) 1 3.50 (88.9) 9.25 (235.0) 1 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 2.50 (63.5) 2 3.25 (82.6) 1.88 (47.8) 2 3.25 (82.6) 3.63 (92.2) 1 Number of Elements Die Cast 1 Stainless Steel 1 2 5.00 (127.0) 6.88 (174.8) 2.50 (63.5) 3 5.00 (127.0) 8.63 (219.2) 2.50 (63.5) 2 3.25 (82.6) 5.50 (139.7) 4 5.00 (127.0) 10.50 (266.7) 2.50 (63.5) 2 3.25 (82.6) 7.25 (184.2) 1 1 Notes 1 Depth given is for flat cover. Deep cover is 3/4 in (19.1 mm) deeper. 2 Depth given includes pull box. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-293 1.9 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Padlocking Attachment for Flush Pushbutton Operators 0.84 (21.3) 0.75 (19.1) 0.94 (23.9) 1.63 (41.4) 1 1 Flexible Weather Resistant Boot 1 1.47 (37.3) 1.59 (40.4) 1 Transparent Boot 1 1.92 (48.8) 1.53 (38.9) 0.88 (22.4) Contact Blk. 1.38 (35.1) 1.09 (27.7) Extended Pushbutton 1.50 (38.1) 1.44 (36.6) Extended Retaining Nut 0.88 (22.4) 1.25 (31.8) 1.38 (35.1) 1.31 (33.3) Contact Blk. 1.78 (45.2) Each Addl. Contact Blk. 1.38 (35.1) 1.09 (27.7) Half Shroud Pushbutton 1.44 (36.6) 1.63 (41.4) 1 1.50 (38.1) 1 1.78 (45.2) 0.88 (22.4) Contact Blk. Guard for Illuminated Pushbutton Each Addl. Contact Blk. 1 1.14 (29) 1.06 (26.9) Each Addl. Contact Blk. Shroud for Mushroom Head Operator 1 1 1.31 (33.3) 1.78 (45.2) 1 1 1.78 (45.2) 1.59 (40.4) 1 1 Master Test Module and Flasher Module Flush Pushbutton 1 1 0.86 (21.8) 6 Mounting Holes 1 1 0.45 (11.4) 1.63 (41.4) 1 1 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 1 1 Contact Block Terminal Jumps 1.38 (35.1) 1.09 (27.7) 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-294 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Corrosion Resistant Watertight/Oiltight--E34 1.9 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mushroom Pushbutton 1.63 (41.4) 1.09 (27.7) 0.88 (22.4) 1.50 (38.1) 1.09 (27.7) 1.78 (45.2) Contact Blk. 1 1.58 (40.1) Knob 1 1 Contact Block 1.75 (44.5) 1 Selector Switch Each Additional Contact Block Each Addl. Contact Blk. 2.50 (63.5) 1.09 (27.7) 1 1.13 (28.7) Jumbo Mushroom Pushbutton 0.88 (22.4) 1 1.38 (35.1) 1.09 (27.7) 1.78 (45.2) 1 0.69 (17.5) Light Unit Contact Blk. Each Addl. Contact Blk. 1.78 (45.2) 1 Illuminated Pushbutton 1 1 Push-Pull Switch 0.88 (22.4) 0.88 (22.4) 0.06 (1.5) to 0.25 (6.4) Panel Thickness 0.25 (6.4) 1.78 (45.2) 1.09 (27.7) 1 1 1.5 (38.1) 1.38 (35.1) 1 1 Illuminated Selector Switch Contact Blk. Each Addl. Contact Blk. 1.38 (35.1) 1.13 (28.7) 1 1 Light Unit 0.69 (17.5) Each Additional Contact Block 1.09 (27.7) 1 1.58 (40.1) Knob PresTest Indicating Light 1.78 (45.2) 1 1.58 (40.1) to Remove Key 1.38 (35.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1 1 Indicating Light 1.1 (27.9) 1 Key Selector Switch 0.88 1.09 (22.4) (27.7) 1.78 (45.2) 1 1.58 (40.1) Lever Contact Block 2.63 (66.8) 1.65 (41.9) 1.13 (28.7) Each Addl. Contact Blk. Contact Light Block Unit 0.88 (22.4) 1 1 0.88 (22.4) 1.09 (27.7) 1.58 (40.1) Lever 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-295 1.10 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Contents 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Description 1 Page 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Momentary Pushbutton Units, Non-Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Pushbutton Units . . . . . . . . . . . Guarded Illuminated Pushbutton Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicating Light Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push-Pull Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Push-Pull Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Contact Block Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-297 V7-T1-298 V7-T1-300 V7-T1-302 V7-T1-304 V7-T1-306 V7-T1-307 V7-T1-308 V7-T1-310 V7-T1-311 V7-T1-312 V7-T1-315 V7-T1-316 V7-T1-317 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Product Description Features The HT800 Series from Eaton's Electrical Sector is a family of 30.5 mm pushbutton devices which includes momentary, illuminated and mushroom head pushbuttons, selector switches, indicating lights and push-pull switches. The HT800 devices have a familiar appearance found in most industrial applications and are suitable for replacement of several other manufacturers' 30.5 mm pushbutton devices. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Anodized aluminum mounting rings Watertight double V-gasket seals Extended height bulbs Transparent housing contact blocks Color-coded contact blocks Gold-plated contacts (on low voltage contact block) Reliability ridge on movable contact Stackable screw-mounted contact blocks Contact blocks can be mounted in left/right or top/ bottom positions Standard NC contact opens before NO contact closes (break before make operation) Bright and long lasting LED indicating lights in six colors Field convertible maintained selector switches--from two- to three-position and vice versa Field selectable knob/lever mounting positions--at any 22.5 increment Benefits Corrosion resistant NEMA 4X finish Watertight and oiltight NEMA 4, 13 ingress protection Increased side illumination of indicating lights and illuminated pushbuttons Easy visual inspection of contact conditions Easily identifiable NO (white) or NC (black) contact blocks Gold-plated contacts suitable for logic level circuits Reliability ridge penetrates contamination buildup on stationary contacts Left/right or top/bottom mounted contact blocks allow correct positioning in retrofit applications All-purpose selector switches are convertible and can rotate in 22.5 increments to suit panel layouts Standards and Certifications UL508 per File No. E131568 CSA C22.2 No. 14 per File No. LR68551 Ingress Protection UL (NEMA) Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 when mounted in similarly rated enclosures 1 V7-T1-296 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 HT800 Pushbuttons, Push-Pulls and Indicating Lights 1 1 HT8 GB R AB T1 1 Style Pushbuttons AA = Flush AB = Extended AE = Mushroom head Illuminated Pushbuttons GB = Illuminated PB Push-Pull Operators CB = Two-position, maintained Indicating Lights HF = Full voltage/resistor type HB = Transformer type Push-to-Test Operators GT = All types G H R A B C G R W Y Button Color = Green = Black = Red Lens Color = Amber/Orange = Blue = Clear = Green = Red = White = Yellow A A2 B1 B2 C C2 D1 D2 E1 F1 F4 Contact Block Location (viewed from rear) 1 Left Side Right Side = NO A5 = NO = 2NO A6 = 2NO = NC B = NC = 2NC B6 = 2NC = NOEM C5 = NOEM = 2 NOEM C6 = 2 NOEM = NCLB D = NCLB = 2NCLB D6 = 2NCLB = NOEM-NCLB E5 = NOEM-NCLB = NO and NC Q1 = NO and NC = 1NO-1NC F3 F7 L1 T1 V3 V7 1 Light Unit Type/Voltage = 24V FV, LED = 120V FV, LED = 120V transformer, LED = 120V transformer, incandescent = 24V FV, incandescent = 120V res., incandescent 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 HT800 Selector Switch 1 HT8 JA H 3A F1Q1 JA JB JC JD JE JF JK JL JN JP JR JS JU JV JX JY LN LP LR LS Operator = Two-pos., knob, maint. = Three-pos., knob, maint. = Four-pos., knob, maint. = Two-pos., lever, maint. = Three-pos., lever, maint. = Four-pos., lever, maint. = Two-pos., knob, spr. rtn., left = Two-pos., lever, spr. rtn., left = Two-pos., knob, spr. rtn., right = Two-pos., lever, spr. rtn., right = Three-pos., knob, spr. rtn., left = Three-pos., lever, spr. rtn., left = Three-pos., knob, spr. rtn., right = Three-pos., lever, spr. rtn., right = Three-pos., knob, spr. rtn., both = Three-pos., lever, spr. rtn., both = Four-pos., knob, spr. rtn., pos 1 to 2 = Four-pos., lever, spr. rtn., pos 1 to 2 = Four-pos., knob, spr. rtn., pos 4 to 3 = Four-pos., lever, spr. rtn., pos 4 to 3 Switch Color H = Black Cam Location/Type 1D = For all three-pos. 3A = For all two-pos. 8E = For all four-pos. 1 A A2 B1 B2 C C2 D1 D2 E1 F1 F4 1 Contact Block Location (viewed from rear) 2 Left Side Right Side = NO A5 = NO = 2NO A6 = 2NO = NC B = NC = 2NC B6 = 2NC = NOEM C5 = NOEM = 2 NOEM C6 = 2 NOEM = NCLB D = NCLB = 2NCLB D6 = 2NCLB = NOEM-NCLB E5 = NOEM-NCLB = NO and NC Q1 = NO and NC = 1NO-1NC 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Maximum of four contact blocks per side or a total of eight contact blocks recommended. 2 Maximum of two contact blocks per side or a total of four contacts blocks recommended. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-297 1.10 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1 Product Selection 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 Momentary Pushbutton Units, Non-Illuminated Flush, extended or 40 mm mushroom head operators 1 1 HT800 Pushbuttons HT800 Pushbuttons--Point-of-Purchase Units Description Catalog Number 1 Two-position maintained selector switch 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: OFF ON, MAN. AUTO, UP DOWN HT8JAH3AAB-POP 1 Three-position maintained selector switch, black knob, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: HAND OFF AUTO, FOR. OFF REV., OPEN OFF CLOSE HT8JBH1DAB-POP 1 Three-position selector switch, spring return from left and right, black knob, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: UP OFF DOWN, FOR OFF REV., OPEN OFF CLOSE HT8JXH1DAB-POP Red push-pull emergency stop, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: STOP, EMERG. STOP, OFF HT8CBRAB-POP Illuminated push-pull maintained red pushbutton, 120V full voltage low profile LED, three square legend plates: STOP, EMERG. STOP, OFF HT8FBRABFL7-POP Illuminated push-pull maintained red pushbutton, 24V full voltage low profile LED, three square legend plates: STOP, EMERG. STOP, OFF HT8FBRABFL3-POP Green flush pushbutton, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: START, ON, RUN HT8AAGAB-POP 1 Black flush pushbutton, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: RESET, JOG, OPEN HT8AAHAB-POP 1 Red flush pushbutton, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: STOP, CLOSE, OFF HT8AARAB-POP 1 Red extended pushbutton, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: STOP, CLOSE, OFF HT8ABRAB-POP 1 Black extended pushbutton, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: RESET, JOG, OPEN HT8ABHAB-POP 1 Illuminated green pushbutton, 120V full voltage incandescent, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: START, ON, RUN HT8GBGABV7-POP 1 Illuminated green pushbutton, 24V full voltage incandescent, 1NO/1NC contact block, three square legend plates: START, ON, RUN HT8GBGABV3-POP 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-298 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Flush Head Operator Extended Head Operator Momentary Contact Pushbutton Units, Non-Illuminated Contact Type Button Color Flush Head Catalog Number Extended Head Catalog Number Mushroom Head (40 mm) Catalog Number No contact Black HT8AAH HT8ABH HT8AEH Red HT8AAR HT8ABR HT8AER Green HT8AAG HT8ABG HT8AEG Black HT8AAHA HT8ABHA HT8AEHA Red HT8AARA HT8ABRA HT8AERA 1NO 1NC 40 mm Mushroom Head Operator 1.10 1NO-1NC 2NO-2NC Green HT8AAGA HT8ABGA HT8AEGA Black HT8AAHB HT8ABHB HT8AEHB Red HT8AARB HT8ABRB HT8AERB Green HT8AAGB HT8ABGB HT8AEGB Black HT8AAHAB HT8ABHAB HT8AEHAB Red HT8AARAB HT8ABRAB HT8AERAB Green HT8AAGAB HT8ABGAB HT8AEGAB Black HT8AAHF1Q1 HT8ABHF1Q1 HT8AEHF1Q1 Red HT8AARF1Q1 HT8ABRF1Q1 HT8AERF1Q1 Green HT8AAGF1Q1 HT8ABGF1Q1 HT8AEGF1Q1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-299 1.10 1 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Illuminated Pushbutton Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Incandescent or LED Full voltage or transformer type 24V and 120V Illuminated Pushbutton Operator 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons Type Volts Lens Color Operator Only Catalog Number 1NO Catalog Number 1NC Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Catalog Number 2NO-2NC Catalog Number -- Incandescent Lamp 1 No lens 1 HT8GBFV -- -- -- Red HT8GBRV7 HT8GBRAV7 HT8GBRBV7 HT8GBRABV7 HT8GBRF1Q1V7 Green HT8GBGV7 HT8GBGAV7 HT8GBGBV7 HT8GBGABV7 HT8GBGF1Q1V7 1 Amber HT8GBAV7 HT8GBAAV7 HT8GBABV7 HT8GBAABV7 HT8GBAF1Q1V7 Clear HT8GBCV7 HT8GBCAV7 HT8GBCBV7 HT8GBCABV7 HT8GBCF1Q1V7 1 White HT8GBWV7 HT8GBWAV7 HT8GBWBV7 HT8GBWABV7 HT8GBWF1Q1V7 Yellow HT8GBYV7 HT8GBYAV7 HT8GBYBV7 HT8GBYABV7 HT8GBYF1Q1V7 Blue HT8GBBV7 HT8GBBAV7 HT8GBBBV7 HT8GBBABV7 HT8GBBF1Q1V7 No lens 1 HT8GBFV -- -- -- -- Red HT8GBRV3 HT8GBRAV3 HT8GBRBV3 HT8GBRABV3 HT8GBRF1Q1V3 Green HT8GBGV3 HT8GBGAV3 HT8GBGBV3 HT8GBGABV3 HT8GBGF1Q1V3 Amber HT8GBAV3 HT8GBAAV3 HT8GBABV3 HT8GBAABV3 HT8GBAF1Q1V3 Clear HT8GBCV3 HT8GBCAV3 HT8GBCBV3 HT8GBCABV3 HT8GBCF1Q1V3 White HT8GBWV3 HT8GBWAV3 HT8GBWBV3 HT8GBWABV3 HT8GBWF1Q1V3 Yellow HT8GBYV3 HT8GBYAV3 HT8GBYBV3 HT8GBYABV3 HT8GBYF1Q1V3 Blue HT8GBBV3 HT8GBBAV3 HT8GBBBV3 HT8GBBABV3 HT8GBBF1Q1V3 No lens 1 HT8GBT1 -- -- -- -- 1 Red HT8GBRT1 HT8GBRAT1 HT8GBRBT1 HT8GBRABT1 HT8GBRF1Q1T1 Green HT8GBGT1 HT8GBGAT1 HT8GBGBT1 HT8GBGABT1 HT8GBGF1Q1T1 1 Amber HT8GBAT1 HT8GBAAT1 HT8GBABT1 HT8GBAABT1 HT8GBAF1Q1T1 Clear HT8GBCT1 HT8GBCAT1 HT8GBCBT1 HT8GBCABT1 HT8GBCF1Q1T1 White HT8GBWT1 HT8GBWAT1 HT8GBWBT1 HT8GBWABT1 HT8GBWF1Q1T1 Yellow HT8GBYT1 HT8GBYAT1 HT8GBYBT1 HT8GBYABT1 HT8GBYF1Q1T1 Blue HT8GBBT1 HT8GBBAT1 HT8GBBBT1 HT8GBBABT1 HT8GBBF1Q1T1 Full voltage 120 Vac/Vdc 1 1 24 Vac/Vdc 1 1 1 1 1 Transformer 1 1 1 120 Vac Note 1 Light unit base operator without lens or bulb. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-300 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 Illuminated Pushbutton Operator 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons, continued Type Volts Lens Color Operator Only Catalog Number 1NO Catalog Number 1NC Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Catalog Number 2NO-2NC Catalog Number 120 Vac/Vdc No lens 1 HT8GBFV -- -- -- -- Red HT8GBRF7 HT8GBRAF7 HT8GBRBF7 HT8GBRABF7 HT8GBRF1Q1F7 Green HT8GBGF7 HT8GBGAF7 HT8GBGBF7 HT8GBGABF7 HT8GBGF1Q1F7 Amber HT8GBAF7 HT8GBAAF7 HT8GBABF7 HT8GBAABF7 HT8GBAF1Q1F7 Clear HT8GBCF7 HT8GBCAF7 HT8GBCBF7 HT8GBCABF7 HT8GBCF1Q1F7 White HT8GBWF7 HT8GBWAF7 HT8GBWBF7 HT8GBWABF7 HT8GBWF1Q1F7 Yellow HT8GBYF7 HT8GBYAF7 HT8GBYBF7 HT8GBYABF7 HT8GBYF1Q1F7 Blue HT8GBBF7 HT8GBBAF7 HT8GBBBF7 HT8GBBABF7 HT8GBBF1Q1F7 No lens 1 HT8GBFV -- -- -- -- Red HT8GBRF3 HT8GBRAF3 HT8GBRBF3 HT8GBRABF3 HT8GBRF1Q1F3 Green HT8GBGF3 HT8GBGAF3 HT8GBGBF3 HT8GBGABF3 HT8GBGF1Q1F3 Amber HT8GBAF3 HT8GBAAF3 HT8GBABF3 HT8GBAABF3 HT8GBAF1Q1F3 Clear HT8GBCF3 HT8GBCAF3 HT8GBCBF3 HT8GBCABF3 HT8GBCF1Q1F3 White HT8GBWF3 HT8GBWAF3 HT8GBWBF3 HT8GBWABF3 HT8GBWF1Q1F3 Yellow HT8GBYF3 HT8GBYAF3 HT8GBYBF3 HT8GBYABF3 HT8GBYF1Q1F3 Blue HT8GBBF3 HT8GBBAF3 HT8GBBBF3 HT8GBBABF3 HT8GBBF1Q1F3 No lens 1 HT8GBT1 -- -- -- -- Red HT8GBRL1 HT8GBRAL1 HT8GBRBL1 HT8GBRABL1 HT8GBRF1Q1L1 Green HT8GBGL1 HT8GBGAL1 HT8GBGBL1 HT8GBGABL1 HT8GBGF1Q1L1 Amber HT8GBAL1 HT8GBAAL1 HT8GBABL1 HT8GBAABL1 HT8GBAF1Q1L1 Clear HT8GBCL1 HT8GBCAL1 HT8GBCBL1 HT8GBCABL1 HT8GBCF1Q1L1 White HT8GBWL1 HT8GBWAL1 HT8GBWBL1 HT8GBWABL1 HT8GBWF1Q1L1 Yellow HT8GBYL1 HT8GBYAL1 HT8GBYBL1 HT8GBYABL1 HT8GBYF1Q1L1 Blue HT8GBBL1 HT8GBBAL1 HT8GBBBL1 HT8GBBABL1 HT8GBBF1Q1L1 1 LED Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Transformer 1 120 Vac 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Light unit base operator without lens or bulb. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-301 1.10 1 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Guarded Illuminated Pushbutton Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Incandescent or LED Full voltage or transformer type 24V and 120V Guarded Illuminated Pushbutton Operator 1 Guarded Illuminated Pushbuttons Type Volts Lens Color Operator Only Catalog Number 1NO Catalog Number 1NC Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Catalog Number 2NO-2NC Catalog Number -- Incandescent Lamp 1 No lens 1 HT8GDFV -- -- -- Red HT8GDRV7 HT8GDRAV7 HT8GDRBV7 HT8GDRABV7 HT8GDRF1Q1V7 Green HT8GDGV7 HT8GDGAV7 HT8GDGBV7 HT8GDGABV7 HT8GDGF1Q1V7 1 Amber HT8GDAV7 HT8GDAAV7 HT8GDABV7 HT8GDAABV7 HT8GDAF1Q1V7 Clear HT8GDCV7 HT8GDVAV7 HT8GDCBV7 HT8GDCABV7 HT8GDCF1Q1V7 1 White HT8GDWV7 HT8GDWAV7 HT8GDWBV7 HT8GDWABV7 HT8GDWF1Q1V7 Yellow HT8GDYV7 HT8GDYAV7 HT8GDYBV7 HT8GDYABV7 HT8GDYF1Q1V7 Blue HT8GDBV7 HT8GDBAV7 HT8GDBBV7 HT8GDBABV7 HT8GDBF1Q1V7 No lens 1 HT8GDFV -- -- -- -- Red HT8GDRV3 HT8GDRAV3 HT8GDRBV3 HT8GDRABV3 HT8GDRF1Q1V3 Green HT8GDGV3 HT8GDGAV3 HT8GDGBV3 HT8GDGABV3 HT8GDGF1Q1V3 Amber HT8GDAV3 HT8GDAAV3 HT8GDABV3 HT8GDAABV3 HT8GDAF1Q1V3 Clear HT8GDCV3 HT8GDVAV3 HT8GDCBV3 HT8GDCABV3 HT8GDCF1Q1V3 White HT8GDWV3 HT8GDWAV3 HT8GDWBV3 HT8GDWABV3 HT8GDWF1Q1V3 Yellow HT8GDYV3 HT8GDYAV3 HT8GDYBV3 HT8GDYABV3 HT8GDYF1Q1V3 Blue HT8GDBV3 HT8GDBAV3 HT8GDBBV3 HT8GDBABV3 HT8GDBF1Q1V3 No lens 1 HT8GDT1 -- -- -- -- 1 Red HT8GDRT1 HT8GDRAT1 HT8GDRBT1 HT8GDRABT1 HT8GDRF1Q1T1 Green HT8GDGT1 HT8GDGAT1 HT8GDGBT1 HT8GDGABT1 HT8GDGF1Q1T1 1 Amber HT8GDAT1 HT8GDAAT1 HT8GDABT1 HT8GDAABT1 HT8GDAF1Q1T1 Clear HT8GDCT1 HT8GDCAT1 HT8GDCBT1 HT8GDCABT1 HT8GDCF1Q1T1 White HT8GDWT1 HT8GDWAT1 HT8GDWBT1 HT8GDWABT1 HT8GDWF1Q1T1 Yellow HT8GDYT1 HT8GDYAT1 HT8GDYBT1 HT8GDYABT1 HT8GDYF1Q1T1 Blue HT8GDBT1 HT8GDBAT1 HT8GDBBT1 HT8GDBABT1 HT8GDBF1Q1T1 Full voltage 120 Vac/Vdc 1 1 24 Vac/Vdc 1 1 1 1 1 Transformer 1 1 1 120 Vac Note 1 Light unit base operator without lens or bulb. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-302 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 Guarded Illuminated Pushbutton Operator 1 Guarded Illuminated Pushbuttons, continued Type Volts Lens Color Operator Only Catalog Number 1NO Catalog Number 1NC Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Catalog Number 2NO-2NC Catalog Number 120 Vac/Vdc No lens 1 HT8GDFV -- -- -- -- Red HT8GDRF7 HT8GDRAF7 HT8GDRBF7 HT8GDRABF7 HT8GDRF1Q1F7 Green HT8GDGF7 HT8GDGAF7 HT8GDGBF7 HT8GDGABF7 HT8GDGF1Q1F7 Amber HT8GDAF7 HT8GDAAF7 HT8GDABF7 HT8GDAABF7 HT8GDAF1Q1F7 Clear HT8GDCF7 HT8GDCAF7 HT8GDCBF7 HT8GDCABF7 HT8GDCF1Q1F7 White HT8GDWF7 HT8GDWAF7 HT8GDWBF7 HT8GDWABF7 HT8GDWF1Q1F7 Yellow HT8GDYF7 HT8GDYAF7 HT8GDYBF7 HT8GDYABF7 HT8GDYF1Q1F7 Blue HT8GDBF7 HT8GDBAF7 HT8GDBBF7 HT8GDBABF7 HT8GDBF1Q1F7 No lens 1 HT8GDFV -- -- -- -- Red HT8GDRF3 HT8GDRAF3 HT8GDRBF3 HT8GDRABF3 HT8GDRF1Q1F3 Green HT8GDGF3 HT8GDGAF3 HT8GDGBF3 HT8GDGABF3 HT8GDGF1Q1F3 Amber HT8GDAF3 HT8GDAAF3 HT8GDABF3 HT8GDAABF3 HT8GDAF1Q1F3 Clear HT8GDCF3 HT8GDCAF3 HT8GDCBF3 HT8GDCABF3 HT8GDCF1Q1F3 White HT8GDWF3 HT8GDWAF3 HT8GDWBF3 HT8GDWABF3 HT8GDWF1Q1F3 Yellow HT8GDYF3 HT8GDYAF3 HT8GDYBF3 HT8GDYABF3 HT8GDYF1Q1F3 Blue HT8GDBF3 HT8GDBAF3 HT8GDBBF3 HT8GDBABF3 HT8GDBF1Q1F3 No lens 1 HT8GDT1 -- -- -- -- Red HT8GDRL1 HT8GDRAL1 HT8GDRBL1 HT8GDRABL1 HT8GDRF1Q1L1 Green HT8GDGL1 HT8GDGAL1 HT8GDGBL1 HT8GDGABL1 HT8GDGF1Q1L1 Amber HT8GDAL1 HT8GDAAL1 HT8GDABL1 HT8GDAABL1 HT8GDAF1Q1L1 Clear HT8GDCL1 HT8GDCAL1 HT8GDCBL1 HT8GDCABL1 HT8GDCF1Q1L1 White HT8GDWL1 HT8GDWAL1 HT8GDWBL1 HT8GDWABL1 HT8GDWF1Q1L1 Yellow HT8GDYL1 HT8GDYAL1 HT8GDYBL1 HT8GDYABL1 HT8GDYF1Q1L1 Blue HT8GDBL1 HT8GDBAL1 HT8GDBBL1 HT8GDBABL1 HT8GDBF1Q1L1 1 LED Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Transformer 1 120 Vac 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Light unit base operator without lens or bulb. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-303 1.10 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Indicating Light Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 Incandescent or LED Full voltage or transformer type Standard and PresTest types 24V and 120V 1 1 Indicating Light Unit PresTest--This device incorporates a press-to-test feature whereby depressing the lens disconnects the light from the source Indicating Light Units Volts Lens Color Indicating Light Catalog Number PresTest Catalog Number 120 Vac/Vdc No lens 1 HT8HFFV HT8GTFV Red HT8HFRV7 HT8GTRV7 Green HT8HFGV7 HT8GTGV7 Amber HT8HFAV7 HT8GTAV7 1 Clear HT8HFCV7 HT8GTCV7 White HT8HFWV7 HT8GTWV7 1 Yellow HT8HFYV7 HT8GTYV7 Blue HT8HFBV7 HT8GTBV7 No lens 1 HT8HFFV HT8GTFV Red HT8HFRV3 HT8GTRV3 Green HT8HFGV3 HT8GTGV3 1 Amber HT8HFAV3 HT8GTAV3 Clear HT8HFCV3 HT8GTCV3 1 White HT8HFWV3 HT8GTWV3 Yellow HT8HFYV3 HT8GTYV3 1 Blue HT8HFBV3 HT8GTBV3 No lens 1 HT8HBT1 HT8GTT1 Red HT8HBRT1 HT8GTRT1 1 Green HT8HBGT1 HT8GTGT1 Amber HT8HBAT1 HT8GTAT1 1 Clear HT8HBCT1 HT8GTCT1 White HT8HBWT1 HT8GTWT1 1 Yellow HT8HBYT1 HT8GTYT1 Blue HT8HBBT1 HT8GTBT1 1 Type Incandescent 1 1 being monitored and connects the lamp to a continuously energized circuit for immediate detection of faulty lamps. Full voltage PresTest Light Unit 1 1 24 Vac/Vdc 1 Transformer 1 1 120 Vac 50/60 Hz Note 1 Light unit base operator without lens or bulb. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-304 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 Indicating Light Unit 1 Indicating Light Units, continued Type Volts Lens Color Indicating Light Catalog Number PresTest Catalog Number 120 Vac/Vdc No lens 1 HT8HFFV HT8GTFV Red HT8HFRF7 HT8GTRF7 Green HT8HFGF7 HT8GTGF7 Amber HT8HFAF7 HT8GTAF7 Clear HT8HFCF7 HT8GTCF7 White HT8HFWF7 HT8GTWF7 Yellow HT8HFYF7 HT8GTYF7 Blue HT8HFBF7 HT8GTBF7 No lens 1 HT8HFFV HT8GTFV Red HT8HFRF3 HT8GTRF3 Green HT8HFGF3 HT8GTGF3 Amber HT8HFAF3 HT8GTAF3 Clear HT8HFCF3 HT8GTCF3 White HT8HFWF3 HT8GTWF3 Yellow HT8HFYF3 HT8GTYF3 Blue HT8HFBF3 HT8GTBF3 1 1 LED Full voltage PresTest Light Unit 24 Vac/Vdc Transformer 120 Vac 50/60 Hz No lens 1 HT8HBT1 HT8GTT1 Red HT8HBRL1 HT8GTRL1 Green HT8HBGL1 HT8GTGL1 Amber HT8HBAL1 HT8GTAL1 Clear HT8HBCL1 HT8GTCL1 White HT8HBWL1 HT8GTWL1 Yellow HT8HBYL1 HT8GTYL1 Blue HT8HBBL1 HT8GTBL1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 Light unit base operator without lens or bulb. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-305 1.10 1 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Push-Pull Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 1 1 40 mm mushroom head Two-position maintained Non-illuminated 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Round Head TwoPosition Push-Pull Unit Two-Position Push-Pull, Maintained, Non-Illuminated Operator Position--Maintained 1 1 1 Out In Button Color Catalog Number Catalog Number No contact -- -- Black HT8CBH HT8DBH Red HT8CBR HT8DBR Green HT8CBG HT8DBG Black HT8CBHA HT8DBHA Red HT8CBRA HT8DBRA Green HT8CBGA HT8DBGA Black HT8CBHB HT8DBHB Red HT8CBRB HT8DBRB Green HT8CBGB HT8DBGB NO O X 1 1 NC X O 1 NO-NC 1 1 NCLB 1 NC 1 1 NCLB 1 NCLB 1 O X X X X X 1 1 Flat Head Mushroom Head Button Contact Type Flat Head Two-Position Push-Pull Unit 1 Round Head Mushroom Head Button X O O O O O Black HT8CBHAB HT8DBHAB Red HT8CBRAB HT8DBRAB Green HT8CBGAB HT8DBGAB Black HT8CBHD1B HT8DBHD1B Red HT8CBRD1B HT8DBRD1B Green HT8CBGD1B HT8DBGD1B Black HT8CBHD1D HT8DBHD1D Red HT8CBRD1D HT8DBRD1D Green HT8CBGD1D HT8DBGD1D Note 1 NCLB = normally closed late break. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-306 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.10 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Illuminated Push-Pull Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 1 Incandescent or LED Full voltage or transformer type 24V and 120V Illuminated Push-Pull Unit 1 Illuminated Push-Pull Units Type Volts Lens Color Operator Only Catalog Number 1NO Catalog Number 1NC Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Catalog Number 2NCLB Catalog Number Incandescent Lamp Full voltage 120 Vac/Vdc Transformer HT8FBRV7 HT8FBRAV7 HT8FBRBV7 HT8FBRABV7 HT8FBRD1DV7 HT8FBGV7 HT8FBGAV7 HT8FBGBV7 HT8FBGABV7 HT8FBGD1DV7 24 Vac/Vdc Red HT8FBRV3 HT8FBRAV3 HT8FBRBV3 HT8FBRABV3 HT8FBRD1DV3 Green HT8FBGV3 HT8FBGAV3 HT8FBGBV3 HT8FBGABV3 HT8FBGD1DV3 120 Vac Red HT8FBRT1 HT8FBRAT1 HT8FBRBT1 HT8FBRABT1 HT8FBRD1DT1 Green HT8FBGT1 HT8FBGAT1 HT8FBGBT1 HT8FBGABT1 HT8FBGD1DT1 1 1 Red HT8FBRF7 HT8FBRAF7 HT8FBRBF7 HT8FBRABF7 HT8FBRD1DF7 Green HT8FBGF7 HT8FBGAF7 HT8FBGBF7 HT8FBGABF7 HT8FBGD1DF7 24 Vac/Vdc Red HT8FBRF3 HT8FBRAF3 HT8FBRBF3 HT8FBRABF3 HT8FBRD1DF3 Green HT8FBGF3 HT8FBGAF3 HT8FBGBF3 HT8FBGABF3 HT8FBGD1DF3 120 Vac Red HT8FBRL1 HT8FBRAL1 HT8FBRBL1 HT8FBRABL1 HT8FBRD1DL1 Green HT8FBGL1 HT8FBGAL1 HT8FBGBL1 HT8FBGABL1 HT8FBGD1DL1 Note: Complete illuminated push-pull switches will not fit in a standard 3 in deep enclosure. Color Fingersafe 120 Vac/Vdc Red Yes HT8FBRFL7P Red No HT8FBRFL7 HT8FBRAFL7 HT8FBRBFL7 HT8FBRABFL7 HT8FBRD1DFL7 24 Vac/Vdc Red Yes HT8FBRFL3P HT8FBRAFL3P HT8FBRBFL3P HT8FBRABFL3P HT8FBRD1DFL3P HT8FBRD1BFL3P Red No HT8FBRFL3 HT8FBRAFL3 HT8FBRBFL3 HT8FBRABFL3 HT8FBRD1DFL3 120 Vac/Vdc Red Yes HT8FBRVL7P HT8FBRAVL7P HT8FBRBVL7P HT8FBRABVL7P HT8FBRD1DVL7P HT8FBRD1BVL7P Red No HT8FBRVL7 HT8FBRAVL7 HT8FBRBVL7 HT8FBRABVL7 HT8FBRD1DVL7 24 Vac/Vdc Red Yes HT8FBRVL3P HT8FBRAVL3P HT8FBRBVL3P HT8FBRABVL3P HT8FBRD1DVL3P HT8FBRD1BVL3P Red No HT8FBRVL3 HT8FBRAVL3 HT8FBRBVL3 HT8FBRABVL3 HT8FBRD1DVL3 LED Lamp Full voltage HT8FBRAFL7P HT8FBRBFL7P HT8FBRABFL7P HT8FBRD1DFL7P HT8FBRD1BFL7P HT8FBRD1BFL7 HT8FBRD1BFL3 Incandescent Full voltage 1 1 1 1 1 Operator Only 1NO 1NC 1NO-1NC 2NCLB 1NO-1NCLB Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Voltage 1 1 Illuminated Push-Pull Units with Low Profile Light Units Type 1 Red 120 Vac/Vdc Transformer 1 Green LED Lamp Full voltage 1 HT8FBRD1BVL7 HT8FBRD1BVL3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-307 1.10 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Selector Switch Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 Two-, three- and four-position Non-illuminated Standard Knob Operator Two-Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated Operator Position 1 Operating Mode 2 Contact Type 1 No contacts -- -- 1 1 Standard Lever Operator 1NO O X 1 1 2NO X O O X 1 2NO-2NC 1 X O O X 1 1 1 Standard Knob Operator O X X O M M HT8JAH3A HT8JDH3A M HT8JKH3A HT8JLH3A M S HT8JNH3A HT8JPH3A M M HT8JAH3AA5 HT8JDH3AA5 S M HT8JKH3AA5 HT8JLH3AA5 M S HT8JNH3AA5 HT8JPH3AA5 M M HT8JAH3AAA5 HT8JDH3AAA5 S M HT8JKH3AAA5 HT8JLH3AAA5 M S HT8JNH3AAA5 HT8JPH3AAA5 M M HT8JAH3AF1Q1 HT8JDH3AF1Q1 S M HT8JKH3AF1Q1 HT8JLH3AF1Q1 M S HT8JNH3AF1Q1 HT8JPH3AF1Q1 Standard Black Knob Catalog Number Standard Black Lever Catalog Number Three-Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated Operator Position 1 Operating Mode 2 No contacts -- -- -- 1 1 Standard Lever Operator 1 2NO X O O O O X 1 1 2NO-2NC 1 1 2NO-2NC 1 1 Standard Black Lever Catalog Number S Contact Type 1 Standard Black Knob Catalog Number 3 X O O X O O X O X O O X O X O O X O X X O M M M HT8JBH1D HT8JEH1D S M M HT8JRH1D HT8JSH1D M M S HT8JUH1D HT8JVH1D S M S HT8JXH1D HT8JYH1D M M M HT8JBH1DAA5 HT8JEH1DAA5 S M M HT8JRH1DAA5 HT8JSH1DAA5 M M S HT8JUH1DAA5 HT8JVH1DAA5 S M S HT8JXH1DAA5 HT8JYH1DAA5 M M M HT8JBH1DF1Q1 HT8JEH1DF1Q1 S M M HT8JRH1DF1Q1 HT8JSH1DF1Q1 M M S HT8JUH1DF1Q1 HT8JVH1DF1Q1 S M S HT8JXH1DF1Q1 HT8JYH1DF1Q1 M M M HT8JBH1DF1Q1 HT8JEH1DF1Q1 S M M HT8JRH1DF1Q1 HT8JSH1DF1Q1 M M S HT8JUH1DF1Q1 HT8JVH1DF1Q1 S M S HT8JXH1DF1Q1 HT8JYH1DF1Q1 Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 M = Maintained, S = Momentary. 3 For OXO, NC contacts must be wired in series--see Three-Position Selector Switch table on Page V7-T1-310. 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-308 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.10 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 Standard Knob Operator 1 1 Four-Position Selector Switch Units, Non-Illuminated Operator Position 1 Operating Mode 2 M M M S M M M M Standard Black Knob Catalog Number Standard Black Lever Catalog Number M HT8JCH8E HT8JFH8E M M HT8LNH8E HT8LPH8E M S HT8LRH8E HT8LSH8E M M M HT8JCH8EF1Q1 HT8JFH8EF1Q1 S M M M HT8LNH8EF1Q1 HT8LPH8EF1Q1 M M M S HT8LRH8EF1Q1 HT8LSH8EF1Q1 Contact Type No contacts Standard Lever Operator 2NO-2NC -- X O O O -- O X O O -- O O X O -- O O O X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 M = Maintained, S = Momentary. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-309 1.10 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Selector Switch Contact Block Selection For Two-, Three- and Four-Position Selector Switches Two-Position Selector Switch (Cam Code 3A) Operator Position Left X O 1 1 Right or NO O NC X or NC NO 1 1 1 Three-Position Selector Switch (Cam Code 1D) Operator Position Left 1 X O O 1 O X O 1 O O X 1 O X X X X O -- NO 1 1 Right NC NC -- NO -- NC -- 1 1 1 NC Four-Position Selector Switch (Cam Code 8E) Operator Position 1 1 1 1 1 Left X O O O O X O O O O X O -- O O O X -- Right -- NO -- NC NO 1 NC 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-310 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 Accessories 1 HT800 Accessories HT8A15 Description Catalog Number Illuminated Pushbutton Guard HT8A15 1 1 1 HT8WRENCH Wrench Tool 1 HT8WRENCH 1 1 HT8LAMPTOOL Lamp/Bulb Removal Tool 1 HT8LAMPTOOL 1 HT8X1 Thrust Washer (Anti-rotation) (Included with every operator) 1 HT8X1 1 1 HT8X2 Trim Ring (Included with every operator) 1 HT8X2 1 1 HT8X3 Sealing/Spacer Washer (Five included with every operator) 1 HT8X3 1 1 1 HT8GR1 Grounding Kit for Pushbuttons and Selector Switches (Included with every operator) HT8GR1 1 1 1 HT8GR2 Grounding Kit for Indicating Lights (Included with indicating lights) 1 HT8GR2 1 1 1 Light Unit 1 Light Units Type Voltage Catalog Number Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc HT8F3V3 120 Vac/Vdc HT8F7V8 Transformer 120 Vac HT8L1T1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-311 1.10 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Options Legend Plates 1 Standard 1 For Pushbutton Operators and Indicating Lights Legend Color of Field Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number Legend Color of Field Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number 1 Letters on Legend Plates Below are 3/16 in High HT8SP90 HT8LP90 OFF Red HT8SP24 HT8LP24 1 CLOSE HT8SP73 HT8LP73 ON Black HT8SP25 HT8LP25 DOWN HT8SP74 HT8LP74 OPEN HT8SP26 HT8LP26 EMERG. STOP HT8SP13 HT8LP13 OUT HT8SP27 HT8LP27 FAST HT8SP75 HT8LP75 POWER ON HT8SP80 HT8LP80 FASTER HT8SP87 HT8LP87 RAISE HT8SP28 HT8LP28 1 FEEDER ON HT8SP94 HT8LP94 READY HT8SP86 HT8LP86 FEEDER OFF HT8SP95 HT8LP95 RESET HT8SP29 HT8LP29 1 FORWARD HT8SP15 HT8LP15 REVERSE HT8SP30 HT8LP30 HIGH HT8SP16 HT8LP16 RUN HT8SP31 HT8LP31 1 IN HT8SP17 HT8LP17 SAFE HT8SP85 HT8LP85 INCH HT8SP18 HT8LP18 SLOW HT8SP32 HT8LP32 1 JOG HT8SP19 HT8LP19 SLOWER HT8SP88 HT8LP88 JOG FOR. HT8SP20 HT8LP20 START HT8SP33 HT8LP33 1 JOG REV. HT8SP21 HT8LP21 STOP Red HT8SP34 HT8LP34 LOW HT8SP22 HT8LP22 TEST Black HT8SP83 HT8LP83 LOWER HT8SP23 HT8LP23 TRANSFER HT8SP93 HT8LP93 1 LUBE-FAIL HT8SP92 HT8LP92 TRIP HT8SP84 HT8LP84 MOTOR RUN HT8SP81 HT8LP81 UNCLAMP HT8SP91 HT8LP91 1 MOTOR STOP HT8SP82 HT8LP82 UP HT8SP35 HT8LP35 Jumbo Catalog Number Legend Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number CLAMP Jumbo 1 1 1 1 Standard 1 Black For Selector Switch Operators Legend Color of Field Standard Catalog Number Two-Position--3/16 in High Lettering 1 HT8LP38 AUTO OFF HAND HT8SP49 HT8LP49 HAND AUTO HT8SP39 HT8LP39 FOR. OFF REV. HT8SP50 HT8LP50 HIGH LOW HT8SP40 HT8LP40 FOR. SAFE REV. HT8SP69 HT8LP69 1 JOG RUN HT8SP41 HT8LP41 HAND OFF AUTO HT8SP51 HT8LP51 MAN. AUTO HT8SP67 HT8LP67 MAN. OFF AUTO HT8SP68 HT8LP68 1 OFF ON HT8SP42 HT8LP42 OPEN OFF CLOSE HT8SP53 HT8LP53 OPEN CLOSE HT8SP43 HT8LP43 RUN SAFE JOG HT8SP70 HT8LP70 1 RUN JOG HT8SP44 HT8LP44 UP OFF DOWN HT8SP54 HT8LP54 SAFE RUN HT8SP45 HT8LP45 ON STOP SAFE HT8SP71 HT8LP71 START JOG HT8SP46 HT8LP46 START STOP HT8SP47 HT8LP47 UP DOWN HT8SP48 HT8LP48 Jumbo 1 1 Black Three-Position--3/16 in High Lettering HT8SP38 1 FOR. REV. Color of Field Black 1 1 1 For Push-Pull Units Blank Plastic Legend Plates--Square Legend Color of Field Standard 2 Catalog Number Jumbo 3 Catalog Number Legend Color of Field Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number ON/OFF Black HT8PP5 HT8R5 Black White/Silver HT8SP76 HT8LP76 1 OPEN/CLOSE HT8PP8 HT8R8 White Red/ Black HT8SP77 HT8LP77 UP/DOWN HT8PP11 HT8R11 1 Notes 1 For dimensions, see Page V7-T1-320. 2 3/32 in high lettering. 3 1/8 in high lettering. 1 V7-T1-312 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 Legend Plates with Non-Standard Markings When Ordering Specify Ordering Example: Catalog number of blank plate. Insert the following into Order Notes: legend, letter size and locations. See information below. 1 Legend Characters Available Catalog no.: HT85P76STAMP Letter size: 3/32 in (2.4 mm) Pos. A--POWER HOUSE Pos. B--START PUMP 1 1 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO PQRSTUVWXYZ/-.,1 234567890 1 1 1 Legend Positions 1 Standard Size HT8SP Series Jumbo Size HT8LP Series 1 A A B C D K B G F AB AE AF B4 A4 1 1 C4 D4 G 1 A H I 1 1 Blank Plastic Legend Plates for Non-Standard Markings--Plastic Color of Field Standard Catalog Number Jumbo Catalog Number 1 Black White/Silver HT8SP76STAMP HT8LP76STAMP White Red/Black HT8SP77STAMP HT8LP77STAMP 1 Legend 1 1 Maximum Characters per Legend Plate and Approximate Dimensions Character Size Top (Aluminum and Plastic) 3/32 in High 1/8 in High 1 3/16 in High Style Number of Lines Number of Characters Number of Lines Number of Characters Number of Lines Number of Characters Standard Square 2 18 2 13 1 9 Jumbo 1 Square 5 23 3 18 2 12 1 1 Note 1 Can be used on top row only of any enclosure. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-313 1.10 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Contact Blocks NO Contact Block Contact Blocks 12 Description/Function Contact Type Without Guard Catalog Number Fingerproof Catalog Number Standard normally open contact NO HT8A HT8AP Standard normally closed contact NC HT8B HT8BP Normally open early make contact will make circuit before standard NO contact. DC ratings do not apply. NOEM HT8C HT8CP 1 Normally closed late break contact will open after standard NC contact. DC ratings do not apply. NCLB HT8D HT8DP 1 Logic level, low voltage NO contact. Gold plated contacts. NO HT8E HT8EP 1 1 1 NC Contact Block 1 1 Contact Block Location (Viewed from Rear) Suffix Codes 34 1 Left Side 1 Right Side A = NO A5 = NO A2 = 2NO A6 = 2NO 1 B1 = NC B = NC B2 = 2NC B6 = 2NC 1 C = NOEM C5 = NOEM C2 = 2 NOEM C6 = 2 NOEM 1 1 1 D1 = NCLB D = NCLB D2 = 2 NCLB D6 = 2 NCLB E1 = NOEM-NCLB E5 = NOEM-NCLB F1 = NO and NC Q1 = NO and NC F4 = 1NO-1NC 1 Notes 1 See Page V7-T1-316 for contact block electrical ratings. 2 Maximum of four contact blocks per side or a total of eight contact blocks recommended. 3 Maximum of two contact blocks per side or a total of four contact blocks recommended. 4 Standard contact blocks without fingerproof protection. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-314 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 Replacement Parts 1 Replacement Bulbs and LEDs Color Catalog Number 1 6V -- HT8BULBV1 1 24V -- HT8BULBV3 120V -- HT8BULBV7 Voltage Incandescent Bulb Incandescent 1 1 1 LED Bulb 1 LED 6-12V (For use with transformers with 6V secondary winding) 24V 120V Red HT8LEDRF1 Green HT8LEDGF1 Amber/orange HT8LEDAF1 White/clear HT8LEDWF1 Yellow HT8LEDYF1 Blue HT8LEDBF1 Red HT8LEDRF3 Green HT8LEDGF3 Amber/orange HT8LEDAF3 White/clear HT8LEDWF3 Yellow HT8LEDYF3 Blue HT8LEDBF3 Red HT8LEDRF7 Green HT8LEDGF7 Amber/orange HT8LEDAF7 White/clear HT8LEDWF7 Yellow HT8LEDYF7 Blue HT8LEDBF7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Replacement Lenses Color Indicating Lights Catalog Number PresTest Lights Illuminated Pushbuttons Catalog Number 1 Amber HT8LA HT8BA 1 Blue HT8LB HT8BB Clear HT8LC HT8BC Green HT8LG HT8BG Red HT8LR HT8BR White HT8LW HT8BW Yellow HT8LY HT8BY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-315 1.10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Technical Data and Specifications HT800--Specifications Description Specification Mechanical Ratings Frequency of operation Pushbuttons 6,000 operations per hour Selector switches 3,000 operations per hour Push-pull operators 3,000 operations per hour Mechanical endurance/life Pushbuttons 10 x 106 operations 6K ops/hr with 6 NO on left and 6 NC on right Selector switches 250 x 103 operations 3K ops/hr with 2 NO on left and 2 NC on right Push-pull operators 250 x 103 operations 3K ops/hr with 6 NO on left and 6 NC on right Climatic Conditions Operating temperature 10 to 140F (-12 to 60C) Storage temperature -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) Altitude 6,562 ft (2,000m) Humidity 95% RH at 60C 1 Terminals Contact blocks #6-32 posidrive saddle clamp type, 1 x 16 AWG to 2 x 14 AWG, 12 in-lbs max. 1 Light units #6-32 posidrive saddle clamp type, 1 x 22 AWG to 2 x 14 AWG, 7 in-lbs max. 1 Standard contact blocks UL (NEMA) rating See table below. Logic level contact block power rating 5V 1 mA (minimum) 28V 500 mA (maximum) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Electrical Ratings Electrical Ratings--HT800 Standard Contact Blocks, UL Rating Contact Type Description/Function AC DC 1 P600 Catalog Number 2 HT8A Standard normally open contact NO A600 Standard normally closed contact NC A600 1 P600 2 HT8B Normally open early make contact will make circuit before standard NO contact. DC ratings do not apply. NOEM A600 1 -- HT8C Normally closed late break contact will open after standard NC contact. DC ratings do not apply. NCLB A600 1 -- HT8D Logic level, low voltage NO contact. Gold plated contacts. NO 5V 1 mA (minimum) 28V 500 mA (maximum) HT8E 1 1 UL A600 and P600 Ratings 1 Description 120 240 480 600 125 250 1 Make and emerg. interrupting capacity (amp) 60 30 15 12 1.1 0.55 0.2 Normal load break (amp) 6 3 1.5 1.2 1.1 0.55 0.2 1 Thermal current (amp) 10 10 10 10 5 5 5 1 1 1 1 Vdc 3 50 Vac or 60 Hz 600 Voltamperes: Make and emerg. interrupting capacity 7200 7200 7200 7200 138 4 138 4 138 4 Normal load break 720 720 720 720 138 138 138 Notes 1 Heavy-duty. 2 Standard-duty. 3 DC ratings do not apply to NOEM (Normally Open Early Make) and NCLB (Normal Closed Late Break) contact blocks HT8C and HT8D. 4 Maximum make or break volt-amperes at 300V or less. 1 V7-T1-316 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 Dimensions 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Momentary Pushbuttons--Non-Illuminated Back, side and bottom views of pushbutton operator with attached contact blocks. Stacking Screw Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. 1 4.60 (116.8) Panel 3.70 (94.0) 2.90 (73.7) 2.00 (50.8) 1 0.90 (22.9) Extended 1 1 1.40 (35.6) #6-32 Posi-drive Saddle Clamp Type 1x16 AWG to 2 x14 AWG Terminal Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only 1 1 0.75 (19.1) Flush 1.00 (25.4) 1 Side View 2.00 (50.8) 1 1 Back View 1 1 1 Optional 2 Stacks 1 Recommended 4 Stacks (8 Contact Blocks Total) Bottom View 1 1 Illuminated Pushbuttons Back, side and bottom views of pushbutton operator with attached contact blocks. Light Unit #6-32 Posi-drive Saddle Clamp Type 1x16 AWG to 2x14 AWG Terminal Torque: 7 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only 4.35 (110.5) 3.55 (90.2) 2.75 (69.9) Stacking Screw Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. 1 5.15 (130.8) Panel 1 1.50 (38.1) 1 1 1.40 (35.6) 1 Contact Block #6-32 Posi-drive Saddle Clamp Type 1x16 AWG to 2 x14 AWG Terminal Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only 1 1.00 (25.4) 1 Side View 2.00 (50.8) Back View 1 1 1 1 1 Optional 2 Stacks Recommended 4 Stacks (8 Contact Blocks Total) 1 Bottom View 1 Note 1 Recommended maximum of four tandem stacks of contact blocks behind operator. At users' discretion, two additional tandem stacks may be added. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1 V7-T1-317 1.10 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mushroom Head Pushbuttons and Round Head MRH Push-Pull Operators Back, side and bottom views of mushroom head operator with attached contact blocks. Stacking Screw Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. 4.60 (116.8) Panel 3.70 (94.0) 2.90 (73.7) 2.00 (50.8) 1 1.50 (38.1) 1 1.40 (35.6) 1 1 1 1 1 #6-32 Posi-drive 1.00 Saddle Clamp Type (25.4) 1x16 AWG to 2 x14 AWG Terminal Torque: 2.00 (50.8) 12 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only Back View Side View 1 1 1 Optional 2 Stacks 1 Recommended 4 Stacks (8 Contact Blocks Total) Bottom View 1 1 Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Flat Head MRH Push-Pull Operators Back, side and bottom views of push-pull operator with attached contact blocks. 1 Light Unit #6-32 Posi-drive Saddle Clamp Type 1x22 AWG to 2 x14 AWG Terminal Torque: 7 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only 1 1 1 1 1 1.30 (33.0) 1.40 (35.6) 1 1 5.15 (130.8) 4.35 (110.5) 3.55 (90.2) 2.75 (69.9) Panel Stacking Screw Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. Contact Block 1.00 #6-32 Posi-drive (25.4) Saddle Clamp Type 1x16 AWG to 2 x14 AWG 2.00 (50.8) Terminal Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only Back View Side View 12 1 1 1 1 Optional 2 Stacks 1 1 1 Recommended 4 Stacks (8 Contact Blocks Total) Bottom View Notes 1 Recommended maximum of four tandem stacks of contact blocks behind operator. At users' discretion, two additional tandem stacks may be added. 2 Contact blocks mount directly to operator adaptor in non-illuminated version. V7-T1-318 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 1.10 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Indicating Lights Back, side and bottom views of indicating light operator with attached contact blocks. 1 Panel #6-32 Posi-drive Saddle Clamp Type 1x22 AWG to 2 x14 AWG Terminal Torque: 7 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only 1 1 1 1.30 (33.0) 1 1 Stacking Screw Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. 1 1.68 (42.7) Back View Light Unit Assembly Side View 1.67 (42.4) 1 1 1.26 (32.0) 1 1 1 1 Bottom View 1 Selector Switches Back, side and bottom views of selector switch operator with attached contact blocks. Stacking Screw Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. Panel 2.90 (73.7) 2.00 (50.8) 1 1 1.20 (38.1) 1 1 1.40 (35.6) #6-32 Posi-drive Saddle Clamp Type 1x16 AWG to 2 x14 AWG Terminal Torque: 12 in-lbs Max. Copper Wire Only 1 1 1.00 (25.4) 1 Side View 1 2.00 (50.8) 1 Back View 1 1 1 Recommended 2 Stacks (4 Contact Blocks Total) 1 1 Bottom View 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-319 1.10 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Watertight/Oiltight--HT800 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Mounting Matrix and Minimum Panel Spacing Requirements 2.19 (55.6) 2.50 (63.5) 0.18 (4.6) 1.77 (45) 0.68 (17.3) 1 1 2.50 (63.5) 1 1 Legend Plates 2.19 (55.6) 1.77 (45) Optional Notch Locations Standard Jumbo 1 1 1.20 (30.5) Diameter 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-320 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 Contents Description Page 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations-- 10250T/E34 Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Momentary Pushbutton Units . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Illuminated Pushbutton Units . . . . . . . Illuminated Pushbutton Units . . . . . . . . . . . Guarded Illuminated Pushbutton Units . . . . Indicating Light Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push-Pull Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Push-Pull Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . Push-Pull Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selector Switch Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illuminated Selector Switch Operators . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Description All the Industry-Proven Quality of Eaton's 10250T and E34 Series of Logic Devices, plus Class I Division 2 Certification The 10250T1H consists of a normally open-normally closed factory sealed contact block that is UL Listed for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C and D (NEC 500-503)-- Class I, Zone 2, IIB + H2 (NEC 505) hazardous locations and is rated for both NEMA A600 and NEMA Q300. 10250T and E34 illuminated components have also been UL Listed for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups B, C and D (NEC 500- 503)--Class I, Zone 2, IIB + H2 (NEC 505). This, combined with the industry-proven Eaton 10250T 30.5 mm pushbutton line, offers a complete solution to Division 2 hazardous location requirements. Benefits Single composite catalog numbers for complete assembled stations and operators for use in Division 2 hazardous locations are featured throughout this section. Features Factory sealed contact blocks Heavy-duty zinc die cast construction NEMA rated 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Front-of-panel drainage holes Grounding nibs on the operator casing Solid thermosetting cathodic epoxy coating on E34 Corrosion resistance in E34 Pushbutton for hazardous locations Drainage holes prevent buildup of liquid inside the operator which can prevent operation in freezing environments Grounding nibs bite through paint and other coatings to provide secure ground Suitable for corrosive environments (E34 only) Earth terminal provides additional grounding point and allows for daisy chain grounding (E34 line) 1 V7-T1-322 V7-T1-323 V7-T1-323 V7-T1-324 V7-T1-328 V7-T1-330 V7-T1-331 V7-T1-332 V7-T1-333 V7-T1-335 V7-T1-337 V7-T1-340 V7-T1-344 V7-T1-346 V7-T1-349 V7-T1-352 V7-T1-354 V7-T1-357 V7-T1-359 V7-T1-360 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Standards and Certifications 1 1 UL 508--File No. E131568 UL 1604--File No. E10323 CSA Certified C22.2 No.14--File No. LR 68551 CSA Certified C22.2 No. 213-M1987--File No. LR 20713 1 1 1 1 1 Ingress Protection Standard indicating lights UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 IEC IP65 All other operators UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 IEC IP65 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-321 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1 Product Overview Operator 10250T Grounding Nibs 1 The 30.5 mm 10250T pushbutton line features a zinc die cast construction with chrome-plated housing and mounting nut. 10250T line operators have "grounding nibs"--four metal points on the operator casting designed to bite through most paints and other coatings on metal panels to enhance the grounding connection when the operator is securely tightened. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Eaton's E34 Series 30.5 mm pushbutton line features the same rugged die cast construction of our 10250T line with an additional twolayer 100% solid thermosetting cathodic epoxy coating. This coating provides a flat black smooth, consistent, corrosion resistant surface that has passed a demanding 600 hour salt spray test. (The industry standard for this 4X test requires only 200 hours.) Ultraviolet Light 1 E34 epoxy coating is not recommended for use in applications where exposure to ultraviolet light exists--use NEMA 4X 10250T operators. 1 Ratings 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Our Class I Division 2 line of pushbuttons are UL Listed (NEMA type) 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13. Our Class I Division 2 E34 line meets IEC 947-1 IP66 standards and the cathodic coating meets FDA 3A sanitary chemical resistance requirements. For a complete listing of all applicable ratings see Pages V7-T1-357 to V7-T1-358. Diaphragm Seal with Drainage Holes 10250T Grounding Nibs Liquid Drainage Eaton's pushbutton operators offer front of panel drainage via holes in the operator bushing. Hidden from view by the mounting nut, these holes prevent buildup of liquid inside the operator, which can prevent operation in freezing environments. The holes also provide a route for escaping liquid in high pressure washdowns, effectively relieving pressure from the internal diaphragm seal, ensuring reliable sealing in applications even beyond NEMA 4. E34 Grounding Nibs Diaphragm Seal E34 line of operators is equipped with a ground screw terminal as part of its die cast construction. This earthing terminal provides an easily accessible point for grounding operators when used in a painted or nonmetallic enclosure and eliminates the need for extra kits when daisy chain grounding is required. E34 Grounding Nibs Foam Neoprene Panel Sealing Gasket Drainage Hole Flexible Diaphragm Stainless Steel Operating Spring Colorfast Molded Button Drainage Hole Mounting Nut Nib Earth Terminal 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-322 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Product Identification 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Catalog Number Selection Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers. 1 Non-Illuminated Assembled Operators 1 1 10250T 718 E J Operator Type 10250T = Heavy-duty oiltight E34EX = Corrosion resistant oiltight 706 = 707 = 708 = 709 = 710 = 711 = 712 = 713 = 714 = 715 = 716 = 717 = 718 = 721 = Operator and Contact Block Flush 1NO-1NC 722 = 2P SS MT XO,OX-CAM1 Flush 2NO-2NC 723 = 2P SS MT XO,OX,XO,OX-CAM1 Extended 1NO-1NC 724 = 2P SS SPR-R XO,OX-CAM1 Extended 2NO-2NC 725 = 2P SS SPR-R XO,OX,XO,OX-CAM1 Mushroom 1NO-1NC 726 = 3P SS MT XOO,OOX-CAM3 Mushroom 2NO-2NC 727 = 3P SS MT XOO,OXO,OOX-CAM3 JMB mushroom 1NO-1NC 728 = 3P SS SPR-L XOO,OOX-CAM3 JMB mushroom 2NO-2NC 729 = 3P SS SPR-L XOO,OXO,OOX-CAM3 2P MT push-pull 1NO-1NC 730 = 3P SS SPR-L&R XOO,OOX-CAM3 2P MT push-pull 2NO-2NC 731 = 3P SS SPR-L&R XOO,OXO,OOX-CAM3 3P MT push-mom pull 1NO-1NC 732 = 3P SS SPR-R XOO,OOX-CAM3 3P MT push-mom pull 2NO-2NC 733 = 3P SS SPR-R XOO,OXO,OOX-CAM3 3P mom push-pull 1NO-1NC 743 = 4P SS MT XOOO,OXOO,OOXO,OOOX-CAM7 3P mom push-pull 2NO-2NC B R G Y W L N E T Button Color = Black = Red = Green = Yellow = White = Blue = Orange = Red EMERG. STOP = Keyed-SS 1 ACC/SS Type Blank = None J = JMB push-pull B = Booted-FL/EXT G = Guarded-FL K = Knob-SS L = Lever-SS A = Lever W/IP-SS C = Coin-SS Keyed-SS -- -- Cam 1 2 3 7 1 1 1 1 1 Key Removal 1 = RT only 2 = LT only 3 = RT and LT 4 = CT only 5 = RT and CT 6 = LT and CT 7 = All 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-323 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1 Product Selection 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 10250T Flush Button Momentary Pushbutton Units Flush Button 1 1 1 Non-Illuminated Flush and Extended Pushbuttons Extended Button Contact Type Button Color 1 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Black 10250T706B E34EX706B 10250T708B E34EX708B Red 10250T706R E34EX706R 10250T708R E34EX708R Green 10250T706G E34EX706G 10250T708G E34EX708G Black 10250T707B E34EX707B 10250T709B E34EX709B Red 10250T707R E34EX707R 10250T709R E34EX709R Green 10250T707G E34EX707G 10250T709G E34EX709G E34 Flush Button 1 1 1 10250T Extended Button 1 2NO-2NC 1 1 1 E34 Extended Button 1 1 1 1 Color Selection Color Suffix Code Color Suffix Code Black B White W Red R Blue L2 Green G Orange 3 N 1 Yellow Y Red (EMERG. STOP) 4 E 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 4 To order different color guarded button, simply substitute the underlined character in catalog number with appropriate suffix code from Color Selection table above. Example: 10250T710Y. Blue not available on jumbo mushroom pushbutton. Orange is only available on flush or extended pushbuttons. Red with EMERG. STOP engraved on button head for jumbo mushroom pushbutton only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-324 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 10250T Mushroom Button 1 Non-Illuminated Mushroom and Jumbo Mushroom Pushbuttons Mushroom Button 1 Jumbo Mushroom Button Contact Type Button Color 1 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T 2 Catalog Number E34 2 Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Black 10250T710B E34EX710B 10250T712B E34EX712B 1 1 1 E34 Mushroom Button Red 10250T710R E34EX710R 10250T712R 1 E34EX712R 1 Green 10250T710G E34EX710G 10250T712G 1 E34EX712G 1 10250T Jumbo Mushroom Button 2NO-2NC Black 10250T711B E34EX711B 10250T713B 1 E34EX713B 1 1 Red 10250T711R E34EX711R 10250T713R E34EX713R 1 E34 Jumbo Mushroom Button 1 Green 10250T711G E34EX711G 10250T713G 1 E34EX713G 1 1 1 Color Selection Color Suffix Code Color Suffix Code Black B White W Red R Blue L3 Green G Orange 4 N Yellow Y Red (EMERG. STOP) 5 E 1 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 2 3 4 5 1 To order different color guarded button, simply substitute the underlined character in catalog number with appropriate suffix code from Color Selection table above. Example: 10250T710Y. Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet applications. Blue not available on jumbo mushroom pushbutton. Orange is only available on flush or extended pushbuttons. Red with EMERG. STOP engraved on button head for jumbo mushroom pushbutton only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-325 1.11 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D Momentary contact Non-illuminated Booted or guarded 1 1 Booted Flush Button 1 10250T Pushbuttons Booted and Guarded Contact Type Button Color Booted Flush Button Catalog Number Booted Extended Button Catalog Number Guarded Extended Button 1 Catalog Number 1NO-1NC Black 10250T706BB 10250T708BB 10250T706BG Red 10250T706RB 2 10250T708RB 10250T706RG Green 10250T706GB 10250T708GB 10250T706GG Black 10250T707BB 10250T709BB 10250T707BG Red 10250T707RB 2 10250T709RB 10250T707RG Green 10250T707GB 10250T709GB 10250T707GG 1 1 1 Booted Extended Button 1 1 2NO-2NC 1 1 Guarded Extended Button 1 1 1 1 Color Selection 1 1 1 Color Suffix Code Color Suffix Code Black B White W Red R Blue L Green G Orange N Yellow Y 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 1 2 1 To order different color guarded button, simply substitute the underlined character in catalog number with appropriate suffix code from Color Selection table above. Example: 10250T706YG. Red booted flush pushbutton is not recommended for STOP function. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-326 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 Momentary contact Non-illuminated Booted or guarded Booted Flush Button 1 1 E34 Pushbuttons Booted and Guarded Contact Type Button Color Booted Flush Button Catalog Number Booted Extended Button Catalog Number Guarded Extended Button 1 Catalog Number 1 1NO-1NC Black E34EX706BB E34EX708BB E34EX706BG 1 Red E34EX706RB 2 E34EX708RB E34EX706RG 1 1 Booted Extended Button Green E34EX706GB E34EX708GB 1 E34EX706GG 1 2NO-2NC Guarded Extended Button Black E34EX707BB E34EX709BB E34EX707BG Red E34EX707RB 2 E34EX709RB E34EX707RG 1 1 1 Green E34EX707GB E34EX709GB 1 E34EX707GG 1 1 Color Selection Color Suffix Code Color Suffix Code Black B White W Red R Blue L Green G Orange N Yellow Y 1 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 2 1 To order different color guarded button, simply substitute the underlined character in catalog number with appropriate suffix code from Color Selection table above. Example: 10250T706YG. Red booted flush pushbutton is not recommended for STOP function. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-327 1.11 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Non-Illuminated Pushbutton Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, and 13 10250T Flush Button Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Momentary Contact Half Shrouded Button 1 Flush Button 1 1 Extended Button 10250T E34 Color 10250T 1 Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number Vertical Catalog Number Horizontal Catalog Number Vertical Catalog Number Horizontal Catalog Number Black 10250T101 E34PB1 10250T111 E34EB1 10250T501 10250T511 E34EVB1 E34EHB1 Red 10250T102 E34PB2 10250T112 E34EB2 10250T502 10250T512 E34EVB2 E34EHB2 Green 10250T103 E34PB3 10250T113 E34EB3 10250T503 10250T513 E34EVB3 E34EHB3 Yellow 10250T104 E34PB4 10250T120 E34EB4 10250T504 10250T514 E34EVB4 E34EHB4 Gray 10250T105 E34PB5 -- E34EB5 10250T505 10250T515 E34EVB5 E34EHB5 White 10250T106 E34PB6 10250T116 E34EB6 10250T506 10250T516 E34EVB6 E34EHB6 Blue 10250T108 E34PB7 10250T118 E34EB7 10250T508 10250T518 E34EVB7 E34EHB7 Orange 10250T109 E34PB8 10250T119 E34EB8 10250T509 10250T519 E34EVB8 E34EHB8 E34 Flush Button 1 1 1 1 10250T Extended Button 1 1 1 1 E34 Extended Button 1 1 1 10250T Half Shrouded Button 1 1 1 1 E34 Half Shrouded Button 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 1 1 To order operator with factory assembled extended retaining nut, 10250TA12, for thick panel applications, add suffix letter E to listed catalog number. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-328 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, and 13 10250T Mushroom Button 1 Mushroom Head Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons, Momentary Contact Mushroom Button 1 Anodized Aluminum Jumbo Mushroom Button Color 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T 1 Catalog Number E34 2 Catalog Number Black 10250T121 E34LB1 10250T171 E34JB1 Red 10250T122 E34LB2 10250T172 E34JB2 1 1 1 E34 Mushroom Button 1 1 Red (EMERG. STOP) -- -- 10250T17213 E34JB2N8 1 10250T Jumbo Mushroom Button 1 Green 10250T123 E34LB3 10250T173 E34JB3 1 1 Yellow 10250T124 E34LB4 10250T174 E34JB4 1 E34 Jumbo Mushroom Button 1 Blue 10250T129 E34LB6 -- 1 -- 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 2 1 Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use in ultraviolet light applications. Anodized aluminum head may not be suitable for some corrosive environments. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-329 1.11 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Illuminated Pushbutton Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 1 1 10250T8_ Momentary contact Illuminated Plastic lenses Illuminated Pushbuttons 10250T 1 Type 1 Voltage Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Contact Red 1NO-1NC Green E34EX8_ 1 120 Vac E34 Catalog Number 1 LED/Lamp Number Catalog Number 1 Transformer 120 Vac 10250T828RD24 10250T828GD24 Bayonet base E34EX828RD24 E34EX828GD24 10250T828AD24 E34EX828AD24 10250T828RD2A E34EX828RD2A Green 10250T828GD2A E34EX828GD2A Amber 10250T828AD2A E34EX828AD2A Red Red 1 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC 10250T802RD06 Green 10250T802GD06 Amber 10250T802AD06 Bayonet base 6 Vac E34EX802RD06 E34EX802GD06 E34EX802AD06 Incandescent Lamp 1 Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1 1 Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 1 1 Transformer 120 Vac 1 1 10250TC_ Red Amber 10250T818AD Red 120MB 10250T824RD 10250T824GD Amber 10250T824AD Red 1NO-1NC #755 10250T802RD Green 10250T802GD Amber 10250T802AD Red R 10250TC21 Green G 10250TC22 1 Yellow Y Amber 1 1 1NO-1NC Green Suffix Code Catalog Number Red R E34V2 Green G E34V3 10250TC23 Yellow Y E34V4 A 10250TC43 Amber A E34V9 Blue L 10250TC24 Blue L E34V6 Clear C 10250TC25 Clear C E34V0 White W 10250TC26 White W E34V5 10250T 1 10250T818RD 10250T818GD Catalog Number E34V _ #757 #757 E34EX818RD E34EX818GD E34EX818AD 120MB E34EX824RD E34EX824GD E34EX824AD #755 6 Vac E34EX802RD E34EX802GD E34EX802AD Lens Selection Color 1 1NO-1NC Green Suffix Code 1 Bayonet base Amber 1 1 Color LED/Lamp Number LED Lamp 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Color E34 Note 1 To order different color lens, simply substitute the underlined character in the catalog number with appropriate suffix code from Lens Selection table above. Example: 10250T828YD24. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-330 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 Guarded Illuminated Pushbutton Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 Momentary contact Guarded illuminated Plastic lenses 10250T8_ 1 1 Guarded Illuminated Pushbuttons 10250T Type Voltage Color Contact 24 Vac/Vdc Red 1NO-1NC LED/Lamp Number E34 Catalog Number 1 LED/Lamp Number Catalog Number 1 1 LED Lamp Full voltage Green Bayonet base Amber E34EX8_ 120 Vac Transformer 10250T828GG24 Bayonet base E34EX828RG24 E34EX828GG24 Full voltage 10250T828AG24 E34EX828AG24 E34EX828RG2A Green 10250T828GG2A E34EX828GG2A Amber 10250T828AG2A E34EX828AG2A 10250T802RG06 E34EX802RG06 Green 10250T802GG06 E34EX802GG06 Amber 10250T802AG06 E34EX802AG06 1 E34EX818RG 1 Red 24 Vac/Vdc Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc Transformer 120 Vac 1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC Red #757 10250T818RG #757 Green 10250T818GG E34EX818GG Amber 10250T818AG E34EX818AG Red 1NO-1NC 120MB 10250T824RG 120MB E34EX824RG Green 10250T824GG E34EX824GG Amber 10250T824AG E34EX824AG Red 1NO-1NC #755 10250T802RG Green 10250T802GG Amber 10250T802AG #755 6 Vac E34EX802RG E34EX802GG E34EX802AG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Suffix Code Catalog Number Suffix Code Catalog Number Red R 10250TC21 Red R E34V2 Green G 10250TC22 Green G E34V3 Yellow Amber Y 10250TC23 Yellow Y E34V4 A 10250TC43 Amber A E34V9 Blue L 10250TC24 Blue L E34V6 Clear C 10250TC25 Clear C E34V0 White W 10250TC26 White W E34V5 10250T E34V_ 1NO-1NC Lens Selection Color 1 10250T828RG2A Red 120 Vac 10250T828RG24 Incandescent Lamp 10250TC2_ 1 Color 1 1 E34 1 1 1 1 Note 1 To order different color lens, simply substitute the underlined character in the catalog number with appropriate suffix code from Lens Selection table above. Example: 10250T828YD24. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-331 1.11 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Indicating Light Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D Standard Plastic lenses 1 1 10250T_ 1 Indicating Lights Type Voltage Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Red 120 Vac E34_ 1 Transformer 1 1 E34 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 10250T197HLRP24 E34FB197HLRP24 10250T197HLGP24 E34FB197HLGP24 Amber 10250T197HLAP24 E34FB197HLAP24 Red 10250T197HLRP2A E34FB197HLRP2A Green 10250T197HLGP2A E34FB197HLGP2A Amber 10250T197HLAP2A E34FB197HLAP2A 120 Vac Red 10250T181HLRP06 E34TB120HLRP06 Green 10250T181HLGP06 E34TB120HLGP06 Amber 10250T181HLAP06 E34TB120HLAP06 Incandescent Lamp 1 Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Red 1 Resistor 1 1 120 Vac/Vdc Transformer 120 Vac E34FB24HRP 10250T206HGP E34FB24HGP Amber 10250T206HAP E34FB24HAP 10250T201HRP E34RB120HRP Green 10250T201HGP E34RB120HGP Amber 10250T201HAP E34RB120HAP 10250T181HRP E34TB120HRP Green 10250T181HGP E34TB120HGP Amber 10250T181HAP E34TB120HAP Glass 120MB #755 Lens Selection 1 Color 1 #757 Red 1 Plastic 10250T206HRP Green Red 1 1 Bayonet base Green 1 1 10250T LED Lamp 1 1 LED/Lamp Number Color Plastic Glass Plastic Suffix Code Suffix Code Suffix Code Catalog Number Suffix Code Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 10250T Glass Color E34 Red RP 10250TC1N RG 10250TC7N Red RP E34H2 RG E34G2 Green GP 10250TC2N GG 10250TC8N Green GP E34H3 GG E34G3 1 Amber AP 10250TC19N AG 10250TC9N Amber AP E34H9 AG E34G9 Yellow YP 10250TC3N -- -- Yellow YP E34H4 YG E34G4 1 Blue LP 10250TC4N LG 10250TC10N Blue LP E34H6 LG E34G6 Clear CP 10250TC5N CG 10250TC11N Clear CP E34H0 CG E34G0 White WP 10250TC6N WG 10250TC12N White WP E34H5 WG E34G5 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 1 To order different color lens, simply substitute the underlined characters in the catalog number with appropriate suffix code from the Lens Selection table above. Example: 10250T201HYP. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-332 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Illuminated Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 1 NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 10250T Illuminated Pushbutton 1 Operators without Lenses Illuminated Pushbutton Type Voltage LED/Lamp Number 10250T Catalog Number Indicating Light E34 Catalog Number 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number LED Light Unit Type (LEDs not included) 1 E34 Illuminated Pushbutton 10250T Indicating Light Full voltage -- Transformer AC only 24 Bayonet base E34CB497HL 10250T197HL E34FB197HL 10250T416HL E34XB024HL -- -- 120 10250T411HL E34XB120HL 10250T181HL E34TB120HL 240 10250T412HL E34XB240HL 10250T182HL E34TB240HL 277 10250T419HL E34XB277HL 10250T198HL E34TB277HL 380 10250T413HL E34XB380HL 10250T183HL E34TB380HL 480 10250T414HL E34XB480HL 10250T184HL E34TB480HL 600 10250T415HL E34XB600HL 10250T185HL E34TB600HL 1 1 6 #755 10250T473H E34CB06H 10250T203H E34FB06H 12 #756 10250T474H E34CB12H 10250T204H E34FB12H 24 #757 10250T476H E34CB24H 10250T206H E34FB24H 32 #1828 10250T477H E34CB32H 10250T207H E34FB32H 48 #1835 10250T478H E34CB48H 10250T208H E34FB48H Resistor 2 AC/DC 120 120MB 10250T471H E34SB120H 10250T201H E34RB120H 240 120MB 10250T472H E34SB240H 10250T202H E34RB240H Transformer AC only 24 #755 E34 Indicating Light Neon AC/DC 10250T416H E34XB024H -- -- 120 10250T411H E34XB120H 10250T181H E34TB120H 240 10250T412H E34XB240H 10250T182H E34TB240H 277 10250T419H E34XB277H 10250T198H E34TB277H 380 10250T413H E34XB380H 10250T183H E34TB380H 480 10250T414H E34XB480H 10250T184H E34TB480H 600 10250T415H E34XB600H 10250T185H E34TB600H 120 NE51H-R-22 -- -- 10250T226H E34NB120H 240 NE51H-4-68 -- -- 10250T227H E34NB240H 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 1 10250T397HL Incandescent Light Unit Type Full voltage AC/DC 1 1 These units do not include lamps. Order LED separately to match lens color from the LED Selection table on Page V7-T1-343. Resister units are not available for use with LEDs, choose either transformer or full voltage LED style. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-333 1.11 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number Red 10250TC1N E34H2 Green 10250TC2N E34H3 Amber 10250TC19N E34H9 Yellow 10250TC3N E34H4 Blue 10250TC4N E34H6 Clear 10250TC5N E34H0 E34H_ White 10250TC6N E34H5 Glass Glass Red 10250TC7N E34G2 Green 10250TC8N E34G3 Amber 10250TC9N E34G9 Yellow -- E34G4 Blue 10250TC10N E34G6 Color Plastic 1 1 10250TC_ 1 1 1 1 1 10250TC_ 1 1 Plastic Clear 10250TC11N E34G0 E34G_ White 10250TC12N E34G5 10250TC_ Illuminated Pushbutton Lenses 1 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Indicating Light Lenses 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Color 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number Red 10250TC21 E34V2 Green 10250TC22 E34V3 Yellow 10250TC23 E34V4 1 Amber 10250TC43 E34V9 Blue 10250TC24 E34V6 1 Clear 10250TC25 E34V0 White 10250TC26 E34V5 1 1 E34V_ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-334 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Push-Pull Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 Two- and three-position Non-illuminated 10250T71_ 1 Two-Position Maintained Push, Maintained Pull 1 Operator Function (Position) 1 Maintained-- Pull Maintained-- Push O X Red Standard Push-Pull 2 Mounting Location 1 Contact Type X O 1 2 1NO 1NC 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T714R E34EX714R 1 1 1 E34EX71_ O X O X X O X O 2NO 2NC 10250T715R 1 E34EX715R 1 1 1 10250T71_ 1 Three-Position Maintained Push, Momentary Pull Operator Function (Position) 1 Momentary-- Pull O X Maintained-- Intermediate O O Maintained-- Push X O Contact Type 1NO 1NC Mounting Location 1 1 2 Red Standard Push-Pull 3 1 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 1 10250T716R E34EX716R 1 E34EX71_ 1 X X O X O O 1NC 1NC 10250T717R E34EX717R 1 1 1 Notes 1 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color buttons, simply substitute underlined character with appropriate suffix code from the Button and Color Selection table on Page V7-T1-336. Example: 10250T714G. 3 To order different type or color buttons, simply substitute underlined character with appropriate suffix code from the Button and Color Selection table on Page V7-T1-336. Example: 10250T716G. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-335 1.11 1 1 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D Two- and three-position Non-illuminated 10250T7_ Three-Position Momentary Push, Momentary Pull Operator Function (Position) 1 1 Momentary-- Pull 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Maintained-- Intermediate Momentary-- Push Red Standard Push-Pull 2 Contact Type Mounting Location 1 1 2 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number O X O O X O 1NO 1NC 10250T718R E34EX718R X X O X O O 1NC 1NC 10250T721R E34EX721R E34EX7_ 1 1 1 1 Button and Color Selection 1 1 Color Standard 1 Suffix Code 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number E34C2 Standard Red R 10250TB62 Red (EMERG. STOP) E 10250TB63 E34C2N8 Green G 10250TB61 E34C3 Black B 10250TB60 E34C1 Blue L 10250TB64 E34C6 Red RJ 10250TJ62 E34J2 Red (EMERG. STOP) EJ 10250TJ63 E34J2N8 1 Green GJ 10250TJ61 -- Black BJ 10250TJ60 -- 1 Yellow YJ 10250TJ64 -- 1 Notes 1 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color buttons, simply substitute underlined character with appropriate suffix code from the Button and Color Selection table above. Example: 10250T718G. 1 1 1 Jumbo Mushroom Head 1 1 Jumbo Mushroom Head (Anodized) Aluminum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-336 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 Illuminated Push-Pull Units 1 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 Two-position maintained Illuminated 1 Two-Position Illuminated Maintained Push, Maintained Pull 10250T8_ 1 Operator Function (Position) 1 Maintained-- Pull Maintained-- Push Red Standard Push-Pull 2 Contact Type Mounting Location 1 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T853RD24 E34EX853RD24 10250T853RD2A E34EX853RD2A 24 Vac 10250T843RD06 E34EX843RD06 120 Vac 10250T844RD06 E34EX844RD06 10250T849RD E34EX849RD Type Voltage Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1 2 1 LED Lamp O X X O 1NO 1NC 120 Vac E34EX8_ Transformer 1 1 1 Incandescent Lamp O X 1 X O Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 1NC Resistor 120 Vac/Vdc 10250T851RD E34EX851RD Transformer 24 Vac 10250T843RD E34EX843RD 120 Vac 10250T844RD E34EX844RD 1 1 1 Lens and Color Selection 10250T Color Standard 1 E34 Suffix Code Catalog Number Suffix Code Catalog Number Red RD 10250TC47 RD E34M2 Red (EMERG. STOP) ED 10250TC53 ED E34M2N8 Green GD 10250TC48 GD E34M3 Blue LD 10250TC49 LD E34M6 Amber AD 10250TC50 AD E34M9 White WD 10250TC51 WD E34M5 Clear CD 10250TC52 CD E34M0 1 Standard Side-Lighted (Anodized) Aluminum HD Aluminum with Transparent Center 1 1 1 1 1 Side-Lighted (Anodized) Aluminum Red RS 10250TC57 -- -- Red (EMERG. STOP) ES 10250TC63 -- -- Green GS 10250TC58 -- -- Blue LS 10250TC59 -- -- Amber AS 10250TC64 -- -- 1 Yellow YS 10250TC60 White WS 10250TC61 -- -- 1 Clear CS 10250TC62 -- -- 1 1 1 1 Heavy-Duty Aluminum with Transparent Center Red RH 10250TC65 -- -- Green GH 10250TC66 -- -- Amber AH 10250TC67 -- -- 1 1 Notes 1 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color lens, simply substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the Lens and Color Selection table above. Example: 10250T851GS. 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-337 1.11 1 1 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D Three-position--maintained push, momentary pull Illuminated 10250T8_ Three-Position Illuminated Maintained Push, Momentary Pull Operator Function (Position) 1 1 Momentary-- Pull 1 Maintained-- Intermediate Maintained-- Push Red Standard Push-Pull 2 1 Contact Mounting Location 1 2 Type 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T864RD24 E34EX864RD24 10250T864RD2A E34EX864RD2A 24 Vac 10250T854RD06 E34EX854RD06 120 Vac 10250T855RD06 E34EX855RD06 10250T875RD24 E34EX875RD24 10250T875RD2A E34EX875RD2A 24 Vac 10250T865RD06 E34EX865RD06 120 Vac 10250T866RD06 E34EX866RD06 10250T860RD E34EX860RD 10250T862RD E34EX862RD 10250T854RD E34EX854RD 10250T855RD E34EX855RD 10250T871RD E34EX871RD 10250T873RD E34EX873RD Type Voltage Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc LED Lamp 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights O X O O X O 120 Vac E34EX8_ Transformer 1 X X 1 O X O O Full voltage 120 Vac Transformer 1 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 1NC 1NC 1NC Incandescent Lamp 1 O X 1 O O X O Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Resistor 120 Vac Transformer 24 Vac Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Resistor 120 Vac Transformer 24 Vac 10250T865RD E34EX865RD 120 Vac 10250T866RD E34EX866RD 1 1NO 1NC 120 Vac X X 1 1 1 O X O O 1NC 1NC Notes 1 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color lens, simply substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the Lens and Color Selection table on the bottom of Page V7-T1-337. Example: 10250T862AS. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-338 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 Three-position--momentary Illuminated 10250T8_ 1 Three-Position Illuminated Momentary Push, Momentary Pull 1 Operator Function (Position) 1 Momentary-- Pull Maintained-- Intermediate Maintained-- Push Red Standard Push-Pull 2 Type Voltage Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Contact Type Mounting Location 1 1 2 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number LED Lamp O X O O X O E34EX8_ Transformer X X O X O O 10250T886RD24 E34EX886RD24 10250T886RD2A E34EX886RD2A 24 Vac 10250T876RD06 E34EX876RD06 120 Vac 10250T877RD06 E34EX877RD06 10250T897RD24 E34EX897RD24 120 Vac 1NO 1NC O O X O O X O O 1 1 10250T897RD2A E34EX897RD2A Transformer 24 Vac 10250T887RD06 E34EX887RD06 120 Vac 10250T888RD06 E34EX888RD06 1 10250T882RD E34EX882RD 1 10250T884RD E34EX884RD 10250T876RD E34EX876RD 10250T877RD E34EX877RD 10250T893RD E34EX893RD 10250T895RD E34EX895RD Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc 1NO 1NC Resistor 120 Vac Transformer 24 Vac Full voltage 24 Vac/Vdc Resistor 120 Vac Transformer 24 Vac 10250T887RD E34EX887RD 120 Vac 10250T888RD E34EX888RD 120 Vac X X 1 24 Vac/Vdc Incandescent Lamp O X 1 Full voltage 120 Vac 1NC 1NC 1 1NC 1NC 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 To order different type or color lens, simply substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the Lens and Color Selection table on the bottom of Page V7-T1-337. Example: 10250T862AS. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-339 1.11 1 1 1 1 1 An illuminated push-pull pushbutton unit, arranged for one-hole mounting, can replace two pushbuttons and a pilot light or the nonilluminated form can replace two pushbuttons. These units are available in three basic types: 1 1 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Push-Pull Operators 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Maintained--(Twoposition). Maintains in the pulled or pushed position until manually actuated to the opposite mode. Momentary--(Threeposition). Spring returns to an intermediate position when pulled or pushed and released. Momentary Pull, Maintained Push--(Threeposition). Spring returns to intermediate position when pulled. Maintains in pushed position until manually returned to intermediate (ready to reset) position. Maintained stop holds circuit open and will prevent other series connected operators from starting the system. Application Guide To assist in the selection of contact blocks, the sketch below shows pictorially by symbols 1 and 2 locations of contact circuits after assembly of contact blocks and adapter to the operator. The table below shows the effect of the push and pull operations on either NO or NC contacts. (X = contact closed, O = contact open). The operators, buttons, contact blocks, etc., are offered as building block components that can be intermixed to satisfy many requirements. This minimizes the need for a varied and costly inventory. Locating Nibs Locating Nib 1 2 1 1 10250T_ Push-Pull Operator Components Operator Position and Circuit Arrangement 1 Out--Pull 1 Type of Operator 1 1 Intermediate Contact Block Contact Block Mounting Location 1NO 1NC O X 2NO 2NC O X 1NO 1NC O X 2NO 2NC O X 1NO 1NC O X 2NO 2NC O X 1 2 In--Push 2 1 1 O X No intermediate X position O O X X O 2 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 10250T5 E34GDB 10250T4 E34GEB 10250T9 E34GFB 10250T10 E34GHB Two-Position Operator without Lens E34G_ Maintained push-pull 1 or or X O X O Three-Position Operator without Lens 1 Momentary push-pull 1 Maintained push-momentary pull 1 Momentary push-pull 1 1 or or O X O O O X O O O X O O O X O O or or O X X O O X X O O O X O O O X O or O O O O or X O X O Note Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-340 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 Push-Pull Light Units, Lenses and Buttons NEC Class I Division 2 Groups B, C and D 1 1 Light Units for Illuminated Push-Pull Devices Light Unit Type LED (LEDs not included) 1 Incandescent Type Voltage Full voltage -- Transformer AC only 50/60 Hz 24 Full voltage AC or DC LED/Lamp Number Bayonet base 10250T63HL 10250T64HL 240 10250T65HL 277 10250T82HL 380 10250T66HL 480 10250T67HL 600 10250T68HL 12 #755 #756 #757 #1828 32 Transformer AC only 50/60 Hz 120 1 1 1 1 1 10250T69H 10250T70H 1 10250T79H 10250T83H 120MB 240 24 1 10250T89HL 208 24/28 Resistor AC or DC 10250T97HL 120 6 1 Catalog Number 1 10250T80H 10250T81H #755 1 10250T89H 120 10250T63H 208 10250T64H 240 10250T65H 277 10250T82H 380 10250T66H 480 10250T67H 600 10250T68H 1 1 1 1 1 Note 1 These units do not include lamps. Order LED separately to match lens color from table on Page V7-T1-343. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-341 1.11 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number Red 10250TC47 E34M2 Red (EMERG. STOP) 10250TC53 E34M2N8 Green 10250TC48 E34M3 Blue 10250TC49 E34M6 Amber 10250TC50 E34M9 White 10250TC51 E34M5 Clear 10250TC52 E34M0 Color Standard 1 1 1 1 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Alternate Lenses for Illuminated Push-Pull Devices 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Side-Lighted (Anodized) Aluminum Standard Side-Lighted Anodized Aluminum Ring Red 10250TC57 -- Red (EMERG. STOP) 10250TC63 -- Green 10250TC58 -- Blue 10250TC59 -- 1 Amber 10250TC64 -- Yellow 10250TC60 -- 1 White 10250TC61 -- Clear 10250TC62 -- 1 1 1 HD Aluminum with Transparent Center Heavy-Duty Aluminum with Transparent Center 1 Red 10250TC65 -- Green 10250TC66 -- 1 Amber 10250TC67 -- 1 1 Buttons for Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Devices 1 Color 1 Standard 1 1 1 1 Jumbo Mushroom Head 1 1 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number Red 10250TB62 E34C2 Red (EMERG. STOP) 10250TB63 E34C2N8 Green 10250TB61 E34C3 Black 10250TB60 E34C1 Blue 10250TB64 E34C6 Standard Jumbo Mushroom Head (Anodized) Aluminum 1 Red 10250TJ62 E34J2 Red (EMERG. STOP) 10250TJ63 E34J2N8 Green 10250TJ61 -- Black 10250TJ60 -- Yellow 10250TJ64 -- 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light. 1 1 Anodized aluminum head is not suitable for use with ultraviolet light applications. 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-342 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Standard LED Lamp LED Selection Voltage Color Catalog Number Voltage Color Catalog Number 6 Vac/Vdc suitable for use with transformers Red E22LED006RN 60 Vac/Vdc Red E22LED060RN Orange E22LED006ON Orange E22LED060ON Yellow E22LED006YN Yellow E22LED060YN Green E22LED006GN Green E22LED060GN Blue E22LED006BN Blue E22LED060BN 12 Vac/Vdc 24 Vac/Vdc 48 Vac/Vdc White E22LED006WN Red E22LED012RN White E22LED060WN Red E22LED120RA Orange Yellow E22LED012ON Orange E22LED120OA E22LED012YN Yellow E22LED120YA Green E22LED012GN Green E22LED120GA Blue E22LED012BN Blue E22LED120BA White E22LED012WN White E22LED120WA 120 Vac Red E22LED024RN Red E22LED120RD Orange E22LED024ON Orange E22LED120OD Yellow E22LED024YN Yellow E22LED120YD Green E22LED024GN Green E22LED120GD Blue E22LED024BN Blue E22LED120BD White E22LED120WD White E22LED024WN Red E22LED048RN Orange E22LED048ON Yellow E22LED048YN Green E22LED048GN Blue E22LED048BN White E22LED048WN 120 Vdc 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note For a complete listing of all LEDs available, see Page V7-T1-239. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-343 1.11 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Selector Switch Units UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D Two- and three-position Non-illuminated 10250T72_ 1 Two-Position Selector Switch--Non-Illuminated Operator Position 1 1 X O 1 1 O X E34EX72_ 1 X O X O 1 O X O X 1 1 10250T_ 1 Black Knob--Selector Switch 3 Operator Action 2 Contact Type M M 1NC 1NO M S M M M S Mounting Location 1 1 2 1NC 1NO 1NC 1NO Cam Code 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 1 10250T722BK E34EX722BK 10250T724BK E34EX724BK 10250T723BK E34EX723BK 10250T725BK E34EX725BK 1 Three-Position Selector Switch--Non-Illuminated Operator Position 1 Black Knob--Selector Switch 4 Operator Action 2 1 X O 1 O O O X Contact Type M M M 1NO 1NO Mounting Location 1 1 2 Cam Code 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 3 10250T726BK E34EX726BK 10250T728BK E34EX728BK 10250T730BK E34EX730BK 10250T732BK E34EX732BK 10250T727BK E34EX727BK 10250T729BK E34EX729BK 10250T731BK E34EX731BK 10250T733BK E34EX733BK M 1 S 1 S 1 M M M S M 1 X O O 1 O X O O O X S M M M M S 1 1NO 1NC-1NC (Series) 1NO 3 M M S 1 S M M 1 S Notes 1 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow ( ). W 3 To order different type or color selector switch, simply substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the table on Page V7-T1-345. Example: 10250T722LL. For keyed selector switch, substitute the underlined characters with T_ (cam)+_ (key removal position). Example: 10250T722T13. 4 To order different type or color selector switch, simply substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the Switch and Color Selection table on Page V7-T1-345. Example: 10250T726LL. For keyed selector switch, substitute the underlined characters with T_ (cam)+_ (key removal position). Example: 10250T726T13. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-344 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13, NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 Four-position maintained Non-illuminated 1 Four-Position Selector Switch--Non-Illuminated 10250T743_ Operator Position 1 Black Knob--Selector Switch 3 Operator Action 2 X O O O E34EX743_ O X O O O O X O O O O X M M Contact Type M M Mounting Location 1 1 2 1NC 1NO 1NO 1NC 1 Cam Code 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number 1 7 10250T743BK E34EX743BK 1 1 1 1 1 Lever Coin Slot 5 BC RC 1 Black BK BL Red RK RL Green GK GL GA GC Yellow YK YL YA YC White WK WL WA WC Gray AK AL AA AC Blue LK LL LA LC Orange NK NL NA NC 2 M T1 + 1, 2, 3 3 M QS BA RA Lever Suffix Code Suffix and Removal Position M 1 Knob Suffix Code Number of Operator Position Action 6 M Coin Slot 5 Suffix Code Lever 4 Suffix Code Color Key Operated Selection 4 1 Switch and Color Selection Knob T1 + 2 1 1 1 1 1 Key Removal Positions 7 C L 1 R 1 T3 + 1-7 Code Suffix Key Removal Position 1 S WM M WMQS M M S Q T3 + 1, 4, 5 1 Right only S T3 + 4 2 Left only 1 T3 + 2, 4, 6 3 Right and left MMMM T7 + 7 4 Center only 6 Left and center 7 All positions M M 1 1 1 Notes 1 Bolded circuit corresponds to "X-O" circuit selection. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. 2 M = Maintained. 3 To order different type or color selector switch, simply substitute the underlined characters with appropriate suffix code from the Switch and Color Selection table above. Example: 10250T743LL. For keyed selector switch, substitute the underlined characters with T_ (cam) + _ (key removal position). Example: 10250T743T77. 4 Designed for added ingress protection. For use in maintained operators only. 5 10250T only. 6 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow ( ). W 7 Key removal in "spring return from" positions not recommended. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-345 1.11 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Selector Switch Selection 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10250T E34 Cam and Contact Block Selection Selector switches in their varied forms (two-position, three-position, and fourposition) are a big factor contributing to the great flexibility of control that a well rounded line of "pushbuttons" can achieve. Because of their flexibility, they tend to cause difficulty with product selection and application. The following systematic approach should simplify that task. Cam and contact block selection is better understood if you: Work with each incoming and outgoing wire/circuit separately. Recognize the terms NO and NC only identify the type of contact by its mode before mounting to the operator. The "X-O" table (Page V7-T1-348) shows how that contact will act after assembly to the operator with the selected cam shape. X = closed circuit, O = open circuit. One NO-NC contact block may be mounted behind each plunger of the mounting adapter for a total of four circuits. Each cam has two separate lobes, each of which operates one of the two contact block plungers independently of each other. Those are identified as position 1 (locating nib side) and position 2 (opposite of locating nib). The position designations give direction in selecting and mounting of the contact blocks. Step 1: Elementary Diagram. Construct on paper, or in your mind, a simple elementary diagram of the switching scheme as follows: HAND Incoming Line Locating Nib 2 Outgoing Circuit Step 2: "X-O" Pattern. From the elementary diagram, you can construct an "X-O" diagram which describes when the contacts are to be closed (X) or open (O) in the various positions of the switch. The "X-O" for the HAND circuit looks like this: HAND OFF AUTO X O O 1 In this circuit, you want a contact closed on the left (HAND) but open in the center and right. For the AUTO circuit, the "XO" diagram would look like this: HAND OFF AUTO O O X Putting them together, the complete "X-O" diagram is: Outgoing Circuit OFF AUTO Contact Circuit Locations 1 Systematic Approach Application: HAND-OFFAUTO selector switch. In this circuit, one incoming line is distributed to two other outgoing circuits by the switch. The two circuits can be looked at individually. XOO OOX Once the "X-O" diagram has been generated, the next step is to select the cam and contact block, or blocks, needed to perform the desired "X-O" functions. The selection tables on the following pages list the various types (shapes) of cams by number to choose from and the type of contact and position to achieve the function outlined in your "X-O" diagram. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-346 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Step 3: Cam Selection. The cam you select determines the operation of all contact blocks mounted to the operator. It is selected on the basis that it provides the simplest circuitry for the desired "X-O" diagram. The selection tables show all the "X-O" combinations. For the purpose of this example, the applicable portion of those tables is shown on this page. Now to make the cam selection, make a simple worksheet such as below. (1) or (2) = mounting location from chart above: Cam 2 XOO OOX (1)NO-(2)NC 1 (2)NO Cam 3 (1)NO (2)NO It becomes obvious that cam 3 is the better choice because the series connection can be avoided, making it simpler to wire. Step 4: Contact Block Selection. Having selected the cam, contact block selection is simply a matter of determining if you require one NO-NC contact block (Cat. No 10250T1H) or two. Given the limitations of the factory sealed contact block and the desired "X-O" application, you may have circuits that will not be needed--as seen here with the two additional NC circuits. (1) or (2) = mounting location from chart above. Qty 2 Step 5: Selector Switch Operator. Lastly, you have to choose from the many types of operators--knob and lever in various colors or keyed. Also what combinations of maintained and spring return functions are required. Selection of these operators can be found on Page V7-T1-349. For the example in step 4, you may want a three-position maintained black knob, cam 3--Catalog Number 10250T1323 (or 34VHBK1). The Complete Switch: 10250T1323 (or 34VHBK1) with two 10250T1H or for one composite catalog number--10250T726BK (or E34EX726BK) found on Page V7-T1-344. Example Selection Table Desired Circuit and Operator Position No. 1 X O Cam Code #2 Cam Code #3 1 Contact Blocks and Mounting Location Contact Blocks and Mounting Location 1 1 1 2 2 -- O 1 1 NO 4 O O X NC 1 -- 1 NO -- NO 1 NO 1 1 Note 1 Wired in series. 1 1 1 1 Diagrams Circuits shown illustrate connections to obtain a selector circuit combination and are shown with their appropriate line diagrams in BOLD. Field wiring of jumper connections required as shown. 1 1 1 1 X = Closed circuit O = Open circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 Catalog No. Cam 3 10250TIH (1)NO (2)NC (1)NC (2)NO 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-347 1.11 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Two-Position Selector Switch 1 1 Four-Position Selector Switch Desired Circuit and Operator Position Number Cam Code #1 1 1 X O 2 O X Desired Circuit and Operator Position Contact Blocks and Mounting Location 2 Cam Code #7 Contact Blocks and Mounting Location Number 1 1 X O O O 2 O X O O 3 O O X O 4 O O O X 5 X O O X 6 O X X O 7 O O X X 8 X X O O 2 -- 1 1 NC NC NC -- 1 1 1 NO 1 Desired Circuit and Operator Position No. 1 X O Cam Code #2 Cam Code #3 Contact Blocks and Mounting Location Contact Blocks and Mounting Location 1 1 2 NC NO (Series) 2 X X O NC -- NO -- NC 3 X O X 4 O O X NO NO (Parallel) -- -- NO 5 O X NC NO (Parallel) NO NO (Parallel) NC NC (Parallel) NO NC NO 1 1 NC (Parallel) -- 1 1 NO -- -- 1 1 2 O 1 1 -- Three-Position Selector Switch 1 1 NO NO NO X -- 1 1 1 NC (Parallel) NO 6 O 1 X O NC 9 NC NC (Series) 1 X O X -- NO/NC (Parallel) NC 10 1 O -- X O X O -- NO/NC (Parallel) 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-348 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Selector Switch Operators 1 10250T Selector Switch Operators with Caps UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Black Knob Selector Switch 1 Operator Action 1 Positions Two-position--60 throw Black Lever Selector Switch M M M S Three-position--60 throw M M M M S M M S S M M Four-position--40 throw S M M Operator Action M Catalog Number Cam Code 3 Catalog Number 1 10250T1311 1 10250T3011 1 1 10250T1371 1 10250T3071 1 2 10250T1322 2 10250T3022 1 3 10250T1323 3 10250T3023 2 10250T1332 2 10250T3032 3 10250T1333 3 10250T3033 2 10250T1342 2 10250T3042 3 10250T1343 3 10250T3043 2 10250T1352 2 10250T3052 3 10250T1353 3 10250T3053 7 10250T1367 7 10250T3067 Three-position--60 throw 1 1 1 1 1 M M Vertical Mounting Catalog Number 4 Horizontal Mounting Catalog Number 4 1 1, 2, 3 10250T1511_ 10250T1611_ 1 2 10250T1571_ 10250T1581_ 2 1-7 10250T1522_ 10250T1622_ 10250T1523_ 10250T1623_ 10250T1532_ 10250T1632_ 10250T1533_ 10250T1633_ 10250T1542_ 10250T1642_ 10250T1543_ 10250T1643_ 10250T1652_ 10250T1662_ 10250T1653_ 10250T1663_ 10250T1677_ 10250T1687_ Cam Code S M S M S 2, 4, 6 3 7 M 4 3 2 M M 1, 4, 5 3 2 M S M 3 2 M Four-position--40 throw Optional Key Removal Positions 4 3 7 1 1 1 1 S M 1 1 M M C Cam Code 3 1 Two-position--60 throw L Black Lever Selector Switch-- Vertical Mounting 2 10250T Key Operators with Cam Positions Key Removal Positions Black Knob Selector Switch-- Vertical Mounting 2 M M Horizontal Mounting 1 10250T Selector Switch Operators with Caps 1 1 1 1 1 1 M Key Removal Positions 5 Replacement Keys or Dissimilar Locks for Above Key Operators Listed operators have identical locks and keys (Key Code H661) Catalog Number 10250ED824. Code Suffix Key Removal Position Code Suffix Key Removal Position 1 Right only 5 Right and center 2 Left only 6 Left and center Replacement Keys 3 Right and left 7 All positions Description Catalog Number 4 Center only Replacement keys (code H661) 10250ED824 R 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow ( ). W 2 Field convertible to horizontal mounting or order operator only and separate operator cap. 3 For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and table on Pages V7-T1-346 to V7-T1-348. 4 Choose key removal position required for application from table above. Add key removal code no. to listed catalog number. Example: 10250T15112. 5 Key removal in "spring return from" positions not recommended. Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-349 1 1 1 1.11 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 UL (NEMA) Type 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 Black Knob Selector Switch 1 E34 Selector Switch Operators with Knob Assembled Black Knob Selector Switch-- Vertical Mounting 2 Operator Action 1 Positions Two-position--60 throw 1 1 M M M S Three-position--60 throw 1 M M 1 M M S M 1 M S 1 S M M 1 Four-position--40 throw S M M 1 Cam Code 3 Catalog Number 4 1 E34VFBK1 1 E34VEBK1 2 E34VGBK1 3 E34VHBK1 2 E34VJBK1 3 E34VKBK1 2 E34VLBK1 3 E34VMBK1 2 E34VNBK1 3 E34VPBK1 7 E34VTBK1 M M 1 1 E34KFB_ E34 Key Operators with Cam and Cap Positions 1 Operator Action 1 Two-position--60 throw M M M S 1 1 Three-position--60 throw 1 M M M S M S 1 M S Four-position--40 throw M M 1 Horizontal Mounting Catalog Number 1 1, 2, 3 E34KFB_ E34KFHB_ 1 2 E34KEB_ E34KEHB_ 2 1-7 E34KGB_ E34KGHB_ E34KHB_ E34KHHB_ 3 S 4 3 2, 4, 6 3 7 M 1, 4, 5 3 2 M 1 Vertical Mounting Catalog Number 2 M 1 Key Removal Positions 5 2 M 1 Cam Code 3 7 E34KJB_ E34KJHB_ E34KKB_ E34KKHB_ E34KLB_ E34KLHB_ E34KMB_ E34KMHB_ E34KNB_ E34KNHB_ E34KPB_ E34KPHB_ E34KTB_ E34KTHB_ M Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Page V7-T1-349. 1 1 1 2 3 4 1 5 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow ( ). W Field convertible to horizontal mounting. For selection of the proper cam and contact block to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection instructions and table on Pages V7-T1-346 to V7-T1-348. For other colors of either knob or lever, replace the underlined characters of the catalog number with the appropriate suffix code from Alternate Knobs and Levers table on Page V7-T1-351. Example: E34VFBL2. Choose key removal position required for application from table on Page V7-T1-351. Add key removal code no. to listed catalog number. Example: E34KFB2. 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-350 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Key Removal Positions C L 1.11 Key Removal Positions Code Suffix Key Removal Position Code Suffix Key Removal Position 1 Right only 5 Right and center 2 Left only 6 Left and center 3 Right and left 7 All positions 4 Center only 1 1 R 1 1 1 Alternate Knobs and Levers for Operators 1 Knob Knob Lever Lever for Added Ingress Protection 1 Lever Designed for Added Ingress Protection 2 Lever Color Suffix Code Catalog Number Suffix Code Catalog Number Suffix Code Catalog Number Black K1 E34K1 L1 E34L1 A1 E34A1 Red K2 E34K2 L2 E34L2 A2 E34A2 Green K3 E34K3 L3 E34L3 A3 E34A3 Yellow K4 E34K4 L4 E34L4 A4 E34A4 White K5 E34K5 L5 E34L5 A5 E34A5 Blue K6 E34K6 L6 E34L6 A6 E34A6 Gray K7 E34K7 L7 E34L7 A7 E34A7 Orange K8 E34K8 L8 E34L8 A8 E34A8 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Key removal in "spring return from" positions not recommended. 2 For use on maintained operators only. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-351 1.11 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Illuminated Selector Switch Operators Two-Position Maint. Selector Switch 10250T Illuminated Selector Switch Operator Only without Knob or Lever Full Voltage Type--AC or DC 4 Transformer Type--50/60 Hz 1 1 Operator Action 1 Position Two-position--60 throw 1 1 M Catalog and Code Number 2 Lamps: 6V--#755, 12V--#756, 24V--#757, 48V--#1835, 120/240V--120MB Catalog and Cam Voltage Code Number 2 Code 3 24 10250T5961H 1 120 10250T5971H 6V #755 Lamp Cam Voltage Code 3 M 6 10250T6201H 12 10250T6211H 1 208 10250T6511H 24 10250T6221H 240 10250T5981H 48 10250T6231H 1 380 10250T5991H 120 10250T6361H 480 10250T6001H 240 5 10250T6371H 600 10250T6011H 1 Three-position--60 throw + 2 or 3 M M 1 M 1 1 1 + 2 or 3 M M 1 S + 2 or 3 M 1 S 1 S M + 2 or 3 M S 1 1 1 Four-position--40 throw 1 M M 7 M M 1 1 1 1 Knob 1 10250T602_H 10250T603_H + 2 or 3 6 10250T624_H 12 10250T625_H 208 10250T652_H 24 10250T626_H 240 10250T604_H 48 10250T627_H 380 10250T605_H 120 10250T638_H 480 10250T607_H 240 5 10250T639_H 600 10250T607_H + 2 or 3 120 10250T622_H + 2 or 3 120 10250T623_H 120 10250T620_H 240 10250T656_H 120 10250T621_H 240 10250T662_H 24 10250T614_H 120 10250T615_H + 2 or 3 6 10250T628_H 12 10250T629_H 208 10250T653_H 24 10250T630_H 240 10250T616_H 48 10250T631_H 380 10250T617_H 120 10250T640_H 480 10250T618_H 240 5 10250T641_H 600 10250T619_H 24 10250T6087H 120 10250T6097H 7 6 10250T6327H 12 10250T6337H 208 10250T6547H 24 10250T6347H 240 10250T6107H 48 10250T6357H 380 10250T6117H 120 10250T6427H 480 10250T6127H 240 5 10250T6437H 600 10250T6137H Knobs and Levers Knob Catalog and Code Number Lever Catalog and Code Number Color Red 10250TER 10250TFR Green 10250TEG Yellow Blue Color 1 24 120 6 Knob Catalog and Code Number Lever Catalog and Code Number Clear 10250TEC 10250TFC 10250TFG White 10250TEW 10250TFW 10250TEA 10250TFA Amber 10250TEM 10250TFM 10250TEL 10250TFL 6 Lever 1 1 Notes 1 M = Maintained. S = Spring return in direction of arrow ( ). W 2 For selection of the proper cam and contact block, to obtain the proper circuit sequence, see selection table on Page V7-T1-348. 3 Operator includes lens gasket and lens attachment screws. 4 Full voltage light units can be used at other than listed voltages by changing lamp. Replacement lamps are listed on Page V7-T1-239. 5 Resistor type. May generate excess heat if used in high density. 6 Amber, clear and white lenses have a black arrow (pointer), red, green and blue lenses have a white arrow (pointer). 1 1 1 V7-T1-352 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 120 Vac Transformer Selector Switch, Cam 1 Illuminated Selector Switch Operator Only without Knob or Lever Transformer Type--50/60 Hz Positions Operator Action Two-position--60 throw M Three-position--60 throw M M M M M M S S Lamps--#755, #757, #1835, 120MB Catalog Number 12 Catalog Number 2 Cam Code 1 5 Cam Code 1 5 E34VFB_H E34SFB_H M Cam Code 2 5 Cam Code 3 5 Cam Code 2 5 Cam Code 3 5 E34VGB_H E34VHB_H E34SGB_H E34SHB_H E34VNB_H 6 E34VPB_H 6 E34SNB_H 7 E34SPB_H 7 E34VJB_H 6 E34VKB_H 6 E34SJB_H 7 E34SKB_H 7 E34VLB_H E34VMB_H E34SLB_H E34SMB_H 1 -- E34SRB_H -- 1 1 1 1 M Knobs and Levers 1 1 E34VRB_H M 1 1 S M Lever 6V #755 Lamp 4 M M Four-position--40 throw 1 Full Voltage Type--AC or DC 3 S M Knob 1.11 1 Light Unit Voltage Suffix Add to operator catalog number listed in table above. 1 Type of Light Unit 1 Color 9 Knob Catalog Number and Code Number Lever Catalog Number and Code Number Red 10250TER 10250TFR Transformer Type 50/60 Hz Green 10250TEG 10250TFG Voltage Yellow 10250TEA 10250TFA Full Voltage Type AC or DC 3 Suffix Code Voltage Suffix Code 24 024 6 06 120 120 12 12 Blue 10250TEL 10250TFL Clear 10250TEC 10250TFC 208 208 24 24 240 48 48 380 120 White 10250TEW 10250TFW 240 Amber 10250TEM 10250TFM 380 480 480 600 600 240 1 1 1 120 8 1 240 1 Notes Use NEMA 4X 10250T operators where exposed to ultraviolet light, see Page V7-T1-352. 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Operator includes lens gasket and lens attachment screws. Replace underscore with proper voltage suffix code from Light Unit Voltage Suffix table above. Example: three-position maintained with 120V transformer type light unit: E34VGB120H. Full voltage light units can be used at other than listed voltages by changing lamp. Replacement lamps are listed on Page V7-T1-239. 120MB lamps are used on both 120V and 240V operators. For selection of the proper cam and contact block required to obtain a specific circuit sequence, see selection table on Page V7-T1-348. 120 and 240V transformer only. 120 full voltage only. Resistor type. May generate excess heat if used in high density. Amber, clear and white lenses have a black arrow (pointer). Red, green and blue lenses have a white arrow (pointer). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-353 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1 Options 1 NEC Class I Division 2, Groups B, C and D 1 Contact Block Contact Blocks and Mounting Adapters 1 Contact Block Description Catalog Number Class I Division 2 factory sealed contact block with 1NO-1NC 10250T1H 1 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-359. 1 1 1 Mounting Adapter 1 1 Mounting Adapter Description Catalog Number Mounting adapter for pushbuttons 10250TD2 Mounting adapter for selector switches 10250TD3 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-359. 1 1 Mounting Adapters with Contact Block(s)--Overpacked Description Catalog Number 1 Pushbutton adapter with 1NO-1NC 10250TD21H 1 Pushbutton adapter with 2 (1NO-1NC) 10250TD21H1H Selector switch adapter with 1NO-1NC 10250TD31H 1 Selector switch adapter with 2 (1NO-1NC) 10250TD31H1H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-354 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Mounting and Assembly 1 Mounting Matrix Panel Thickness Minimum: 0.06 in (1.6 mm) Maximum: 0.25 in (8 mm) including legend plate Maximum can be increased to 0.375 in (15.9 mm) using optional retaining nut Indicating light: 10250TA30/E34TA30 Pushbutton/selector switch: 10250TA31/E34TA31 1 Legend Plate Dimensions in Inches (mm) A B C D Small 2.87 (72.6) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.87 (72.6) Jumbo 2.87 (72.6) 2.32 (58.6) 2.32 (58.6) 2.87 (72.6) Extra large 2.87 (72.6) 2.56 (65.2) 2.52 (64.1) 2.87 (72.6) 1 1 Panel Spacing and Drilling Notch for Locating Nib 1 1 Terminals for Light Unit "B" Min. o.14 (o3.4) 1 Terminals for Light Unit "D" Min. 1 .19 (5.0) 1 .60 (15.2) 1 "C" Min. "A" Min. .67 (17.0) Notch for Locating Nib o1.2 (o30.5) 1 o1.2 (o30.5) 1 NOTE: Suitable for Use in This Alternate Mounting Hole. 1 Drilling for One Hole Mounting and Dimensions for Minimum Spacing in Horizontal Rows. Drilling for One Hole Mounting and Dimensions for Minimum Spacing in Vertical Rows. 1 1 1 1 Operator Assembly Illuminated Pushbutton Lens Washer Nameplate Thrust Washer (Optional) Operator Operator Gasket E34 Earth Terminal Contact Block Mounting Adapter RATINGS ARE STAMPED ON LIGHT UNIT AND CONTACT BLOCK 1 1 1 Lamp 1 Indicator Light 1 1 1 Push/Pull Retaining Nut 5 lb-ft (6.8 Nm) Panel 0.06" - 0.25" (1.6 - 8 mm) with Optional Retaining Nut Up to 0.375" (15.9 mm) Light Unit Terminal Clamp: One or Two Copper Conductors 22 - 12 AWG (0.34 - 4.0 mm2) 7 lb-in (0.8 Nm) 1 Contact Block Terminal Clamp: Single Copper Conductor 18 - 14 AWG (0.75 - 2.5 mm2) 9 lb-in (1.0 Nm) 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-355 1.11 1 1 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Enclosures Die Cast, Polyester and Stainless Steel Enclosures Enclosures (Case and Cover)--Surface Mounting 1 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights Number of Elements Die Cast Enclosure 10250T Catalog Number E34 Catalog Number Die Cast Enclosure--Deep Cover--In-Line NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 1 1 10250TN11 E34N11 2 10250TN12 E34N12 1 3 10250TN13 E34N13 4 10250TN14 E34N14 1 Polyester Enclosure 1 1 1 1 Stainless Steel Enclosure 1 1 Polyester--In-Line NEMA 3, 4X, 12 1 -- E34N51 2 -- E34N52 3 -- E34N53 4 -- E34N54 Stainless Steel 2--In-Line NEMA 4, 4X, 12 1 -- 10250TN33 2 -- 10250TN34 3 -- 10250TN35 4 -- 10250TN36 1 Dimensions, see Page V7-T1-359. 1 Notes 1 For spacing increments, see Page V7-T1-234. 2 14 gauge, type 304. 1 1 1 1 1 2. Polyester enclosures must be used when mounting illuminated operators. Enclosure Layouts Top - For Vertical Mounting 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 1 Top - For Horizontal Mounting 1 Application Notes: 1. Operators need to be mounted in their horizontal orientation for all enclosures. For die cast enclosures remove locating nib on operators and use thrust washer (Catalog Number 10250TK3). 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-356 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Mechanical Ratings Description 1 Specification 1 Frequency of Operation All pushbuttons 6000 operations/hr. Key and lever selector switches 3000 operations/hr. 1 Pushbuttons 10 x 106 operations 1 Contact block 10 x 106 operations Key and lever selector switches 0.25 x 106 operations Life 1 1 Shock Resistance 20 ms >5g Duration/force 1 1 Climatic Conditions Description Specification Operating temperature 32 to 140F (0 to 66C) Storage temperature -40 to 176F (-40 to 80C) Altitude 6,562 ft (2,000m) Humidity Max. 95% RH at 60C 1 1 1 1 Terminals Description 1 Specification Light Units 1 Clamps Terminals are saddle clamp type for 1 x 22 AWG (0.34 mm2) to 2 x 14 AWG (4.0 mm2) conductors Torque 7 lb-in (0.8 Nm) Degree of protection against direct electrical contact IP2X with fingerproof shroud 1 Clamps Terminals are stainless steel saddle clamp type for 1 x 18-14 AWG (0.75-2.5 mm2) solid or stranded copper conductor 1 Torque 9 lb-in (1.0 Nm) with size 2 Phillips screwdriver Degree of protection against direct electrical contact IP2X with fingerproof shroud 1 1 Contact Blocks 1 1 Electrical Ratings Description Specification 1 Light Units Bulbs--average life: Transformer type 20,000 hrs. Resistor/direct voltage type 2500 hrs. minimum at rated voltage LED 60,000 to 100,000 hrs. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-357 1.11 1 1 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Electrical Ratings--Contact Block Meet or Exceed NEMA Contact Rating Designations A600 and Q300 A600 (AC) Description 120V Q300 (DC) 240V 480V 600V 125V 250V 1 Make and emerg. interrupting capacity (amps) 60 30 15 12 0.55 0.27 Normal load break (amps) 6 3 1.5 1.2 0.55 0.27 1 Thermal current (amps) 10 10 10 10 2.5 2.5 Maximum make 7200 7200 7200 7200 69 69 Maximum break 720 720 720 720 69 69 1 1 1 1 1 Voltamperes: Temperature Codes All illuminated devices have operating temperatures below 100C except for the following catalog numbers with temperature codes per NEC table 500.5(d) and UL 1604: 10250T E34 Temp. Code 10250T201H E34RB120H T3C 10250T202H E34RB240H T3A 10250T471H E34SB120H TC3 1 10250T472H E34SB240H T3B 10250T80H -- T3C 1 10250T81H -- 1 1 T3B All selector switches w/120 MB lamp T3C 1 All illuminated devices with lamp 1835 T4A 1 Note: For additional technical information, see Publication Number TD.7.4.T.E.04. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V7-T1-358 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 Surface Mounting 1 Die Cast, Polyester and Stainless Steel Enclosures 1 4 Mtg. Holes -- 10-32 Screw Size for 1 - 4 Element Die Cast/ Stainless Steel Enclosure 7/32 Screw Size for Polyester 1 1 1 E 1 B 1 D A 1 C Surface 1 Element Arrangement Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E Conduit Entrance In-line 3.88 (98.6) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 3.25 (82.6) 3/4 2 3.88 (98.6) 5.88 (149.4) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 5.13 (130.3) 3 3.88 (98.6) 7.75 (196.9) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 7.00 (177.8) 4 3.88 (98.6) 9.63 (244.6) 3.00 (76.3) 2.69 (68.3) 8.88 (225.6) 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 2 3.81 (96.8) 6.63 (168.4) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 4.88 (124.0) 3 3.81 (96.8) 8.88 (225.6) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 7.13 (181.1) 4 3.81 (96.8) 11.13 (282.7) 3.38 (85.9) 2.94 (74.7) 9.38 (238.3) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50 (88.9) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 4.25 (108.0) 2 3.50 (88.9) 6.75 (171.5) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 7.50 (190.5) 3 3.50 (88.9) 9.00 (228.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 9.00 (228.6) 4 3.50 (88.9) 11.25 (285.8) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 12.00 (304.8) Number of Elements 1 1 Die Cast 1 1 1 1 Polyester 1 In-line 1 1 1 1 Stainless Steel 1 In-line Contact Block 1 1 1 1 1 Mounting Adapter 1.70 (43.2) 1.43 (36.3) 1.88 (47.8) 1.85 (47.0) 0.25 (6.4) 1 1 1 1.02 (25.9) 1.72 (43.7) 2.57 (65.3) 1.86 (47.2) 1 0.84 (21.3) 1 1 0.44 (11.2) 1.23 (31.2) 1 Note 1 No conduit entrance holes provided. Drill as required. 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-359 1.11 Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1 Ratings Summary of Classifications Summary of NEC Article 500 1 NEC 500-503 The NEC Article 500 explains in great detail the requirements for the installation of wiring and electrical equipment in hazardous locations. The purpose of this summary is for general reference only, the National Electrical Code along with other applicable authorities having jurisdiction over the site should be the installer's guidelines when wiring or installing electrical equipment in any hazardous or potentially hazardous location. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Class I, Division 2 Definition Class I, Division 2 covers hazardous locations where flammable gases, vapors or volatile liquids are handled either in a closed system, or confined within suitable enclosures, or where hazardous concentrations are normally prevented by positive mechanical ventilation. Areas adjacent to Division 1 locations, into which gases might occasionally flow, would also belong to Division 2 (NEC (500.5[b])). Hazardous Location Any area where there is the possibility of explosion and fire resulting from the presence of flammable vapors, liquids or gas, or combustible dust or fibers. Class I. Gas Division 1. Hazard may exist--May exist in atmosphere under normal operating conditions A. Acetylene B. Hydrogen and manufactured gases containing 30% hydrogen by volume (e.g. butadiene, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide) C. Petrochemicals (e.g. carbon monoxide, ether, ethylene, hydrogen sulfide, morpholine, cyclopropane) D. Petrochemicals (e.g. gasoline, benzene, butane, propane, acetone, ammonia, vinyl chloride) 2. Potential hazard--May be present in atmosphere only under abnormal circumstances OR location adjacent to Class I, Division 1 location A. Acetylene B. Hydrogen and manufactured gases containing 30% hydrogen by volume (e.g. butadiene, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide) C. Petrochemicals (e.g. carbon monoxide, ether, ethylene, hydrogen sulfide, morpholine, cyclopropane) D. Petrochemicals (e.g. gasoline, benzene, butane, propane, acetone, ammonia, vinyl chloride) II. Dust 1. Hazard may exist--May exist in atmosphere under normal operating conditions E. Conductive and combustible dust (resistivity <105 ohm/cm) (metal dusts) F. Carbonaceous dusts (resistivity >102 ohms/cm but <108 ohms/cm) (e.g. carbon black, coke dust, coal) G. Non-conductive combustible dust (resistivity >105 ohms/cm) (e.g. grain dust, flour, starch, sugar, plastics) III. Fibers 2. Potential hazard--May be present in atmosphere only under abnormal circumstances F. Carbonaceous dusts (resistivity >102 ohms/cm but <108 ohms/cm) (e.g. carbon black, coke dust, coal) 1. Production areas Easily ignitable fibers or flyings 2. Handling and storage areas Easily ignitable fibers or flyings G. Non-conductive combustible dust (resistivity >105 ohms/cm) (e.g. grain dust, flour, starch, sugar, plastics) NEC 505 Class I. Gas Zone 0. Continuously present or present for long periods of time Group IIC. Acetylene, hydrogen or equivalent hazard IIB. Acetaldehyde, ethylene or equivalent hazard IIA. Acetone, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, gasoline, methane, propane or equivalent hazard 1. Likely to exist under normal operating or maintenance conditions or adjacent to Zone 0 IIC. Acetylene, hydrogen or equivalent hazard IIB. Acetaldehyde, ethylene or equivalent hazard IIA. Acetone, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, gasoline, methane, propane or equivalent hazard Summary of NEC Article 505 The NEC also classifies hazardous locations for flammable gases and vapors into zones under NEC 505. This system is more in line with the European Standards, CENELEC and IEC, with the major difference being that NEC 505 only classifies gases and vapors while CENELEC and IEC also include dusts. Group 2. Not likely to occur in normal operation and if they do occur will only exist for short period or adjacent to Zone 1 IIC. Acetylene, hydrogen or equivalent hazard IIB. Acetaldehyde, ethylene or equivalent hazard IIA. Acetone, ammonia, ethyl alcohol, gasoline, methane, propane or equivalent hazard Note For additional information on grouping of compounds, see NFPA 497M-1991 and NFPA 325-1994. 1 1 1 V7-T1-360 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com Pushbuttons and Indicating Lights 30.5 mm Class I Division 2 Hazardous Locations--10250T/E34 1.11 Summary of Basic Methods Available for Class I, Division 2 Locations 1 1 Features Method Configuration Advantages Disadvantages Factory sealed contact block Closed-ended labyrinth contact block with an incendive circuit incapable of external ignition Higher continuous carrying amperages--up to 10A May not be suitable for logic level circuits Direct drive contacts--contacts can be forced open 1 Suitable for use in all enclosures Best suited for motor control applications Hermetically sealed block Reed switch sealed against an external atmosphere Suitable for low energy level circuits Lower continuous carrying amperages are not suitable for motor control applications (typically 3A to 5A rated) Suitable for use in all enclosures Contacts cannot be forced open Permanent magnet attracts metallic dust and filings that can reduce the electrical creepage distance between live terminals Explosion proof enclosures (Class I, Division 1 and 2) Enclosures capable of withstanding an internal explosion while preventing external ignition. Enclosures designed for Class I, Division 1 can safely be used in Class I, Division 2 Factory Sealed Contact Blocks Internal Ignition Higher level of protection than required for Class I Division 2 Higher material and installation costs 1 1 1 1 1 Conduit sealing is still required Time consuming maintenance 1 Hermetically Sealed Reed Contact Block Cooled Escaping Gas 1 1 1 Hermetically sealed reed does not allow external atmosphere to enter switching chamber. 1 1 1 1 1 Depression of plunger rotates magnet and either opens/closes contacts. Contacts can not be forced apart if subject to arch/fault current, because no mechanical connection exists. Direct Drive Contacts * Contacts can be mechanically forced apart if subject to an arch/fault current. 1 1 1 1 1 Explosion Proof Enclosure 1 1 Threaded Joint Cooled Escaping Gas 1 Flat Joint Internal Ignition Internal Ignition 1 Cooled Escaping Gas 1 1 1 1 Volume 7--Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions CA08100008E--October 2014 www.eaton.com V7-T1-361